Professional Documents
Culture Documents
sinumerik
& simodrive
Automation Systems
for Machine Tools
Related catalogs
SIMATIC ST 70
Products for Totally Integrated News
Automation and Micro Automation
Order No.:
E86060-K4670-A151-A2-7600
SIMATIC HMI ST 80
Human Machine
Interface Systems
Order No.:
E86060-K4680-A101-B4-7600
Industrial Communication IK PI
Industrial Communication for
Automation and Drives
Order No.:
E86060-K6710-A101-B5-7600
SITOP KT 10.1
Power supplies
SITOP power, LOGO! Power
Order No.:
E86060-K2410-A101-A5-7600
SINUMERIK & Introduction
1
SIMODRIVE
Automation Systems Overview of Export information
functions CNC controls
for Machine Tools Positioning modules
2
Catalog NC 60 2006
Operator Operator panels
components Handheld units
Supersedes:
Machine control panels
Keyboards, Storage devices
3
Catalog NC 60 2004 Housing systems
The products in this catalog HMI software Operator control and programming
are also included in the Open Architecture
electronic catalog CA 01 Motion Control Information System
Tools
4
Contact your local Siemens SINUMERIK Solution Partners
representative for further
information
Basic SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D
components SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
5
Siemens AG 2006
FM 353/FM 354/FM 357-2
Synchronous 1FT6/1FK7/1FN1/1FN3/
motors 1FW6/1FE1/2SP1
1FL3 Stepper motors
Gearboxes
6
Asynchronous 1PH7/1PH4/1PM4/1PM6/1PH2
motors Gearboxes
7
The products and
systems described in Measuring Incremental encoders
systems Absolute encoders
8
this catalog are distri-
buted under application SIMODRIVE Hollow-shaft measuring systems
of a certified quality sensor
management system
in accordance with
DIN EN ISO 9001 SIMODRIVE 611
Converter
(Certified Registration
systems SIMODRIVE POSMO
No. 001258 QM) and
DIN EN ISO 14001
(Certified Registration
FM STEPDRIVE
9
No. 081342 UM).
The certificates are
recognized by all Connection Power cables
IQNet countries. Signal cables
system
MOTION-
CONNECT
MPI cables
PROFIBUS cables
10
Length codes
Appendix Approvals
Indexes
12
Welcome to
Automation and Drives
worldwide.
potential.
ERP
Enterprise
Resource
Planning Ethernet
Production Material
MES Order Management
Management
Manufacturing
Execution Ethernet
Systems Production
Operations
Equipment
Management
Recording
SIMATIC
Sensors
PROFINET
Industrial
Ethernet Safety Integrated
PROFIBUS
PC-based Automation
AS-Interface
Building
Technology
KNX/EIB
GAMMA instabus ECOFAST IP65
Micro-Automation and Distributed
Actuator-Sensor Interface Level Automation System
Field Instru-
mentation /
Analytics
HART
SIWAREX
Weighing PROFIBUS PA
SIMOCODE pro SIMATIC Technology
Motor Manage- Distributed Drive Systems/
ment System I/O SINAMICS SINAMICS SIMODRIVE SINAMICS
ShopMill
ShopMill Powerful software on a powerful platform.
ShopMill is the shopfloor- and production-oriented user and programming
interface for milling and drilling.
Three different program variants are available:
7 CAD/CAM system G code programs
7 G code programs created directly on the machine and
7 ShopMill sequence programming
(WKHUQHW7&3,3
2373
6,180(5,.
' 3*3&
0DVWHUFRQWURO
/RDGLQJJDQWU\ 033 SRZHUOLQH &3
6,02'5,9(
03,
6\QFKURQRXV
PRWRUV
6\QFKURQRXV 6\QFKURQRXV
PRWRUV PRWRUV
(7 (7 (7 (7
Mechatronics support
7 Improving the productivity and accuracy of existing
production machines
7 Virtual implementation of new ideas and feasibility
studies for new machine concepts
Machine Simulator
7 Run in a machine without actually building it
7 Test the interaction of NC and PLC programs
Virtual Production
7 Simulate processing procedures without interrupting
active production
7 Identify and exploit hidden potential in respect of
productivity
Benefits:
7 Shorter development and processing times
faster time to market
7 Increased development security
7 Creative concepts
7 Only one virtual prototype instead of numerous
actual prototypes
7 Improved quality - increased productivity
The objective of ePS Network Services is to increase the Unscheduled downtimes can be significantly reduced. Test
productivity and availability of machines and to optimize procedures based on standards, such as circularity or
global servicing and maintenance processes. synchronization tests, can be used in this context. The trend
analysis evaluates the test results throughout the life cycle of
The services operate on an Internet-based platform. They a machine.
support company-wide servicing and support pro-
cesses. This ongoing evaluation means that maintenance measures
can be scheduled on a predictive and selective basis and
To minimize the occurrence of faults, ePS Network Ser- that inspection and maintenance procedures can be opti-
vices provide maintenance departments and machine mized. On the basis of process or utilization, the mainte-
manufacturers with services that enable the status of nance department can determine which spare parts will be
machines and individual components to be evaluated needed when and where on site.
cyclically. Parts subject to wear, such as bearings and
guides, are of particular relevance. Benefits:
7 Reduced maintenance costs
7 Increased system availability
7 Increased productivity
H36QHWZRUNVHUYHU 0DFKLQHPDQXIDFWXUHU
6HUYLFH
6WDQGDUG
:HE
EURZVHU
,17(51(7
)LUHZDOO )LUHZDOO
)LUHZDOO
3ODQWPDLQWHQDQFH
6WDQGDUG:HE
/$1 EURZVHU
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
0DFKLQHRSHUDWRU
+0,
*B1&B(1B
3URGXFWLRQ
The Motion Control Information System provides a comprehen- With the Motion Control Information System MCIS youll increase
sive range of powerful software modules for production the productivity and reliability of your machine tools by means of
machines. These programs optimize the integration of your the perfect integration of the machines into the process chain.
machines into your EDP environment.
They also support a wide range of diverse functional areas: For your production, this means:
7 Production data management MDA/PMT/PDA 7 Smooth coordination of planning and execution
7 CNC program management DNC 7 Shorter setup times and enhanced efficiency
7 Tool management TDI 7 Reduced machine downtimes
7 Maintenance management TPM 7 Simplified fault analysis
7 Data backup and archiving ADDM
7 Service management RCS
7 Computer link RPC
5HPRWH
FRQQHFWLRQ
1& +RVW ADDM Server
SURJUDPPLQJ FRPSXWHUDSSOLFDWLRQ TPM Cell
SURJUDPPHGLQ MDA Cell
FRPELQDWLRQZLWK DNC Cell/Plant
RPC SINUMERIK TDI Cell
RCS Viewer
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
'1& 6WDQGDORQHQRQQHWZRUNHG
VWDWLRQ
1HWZRUNLQJWR1&SURJUDPPLQJV\VWHP
7 Configuration of sub-components and complete systems 7 Design of the interconnected SIMODRIVE system
7 Order optimization thanks to automatic recalculation when 7 Motor data and options for motor core types
the configuration is modified 7 DC link power and capacitance
7 Constant testing of all selected components for consis- 7 Assessment factors (electronic points and activation
tency and reliability of interaction points)
7 Generated parts lists can be loaded into the interactive 7 Power loss calculation for control cabinet components
CA 01 catalog.
Software update service, repair service contract, documen-
7 Parts list are completed by freely entering order numbers tation and maintenance contracts for individual components
7 10 languages: Chinese (simplified), Czech, English, are also implemented in the NCSD configurator.
French, German, Italian, Polish, Russian, Spanish and You can obtain the NCSD configurator:
Swedish included
7 Together with the interactive CA 01 catalog or
The CNC, operator components, HMI software, SIMATIC
7 Always up-to-date on the Internet at:
S7-300 I/Os, converter system, motors and measuring
system are all selected in the same manner. Motors can be http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik
selected using the Order No. or by means of a motor wizard
based on speed, torque or output. The matching power
section and appropriate cables are automatically assigned
to the motor. The cable lengths can then be specified appli-
cation-specifically. Creation of special motors is supported.
Linear motors can be connected in parallel to improve output
performance.
Benefits:
7 Multilingual operator interface in English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish included.
7 Dimension sheets with measurements in mm or inches
7 Dimension sheets and 2D/3D CAD data for
1FT6/1FK7 synchronous motors
1PH7/1PH4 asynchronous motors
1FT6/1FK7 geared motors
1FW3 torque motors
http://www.siemens.com/cad-creator
Siemens NC 60 2006
Overview of functions
SINUMERIK CNC controls
General Information
Overview
2 SINUMERIK CNC controls Positioning modules
The function overview lists the most important functions of the The Overview of functions lists the major functions of the FM 353,
SINUMERIK 802S base line, SINUMERIK 802C base line, FM 354, FM 357-2L/LX/H and SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS,
SINUMERIK 802D base line, SINUMERIK 802D, allowing you quick and selective access to individual functions.
SINUMERIK 810D powerline, SINUMERIK 840Di and
SINUMERIK 840D powerline, allowing you quick and selective In the case of FM 353/FM 354, the functions for application as an
access to individual functions. autonomous PLC auxiliary axis are specified.
When complete order numbers are given in the list, they must be
specified in the order with the appropriate quantities.
The order numbers of the hardware components and other
options can be found in the relevant chapters.
Overview
As a consequence of the prevailing export restrictions applica- When the standard variant is used, it is important to note that
ble to the system software of numerical controls, in relation to official authorization is also required for the export of compo-
particular control functions in accordance with the European/ nents subject to export approval within the framework of service
German Export List (AL item 2D002), provision, the supply of spare parts and for delivery of software
SINUMERIK 810D powerline, SINUMERIK 840Di and updates and upgrades. This is especially relevant in cases
SINUMERIK 840D powerline are available in two versions. where the control is exported after the machine manufacturer
has installed it in a machine tool. The lengthy official approval
In the case of SINUMERK 810D powerline, this applies to CCU procedure can severely restrict after-sales service.
components with integrated system software, with SINUMERIK
840Di to NCK system software and with SINUMERIK 840D When an application for an export permit for a system is submit-
powerline to NCU system software. ted, we therefore recommend that spare parts supplies for any
components requiring approval are included in the application
The standard versions of SINUMERIK 810D powerline, as a matter of course to avoid future delays.
SINUMERIK 840Di and SINUMERIK 840D powerline offer the
full scope of control functions, but require official approval If the control is to be exported as an installed component in a
when exported to countries outside the EU. machine tool, we recommend that machine manufacturers in-
clude any components requiring approval in the export permit
The export versions SINUMERIK 802S base line, SINUMERIK application for the machine. If the machine itself does not require
802C base line, SINUMERIK 802D base line, SINUMERIK 802D, official export approval, but contains components which do, we
SINUMERIK 810DE powerline, SINUMERIK 840DiE and recommend that an export permit for the replacement supply of
SINUMERIK 840DE powerline have restricted functionality in such components is applied for in advance.
accordance with the export list restrictions and therefore do not
require official approval as a result of their "Type" in accordance Spare parts supplies requiring official approval can then be ex-
with EU or German law. ported quickly and easily by the machine manufacturer himself,
or by Siemens if the manufacturer can make the original export
Functional restrictions are documented in the table below. permit available to Siemens.
The approval status for the complete CNC system is corre-
spondingly dependent on the hardware or software version General information:
used.
If any particular components require official re-export approval
Important export information according to US law, this must be duly filed for.
Export of standard versions of components or systems is subject Information about official approval requirements for supplied
to a time-consuming official authorization process, so it is recom- components is given in the delivery documentation:
mended that the export version is used where applicable. Goods labeled here with "AL not equal to N" are subject to Euro-
pean or German export authorization when they are exported
"Information on List of Items (Auskunft zur Gterliste (AZG))" per- out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN not equal to N" are sub-
taining to the official export authorization process is available for ject to US re-export authorization. Even if goods are not labeled
each export version (e.g. Federal Office of Economics and or labeled with "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", they may still be subject to
Export Control (BAFA), Customs). You can obtain a copy of this export authorization due to the final destination and end use of
list from your local Siemens sales office. the goods.
If a purchase contract is concluded, it shall be discharged by
Siemens with the proviso that performance of the contract shall
not be hindered by national or international legal requirements
and especially by export control regulations.
Overview
Functional restrictions for export versions
2
Function Order No. 802S base line 810DE 840DiE 840DE
802C base line power- power-
802D base line line line
802D
Linear interpolation n 1) 1) 1)
3)
Generic coupling CP Basic 6FC5251-0AG01-0AA0
Generic coupling CP Comfort 6FC5251-0AG02-0AA0 3)
4) 4) 4)
Synchronized actions stage 2 6FC5251-0AD05-0AA0
5) 5) 5)
Clearance control, 1D/3D in position control cycle 6FC5251-0AC05-0AA0
Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 6FC5251-0AB15-0AA0 6) 6) 6)
n Basic version
Restricted functionality of the export control versions.
Not possible
The designation "E" in the name of the control indicates that it is For further details on "restricted functionality" for the export
the export variant, i. e. the relevant control software is classified versions, see the Glossary on the CD-ROM for Catalog NC 60
as not requiring official approval (AL=N) with the functional re- or go to:
strictions specified in the table according to AL item 2D002. http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Control structure/configuration
Structure n
SIMODRIVE 611 See Converter systems n
SINUMERIK PCU See Operator components n
Drives See Converter systems n
SIMODRIVE 611 digital n
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS 1)
n
n
SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS (via PROFIBUS) n
n
SIMODRIVE POSMO A/SI/CD/CA n
n
SIMODRIVE base line n
FM STEPDRIVE (stepper motors) n
Mode groups (MGs) n
1 MG n
Maximum configuration n
NCU 561.5/571.5 n
NCU 572.5/NCU 573.5 n
Each additional MG 6FC5251-0AD00-0AA0 n
Machining channels n
n
Maximum configuration n
NCU 561.5/571.5 n
NCU 572.5/NCU 573.5 n
Each additional machining channel 6FC5251-0AA07-0AA0 n
Additional axis/spindle + channel n
NCU 561.5 6FC5251-0AD08-0AA0 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
CNC main memory (buffered) for programs and data in MB n
(SINUMERIK 810D/840D: max. 0.3 MB allocated to Siemens technological cycles n
and an additional 0.25 MB (in total) is allocated to Siemens measuring cycles) n
Expansion of CNC main memory by 1 MB 6FC5251-0AD02-0AA0 n
CNC main memory, maximum configuration n
n
n
n
1) Activation via analog or PROFIBUS interface. 4) With system software Plus (precondition: PCU with 1.2 GHz).
2) For positioning tasks using the PLC. 5) With system software Basic and Universal: 2.
3) In excess of 10 V, not PROFIBUS. 6) With NCU system software 2/6/12 axes: max. 2 mode groups/2 channels.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n
n n v v n n v v
n 2) 2) 2) 2)
n n n n v v n n v v
n 3) 2) 2) 2) 2)
n v v n n v v
n 2) 2) 2) 2)
n n
n n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 1 1 1 1 2 2 6 4) 5) 6 4) 5) 10 10 1 1 1 10
n 2 2
n 10 6) 10 6)
n v v v v v v
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
n 1 1 1 1 2 2 6 4) 5) 6 4) 5) 10 10 1 1 1 10
n 2 2
n 10 6) 10 6)
n v v v v v v
n
n v
n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.5 0.5 1 1 3 3
n
n v v v v v v
n 0.25 0.25 0.25 0.25 2.5 2.5 5 5 6 6
n
n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 4 4 3 5 5 5 5 5 5 5
n 3 3 2 4 6 6 18 2) 3) 18 2) 3) 31 31 12 2 12 31
n 2 2
n 6 6
n 31 31
n 1 1 1 1+1 2 2 18 2) 3) 18 2) 3) 31 31 1 1+C 3+2C 31
n 2 2
n 6 6
n 31 31
n 4 4 3 5 6 6 18 2) 3) 18 2) 3) 31 31 12 4) 4 12 4) 31
n 2 2
n 6 6
n 31 31
n 4 4 3 5 6 6 12 2) 3) 12 2) 3) 12 12 12 4 12 12
n 1 1 1 1 (1+1) 2 2 12 2) 3) 12 2) 3) 12 12 1 1 3 12
n 2 2
n 6 6
n 12 12
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v
n
n
n v v
n v v
n
n v v
n
n v v
n v v
n 2) 2)
n
n v v
n n n n n
n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
1) For spindle only. 4) Second measuring system for one axis via 2nd axis
2) SINUMERIK 810D measuring channels and via SIMODRIVE 611 digital SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS closed-loop control module or ADI 4.
5) For analog axes via ADI 4.
closed-loop control module.
3) Two measuring systems per axis. 6) For positioning tasks.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n 802S 802C 802D 802D Note on operating software
n 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n line line line
n line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n 1 4 3 5 12 2) 12 2) 36 3) 4) 36 3) 4)
n 4 3) 4 3)
n 12 3) 12 3)
n 62 3) 62 3)
n n n n n n n
n 1) 1) 1) 5) 5)
n
n n n n
n 7) 7)
n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n
n 7) 7)
n n n n n
n n
n n n v v n n v v
n 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n n n
n n n n n
n v v n n v v
n 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n n n
n n n n n
n v v v v
n 9) 9) 9) 9)
n n n n n
n 5) 5)
n
n n n
n n n n n
n n n v v n n v v
n 10) 10) 6) 6) 8) 8) 6) 6)
n
n n n
n n n n n
n n n v v n n v v
n 10) 10) 6) 6) 6) 6)
7) 9)
Via ADI 4. Not as motor measuring system, only for spindles or rotary axes for direct
8) position sensing.
Second measuring system for one axis via 2nd axis
10) Via SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS closed-loop control module.
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS closed-loop control module.
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n n n
n n n n n
n n n n v v n n v v
n 3) 3) 1) 1) 1) 1)
n
n n v v n n v v
n 1) 1) 1) 1)
n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 2) 2) 2) 2)
n v v v v v v
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n 120 120 n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n 12 n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n v
n n n n n n n n n n
n n n
n 4) 4)
n v v
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v v v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n
n v v
n v v
n
n v v
n
n
n v v
n
n
n v v
n v v
n n n n n n n
n 4) 4)
n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 2) 2)
n 120 120 n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 3) 3) 3) 3)
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 3 3 2 4 4 4 4 4 4 4
n 3 3 2 4 4 6 4 12 1)
n 2 2) 2 2)
n 4 12
n v v v
n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n 2D+1 2D+1 2D+2 2D+2 2D+2 2D+2 2D+6
n
n 2D+2 2D+6
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v v v v v v
n v v
n 3) 3)
n v v
n 4) 4)
n n n n n n n
n v v v v
n
n v v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
1) 3)
With restricted functionality, see export control versions. Not simultaneously with generic couplings (CP).
2)
Extended from 3 to 8 in software version 7.2 and higher of the NCU system
software.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n v
n
n v
n v 1) v v 1) v
n
n v 1)
v
n v v
n
n v v
n v v v v
n 1 1 3 3
n
n v v
n 3 3
n v v
n 8 2) 8 2)
n v v
n
n v v
n n n n n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n v 1)
v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n v 1) v
n
n
n
n
n
n
n
n v 1)
v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n
n
n n n
n v v v v
n
n v v
n v
n v v v v
n
n v v
n n n n n
n
n
n n n
n v v
n
n
n v v
n
n v v v
n n n n n
n 1) 1) 1)
n
n n n
n 1)
n v v v v
n v v v v
n
n
n v v
n v v
n v v
n v v
n v v
n v v
n n n n n n n n
n 2) 3) 3)
n v v v v v v
n 3) 3)
n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
1) With restricted functionality, see export eontrol versions. 3) Precondition: SIMATIC DP ET 200 analog module.
2) Precondition: MCI board extension.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n v v
n
n v v
n v v v v v v
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n v v
n 1)
n
n v v
n 1)
n
n
n
n v v
1)
n
n n n n n
n 2) 2)
n v v v v
n
n
n v v
n
n
n n n n n n n
n 1) 1) 1)
n v v v v v v
n 1) 1) 1)
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n 3) 3)
n v v v v
n 3) 3)
n
n v v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Open Architecture
HMI programming package (OEM contract required) See HMI software n
HMI configuring package (OEM contract required) See HMI software n
User-interface expansion (HMI Advanced/HMI Embedded) See HMI software n
n
OA package NCK (OEM contract required) See Basic components n
n
SINUMERIK NCK Runtime OA (runtime license) 6FC5251-0AA20-0AA0 n
n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n v v
n
n v v
n
n
n n n n n n n
n v v
n 1)
n
n v v
n 1)
n v v v v v v
n 4) 4)
n n n n n
n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n x x x x x x v v v v v v
n 3) 3) 3) 3) 3) 3)
n v
n
n v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 4/0 4/0 8/0 8/0 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4 11/4
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 1 1 1 1 8 8 8 8 8 8
n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n 1) 1)
n n n n n n n n n
n
n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n x x x x x x n n
n n n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
1) 3)
Management of workpieces is not possible. With different functionality.
2) 4)
Precondition: DNC (option). Partially.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n v v v v v v
n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
1)
n 1) 1) 1)
n x x n n x x n n n
n x x x x x x n v v v
n x x x x x x v v v v
n 2)
n 100/ 100/ 100/ 100/ 250/ 250/ 1000 1000 250/ 250/ /1000 /1000 /1000 /1000
n x x x x x x n
n x x x x x x n
n
n n n n n x x x x x x n v n n n
n 3)
n x x x x v n n
n
n x x
n x x x x v v v
n
n
n x x
n x x x x v v n
n
n x x
n v v v v v v v
n
n
n v v
n v v v v v v v v n n
n 4) 4)
n n n n n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Parameters
Max. number of basic frames n
Max. number of selectable offsets n
Zero offsets, programmable (frames) n
Scratching, determining zero offset n
Zero offsets, external (PLC) n
Global and local user data n
Global program user data n
Display system variables (also via online configurable display) n
and log n
n
1) Configurable by Siemens. 3) With user interface expansion, see HMI/MMC Commissioning Manual.
2) For presentation of the machining step. 4) With customer cycles function.
5) On request.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n n n n n x x n n x x n n n n n n
n x x x x x x v n v
n x x x x x x n n n
n x x x x x x n n n
n 2)
n x x x x x x n n
n x x x x v
n x x x x v
n
n x x x x x x n n n v n
n
n n n n n x x x x x x n n n n n
n
n n n n n x x x x x x n n n n n
n x x x x x x n n n
n 1) 1) 1) 1) x x x x x x n n n n n n
n 3) 3) 3) 4) 3)
n 1 1 1 1 16 16 x x 16 16 16 16 1 1 1
n 4 4 6 6 100 100 x x 100 100 100 100 100 4 100 100
n 1 1 n n n n n n n n
n n n n n x x x x x x n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n x x x x x x n
n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Simulation
Up to n channels can be simulated sequentially n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5 n
NCU 572.5/573.5 n
Several channels and programs can machine the same blank part in succession n
Simulation of program X, while program Y is being executed n
Drilling/milling 1) n
Multi-sided 2D view, dynamic n
n
3D view, static n
Simultaneous recording (real-time simulation of current machining) See HMI software n
n
Turning 1) n
Traverse path simulation without model (broken-line graphics) n
n
Contour of blank part can be specified n
Simulation in working plane G18 n
Simulation in working planes G17/G19 n
Full cut/partial cut with circumferential edges, front face and peripheral surfaces, n
milling and drilling operations n
Counterspindle n
3D simulation of the finished part (static/dynamic) See HMI software n
n
Simultaneous recording (real-time simulation of current machining) n
Turning 1) 6FC5673-0AB01-0AF0 n
Traverse path simulation without model (broken-line graphics) n
n
Simulation in working plane G18 n
n
Simultaneous recording (real-time simulation of current machining) n
n
Operating modes
JOG n
Handwheel selection n
Inch/metric changeover n
Manual measurement of zero offset n
Manual measurement of tool offset n
Automatic tool/workpiece measurement See HMI software n
n
Reference point approach, automatic/via CNC program n
n
1) 3)
Tool carrier vertical to the workpiece. Dynamic for PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70.
2) Single-sided broken-line graphics at programming level. 4) Precondition: Measuring cycles.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n 2 2 2 2 10 1 1 1 1
n 2 2
n 6 6
n 10 10
n x x x x x x n
n x x x x x x n
n
n n x x x x x x n n
n 2)
n x x x x x x n n
n n x x x x x x v v
n 2)
n
n x x x x x x n n n
n 5)
n x x x x x x n n
n x x x x x x n n n n
n x x x x x x n n
n x x x x x x n n
n
n x x x x x x n n
n x x x x v
n 3)
n x x x x x x n n v
n
n v n
n 2) 2)
n v n
n 2) 2)
n v n
n 2) 2)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n
n n n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n n n x x x x x x n n n n n
n n n n n x x x x x x n n n
n n n n n x x n n v n n
n 4)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n
5)
Only turning.
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Tools
Tool types n
Turning n
Drilling/milling n
Grinding n
Groove sawing n
n
1) 3)
Precondition: DNC (option). Precondition: Network/disk drive management on PCU 20 (option).
2) Possible with restrictions.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n x x n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n n n n
n v v v v v v n
n v v
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n v v v v
n 1) 3)
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n n
n 2)
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n/ n n
n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n
n n n n/ n n n x x n n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Tools (continued)
Tool radius compensations in plane n
With approach and retract strategies n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
With transition circle/ellipse on outer edges n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Configurable intermediate blocks with tool radius compensation active n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
3D tool radius compensation 6FC5251-0AB13-0AA0 n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Tool change via T number n
Tool carrier with orientation capability n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Look-ahead detection of contour violations n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Grinding-specific tool offset with n
grinding wheel surface speed n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Tool orientation interpolation 1) n
Online tool length compensation n
Operation without tool management n
Tool offset selection via D number without T assignment n
(flat D number) n
Editing of tool data n
Tool offset selection via T and D numbers n
Data backup via RS 232 C (V.24) interface n
Number of tools/cutting edges in tool list n
n
n
n
n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n
n
n n n
n v v n n n
n
n v v
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n
n n n
n n n
n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n
n n n n n
n 15/30 15/30 18/36 32/64 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/
n 2) 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500
n 48/96 x x
3)
n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Tools (continued)
Operation with tool management 6FC5251-0AB12-0AA0 n
System displays in standard software n
Comfortable startup via system displays n
Tool list n
Configurable tool lists n
Number of tools/cutting edges in tool list n
n
n
Unambiguous D number structure n
Tool offset selection via T and D numbers n
Editing of tool data n
Editing of OA data n
Magazine list n
Configurable magazine list n
More than one magazine is possible n
Magazine data n
Vacant position search and positioning n
Easy vacant position search using softkeys n
Loading and unloading of tools n
More than one loading and unloading point per magazine n
Tool cabinet and tool catalog n
Loading and unloading via code carrier system n
Adapter data n
Local compensations n
Connection to TDI n
Data backup on hard disk n
Data backup via RS 232 C (V.24) interface n
Monitoring of tool life and workpiece count 6FC5651-0AA01-0AA0 n
n
1) Valid for PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70. For PCU 20: 250/500.
2) Available with PCU 50/PCU 50.3.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v 2) 2)
n v v v v v v v v n n
n v v v v v v v
n 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 600/ 100/ 600/
n 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1500 1200 1 1200
n x x 1) 1)
n v v x x v v v
n n n n n n n n n n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v
n 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 32 3 3
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v
n v v x x v v v n n
n v v x x v v v n n
n v v x x v v v v n n
n v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Communication
Serial interface RS 232 C (V.24) n
n
Parallel interface (Centronics) n
n
Disk drive operation See HMI software n
Multipoint Interface (MPI) n
Ethernet connection See HMI software n
n
I/O interfacing to via PROFIBUS DP 1) 6FC5252-0AD00-0AA0 n
(software option) n
Data exchange between machining channels n
High-speed data interchange between CNC and PLC n
Data backup on hard disk n
n
Data backup on PC card n
PC card as additional program memory (PCU 20) n
n
1) For literature on the subject of PROFIBUS DP, see Services 3) For PCU 50/PCU 70.
Documentation. 4) Precondition: DNC (option).
2)
For PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n x x n n x x n n n n n n
n 3) 2) 2) 2) 2)
n x x n n x x n n n n
n 3) 3) 3) 3)
n x x n n x x n v v v
n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n x x n n x x v v v v
n 4)
n n n v v n n v v
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n x x n n x x n n n n
n 3) 3) 3)
n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n x x x x n
n 5)
n x x X X x x v v v v
n 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n
n x x X X x x v v v v
n 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n x x X X x x v v v v
n 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n v v v v v v v v v v
n 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 7) 6) 6) 6) 6)
n x x x x x x v v v v
n 3) 3) 3)
n x x x x x x v v
n 3)
n x x x x x x v
n x x x x x x v v v v
n 3) 3) 3)
n x x x x x x v
n x x x x x x v
n x x x x x x v v v v
n 3) 3) 3)
5) Excludes use of RCS Host remote diagnostics on PC card. RCS Host 6) For PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 with HMI-Advanced.
Embedded can be used. Precondition: Network/disk drive management on 7) On request.
PCU 20 (option).
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Data management
ADDM agent: Backup and recovery client See HMI software n
(precondition: SIMATIC STEP 7) n
Operation
Operator panel fronts OP 015/OP 015A/TP 015A, 15" color See Operator components n
Operator panel fronts OP 012, 12.1" color See Operator components n
Operator panel fronts TP 012, 12.1" color 4) See Operator components n
Operator panel fronts OP 010/OP 010C/OP 010S, 10.4" color See Operator components n
Thin Client Unit for operator panel fronts n
TCU See Operator components n
Operator panel fronts with integrated TCU n
OP 015AT/TP 015AT, 15" color See Operator components n
OP 012T, 12.1" color See Operator components n
OP 08T, 7,5" color See Basic components n
PCU 20 3) See Operator components n
PCU 50 3) See Operator components n
PCU 50.3 3)
See Operator components n
PCU 70 3) See Operator components n
Control unit management with TCU See Operator components n
Identical display on all OPs with TCU n
Simultaneous operation interlock n
Different resolutions (e.g. OP 010/HT 8) n
Up to 4 operator panel fronts with one TCU each on a PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 1) n
plus 1 additional operator panel front directly on the PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 1) n
Physical separation of operator panel front (OP) and PCU n
as well as connection of up to 3 operator panels via video link n
1 operator panel for up to 8 NCUs/ n
2 operator panels for up to 4 NCUs n
Control unit management for each PCU 6FC5253-0AE03-0AA0 n
(up to 9 PCUs for up to 9 NCUs) n
Functionality: Active, passive and suppression mechanisms n
Integrated operator panel: SINUMERIK 802S/802C base line, 8" monochrome See Basic components n
Operator panel SINUMERIK 802D base line/802D, 10.4" monochrome/color See Basic components n
Connection for See Operator components n
Standard VGA monitor with PCU 50/PCU 70 n
Standard DVI monitor with PCU 50.3, VGA via ext. adapter n
n
1) Precondition: PCU with 1.2 GHz. 3) HMI software for PC/PG can be ordered separately.
2) Three CCUs on one operator panel. Two operator panels on one CCU. 4) For customized operator interface.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n x x x x x x v v v v
n 3) 3) 3)
n x x x x v
n v v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v v v v v v
n
n v v v v v v
n
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v n v v v
n v v n n v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v v v v
n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
n v v v v v v
n
n n n n n n n
n 2) 2)
n x x v v v
n
n
n n n
n n/v n/v
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Operation (continued)
Connection for n
SIMATIC OP 170B/OP 177B with 6"/10" display 1) n
SIMATIC TP 170B/TP 177B/TP 270 with 6"/10" display 1) n
SIMATIC Mobile Panel 170/Mobile Panel 177 1)
n
SIMATIC MP 270B/MP 370 with Key/Touch 1) n
Connection of SIMATIC HMI to PLC n
SINUMERIK HT 8 handheld terminal See Operator components n
SINUMERIK HT 6 handheld terminal See Operator components n
Mini handheld unit See Operator components n
Handheld unit type B-MPI See Operator components n
Machine control panel See Operator components n
Pushbutton panel See Operator components n
Electronic handwheels can be connected See Operator components n
CNC keyboard, horizontal/vertical See Basic components n
n
Full CNC keyboard See Operator components n
Standard PC keyboard MF-II See Operator components n
Floppy disk (3.5"/1.44 MB) See Operator components n
Floppy disk (3.5"/1.44 MB) with USB connection See Operator components n
Plain text display of user variables n
Multi-channel display n
2D representation of 3D protection areas/work areas n
Actual-value system for workpiece (grinding) n
Menu selection via the PLC n
CNC program messages n
Online help for programming, n
alarms and machine data (can be extended) n
Screen blanking n
Access protection, 8 levels n
n
1) 3)
WinCC flexible is required for OA applications. Precondition: MCI board extension.
2) 4)
Third handwheel can be operated as a contour handwheel (option). Included in scope of supply, see Ordering Data.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n v v v v
n v v v v v v n
n v v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n n n v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n 2 2 3 3 2/3 2) 2/3 2) 2 3) 2 3) 2/3 2) 2/3 2)
n v n
n 4)
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n x x v v x x v v v v v
n x x x x v
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n x x x x n
n n n x x n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n x x n n n n
n n n n n x x n n n n n
n n n x x n n n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Operation (continued)
Languages of operating software n
Languages of operating software packages HMI Advanced, HMI Embedded, ShopMill, See HMI software n
ShopTurn on CD-ROM n
2 languages switchable online n
Chinese Simplified, English, French, German, Italian, n
Spanish n
Additional languages: See Basic components n
Czech, Hungarian, Polish, Russian, Turkish n
Additional languages: See Basic components n
Chinese Traditional, Czech, Finnish, Hungarian, Korean, Polish, n
Russian, Turkish n
Additional languages: n
e.g. Chinese Traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish, Hungarian, n
Japanese, Korean, Polish, Romanian, Russian, Swedish, n
Turkish n
Maximum configuration for installed languages n
Other languages n
Operating software can be used for: n
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline See HMI software n
SINUMERIK 840Di See HMI software n
n
Operator interface with Solution for Powertrain TRANSLINE HMI PRO software See HMI software n
Operator interface with Solution for Powertrain TRANSLINE HMI Lite CE software See HMI software n
n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n v v v v v v v v v v v v
n
n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n X X X X x x n n n n n n
n 1)
n n n
n 2) 2)
n n n
n 2) 2)
n
n X X X X x x v v v v v v
n 3) 3) 3) 3) 4) 3)
n
n
n 2 2 2 2 X X X X x x 5) 8 8 8 8 2
n 6) 6) 6) 6) X X X X x x 6) 6) 6) 6) 6) 6)
n
n v v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v
n 7)
n x x x x v
n v v
n
n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n
n v v v v
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Compensations
Backlash compensation n
Leadscrew error compensation n
Measuring system error compensation n
Electronic weight counterbalance 6FC5255-0AC00-0AA0 n
Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 6FC5251-0AB15-0AA0 n
n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
n
Quadrant error compensation per operation n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Quadrant error compensation, automatic 6FC5251-0AB14-0AA0 n
(neural network) n
NCU 561.5 n
NCU 571.5/572.5/573.5 n
Graphical monitoring of quadrant error compensation using the circularity test See HMI software n
n
Temperature compensation 6FC5251-0AA13-0AA0 n
Automatic drift compensation for analog speed setpoints n
Feedforward control n
Velocity-dependent n
Acceleration-dependent 6FC5250-0AA07-0AA0 n
3D error compensation SEC 3D 6FC5251-0AF33-0AA0 n
PLC area
SIMATIC S7-200 (integrated) n
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 314C-2 DP (integrated) n
SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 317-2 DP (integrated) n
n
1) With restricted functionality, see export control versions. 2) Precondition: Commissioning tool for SIMODRIVE 611 digital.
Already included in HMI-Advanced system software, also for PC/PG.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n v v v v
n v v v v
n 1) 1)
n
n v v
n 1)
n n n x x n
n
n n n
n v v
n
n
n v v
n x x x x n v
n 2)
n v v v v v v
n n
n
n n n n n n n n n
n v v v v
n v v v v
n n n n n
n n n
n n n n n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n 1.8 1.8 0.4 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.03
n 5.9 5.9 1.4 1.4 0.25 0.25 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
n n n n n n n
n 96 96 128 128 128 128
n 480 480 768 768 768 768
n v v v v v v
n 4000 4000 6000 6000
n v v v v v v
n n n n n
n 2) 2) 2) 2)
n n n n n
n 2) 2) 2) 2)
n n n n n v v n n v v
n 1) 1) 1) 1)
n 48/ 48/ 144 144 128 128 128 128 256 256
n 64 4) 64 4)
n 16/ 16/ 96 96 128 128 128 128 256 256
n 32 4) 32 4)
n 48 48 144 144 2048 5) 2048 5) 2048 5) 2048 5) 4096 4096
n 16 16 96 96 2048 5) 2048 5) 2048 5) 2048 5) 4096 4096
n 1024 1024 3072 3072 4096 4096 4096 4096 4096 4096
n 16 16 40 40 256 256 512 512 512 512
n 32 32 32 32 256 256 512 512 512 512
n 64 6)
64 6)
64 6)
64 6)
256 256 2048 7)
2048 7)
2048 7)
2048 7)
n 399 399 2047 7) 2047 7) 2047 7) 2047 7)
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n 2 2 24 24 24 24
n v v v v v v
n 32 32 125 125 125 125
n n n v v
n 2) 2)
n
n n n n n
n n n v v n n v v
n n n n n
n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n
n
5) Number = Sum of inputs and outputs. 7) FBs, FCs and DBs in total max. 2048.
6) Subroutines.
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Monitoring functions
Axis limitation from the PLC n
Spindle speed limitation n
Generator operation 6FC5255-0AE00-0AA0 n
Extended stop and retract 6FC5250-0AE01-0AA0 n
(ESR), incl. generator operation n
Tool and process monitoring 1) See HMI software n
PROFIBUS tool and process monitoring 6FC5251-0AE71-0AA0 n
Axial data output via PROFIBUS (ADAS) 6FC5251-0AF44-0AA0 n
Safety functions
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated See Basic components n
safety functions for personnel and machine protection 2) n
SI Basic (for up to 1 axis/spindle; up to 4 inputs/outputs can be used for the safe 6FC5250-0AG00-0AA0 n
programmable logic)
SI Comfort (for up to 1 axis/spindle; up to 64 inputs/outputs can be used for the 6FC5250-0AG10-0AA0 n
safe programmable logic)
SI axis/spindle (from the second axis/spindle, per axis/spindle) 6FC5250-0AG11-0AA0 n
SI axis/spindle package (additional 15 axes/spindles) 6FC5250-0AG12-0AA0 n
SinuCom NC SI See HMI software n
Startup
Startup software for converter system is integrated: n
SIMODRIVE 611 digital n
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS n
Startup software on external PC/PG See HMI software n
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS n
n
Startup trace n
(drive optimization without an additional oscilloscope) n
SINUMERIK 840Di startup n
(SimoCom U and SinuCom NC) n
Series startup via serial interface n
Series startup via programming of n
PC card offline or online n
n
1) 3)
Product of Solution Partner (currently for ARTIS). Included in the basic package.
2) Precondition: See Basic Components.
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n n n n n n n
n n n n n n n n n n n
n v v
n v v
n
n v v
n v v
n v v v v
n
n
n v v
n v v
n v v
n v v
n v v
n
n x x x x n
n n n
n
n n n n n v v v v v v
n 3) 3) 3) 3)
n n n n n x x x x x x n v
n
n n n
n
n n n n n n n x x n n n n
n n n n n n n n n
n
n
2
n
n
n Basic version n
v Option n
x Function is dependent on operating software n
X Precondition: HMI-Advanced operating software n
Not possible
n
Order No. n
Startup (continued)
SinuCom startup software for SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline n
SinuCom NC See HMI software n
Dialog-based parameterization of machine data, management of series startup files, n
integrated online help for functions, machine data and alarms n
SinuCom NC Trace See HMI software n
Dynamic recording of variables and signals optimization without additional oscilloscope n
SinuCom FFS See HMI software n
Creation of an image for the PC card n
SinuCom ARC See HMI software n
Reading, deleting, inserting and changing series startup files n
Startup software on PC/PG for SIMODRIVE 611 digital See HMI software n
Diagnostic functions
PLC status n
LAD display n
Process fault diagnostics for S7 HiGraph and S7 Graph See HMI software n
for PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 with Solution for Powertrain TRANSLINE HMI PRO n
RCS remote diagnostics/host and viewer See HMI software n
PLC remote diagnostics 6FC5653-0AA01-0AA0 n
Alarms and messages n
Action log can be activated for diagnostic purposes n
Tools
Programming language SIMATIC STEP 7 See HMI software n
LAD ladder diagram n
FBD function block diagram n
STL statement list n
SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK hardware for service functions n
SinuCom PCIN See HMI software n
SinuCom Update Agent for series startup and software See HMI software n
Data backup (Backup/Restore) with ghost on hard disk/network See HMI software n
CAD reader for PC See HMI software n
Offline SINUMERIK 800/840D CNC program converter On request n
n
n
2
n SINUMERIK 802 SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
n Note on operating software
n 802S 802C 802D 802D 810DE 810D 840DiE 840Di 840DE 840D
base base base power- power- power- power- Blank field: Function is not dependent on operating software
n
n line line line line line line line HMI- HMI- Shop Manual Shop HT 6
n Ad- Em- Mill Turn Turn
n van- bed-
n ced ded
n
n
n
n v v n n v v
n
n v v
n
n v v v v
n
n v v v v
n v v v v
n n n n n n n x x n n n n n n n n
n n
n v v v v
n
n x x x x x x v v v v v v
n v
n n n n n n n n n n n
n n n x x n n n n n n n
n
n n n n n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n x x v v x x v
n v v v v v v v
n v v v v
n n n n n n n
n v v v v v v
n v v v v v v
n
n
2
n Basic version FM 353 FM 354 FM 357-2L SIMODRIVE 611
v Option FM 357-2LX universal HRS
Not possible FM 357-2H
Structure/application
Structure
SIMATIC S7-300 n n n
SIMODRIVE 611 n
Axes per module 1 1 4 1/2
Channels per module 1 1 4 3)
Interpolating axes, max. 4 2
1) 1)
Max. modules per SIMATIC 3 3)
programmable controller
Drives
FM STEPDRIVE (stepper motor control) n n
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS n n n n
(with analog setpoint interface) 5)
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES MC n
via PROFIBUS DP
Functionality
Traversing range in m 1000 1000 1000 200
Velocity in mm/min 0.01 ... 0.001 ... 1 ...
500 000 >10 000 000 2 000 000.000
Max. stepping rate in kHz 200 750
Acceleration in m/s2 0.001 ... 100 0.001 ... 100 0.001 ... 999
Acceleration in kHz/s for stepper drives 0.01 ... 10 000 0.001 ... 100
Jerk time in s 0 ... 10 0 ... 10 0 ... 0.2
1)
Depending on requirements and module complement of the subrack.
2)
Also in combination with stepper drive.
3) With FM 357-2H only 1.
4) With sin/cos module only.
5) Via shaft angle encoder interface only.
2
n Basic version FM 353 FM 354 FM 357-2L SIMODRIVE 611
v Option FM 357-2LX universal HRS
Not possible FM 357-2H
Functionality (continued)
Basic resolution
in mm 10-3 10-3 10-3 10-3
in inch 10-4 10-4 10-4 10-4
-2 -4 -2 -4 -2 -4
in degrees 10 ,10 10 ,10 10 ,10 10-3
Position-controlled mode n n n
Controlled operation with stepper drives n n
Position control cycle in ms 2 2 ... 3 1 ... 4
Interpolation time in ms 2 2 6 ... 9 2 ... 20
Rotary axis n n n v
Automatic block search n n n v
Programmable acceleration n n n v
High-speed process signals
Inputs 4 4 12 1
Outputs 4 4 8
1)
On-the-fly measurement n n n n
Home position switch n n n n
Reversing cam n n n
Options for assigning the high-speed outputs:
Position reached Stop n n n n
Forward, back n n n
M function output M97/M98 n n n
2)
Start enable n n n
2)
CNC programming
Programming language (DIN 66025) n n n
No. of traversing programs 199 199 n 1
3) 3) 5)
1)
Expandable using local bus segment.
2) Via synchronized actions.
3)
Limited by program memory (16 KB).
4) With software version 10 or higher.
5)
Limited by program memory (770 KB).
2
n Basic version FM 353 FM 354 FM 357-2L SIMODRIVE 611
v Option FM 357-2LX universal HRS
Not possible FM 357-2H
Communication
Backup of user data on PG from
Hard disk, floppy disk FM Param FM Param FM Param v
Memory card n
I/O bus, S7-CPU FM n n n
Software technology module for communication n n n n
between CPU and positioning module
Multipoint interface (MPI)
Via SIMATIC S7-CPU n n n
Networking with PROFIBUS DP via v v v n
SIMATIC S7 CP 342-5 DP
PROFIBUS DP with PROFIdrive profile n v
1)
Operation
Standard screens for OP7 n n
2) 2)
Automatic n n n n
Reference point approach n n n n
Follow-up mode n n v
Parking axis n n n v
Simulation n n n
2
n Basic version FM 353 FM 354 FM 357-2L SIMODRIVE 611
v Option FM 357-2LX universal HRS
Not possible FM 357-2H
Delete distance-to-go n n n
Restart n n n
Handling transformation n
2)
2
n Basic version FM 353 FM 354 FM 357-2L SIMODRIVE 611
v Option FM 357-2LX universal HRS
Not possible FM 357-2H
PLC area
FM can be used in SIMATIC S7-300 CPU 314 and CPU 314 and CPU 314C and
higher higher higher
PLC programming with HiGraph v
Add-on package for STEP 7
SIMATIC S7 technology modules n n n
Digital inputs/outputs, max. 1024 1024 992 8 1)
No. of I/O modules, max. 32 32 31
Bit memories 2048 2048 2048
Counter 256 256 256
Timers 256 256 256
Main memory in KB 48 48 48
Machining time
Bit commands, typ. in s 0.1 0.1 0.1
Word commands, typ. in s 1.0 1.0 1.0
FB 512 512 512
FC 512 512 512
DB 511 511 511
Cyclic function block n n n
Time-controlled function blocks n n n
STEP 7 programming language n n n
Programming: STL, SCL, LAD/FBD n n n
Equipment for PLC programming and program PG 7../PC PG 7../PC PG 7../PC
testing
Memory card (flash EPROM) CPU 314 CPU 314 CPU 314C
CPU 315 CPU 315 CPU 315
CPU 316
CPU 318-2
Diagnostic functions
PLC status n n n
Diagnostic buffer specifying error ID codes n n n n
2) 2) 2)
Servo alarms n n n n
Diagnostic alarms and messages n n n n
Startup/parameterization
PG 720/PG 740/PG 760 programming devices v v v n
PC with RS 232 C (V.24) n
PC with MPI card v v v
Windows-based startup tool n n n n
Configured using SIMATIC STEP 7 n n n n
Startup functions n
Measurement functions n
1) 2)
Expansion is possible via options. The last 5 events.
Siemens NC 60 2006
Operator components for CNC controls
General
Introduction
P_NC01_XX_00742
OP 012T OP 015 OP 015A/TP 015A/ HT 8 PCU 20 PCU 50/
OP 015AT/TP 015AT PCU 50.3/
PCU 70
SINUMERIK MCP 483C SINUMERIK MCP 310 SINUMERIK MPP 483 MPI Interface
P_NC01_EN_00743
SINUMERIK MCP 483 Handheld unit Mini handheld unit Electronic
type B-MPI handwheel
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK OP 08T operator panel front can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
- SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and PCU
basic software Thin Client, version 7.4 and higher
(6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8, 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8) or
3
- with Windows XP SP2 (6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8,
6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8)
- SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The 2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys with
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF04-1BA0
Product name SINUMERIK operator panel front
OP 08T
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 15 W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
The extremely compact SINUMERIK OP 08T operator panel front Rear IP00
enables a distributed configuration of the operator panel front Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
and control. The SINUMERIK OP 08T operator panel front con- EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
tains a membrane keyboard with 65 keys (layout as SINUMERIK (+32 F).
KB 310C full CNC keyboard ) as well as 2 x (8+2) horizontal and Relative atmospheric humidity
2 x 8 vertical softkeys. The distance to the operator panel fronts Storage 5 ... 95 % at +25 C (+77 F)
is determined by the maximum distance between two network Transport 5 ... 95 % at +25 C (+77 F)
nodes/access points. Operation 5 ... 80 % at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special Storage -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
clamps supplied with the panel. Transport -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
Benefits - Front
- Rear
0 ... +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
0 ... +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
7 Design of compact operator panels through shallow installa- Weight, approx. 2.9 kg (6.39 lb)
tion depth/reduced size and low power dissipation Dimensions
Width 310 mm (12.20 in)
7 Vibration-free mounting of the SINUMERIK PCU in the control Height 330 mm (12.99 in)
cabinet Depth
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 4 additional - Without PCU 41 mm (1.61 in)
distributed operator panels Panel cutout
Width 285 mm (11.22 in)
Design
Height 304 mm (11.97 in)
The SINUMERIK OP 08T operator panel front is connected to the Selection and Ordering Data
PCU/NCU via Ethernet as a Thin Client in its own subnet (via
DHCP server to PCU/NCU). Designation Order No.
Function Accessories
Slide-in labels 6FC5248-0AF04-1BA0
Signal transmission between operator panel front and for inscribing (3 A4 sheets) for
PCU/NCU via Industrial Ethernet OP 08T
Simple installation Set of clamps (9 units) for sup- 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
Mixed operation with one operator panel front direct at the PCU plementary operating compo-
is possible. Operation on an OP 08T has the same authoriza- nents with 1.5 mm (0.06 in)
tion rights as operation on an operator panel front connected profile,
length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
directly to the PCU. The operator panel in passive mode shows
a darkened screen.
The distance is determined by the maximum distance between
two network nodes/access points (100 m/328 ft).
3 Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 5.5 kg (12.1 lb)
Dimensions
Width 310 mm (12.2 in)
The slimline SINUMERIK OP 010S operator panel front with Height 330 mm (12.9 in)
Depth 45 mm (1.7 in)
10.4" TFT color display with a resolution of 640 x 480 pixels
(VGA) features 8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical mechanical soft- Depth
Without PCU 35 mm (1.4 in)
keys. With PCU 20 91 mm (3.6 in)
A full CNC keyboard can be used as the input keyboard. - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
With PCU 50 123.2 mm (4.8 in)
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
With PCU 70 164.2 mm (6.46 in)
clamps supplied with the panel. - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 010C can be used for: 90 x ergo gray, 20 x red,
20 x yellow, 20 x green,
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: 20 x mid-gray
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70
Caps (10 units) 6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl for USB terminal
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1, Set of clamps (6 units) 6FC5248-0AF06-0AA0
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
3 Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(32 F).
Relative humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 5 kg (11 lb)
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Height 310 mm (12.2 in)
The SINUMERIK OP 012 operator panel front with 12.1" TFT Depth 30 mm (1.18 in)
color display with a resolution of 800 x 600 pixels (SVGA) Depth
features a 59-key membrane keypad as well as Without PCU 20 mm (0.78 in)
2 x (8 + 2) horizontal and 2 x 8 vertical softkeys. The integral With PCU 20 76 mm (2.99 in)
mouse provides an additional method of machine control. The - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys. With PCU 50 108.2 mm (4.25 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special With PCU 70 149.2 mm (5.87 in)
clamps supplied with the panel. - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 012T can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
- SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and PCU
basic software Thin Client, version 7.4 and higher
(6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8, 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8) or
3
- with Windows XP SP2 (6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8,
6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8)
- SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an addi-
tional connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to
the PROFIBUS DP, if no pushbutton panel or machine control
panel with connection of the direct keys is available.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF06-1AA0
Product name SINUMERIK OP 012T operator
panel front
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 36 W
Degree of protection
The SINUMERIK OP 012T operator panel front enables a distri- to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
buted configuration of the operator panel front and control. The Front IP65
SINUMERIK OP 012T operator panel front contains a membrane Rear IP00
keyboard with 65 keys (layout as SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
keyboard), as well as 2 x (8+2) horizontal and 2 x 8 vertical soft- EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
keys. The distance to the operator panel fronts is determined by (+32 F).
the maximum distance between two network nodes/access Relative atmospheric humidity
points. Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
clamps supplied with the panel. Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Benefits Transport
Operation
-20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
7 Flat operator panel through shallow installation depth - Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
7 Low power dissipation
Weight, approx. 9.5 kg (20.95 lb)
7 Simple installation Dimensions
7 Vibration-free mounting of the SINUMERIK PCU in the control Width 365 mm (14.37 in)
cabinet Height 440 mm (17.32 in)
Depth 60 mm (2.36 in)
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 4 additional Depth without PCU
distributed operator panels Clearance 21 mm (0.83 in)
3 Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 7 kg (15.44 lb)
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Height 310 mm (12.2 in)
The SINUMERIK OP 015 operator panel front with 15" TFT color Depth 52 mm (2.05 in)
display with a resolution of 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) features Depth
8 + 4 horizontal and 8 vertical membrane softkeys. Without PCU 42 mm (1.65 in)
With PCU 20 98 mm (3.85 in)
The KB 483C full CNC keyboard can be used as input keyboard. - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
With PCU 50 130.2 mm (5.13 in)
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
clamps supplied with the panel. With PCU 70 171.2 mm (6.74 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
Benefits
7 Very user-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to Selection and Ordering Data
brilliant 15" display
Designation Order No.
7 Ergonomic and reliable operation thanks to the optional
KB 483C full CNC keyboard SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF03-0AA0
front OP 015
38.3 cm/15.1" TFT (1024 x 768)
Integration with membrane keys
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015 can be used for: Accessories
Benefits
7 Very user-friendly operator control and monitoring thanks to
Selection and Ordering Data
15" display Designation Order No.
7 Easy operation thanks to integral keyboard and mouse SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF05-0AB0
front OP 015A
Integration 38.3 cm/15.1" TFT (1024 x 768)
with membrane keys
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015A can be used for: SINUMERIK direct key module 6FC5247-0AF11-0AA0
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: PROFIBUS DP
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 (with mounting kit for OP 012)
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK operator panel front OP 015AT can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
- SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and PCU
basic software Thin Client, version 7.4 and higher
(6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8, 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8) or
3
- with Windows XP SP2 (6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8,
6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8)
- SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The 2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys with
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF05-1AB0
Product name SINUMERIK OP 015AT operator
panel front
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 25 W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
The SINUMERIK OP 015AT operator panel front with 15" TFT Rear IP00
color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA), enables a distributed Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
configuration of the operator panel front and control. The EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
SINUMERIK OP 015AT operator panel front contains a mem- (+32 F).
brane keyboard with 62 keys as well as 2 x (8+2) horizontal Relative atmospheric humidity
and 2 x 8 vertical softkeys and an integral mouse. The distance Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
to the operator panel fronts is determined by the maximum Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
distance between two network nodes/access points. Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
clamps supplied with the panel. Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
Benefits - Front
- Rear
0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
7 Design of flat operator panels through shallow installation Weight, approx. 7.6 kg (16.76 lb)
depth and low power dissipation. Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
7 Vibration-free mounting of the SINUMERIK PCU in the control Height 355 mm (13.98 in)
cabinet. Depth 53 mm (2.09 in)
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 4 additional, Depth
distributed operator panels. Without PCU 42 mm (1.65 in)
- Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
Design
The SINUMERIK OP 015AT operator panel front is connected to
Selection and Ordering Data
the PCU/NCU via Ethernet as a Thin Client in its own subnet Designation Order No.
(via DHCP server to PCU/NCU). SINUMERIK operator panel 6FC5203-0AF05-1AB0
Ports: front OP 015AT
38 cm/15" TFT (1024 x 768) with
3 x USB 1.1 (2 x rear, 1 x front) membrane keys and integral TCU
Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s Accessories
Function
Slide-in labels 6FC5248-0AF24-0AA0
for inscribing (3 A4 sheets) for
OP 015A/OP 015AT/TP 015A/
Signal transmission between operator panel front and TP 015AT for vertical softkeys
PCU/NCU via Industrial Ethernet
USB mouse 6FC5247-0AF01-0AA0
Simple installation for operator panel front
Mixed operation with one operator panel front direct at the PCU Caps (10 units) 6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
is possible. Operation on an OP 015A has the same authoriza- for USB port
tion rights as operation on an operator panel front connected
directly to the PCU. The operator panel in passive mode shows Set of clamps (9 units) 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
a darkened screen.
The distance is determined by the maximum distance between
two network nodes/access points (100 m/328 ft).
The SINUMERIK touch operator panel front TP 015A can be Direct key module mounting kit 6FC5247-0AF30-0AA0
for OP 015A and TP 015A
used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Accessories
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 50.3/PCU 70 with Windows XP Slide-in labels 6FC5248-0AF24-0AA0
SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl for inscribing (3 A4 sheets) for
OP 015A/OP 015AT/TP 015A/
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1, TP 015AT for vertical softkeys
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 USB mouse 6FC5247-0AF01-0AA0
The optional SINUMERIK direct key module provides an addi- for operator panel front
tional connection of the 2 x 8 vertical softkeys as direct keys to Caps (10 units) 6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
the PROFIBUS DP if no pushbutton panel or machine control for USB port
panel with connection of the direct keys is available or if the
Set of clamps (9 units) 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
direct key commands cannot be transferred over the Thin Client.
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK touch operator panel front TP 015AT can be
used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
- SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and PCU
basic software Thin Client, version 7.4 and higher
3
(6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8, 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8) or
- with Windows XP SP2 (6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8,
6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8)
- SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 840D sl: NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1,
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
The 2 x 8 vertical softkeys can be used as direct keys with
SINUMERIK 840Di sl and SINUMERIK 840D sl.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF08-1AB0
Product name SINUMERIK TP 015AT operator
panel front
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 25 W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
The SINUMERIK TP 015AT touch operator panel front with 15" Front IP65
TFT color display, 1024 x 768 pixels (XGA) and touch screen Rear IP00
supports the distributed configuration of the operator panel front Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
and control. The SINUMERIK TP 015AT touch operator panel EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
front contains a membrane keyboard with 62 keys as well as 2 x (+32 F).
(8+2) horizontal and 2 x 8 vertical softkeys and an integral Relative atmospheric humidity
mouse. The distance to the operator panel fronts is determined Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
by the maximum distance between two network nodes/access Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
points. Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
The operator panel front is mounted from the rear using special Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
clamps supplied with the panel. Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
Benefits - Front
- Rear
0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
7 Flat operator panel through shallow installation depth Weight, approx. 7.6 kg (16.76 lb)
7 Low power dissipation Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
7 Simple installation Height 355 mm (13.98 in)
Depth 53 mm (2.09 in)
7 Vibration-free mounting in the control cabinet
Depth
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 4 additional Without PCU 42 mm (1.65 in)
distributed operator panels. - Clearance 10 mm (0.39 in)
Signal transmission between operator panel front and OP 015A/OP 015AT/TP 015A/
PCU/NCU via Industrial Ethernet TP 015AT
Mixed operation with one operator panel front direct at the PCU USB mouse 6FC5247-0AF01-0AA0
is possible. Operation on a TP 015AT has the same authoriza- for operator panel front
tion rights as operation on an operator panel front connected Caps (10 units) 6FC5248-0AF05-0AA0
directly to the PCU. The operator panel in passive mode shows for USB port
a darkened screen. Set of clamps (9 units) 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
The distance is determined by the maximum distance between
two network nodes/access points (100 m/328 ft).
3
Degree of protection IP20
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 0.6 kg (1.32 lb)
Dimensions
Width 106 mm (4.17 in)
Height 42 mm (1.65 in)
Depth 80 mm (3.15 in)
Integration
The SINUMERIK direct key module is suitable for connection to:
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 50.3 with the SINUMERIK operator
panel fronts OP 012/OP 012T/OP 015A/OP 015AT/TP 015A/
TP 015AT
The SINUMERIK direct key module is connected to
PROFIBUS DP of the SINUMERIK operator panel front using a
ribbon cable and PROFIBUS connectors.
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK PCU 20 can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline with
SINUMERIK operator panel fronts OP 010 (from
6FC5203-0AF00-0AA1)/OP 010C/OP 010S/OP 012/OP 015/
OP 015A
3 SINUMERIK
2UGHU1R
Pre-assembled cable
PCU 20 6,0$7,&6
&38WR
3&0&,$ &38
6,180(5,.
352),%86FDEOH 'SRZHUOLQH
IRU03,FDEOHVHH 'SRZHUOLQH
027,21&211(&7 RU3*
03,'3
P IW
0DFKLQHFRQWURO
SDQHO
3XVKEXWWRQ
SDQHO
The high-performance SINUMERIK PCU 20 does not need a
hard disk and already incorporates MPI/PROFIBUS DP commu-
nication onboard. Connection to Ethernet and a floppy disk drive ,QGXVWULDO
(7+(51(7 (WKHUQHW
are available as an option. The SINUMERIK PCU 20 is equipped
with the "HMI-Embedded" user interface (Chinese Simplified/
English/French/German/ Italian/Spanish) as standard. Other lan- )XOO&1&NH\
guages for the "HMI Embedded" user interface can be ordered ,QFOXGHGLQNH\ERDUG ERDUG86%RU
separately (see "HMI software for CNC controls"). SDFNDJHFRQWHQW VWDQGDUG3&
86%
Design
Single-chip PC processor 266 MHz or 3&3*
333 MHz/32 MB DRAM/16 MB Flash &209$* 56&9
VHULDOLQWHUIDFH
Embedded operating system
Ports:
- COM 1 (V.24/TTY), COM 2 (V.24) 6FX8002-1AA01-.... 56&9
&20 LQWHUIDFH
- PS/2 keyboard
- MPI interface
- USB, 2 channels (1 x internal/1 x external)
- Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s, external disk drive (SW option) ,QFOXGHGLQNH\ERDUG )XOO&1&NH\
.(<%2$5' ERDUG36RU
- PCMCIA memory card interface (can be alternatively used SDFNDJHFRQWHQW VWDQGDUG3&
*B1&B(1BH
0DFKLQHFRQWUROSDQHODQGSXVKEXWWRQSDQHOFDQDOVREHXVHGDW
WKHVDPHWLPH
3
Power consumption, max. 60 W SPC 333 MHz/32 MB with
Power lossride-through time 20 ms up-to-date HMI software
Degree of protection IP20 Network/disk drive 6FC5253-0AE01-0AA0
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529) management
Humidity rating in accordance Class 3K5 condensation and icing Software option
with EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C CompactFlash Card 64 MB 6FC5313-2AG00-0AA1
(+32 F). empty
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) CompactFlash Card 512 MB 6FC5313-4AG00-0AA1
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) empty
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 4 kg (8.82 lb)
Dimensions
Width 297 mm (11.69 in)
Height 267 mm (10.51 in)
Depth 56 mm (2.2 in)
Design
Intel technology 1.2 GHz/256 MB or 512 MB
40 GB replaceable hard disk with transport mechanism:
12 GB for applications (HMI-Advanced, MCIS Software) and
3 data (parts programs, documentation, other data)
15 GB for local backups and software to be installed
Max. memory configuration 512 MB incl. graphics memory
Graphics: UXGA LCD controller at AGP bus; 8, 16, or 32 MB
can be configured via BIOS; graphics memory is taken from
the main memory
Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system
Data back-up/restore using the Ghost data back-up software
Ports:
- Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
- USB, 2 channels (1 x internal/2 x external), USB 1.1
- COM 1 (V.24), COM 2 (V.24), LPT 1, VGA
- PS/2 keyboard
- PS/2 mouse
- MPI interface
- External floppy drive
Expansion slots:
- 1 x PCI -length, 265 mm (10.43 in)
The high-performance SINUMERIK PCU 50 features onboard - 1 x PCI/ISA (shared) short 170 mm (6.69 in)
interfaces for communication via Ethernet, MPI and - 1 x PC card type III
PROFIBUS DP, leaving the integrated slots free for other cards.
The USB port at the back of the device provides "hot plug and
play" functionality for a standard PC keyboard and mouse. The Integration
SINUMERIK PCU 50 comes supplied with the Windows XP The SINUMERIK PCU 50 can be used for:
ProEmbSys operating system and, for backing up and restoring
data, the Ghost 6 and 7 data back-up software. SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
The HMI-Advanced software can be ordered additionally.
The "SINUMERIK Service Pack Recovery Media WIN XP
ProEmbSys" is available for the PCU with Windows XP
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5210-0DF22-2AA0 6FC5210-0DF25-2AA0
Product name SINUMERIK PCU 50
Processor Intel Celeron
Clock frequency 1.2 GHz
RAM 256 MB SDRAM 512 MB SDRAM
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 130 W
Power lossride-through time 20 ms
Degree of protection IP20
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 10 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F) 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
- Max. 15 W for expansions 1) +5 +55 C (+41 ... +131 F)
- Max. 20 W for expansions 1) +5 +50 C (+41 ... +122 F)
- Max. 30 W for expansions 1) +5 +45 C (+41 ... +113 F)
Weight, approx. 6 kg (13.23 lb)
Dimensions
Width 297 mm (11.69 in)
Height 267 mm (10.51 in)
Depth 81.7 mm (3.22 in)
1)
Floppy disk drive or expansion cards, for example.
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
PCU 50/PCU 70
(PHUJHQF\VWRSHQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
3&&DUG &RQQHFWLRQER[
PRGXOH31 6XV1440-4B... +7
3
KDQGKHOG
(WKHUQHWFDEOH
3&8 3&,FDUG WHUPLQDO
[3&,
[3&,,6$
3&8 ,QFOXGHGLQ 6,180(5,.
6,180(5,. RSHUDWRUSDQHO
[3&, 7&8 SDFNDJH
[3&,,6$ IURQW
6,180(5,.
(WKHUQHWFDEOH RSHUDWRUSDQHO
IURQWZLWK
LQWHJUDWHG7&8
,QGXVWULDO
(7+(51(7
(WKHUQHW
)RU03,FDEOH
VHH027,21&211(&7 6,0$7,&6
&38WR
P IW &38
6,180(5,.
03,'3 'SRZHUOLQH
'SRZHUOLQH
RU3*
0DFKLQHFRQWURO
SDQHO
3XVKEXWWRQ )XOO&1&NH\
SDQHO ERDUG86%
,QFOXGHGLQ PRXVH86%
IORSS\GLVNGULYH
SDFNDJH 86%
9*$ 9*$PRQLWRU VWDQGDUG3&
NH\ERDUG86%
6FX5002-1AA00-.... 3*3&GDWD
EDFNXSRQ&'5
PIW *KRVW
/37 PP IWIW
35,17(5
3DUDOOHOSRUW
3&3*
&209$* 56&9
VHULDOLQWHUIDFH
)XOO&1&NH\
,QFOXGHGLQNH\ERDUG ERDUG36RU
.(<%2$5' VWDQGDUG3&
SDFNDJHFRQWHQW
NH\ERDUG36
,QFOXGHGLQPRXVH
*B1&B(1BI
'LVNGULYH ,QFOXGHGLQGLVNGULYH
)ORSS\GLVNGULYH
SDFNDJHFRQWHQW
3 1.2 GHz/512 MB
HMI-Advanced
6FC5210-0DF25-2AA0 on CD
Contents:
on hard disk of the PCU 1) CD1: Windows XP ProEmbSys
Languages: Chinese Simplified 2), incl. SP2
English, French, German, Italian, CD2: Ghost image system soft-
Spanish ware (which can upgrade the
PCU 50/PCU 70 from
Single license 6FC5253-0BX10-0AF0 Windows XP ProEmbSys SP1 to
for current software version SP2); Emergency BOOT
CD3-5: Multilingual User
Single license 6FC5253-7BX10-7AF0
Interface Pack
for specific software version
(Chinese Simplified, Chinese
Accessories Traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
Finnish, French, German,
Hard disk 6FC5247-0AF08-2AA0 Hungarian, Italian, Japanese,
with support plate and damper Korean, Polish,
Memory expansion Portuguese/Brazilian, Rumanian,
SO-DIMM PC-133 Russian, Slovak, Spanish,
for PCU 50 with 566 MHz or Swedish, Turkish)
1.2 GHz Documentation
(English/German)
128 MB 6ES7648-2AC10-0CA0
SINUMERIK Service Pack 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8
256 MB 6ES7648-2AC20-0CA0 Setup PCU basic software
512 MB 6ES7648-2AC30-0CA0 for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Windows XP ProEmbSys SP1
Mounting bracket 6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0 on CD
for mounting a PCU behind an Contents:
operator panel front
PCU basic software Thin
SINUMERIK Service Pack 6FC5253-7CX10-3XU8 Client 7.5
Recovery Media
PCU basic software 7.5
WIN XP ProEmbSys
(from Windows XP
for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
ProEmbSys SP1 to SP2)
Windows XP ProEmbSys
on CD
Contents: Note:
CD1: Windows XP ProEmbSys The SINUMERIK PCU 50 is delivered without mounting brackets.
incl. SP1
CD2: Ghost image system soft- Please include the mounting brackets in the order.
ware (equivalent to the delivery
condition of the PCU 50/PCU 70
with Windows XP
ProEmbSys SP1); Emergency
BOOT
CD3-5: Multilingual User
Interface Pack
(Chinese Simplified, Chinese
Traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
Finnish, French, German, Hun-
garian, Italian, Japanese, Korean,
Polish, Portuguese/Brazilian,
Russian, Swedish, Spanish,
Turkish)
Documentation
(English/German)
1) Please ensure that the order number for the software to be delivered on the
hard disk directly follows the order for the PCU on the order form.
2) HMI-Advanced SW Version 6.4 and higher.
Overview Benefits
7 High performance thanks to the latest Intel Mobile processor
technology
7 Reliable operation due to monitoring of temperature, hard disk
and fan
7 Service-friendly thanks to the support of a USB boot device
3
(for example, for booting USB memory sticks, USB floppy and
USB hard disks)
Design
The latest Intel Mobile processor technology
- PCU 50.3-C: Intel Celeron M Mobile processor
1.5 GHz/512 MB/1 MB L2 Cache/400 MHz FSB
- PCU 50.3-P: Intel Pentium M Mobile processor
2.0 GHz/1024 MB/2 MB L2 Cache/533 MHz FSB
40 GB replaceable hard disk with transport mechanism:
12 GB for applications (HMI-Advanced, MCIS software) and
data (parts programs, documentation, other data)
15 GB for local backups and software to be installed
Max. memory configuration 2048 MB incl. graphics memory on
2 memory module slots
Integrated 2D/3D graphics; dynamic graphics memory
(8 to 96 MB); the graphics memory is taken from the main
memory
The high-performance SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 features onboard Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system
interfaces for communication via Ethernet, MPI and Data backup/restore using the Ghost data backup software
PROFIBUS DP, leaving the integrated slots free for other cards.
The SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 comes equipped with the Ports:
Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system and, for backing up - 2 x Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
and restoring data, the Ghost data back-up software. - 4 x USB 2.0
- 1 x PROFIBUS/MPI interface
The HMI-Advanced software can be ordered additionally.
Expansion slots:
The "SINUMERIK Service Pack Recovery Media WIN XP - 2 x PCI (1 x 265 mm (10.43 in), 1 x 175 mm (6.89 in))
ProEmbSys" is available for the PCU with Windows XP - 1 x CF card
ProEmbSys for reinstalling Windows software components and
for restoring the delivery status. Integration
The SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline
(HMI-Advanced software version 6.4 or higher)
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
(HMI-Advanced software version 7.1 or higher)
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK
Pre-assembled cable
PCU 50.3
&)FDUG
3
[3&,
[PP
[LQ
[PP
[LQ
,QFOXGHGLQ 6,180(5,.
/9'6,2
SDFNDJH RSHUDWRUSDQHOIURQW
(WKHUQHWFDEOH ,QGXVWULDO
(WKHUQHW
3URJUDPPLQJ
(7+(51(7
GHYLFH3*
(PHUJHQF\VWRSHQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
(WKHUQHWFDEOH &RQQHFWLRQER[
PRGXOH31 6XV1440-4B... +7
KDQGKHOG
WHUPLQDO
6,180(5,.
RSHUDWRUSDQHO
(7+(51(7 IURQWZLWKLQWHJUDO
7&8
0DFKLQH
FRQWUROSDQHO 6FX8002-2CP00-1A.0 (OHFWURQLF
0&3&,( P IW KDQGZKHHO
)RU03,FDEOHVHH
027,21&211(&7 6,0$7,&6
&38WR
&38 6,180(5,.
'SRZHUOLQH
'SRZHUOLQH
RU
0DFKLQH 3*
03,'3
FRQWUROSDQHO
0&3
0&3
3XVKEXWWRQ
3DQHO
033
)XOO&1&
NH\ERDUG
VWDQGDUG3&
,QFOXGHGLQ NH\ERDUG
[86%
SDFNDJH PRXVH
IORSS\GLVNGULYH
*B1&B(1BD
86%)ODVK'ULYH
)RU6,180(5,.'SRZHUOLQH'SRZHUOLQH
)RU6,180(5,.'LVO'VO
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5210-0DF31-2AA0 6FC5210-0DF33-2AA0
Product name SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-C SINUMERIK PCU 50.3-P
Processor Intel Celeron Intel Pentium
RAM 512 MB SDRAM 1024 MB SDRAM
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max.
Power lossride-through time
190 W
0.02 s 3
Degree of protection IP20
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 10 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
- Max. 15 W for expansions 1) +5 +55 C (+41 ... +131 F)
- Max. 20 W for expansions 1) +5 +50 C (+41 ... +122 F)
- Max. 30 W for expansions 1) +5 +45 C (+41 ... +113 F)
Weight, approx. 6 kg (13.23 lb)
Dimensions
Width 297 mm (11.69 in)
Height 267 mm (10.51 in)
Depth 81.7 mm (3.22 in)
Overview Design
Intel technology 1.2 GHz/256 MB
Replaceable hard disk with transport mechanism 40 GB:
12 GB for applications (HMI Advanced, MCIS Software) and
data (parts programs, documentation, other data)
15 GB for local back-up and software to be installed
3
Max. memory configuration 512 MB incl. graphics memory
Graphics: UXGA LCD controller at AGP bus; 8, 16, or 32 MB
can be configured via BIOS; graphics memory is taken from
the main memory
Windows XP ProEmbSys operating system
Data back-up/restore using the Ghost data backup software
Ports:
- Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s (RJ45)
- USB, 2 channels (1 x internal/2 x external), USB 1.1
- COM 1 (V.24), COM 2 (V.24), LPT 1, VGA
- PS/2 keyboard
- PS/2 mouse
- MPI interface
- External disk drive
Expansion slots:
- 3 x PCI -length, 265 mm (10.43 in)
- 1 x PCI/ISA (shared) short 170 mm (6.69 in)
- 1 x PC card type III
The high-performance SINUMERIK PCU 70 features onboard in-
terfaces for communication via Ethernet, MPI and Integration
PROFIBUS DP, leaving the integrated slots free for other cards.
The USB port at the back of the device provides "hot plug and The SINUMERIK PCU 70 can be used for:
play" functionality for a standard PC keyboard and mouse. The SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
SINUMERIK PCU 70 comes supplied with the Windows XP Pro-
EmbSys operating system and, for backing up and restoring
data, the Ghost 6 data back-up software.
The HMI-Advanced software can be ordered separately.
The "SINUMERIK Service Pack Recovery Media WIN XP
ProEmbSys" is available for the PCU with Windows XP
ProEmbSys for reinstalling Windows software components and
for restoring the delivery status.
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
PCU 50/PCU 70
(PHUJHQF\VWRSHQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
3&&DUG &RQQHFWLRQER[
PRGXOH31 6XV1440-4B... +7
3
KDQGKHOG
(WKHUQHWFDEOH
3&8 3&,FDUG WHUPLQDO
[3&,
[3&,,6$
3&8 ,QFOXGHGLQ 6,180(5,.
6,180(5,. RSHUDWRUSDQHO
[3&, 7&8 SDFNDJH
[3&,,6$ IURQW
6,180(5,.
(WKHUQHWFDEOH RSHUDWRUSDQHO
IURQWZLWK
LQWHJUDWHG7&8
,QGXVWULDO
(7+(51(7
(WKHUQHW
)RU03,FDEOH
VHH027,21&211(&7 6,0$7,&6
&38WR
P IW &38
6,180(5,.
03,'3 'SRZHUOLQH
'SRZHUOLQH
RU3*
0DFKLQHFRQWURO
SDQHO
3XVKEXWWRQ )XOO&1&NH\
SDQHO ERDUG86%
,QFOXGHGLQ PRXVH86%
IORSS\GLVNGULYH
SDFNDJH 86%
9*$ 9*$PRQLWRU VWDQGDUG3&
NH\ERDUG86%
6FX5002-1AA00-.... 3*3&GDWD
EDFNXSRQ&'5
PIW *KRVW
/37 PP IWIW
35,17(5
3DUDOOHOSRUW
3&3*
&209$* 56&9
VHULDOLQWHUIDFH
)XOO&1&NH\
,QFOXGHGLQNH\ERDUG ERDUG36RU
.(<%2$5' VWDQGDUG3&
SDFNDJHFRQWHQW
NH\ERDUG36
,QFOXGHGLQPRXVH
*B1&B(1BI
'LVNGULYH ,QFOXGHGLQGLVNGULYH
)ORSS\GLVNGULYH
SDFNDJHFRQWHQW
3
Input voltage 24 V DC on CD
Power consumption, max. 140 W Contents:
Power lossride-through time 20 ms CD1: Windows XP ProEmbSys
Degree of protection IP20 incl. SP1
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529) CD2: Ghost image system soft-
ware (equivalent to the delivery
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C condition of the PCU 50/PCU 70
(+32 F). with Windows XP
ProEmbSys SP1);
Relative atmospheric humidity Emergency BOOT
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) CD3-5: Multilingual User
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) Interface Pack
Operation 10 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
(Chinese Simplified, Chinese
Ambient temperature Traditional, Czech, Dutch, Danish,
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) Finnish, French, German,
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) Hungarian, Italian, Japanese,
Operation Korean, Polish, Portuguese/
- Max. 15 W for expansions 1) +5 +55 C (+41 ... +131 F) Brazilian, Russian, Spanish,
- Max. 20 W for expansions 1) +5 +50 C (+41 ... +122 F) Swedish, Turkish)
- Max. 30 W for expansions 1) +5 +45 C (+41 ... +113 F) Documentation
Weight, approx. 6.5 kg (14.33 lb) (English/German)
Dimensions SINUMERIK Service Pack 6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8
Width 297 mm (11.69 in) Recovery Media
Height 267 mm (10.51 in)
WIN XP ProEmbSys
Depth 122.7 mm (4.83 in)
for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Windows XP ProEmbSys
Selection and Ordering Data on CD
Contents:
Designation Order No. CD1: Windows XP ProEmbSys
incl. SP2
SINUMERIK PCU 70 6FC5210-0DF24-2AA0
CD2: Ghost image system soft-
Intel technology 1.2 GHz/256 MB
ware (which can upgrade the
with Windows XP ProEmbSys
PCU 50/PCU 70 from
HMI-Advanced Windows XP ProEmbSys SP1 to
on hard disk of the PCU 2) SP2); Emergency BOOT
Languages: Chinese Simplified 3), CD3-5: Multilingual User
English, German, French, Italian, Interface Pack
Spanish (Chinese Simplified, Chinese
Traditional, Czech, Danish, Dutch,
Single license for 6FC5253-0BX10-0AF0 Finnish, French, German,
current software version Hungarian, Italian, Japanese,
Single license for 6FC5253-7BX10-7AF0 Korean, Polish, Portuguese/
specific software version Brazilian, Rumanian, Russian,
Swedish, Slovak, Spanish,
Accessories Turkish)
Hard disk 6FC5247-0AF08-0AA1 Documentation
with support plate and damper (English/German)
1)
Floppy disk drive or expansion cards, for example.
2) Please ensure that the order number for the software to be delivered on the
hard disk directly follows the order for the PCU on the order form.
3) HMI-Advanced SW Version 6.4 and higher.
Overview Function
Signal transmission between PCU/NCU/P350-3 and operator
panel front via Industrial Ethernet
Easy installation and service-friendly layout thanks to the
component structure
Functionality of the PCU/P350-3 as in centralized configuration
3
(e.g. number of PCI slots). The same operating screen is
shown synchronously on all operator panel fronts and can be
used from all panel fronts. Operation on a Thin Client has the
same authorization rights as operation on an operator panel
front connected directly to the PCU/P350-3. The operator panel
in passive mode shows a darkened screen.
Operation is possible on the active operator panel. An enabling
function permits a passive operator panel to request operation.
The combined operation of operator panel fronts on a TCU or
with an integral TCU and an operator panel front directly con-
nected to the PCU/P350-3 is possible.
The distance to the operator panel fronts is determined by the
maximum distance between two network nodes/access points
(100 m/328 ft).
Integration
The SINUMERIK TCU can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
The Thin Client Unit (TCU) for distributed installation permits Operator panel fronts OP 010/OP 010C/OP 010S/OP 012/
physical separation of operator panel fronts and TP 012/OP 015/OP 015A/TP 015A with TFT display on
SINUMERIK PCU/NCU or SIMOTION P350-3. For this purpose, SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP and PCU basic
the operator interface is copied to one/several operator panel software Thin Client, version 7.4 or higher
fronts with one TCU each. (6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8, 6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8)
or with Windows XP SP2 (6FC5253-7CX11-5XU8,
Benefits 6FC5253-7CX10-5XU8); SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Operator panel fronts with same screen resolution when used
7 Design of flat operator panels through the shallow installation
with SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70
depth and low power dissipation
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
7 Vibration-free mounting in the control cabinet
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
7 Efficient operation of larger machines using up to 5 uniform
Operator panel fronts OP 010/OP 010C/OP 010S/OP 012/
operator panels
OP 015/OP 015A/TP 015A with TFT display on
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1, SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Design SIMOTION P350, operator panel fronts P012T, P012K, P015T,
The TCUs are coupled via Industrial Ethernet as Thin Clients in P015K
a dedicated subnetwork (via DHCP server on the PCU/NCU).
Graphics: Resolution 640 x 480 to 1024 x 768,
16-bit color depth
Ports:
2 x USB 1.1 for connection of mouse and keyboard
Industrial Ethernet 10/100 Mbit/s
*B1&B(1B
2SHUDWRUSDQHO 1. PCU basic software Thin Client
IURQW software version 7.5 for
3
PCU 50/PCU 70 with
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHWUHTXLUHG Windows XP;
3&83&83&8)&$)$$ 2. Service Pack software
3&8 )&$)$$ version 7.5 for PCU basic soft-
7&8 )&$)$$ ware Windows XP
QRWUHTXIRU236 Software version 7.x
1RWUHTXIRURSHUDWRUSDQHOIURQWVZLWKLQWHJUDO7&8
PCU basic software 6FC5253-7CX10-4XA8
Connection overview for TCU without central OP on PCU Thin Client 1) for PCU 50/PCU 70
with Windows XP
Single license without data carrier
,QGXVWULDO TCU Accessories
(WKHUQHW
2SHUDWRUSDQHO
Mounting bracket, flat 6FC5248-0AF20-0AA0
IURQW
for PCU with/without video link
transmitter in control cabinet
Upright mounting bracket 6FC5248-0AF20-1AA0
for PCU 50 with/without video link
transmitter in control cabinet
,QGXVWULDO TCU
(WKHUQHW Mounting bracket 6FC5248-0AF20-2AA0
2SHUDWRUSDQHO for PCU, video link receiver or
IURQW TCU behind operator panel front
Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5108-0BA00-2AA3
SCALANCE X108 unmanaged
with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
6ZLWFK for configuring star topologies
3&8
2SHUDWRUSDQHO ,QGXVWULDO ,QGXVWULDO TCU Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5208-0BA00-2AA3
IURQW (WKHUQHW (WKHUQHW 2SHUDWRUSDQHO SCALANCE X208 managed
IURQW with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
for configuring line, star and ring
topologies
Industrial Ethernet Switch 6GK5208-0HA00-2AA6
SCALANCE X208PRO managed
with 8 RJ45 ports 10/100 Mbit/s
,QGXVWULDO TCU for configuring line, star and ring
*B1&B(1BD
Technical specifications
PROFINET-compatible; with
UL approval; sold by the meter;
Max. length 1000 m (3280 ft),
Order No. 6FC5312-0DA00-0AA0 minimum order quantity 20 m (65 ft)
Product name Thin Client Unit (TCU)
IE FC Trailing Cable GP 2 x 2 6XV1840-3AH10
Input voltage 24 V DC (Type C)
Power consumption, max. 28.8 W 4-core, shielded TP installation
Degree of protection to IP00 cable for connection to an IE FC
EN 60529 (IEC 60529) outlet RJ45/IE FC RJ45 plug 180/90
for use as trailing cable; PROFINET-
Humidity rating in accordance Cl. 3K5 condensation and icing compatible; without UL approval;
with EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature
sold by the meter;
0 C (+32 F).
Max. length 1000 m (3280 ft), mini-
Relative atmospheric humidity mum order quantity 20 m (65 ft)
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) IE FC RJ45 Plug 180 6GK1901-1BB10-2AA0
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F) RJ cable connector for Industrial
Ambient temperature Ethernet with rugged metal hous-
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F) ing and integrated insulation
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F) displacement contacts; with 180
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F) cable outlet
Weight, approx. 1.7 kg (3.75 lb)
Dimensions
Width 260 mm (10.24 in)
More information
Height 265 mm (10.43 in) Information on the SIMATIC NET components such as the Indus-
Depth 40 mm (1.57 in)
trial Ethernet Electrical Lean Switches SCALANCE X108 and the
1) Industrial Ethernet FC TP Standard/Trailing Cable can be found
Already included in SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP SP2
and PCU 50.3. in the Siemens A&D Mall or in the IK PI 2005 Catalog.
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
Pre-assembled cable
3
3&8 23IURQWSDQHO
86% [86%
86% 86%
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHW
)&$)$$RU
)&$)$$UHTXLUHG
6FX2002-1VL00-....
9LGHROLQN 9LGHROLQN
WUDQVP P IW UHFHLYHU
3&8 23IURQWSDQHO
86% [86%
86% 86%
The video link components for distributed configurations enable
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHW
spatial separation of the SINUMERIK OP operator panel fronts )&$)$$
and the SINUMERIK PCU and connection of up to three identical RU 9LGHROLQN
OP operator panel fronts on one PCU. 6FX2002-1VL00-.... UHFHLYHU
)&$)$$
*B1&B(1B
UHTXLUHG P IW
23IURQWSDQHO
Benefits [86%
3
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
WUDQVP P IW UHFHLYHU
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
23IURQWSDQHO 23IURQWSDQHO EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
86% [86% (+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
86% 86% Ambient temperature
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHW Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
)&$)$$ Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
UHTXLUHG Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Distance between video link trans- 20 m (65 ft)
mitter and video link receiver
3&8 Weight, approx. 1.8 kg (3.97 lb)
86%
Dimensions
9LGHROLQN 6FX2002-1VL00-.... 9LGHROLQN Width 260 mm (10.24 in)
WUDQVP P IW UHFHLYHU Height 265 mm (10.43 in)
Depth 37 mm (1.46 in)
23IURQWSDQHO 23IURQWSDQHO
86% [86%
86% 86%
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHW
)&$)$$
UHTXLUHG 9LGHROLQN
6FX2002-1VL00-.... UHFHLYHU
*B1&B(1B
P IW
23IURQWSDQHO
[86%
86%
0RXQWLQJEUDFNHW
)&$)$$
UHTXLUHG
3
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation +5 +55 C (+41 ... +131 F)
Distance between video link transmitter and video link receiver 20 m (65 ft)
Weight, approx. 1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
Dimensions
Width 265 mm (10.43 in)
Height 277 mm (10.91 in)
Depth 35 mm (1.38 in)
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
Handheld Pre-assembled cable
terminal
SINUMERIK
HT 6 6FX8002-1AA01-.... 56&9
LQWHUIDFH
3
P IW
3*
2SHUDWRUSDQHO
ZLWK3&8
3&8
6FX2002-1AA23-.... 0DFKLQH
P IW FRQWUROSDQHO
)RU03,FDEOHVHH
'LVWULEXWRUER[ 027,21&211(&7
);%+ P IW 6,180(5,.
*B1&B(1BE
'SRZHUOLQH
'L
'SRZHUOLQH
RU
)0+
Design
UHSHDWHU(6$$$;RWKHUZLVHWRWDOOHQJWKRI
03,EXVFDEOHIURPPDFKLQHFRQWURORSHUDWRUSDQHORUFRQWUROOHU
WRGLVWULEXWLRQPIW
The emergency stop and enabling buttons each have 7KH+7PXVWDOZD\VEHFRQQHFWHGWRRQHHQGRIWKH03,URXWH
2 channels (4 wires), allowing them to be short-circuit moni- EXLWLQEXVWHUPLQDWLRQ
tored. The SINUMERIK HT 6 is connected to the
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline via a distri- Connection overview for SINUMERIK HT 6
butor.
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
Function system".
SINUMERIK HT 6 provides a user interface for handling appli-
cations as a standard.
This user interface supports the following functions:
Modification of parameters (simple tool compensation,
R parameters, setting data, zero offset, user data)
Programming of parts (setting up workpieces, creating parts
programs and subroutines)
Manual machine mode
Automatic operation of the machine
Teach-in
Transfer of programs and data over the integral V.24 interface
Display of messages and alarms
Read and modify PLC data
Read and modify machine data
The "Remote diagnosis host for SINUMERIK HT 6" function is
optionally available (see "HMI software for CNC controls").
3
Degree of protection to EN 60529 IP54
(IEC 60529) HT 6 system software
Humidity rating to EN 60721-3-3 Class 3K5 condensation and icing on CD-ROM
excluded. Low air temperature 0 C Languages: English, French,
(32 F). German, Italian, Spanish
Relative atmospheric humidity Software update service 6FC5453-0AX10-0AG2
Storage 5 ... 95% at 25 C (77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at 25 C (77 F) Service Pack on order of 6FC5453-7AX10-7AG3
Operation 5 ... 80% at 25 C (77 F) specific software version 1)
Ambient temperature Additional languages
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) on CD-ROM
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) Languages: Dutch, Hungarian,
Operation 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F) Korean, Portuguese/Brazilian,
Weight, approx. 1.5 kg (3.31 lb) Swedish
Dimension Single license 6FC5253-0BX10-0XG1
Enclosure outside diameter 290 mm (11.42 in) without data carrier
Height (incl. override rotary button) 70 mm (2.76 in)
Single license 6FC5253-7BX10-7XG0
for specific software version 1)
Accessories
Distributor box 6FX2006-1BH01
for 4-wire enabling incl.
short-circuit connector
Signal cable 6FX2002-1AA23-....
for 6FX2006-1BH01 distributor
box with 4-wire enabling
(straight plug)
Length: max. 40 m (131 ft) 2)
Signal cable 6FX2002-1YB02-....
for 6FX2006-1BH01 distributor
box with 4-wire enabling
(angled plug)
Length: max. 40 m (131 ft) 2)
Signal cable 6FX2002-1AA83-....
for 6FX2006-1BC01 distributor
box with 3-wire enabling
(compatible with HPU Type MPI)
Length: max. 40 m (131 ft) 2)
1)
Please enquire about specific software version.
2)
For length code, see "MOTION-CONNECT".
Overview Benefits
Mobility for operator control and monitoring
Pixel-graphics 7.5" TFT color display
Operation via touch screen and membrane keys
Emergency stop button and 2 enabling buttons for left-handed
and right-handed operators
Design
The emergency stop button and the 2 enabling buttons (three-
level) both have two channels. The SINUMERIK HT 8 is con-
nected via the PN Basic/PN Plus connection box for any installa-
tion location in the plant, or via the PN Basic connection module
for installation in the control cabinet via the SINUMERIK
PCU 50.3 to the SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline.
Function
The SINUMERIK HT 8 operates according to the Thin Client
principle. The operator interface software is installed on a
The mobile SINUMERIK HT 8 handheld terminal combines the SINUMERK PCU 50.3. An Ethernet link is used to transfer screen
functions of an operator panel and a machine control panel in a contents from the PCU 50.3 to the HT 8 and key information from
single device, permitting complete operator control and monitor- the HT 8 to the PCU 50.3. The HT8 display basically shows the
ing of machines. It can be used as a supplementary main oper- same operator interface that is displayed on the standard
ator panel or as a secondary control panel. The safety system is operator panels of the SINUMERIK control system.
designed to allow personnel to work in the machines hazard
zone. The PN Plus connection box provides hot swapping (insert or
remove during operation).
The operator interface can be customized if required (see "HMI
Open Architecture).
Integration
The SINUMERIK HT 8 can be used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline with
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
2UGHU1R (PHUJHQF\VWRS
Handheld Pre-assembled cable HQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
terminal
SINUMERIK &RQQHFWLRQER[
HT 8 31EDVLFSOXV
(PHUJHQF\VWRS
HQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
,QWHUIDFH
86%
3
Degree of protection IP65
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529) Accessories
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing Wall holder 6AV6574-1AF04-4AA0
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C for safe storage of the
(+32 F). SINUMERIK HT 8, also suitable
Relative atmospheric humidity for stationary operation
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) PN Basic connection box 6AV6671-5AE01-0AX0
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F) (degree of protection: IP65)
without automatic emergency
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
stop override for mounting in the
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) system
Operation 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F) PN Plus connection box 6AV6671-5AE11-0AX0
Weight, approx. 1.73 kg (3.81 lb) (degree of protection: IP65)
Dimensions with automatic emergency stop
Outer diameter of housing 290 mm (11.42 in) override for mounting in the
Height (including override rotary 126 mm (4.96 in) system
button) PN Basic connection module 6FC5303-0AA01-1AA0
without automatic emergency
stop override for mounting in the
control cabinet
Signal cable
for mobile panels
Length 2 m (6.56 ft) 6XV1440-4BH20
Length 5 m (16.41 ft) 6XV1440-4BH50
Length 8 m (26.25 ft) 6XV1440-4BH80
Length 10 m (32.81 ft) 6XV1440-4BN10
Length 15 m (49.22 ft) 6XV1440-4BN15
Length 20 m (65.62 ft) 6XV1440-4BN20
Length 25 m (82.03 ft) 6XV1440-4BN25
The handheld unit features 2-channel emergency stop and en- (stretches to 3.5 m (11.5 ft))
abling circuits. The enabling button is a 3-step enabling button. - Straight cable 6FX2007-1AC14
The handheld unit is available for 3-wire or 4-wire enabling. Length: 10 m (32.8 ft)
The handheld unit type B-MPI is connected via a distributor box 4-wire enabling
to the MPI line. The distributor box is designed for installation in
- Coiled connecting cable 6FX2007-1AE04
a control cabinet or in a separate enclosure. Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft),
In the version with 4-wire connection of the enabling buttons, stretches to 3.5 m (11.5 ft)
monitoring of the transverse short-circuit is possible in the en- - Straight cable 6FX2007-1AE14
able circuit. Due to the modified connector layout, these hand- Length: 10 m (32.8 ft)
held units can be used only with the distributor box for this ver- Accessories
sion. All handheld units are UL-certified for the US and Canada.
Distribution box
We can supply a holder for storing the handheld unit. The holder for handheld unit incl. shorting
is manufactured from black polystyrene and can be fixed to a plug
suitable base with 4 screws. 3-wire enabling 6FX2006-1BC01
4-wire enabling 6FX2006-1BH01
Holder made of polystyrene 6FX2006-1HA00
Extension cable
between handheld unit and
distribution box
3-wire enabling
- Length 5 m (16.4 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1AF0
- Length 10 m (32.8 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1BA0
- Length 15 m (49.2 ft) 6FX2002-1AB04-1BF0
- Length 0.5 m (19.69 in) 6FX2002-1AB14-1AA5
with angled connector
4-wire enabling
- Length 5 m (16.4 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1AF0
- Length 10 m (32.8 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1BA0
- Length 15 m (49.2 ft) 6FX2002-1AB84-1BF0
- Length 0.5 m (19.69 in) 6FX2002-1AB24-1AA5
with angled connector
3
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0C
(+32F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 ... +60C (-4 ... +140F)
Transport -20 ... +60C (-4 ... +140F)
Operation 0 ... +55C (+32 ... +131F)
Distance between handwheel and 25 m (82 ft)
NCU, max.
when using the handwheel
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (1.76 lb)
without connecting cable
Dimensions, approx.
Length 250 mm (9.84 in)
Width 110 mm (4.33 in)
Height 90 mm (3.54 in)
A fast but highly accurate feed is made possible by the simple Coiled connecting cable 6FX2007-1AD02
Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft), stretches
selection of coarse, medium and fine feed control. The signals to 3.5 m (11.5 ft)
are carried in parallel (without MPI) to the NC.
Straight cable 6FX2007-1AD12
Design Length: 5 m (0.79 in)
Accessories
A rapid traverse key and 2 +/- keys plus a handwheel for travers- Connection kit, not pre-assem- 6FX2006-1BG02
ing the axes in Jog mode are provided in addition to the 2-chan- bled for mini handheld unit
nel emergency stop and enabling keys. Connection to the emer- Flange outlet with female connec-
gency stop is via 4 wires. The connection of the 3-stage tor and dummy plug for bridging
enabling key is implemented via 3 wires. With a rotary switch, up the emergency stop circuit, ver-
to 5 axes can be selected. For customer-specific applications, sion for metal connector
three function keys are provided for optional assignment. Connection kit, pre-assembled 6FX2006-1BG10
A connection kit, to be ordered separately, is required for con- for mini handheld unit
Flange outlet with female connec-
nection. tor and dummy plug for bridging
We offer an angle outlet for the connection kit which can be used the emergency stop circuit,
to change the cable outlet direction. The angle outlet allows the version for metal connector,
pre-assembled for connection
flange outlet of the connection kit to be mounted rotated by 90. to machine control panels with
The angle outlet can be used only in conjunction with the con- Industrial Ethernet
nection kit, not pre-assembled. to SINUMERIK solution line
Integration
Angle outlet for connection kit, 6FX2006-1BG55
not pre-assembled
Metal version
Mini handheld units with connection kit, not pre-assembled, are
provided for connection to SINUMERIK powerline.
Mini handheld units with connection kit, pre-assembled, are
provided for connection to SINUMERIK solution line.
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK MCP 483C machine control panel can be used
with:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
Technical specifications
3 Order No.
Product name
6FC5203-0AF22-0AA2
SINUMERIK MCP 483C machine
control panel
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 5W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
The newly designed SINUMERIK MCP 483C machine control Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
panels permit user-friendly operation of the machine functions. It Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
is suitable for machine-level operation of milling, turning, grind- Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
ing and special machines. Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
All keys are designed with replaceable key covers for machine- Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
specific adaptations. The key covers can be freely inscribed Operation
using laser. Transparent key covers can be used as an alter- - Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
native.
Max. distance to NCU/PCU 200 m (656 ft)
The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using Weight, approx. 1.6 kg (3.53 lb)
special clamps supplied with the panel.
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Design Height
Depth
155 mm (6.1 in)
77 mm (3.03 in)
Control elements: Panel cutout
Mode and function keys Width 450 mm (17.72 in)
Height 135 mm (5.31 in)
50 keys, of which 48 with LEDs Tolerance 1 mm (0.04 in)
Direction keys for milling machines with rapid traverse override
(key covers on the direction keys for milling machines included
in the accessories pack supplied)
17 user-labeled standard keys
Spindle control with override spindle (rotary switch with
16 positions)
Feed control with override feed/rapid traverse (rotary switch
with 23 positions)
Keyswitch (4 positions and 3 different keys)
Emergency stop button (2 x (1 NO + 1 NC))
Key type:
Mechanical keys
Interface:
MPI interface
Expansion option:
2 slots for control devices (d = 16 mm/0.63 in)
3
Accessories
Square key covers, inscribable 6FC5248-0AF12-0AA0
1 set comprising of: 90 x ergo
gray, 20 x red, 20 x yellow,
20 x green, 20 x mid gray
Square key covers, inscribable 6FC5248-0AF21-0AA0
90 x transparent
Actuating element, 22 mm 3SB3000-1HA20
(0.87 in)
Latching mushroom pushbutton,
red and non-illuminated with
40 mm (1.57 in) protection
against lifting and tilting,
incl. holder
The newly designed SINUMERIK machine control panel MCP
Contact block with 2 contacts 3SB3400-0A 483 with membrane keys permits user-friendly and straight-
1 NO + 1 NC, 2-pole forward operation of the machine functions. It is suitable for
screw terminal
machine-level operation of milling and turning machines, and
Key set (10 sets) 6FC5148-0AA03-0AA0 particularly grinding machines.
for machine control panel
46 keys and both control device slots are equipped with user-
Rapid traverse dial 6FC5248-0AF30-0AA0 inscribed slide-in labels for adapting to specific machines.
(1 set = 20 units)
for 16-position rotary switch
A DIN-A4 sheet (for laser printers) for inscribing the slide-in
MCP 483C labels is included in the scope of supply.
Spindle/rapid traverse override 6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0 The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using
rotary switch 1x16G, T=24, special clamps supplied with the panel.
cap, button, pointer, rapid
traverse and spindle dials
Design
Feedrate/rapid traverse 6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
override rotary switch 1x23G, Control elements:
T=32, cap, button, pointer, Mode selector and function keys
rapid traverse and spindle dials
50 keys with LEDs: 50 keys when connected via PROFIBUS DP
Set of clamps (9 units) for 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0 or 48 keys when connected via MPI
supplementary operating Direction keys for milling machines with rapid traverse override
components with 2.5 mm (0.1 in) 17 user-assigned standard keys
profile, length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
Spindle control with override spindle (rotary switch with
T=24: 24 positions for 360 16 positions)
16G: latching at position 16
Feed control with override feed/rapid traverse (rotary switch
with 23 positions)
Keyswitch (4 positions and 3 different keys)
Emergency stop button (2 x (1 NO + 1 NC))
Key type:
Membrane keys
Interfaces:
PROFIBUS DP/MPI interface
For 6 control devices (6 inputs/6 outputs) for connection via
PROFIBUS DP
(additional cable set required for control devices;
see Accessories/Ordering data)
For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A when
connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
For 2 handwheels when connected via PROFIBUS DP 1)
Expansion option:
2 slots for control devices (d = 16 mm/0.63 in)
3 Technical specifications
Direct keys/handwheel
connection 1)
6FC5252-0AF00-0AA0
1)
With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
Overview Integration
The SINUMERIK MCP 310 machine control panel can be used
with:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline over
MPI interface or PROFIBUS DP
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP
Technical specifications 3
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF23-1AA0
Product name SINUMERIK MCP 310 machine
control panel
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 16 W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
The newly designed SINUMERIK machine control panel Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
MCP 310 with membrane keys permits user-friendly and Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation
straightforward operation of the machine functions. It is suitable - Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
for machine-level operation of milling, turning, grinding and - Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
special machines. Distance to NCU/PCU
49 keys have user-inscribed slide-in labels for machine-specific MPI interface 200 m (656 ft)
PROFIBUS DP 100 m (328 ft)
adaptations. A DIN-A4 sheet (for laser printers) for inscribing the
slide-in labels is included in the scope of supply. Weight, approx. 1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
Dimensions
The machine control panel is mounted from the rear using Width 310 mm (12.20 in)
special clamps supplied with the panel. Height 175 mm (6.89 in)
Depth 65 mm (2.56 in)
3 Direct keys/handwheel
connection 1)
6FC5252-0AF00-0AA0
1)
With SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline: Option for direct
keys/handwheel connection is required and the handwheel connection
function depends on the NCU system software.
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529) Override rotary switch 6FC5247-0AA34-0AA1
Front IP54 with spindle and rapid-traverse
Rear IP20 dial and cable for the OP 032S
machine control panel
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C Cable set (60 units) 6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
(+32 F). for additional control devices of
Relative atmospheric humidity the machine control panel
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F) Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Key cover inscribable 6FC5148-0AA13-0AA0
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
1 set comprising of: 90 x ergo
Ambient temperature gray, 20 x red, 20 x yellow,
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F) 20 x green, 20 x mid gray
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation Transparent key cover 6FC5148-0AA14-0AA0
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F) with adhesive label
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Actuating element, 22 mm 3SB3000-1HA20
Max. distance to NCU/PCU 200 m (656 ft) (0.87 in)
Weight, approx. 1.3 kg (2.87 lb) Latching mushroom pushbutton,
Dimensions red and non-illuminated with
Width 310 mm (12.20 in) 40 mm (1.57 in) protection
Height 175 mm (6.89 in) against lifting and tilting, incl.
Depth 56 mm (2.20 in) holder
Contact block with 2 contacts 3SB3400-0A
1 NO + 1 NC, 2-pole screw
terminal
Fixing screws (100 units) 6FC3988-7BJ10
for OP 032S machine control
panel and OP 032S full CNC
keyboard
Overview Design
The features of the basic PP 012 version include:
Emergency stop button (4-wire), latching, tamperproof
Four-position selector keyswitch
MPI and V.24 interface
3
8 illuminated pushbuttons (and 2 free slots)
Direct key connection for OP 012 (incl. flat ribbon cable)
Feedrate override
With PP012H only: Connection for external handheld unit
The distribution box and the repeater electronics for safe con-
nection and removal of the handheld unit during operation are
already integrated.
With additional functions, which can be directly integrated by the
customer, the pushbutton panel can be adapted for various
applications.
With its versatile and ergonomically configured control elements, Selection and Ordering Data
the pushbutton panel provides user-friendly, easy operation of Designation Order No.
machines controlled by a SINUMERIK or PLC.
Pushbutton Panel PP 012 6FC5203-0AF24-0AA0
Compared to the PP 012, the PP 012H is additionally equipped
Pushbutton Panel PP 012H 6FC5203-0AF25-1AA0
with a connector for the handheld units, handheld terminal HT6 4-core enabling
and handheld unit type B-MPI with 2-channel enabling. Clamp-
mounting facilitates installation. Options
Override rotary switch 6FC5247-0AA34-0AA1
with spindle/rapid-traverse dial
and cable for pushbutton panel
Raised buttons 6FC5247-0AA41-0AA0
(2 units)
Expansion card 6FC5247-0AA42-0AA0
for 12 digital inputs and
12 digital outputs
Contact block 2 x NC 3SB3400-0E
for emergency stop button
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5203-0AF24-0AA0 6FC5203-0AF25-1AA0
Product name SINUMERIK PP 012 pushbutton panel SINUMERIK PP 012H pushbutton panel
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 20 W
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP10A
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Transport -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 3 kg (6.62 lb)
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.06 in)
Height 155 mm (6.10 in)
Depth 175 mm (6.89 in)
Panel cutout
Width 451 mm (17.76 in)
Height 137.6 mm (5.42 in)
Overview Design
The basic version of the MPP 483 offers, for example:
Emergency stop button (4-wire), latching, tamper-proof
8 equipped illuminated pushbuttons for control elements
(d = 22.5 mm/0.89 in)
2 blanking plugs for easy retrofitting
25 function keys with inscribed standard slide-in labels
(membrane keys)
3
Key switches with 2 positions for bridging the emergency-stop
circuit and for authorization of mode selection
Direct key connection for OP 012 (incl. flat ribbon cable)
Feedrate override
Interfaces for 2 handwheels for connection via PROFIBUS DP
(function depends on NCU software)
Communication via MPI/PROFIBUS DP
Expansion options:
With its versatile and ergonomically configured control elements, 2 spare slots (d = 22.5 mm/0.89 in)
the pushbutton panel provides user-friendly, easy operation of Spindle override
machines controlled by a SINUMERIK or PLC. Individual adaptation of long-stroke key colors and labeling
The MPP 483 provides large long-stroke keys for easy machine Other standard versions:
operation as well as a membrane keyboard for powerful set-up
functions. MPP 483A for mounting applications, without override and with
freely-assignable and inscribable slide-in labels. Only the
Tuned to the requirements of the powertrain sector, the MPP 483 4 keys for mode selection are inscribed.
is suitable for use with many different types of machine wherever MPP 483H with connection for an external handheld unit.
ergonomics and operating flexibility are priorities. A DIN-A4 Handheld terminal HT 6 or handheld unit type B-MPI with
sheet (for laser printers) for inscribing the slide-in labels plus a 2-channel enabling can be connected.
set of colored key caps are included in the scope of supply.
MPP 483HTC with connection for an external Thin Client
The pushbutton panel is mounted from the rear using special handheld unit
clamps supplied with the panel.
Special versions:
MPP 483S: Special versions are possible comprising of differ-
ent configuration types with various control elements and
options, for example with the EKS identification system from
Euchner.
MPP 483L: This special version is characterized by a higher
masking frame (244 mm/9.61 in) that offers additional
mounting space like an integrated expansion frame.
Integration
The SINUMERIK MPP 483 Pushbutton Panel can be used with:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline over
MPI interface or PROFIBUS DP
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5303-1AF00-0AA1 6FC5303-1AF00-1AA1 6FC5303-1AF01-0AA1 6FC5303-1AF00-8AA1
Product name SINUMERIK MPP483 SINUMERIK MPP483H SINUMERIK MPP483A SINUMERIK MPP483HTC
pushbutton panel pushbutton panel pushbutton panel pushbutton panel
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 20 W 32 W 20 W 32 W
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP10A
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
EN 60721-3-3
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 10 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 10 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 60% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 3 kg (6.62 lb)
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Height 155 mm (6.10 in)
Depth 140 mm (5.51 in)
Panel cutout
Width 451 mm (17.76 in)
Height 137.6 mm (5.42 in)
Overview Design
The panel is 19" wide, and can accommodate up to twelve
22 mm (0.87 in) control elements of any type.
The 12 slots are pre-punched and can be easily broken out as
required. Panels with customized complements can be provided
on request.
Inscriptions are made on 2 slide-in labels which are inserted
from the rear. 3
The panel is available as a PP031 design or as PP012 design:
PP 031 expansion with screw mounting
PP 012 expansion with clamp mounting and rounded edges
When used in connection with the pushbutton panel and the
optional expansion card 12 DI/12 DO, the customized control
elements can be connected to the expansion card and via opto-
coupler to the base electronics of the pushbutton panel.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5247-0AA43-1AA0 6FC5247-0AA43-0AA0
Product name Expansion panel in PP 012 design Expansion panel in PP 031 design
Weight, approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
Dimensions
Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Height 95 mm (3.74 in)
Depth 30 mm (1.18 in)
Panel cutout
Width 451 mm (17.76 in) 452.8 mm (17.83 in)
Height 77.6 mm (3.06 in) 65.4 mm (2.57 in)
Overview
This encoder generates signals which correspond to the move-
ments of the handwheel as it is turned. The axis selected via the
control can be positioned paraxially. The handwheels are
equipped with a magnetic latching mechanism that supports
traversing with incremental accuracy.
The front panel can be removed. A version with 24 V DC and an
3 HTL interface is available for connection to I/O modules.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC9320-5DB01 6FC9320-5DC01/ 6FC9320-5DH01 6FC9320-5DE01
6FC9320-5DF01/
6FC9320-5DM00
Product name Electronic handwheel Electronic handwheel Electronic handwheel Portable electronic handwheel
Rated voltage 5 V DC 5% 10 ... 30 V DC 5 V DC 5%
Rated current, max. 60 mA 15 mA 60 mA
Interface RS 422 (TTL) HTL RS 422 (TTL)
Phase angle of pulse 90 electrical
sequence A to B
Pulses 2 x 100 pulses/rev.
Actuating force 8 Ncm 4 Ncm
Output frequency, max. 2 kHz
Distance to NCU, max. 25 m (82 ft) 20 m (65.62 ft)
Degree of protection to
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP65
Rear IP50
Relative atmospheric
humidity
Storage 10 ... 95% at +25C (+77F)
Transport 10 ... 95% at +25C (+77F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25C (+77F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -40 ... +85C (-40 ... +185F)
Transport -40 ... +85C (-40 ... +185F)
Operation 0 ... +70C (+32 ... +158F)
Weight, approx. 0.6 kg (1.32 lb) 0.4 kg (0.88 lb) 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
3
Degree of protection IP00
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 0.82 kg (1.81 lb)
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS Dimensions
Width 234 mm (9.21 in)
can be used to connect two handwheels or the handwheel of the Height 137 mm (5.39 in)
handheld unit type B-MPI and the mini handheld unit. Depth 40 mm (1.57 in)
On the SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for
PROFIBUS, digital inputs, outputs, connections for override
rotary switches and handwheels are provided as well as a
Selection and Ordering Data
PROFIBUS DP interface for communication. Designation Order No.
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS Handwheel connection module 6FC5303-0AA02-0AA0
is designed for control cabinet mounting. for PROFIBUS
Accessories
Design Signal cable for handwheel
Pre-assembled
Interfaces:
Length: 1 m (3.28 ft) 6FX8002-2CP00-1AB0
PROFIBUS DP Length: 2 m (6.56 ft) 6FX8002-2CP00-1AC0
For 6 inputs Length: 3 m (9.84 ft) 6FX8002-2CP00-1AD0
For 6 inputs and 6 outputs (additional cable set required) Length: 4 m (13.12 ft) 6FX8002-2CP00-1AE0
For 16 direct keys of OP 012/OP 015A/TP 015A Length: 5 m (16.41 ft) 6FX8002-2CP00-1AF0
For 2 handwheels Feedrate/rapid traverse 6FC5247-0AF13-1AA0
override electronic
Integration rotary switch
1x23G, T=32, cap, button,
The SINUMERIK handwheel connection module for PROFIBUS pointer, rapid-traverse and
spindle dials
can be used for:
SINUMERIK 840Di/840D powerline over PROFIBUS DP Spindle/rapid traverse 6FC5247-0AF12-1AA0
override electronic
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl over PROFIBUS DP rotary switch
1x16G, T=24, cap, button,
pointer, rapid-traverse and spin-
dle dials
Cable set (60 units) 6FC5247-0AA35-0AA0
for additional control devices for
the machine control panels
Length: 500 mm (19.69 in)
3
Degree of protection IP00
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Transport -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Max. distance to NCU/PCU 200 m (656 ft)
Customers can connect their own operator panels using the Weight, approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
SINUMERIK MPI interface. The unit provides digital inputs and Dimensions
outputs, and an MPI communications interface for this purpose. Width 293 mm (11.54 in)
Height 92 mm (3.62 in)
Depth 15 mm (0.59 in)
Design
Interfaces: Selection and Ordering Data
MPI interface Designation Order No.
64 digital inputs and 64 digital outputs MPI interface 6FC5203-0AE00-0AA0
for customer operator panel
Overview Overview
Innovative technology and revolutionary installation Laser inscription is possible on all materials in principle and can
therefore be used for permanent and reliable identification, also
SIGNUM 3SB3 is our complete, modular, tried and tested range for special keys in the case of SINUMERIK machine control
of pushbuttons and indicator lights. Whether round or square, panels.
made of plastic or metal - you will find the perfect solution for
every application. Your advantage: SIGNUM 3SB3 can be in- The quality of laser inscribed products is significantly higher
stalled quickly, conveniently and reliably. than conventional inscription techniques.
Benefits Benefits
7 Emergency stop with reliable direct connection to 7 Maximum precision
AS-Interface 7 Long service life
7 SIGNUM 3SB3 control devices on PROFIBUS DP 7 Flexible application
7 SIGNUM 3SB3 control devices in plastic and metal for the 7 Protects material
world market
7 Rugged metal control devices: IP67 degree of
protection/NEMA 4
More information
7 Cost-effective and uniquely identifiable with integral Direct ordering of laser inscribed special keys, as well as an
super-bright LED overview of the different key symbols (heading: keys) for the
SINUMERIK machine control panels, is possible over the
7 Various connection possibilities: screw-type, soldered, cage Internet.
clamp connection
LASERline Teschauer GmbH
More information Contact: Dipl.-Ing. Margitta Teschauer
For further information, please contact: Ludwigsburgstr. 10
09114 CHEMNITZ
Technical Assistance Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 91 31 / 7 - 4 38 33 Phone.: +49 (0) 371 / 3 30 10 57
Fax: +49 (0) 91 31 / 7 - 2 64 45 Fax: +49 (0) 371 / 3 30 10 58
E-mail: technical-assistance@siemens.com E-mail: teschauer@t-online.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under: Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/signum http://www.teschauer.de
Overview Overview
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
The newly designed SINUMERIK KB 483C full CNC keyboard Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
permits user-friendly input of programs and text. Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
The keyboard is mounted from the rear using special clamps Ambient temperature
supplied with the keyboard. Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Design Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Control elements:
Weight, approx. 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
Standard/US QWERTY layout Dimensions
78 mechanical keys Width 483 mm (19.02 in)
Height 133 mm (5.24 in)
Alpha block with special characters Depth 31 mm (1.22 in)
Numeric block with special characters Panel cutout
Cursor block Width 450 mm (17.72 in)
Height 112.5 mm (4.43 in)
CNC function keys with hot keys for fast selection of the Tolerance + 1 mm (0.04 in)
control area
Interface: Selection and Ordering Data
USB 1.1 Designation Order No.
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Distance to PCU 3 m (9.84 ft)
Weight, approx. 0.9 kg (1.98 lb)
Dimensions
Width 310 mm (12.20 in)
The newly designed SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC keyboard Height 175 mm (6.89 in)
Depth 31 mm (1.22 in)
permits user-friendly input of programs and text.
Panel cutout
The keyboard is mounted from the rear using special clamps Width 285 mm (11.22 in)
supplied with the keyboard. Height 155 mm (6.10 in)
Tolerance + 1 mm (0.04 in)
Design
Control elements:
Selection and Ordering Data
Designation Order No.
Standard/US QWERTY layout
75 mechanical keys SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC 6FC5203-0AF21-0AA1
keyboard
Alpha block with special characters Width 310 mm (12.2 in), USB,
Numeric block with special characters with mechanical keys
incl. connecting cable
Cursor block Length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
CNC function keys with hot keys for fast selection of the Accessories
control area
Set of clamps (9 units) 6FC5248-0AF14-0AA0
Interface: for operating components
with 2.5 mm (0.09 in) profile
USB 1.1 Length: 20 mm (0.79 in)
Integration
The SINUMERIK KB 310C full CNC keyboard is used for:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP20
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation
- Front 0 +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
Dimensions
Width 310 mm (12.20 in)
Height 175 mm (6.89 in)
Depth 24 mm (0.94 in)
The OP 032S full CNC keyboard enables user-friendly input of
programs and text. The full CNC keyboard is fixed using screws.
The OP 032S CNC keyboard cannot be used in conjunction with
Selection and Ordering Data
the standard PC keyboard. Designation Order No.
Full CNC keyboard OP 032S 6FC5203-0AC00-1AA0
Design in QWERTY design,
standard/US layout
Control elements: incl. connecting cable,
Standard/US QWERTY layout length: 1.5 m (4.9 ft)
3 Front
Rear
IP65
IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Ambient temperature
Storage -25 ... +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Transport -25 ... +55 C (-13 ... +131 F)
Operation
- Front 0 ... +45 C (+32 ... +113 F)
- Rear 0 ... +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx.
QWERTY 483 1.3 kg (2.87 lb)
QWERTY 310 1.1 kg (2.43 lb)
The full CNC membrane keyboards from Dyna Systems in Dimensions
Siemens design permit user-friendly input of programs and text. Width
- QWERTY 483 483 mm (19.02 in)
The full CNC keyboards are mounted from the rear using special - QWERTY 310 310 mm (12.20 in)
clamps supplied with the keyboard. Height
- QWERTY 483 133 mm (5.24 in)
- QWERTY 310 175 mm (6.89 in)
Design Depth 31 mm (1.22 in)
Panel cutout
Control elements: Width
Standard/US QWERTY layout - QWERTY 483 451 mm (17.76 in)
- QWERTY 310 278.4 mm (10.96 in)
Membrane keyboard with 78 keys (QWERTY 483) Height
- QWERTY 483 115.1 mm (4.53 in)
Membrane keyboard with 75 keys (QWERTY 310) - QWERTY 310 157.6 mm (6.20 in)
Alpha block with special characters Tolerance +1 mm (0.04 in)
Numeric block with special characters
Cursor block Integration
CNC function keys with hot keys for fast selection of the control Membrane keyboards can be used for:
area
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
Interface: SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl
USB 1.1
More information
Dyna Systems GmbH is known for developing innovative,
customized operating systems. We are experts in solving
human-machine communication problems. Are you looking for
solutions? We can help!
Dyna Systems GmbH
Grntenweg 14
88175 SCHEIDEGG
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 83 81 - 919 - 200
Fax: +49 (0) 83 81 - 919 - 291
E-mail: info@dynasystems.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.dynasystems.de
Integration Dimensions
Width 43 mm (1.69 in)
Height 3.3 mm (0.13 in)
The CompactFlash Card is suitable for: Depth 37 mm (1.46 in)
SINUMERIK 802D sl:
as additional memory for user data
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline:
Selection and Ordering Data
As additional memory for user data in the Designation Order No.
PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70 (via the PC card adapter) CompactFlash Card 512 MB 6FC5313-4AG00-0AA1
SINUMERIK 840Di: Empty
As additional memory for user data in the PCU 50
(via the PC card adapter)
SINUMERIK 840Di sl:
as additional memory for user data
SINUMERIK 840D sl:
For the NCU system software of the
NCU 710.1/NCU 720.1/NCU 730.1;
As additional memory for user data in the PCU 50.3
Overview Function
Formatted for boot capability incl. preinstalled operating
system (FreeDOS) for use as a boot medium, e.g., for
SIMATIC PC Image Creator
High performance for faster data transfer - USB 2.0
(high-speed)
3
Large memory capacity of 512 MB (replaces approx.
355 floppy disks)
Simple installation "plug & play", no driver necessary
(except for Windows 98SE)
High degree of data security thanks to write protection switch
Status LED for data transfer and operating state
SIMATIC BIOS Manager, a software tool for SIMATIC PCs for
testing and duplication of Bios Setup settings (CMOS data)
included in scope of supply
No external power supply necessary
1)
Subject to export regulations AL: N ECCN: EAR99H.
3
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at +25 C (+77 F)
Operation 5 ... 80% at +25 C (+77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Distance to PCU, max. 0.5 m (19.69 in)
The 3.5" floppy disk drive can be used for archiving user data
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (1.76 lb)
and can be installed in front panels.
Dimensions
Function
Width 145 mm (5.71 in)
Height 50 mm (1.97 in)
Depth 185 mm (7.28 in)
You can use normal density (720 KB) and high density
(1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5" floppy disks for storing user data.
Selection and Ordering Data
Integration Designation Order No.
The floppy disk drive is suitable for connecting to: SINUMERIK 3.5" floppy disk 6FC5235-0AA05-0AA1
drive
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50/PCU 70 with floppy disk drive incl. connecting cable
interface Length: 0.5 m (1.64 ft)
Accessories
Cover for floppy disk drive 6FC5247-0AA20-0AA0
with masking frame, cover and
bearing bracket
3
Degree of protection
to EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Front IP54
Rear IP00
Humidity rating in accordance with Class 3K5 condensation and icing
EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Relative atmospheric humidity
Storage 5 ... 90% at -22 ... +60 C
(-7 ... +140 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at -40 ... +65 C
(-40 ... +149 F)
Operation 20 ... 80% at +4 ... +51.7 C
(+39 ... +125 F)
Ambient temperature
The 3.5" floppy disk drive is suitable for archiving user data and Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
can be installed in front panels. The connection is made via the Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation +4 +50 C (+39 ... +122 F)
USB interface.
Distance to PCU, max. 5 m (16.41 ft)
The 3.5" floppy disk drive is designed for the transfer of user Width 145 mm (5.71 in)
data. Installation in front panels makes it possible to transfer Height 50 mm (1.97 in)
Depth 161 mm (6.34 in)
data without opening the control cabinet door. You can use high
density (1.2/1.44 MB) 3.5" floppy disks to store user data.
Selection and Ordering Data
Integration Designation Order No.
The floppy disk drive is suitable for connecting to: SINUMERIK 3.5" floppy disk 6FC5235-0AA05-1AA2
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows XP drive, USB 1.1
incl. connecting cable
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 and Length: 1 m (3.28 ft)
PCU-Base software 07.03.03 or higher
Accessories
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3
Cover for floppy disk drive 6FC5247-0AA20-0AA0
SINUMERIK TCU with masking frame, cover and
SIMATIC Panel PC 670/870/IL 70 with Windows 2000/XP bearing bracket
SIMOTION P350 with Windows XP Professional
More information
Note for SIMATIC Panel PCs
The USB floppy disk drive is approved for the Windows 2000/XP
operating systems. The appropriate drivers for the floppy disk
drive are supplied with the operating system software.
Note for SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70
A PCU 50/PCU 70 (566 MHz/1.2 GHz) with BIOS V02.03.07 and
Windows NT4.0 V07.03.03 or Windows XP V07.03.02.01 operat-
ing system is required to operate the USB floppy disk drive.
Overview
Rittal Comfort Panel Functional and safe
The "third dimension" command panel in the HMI sector. With a
new design and additional functions, the Rittal Comfort Panel is
ideally matched to SINUMERIK operator components.
7 Individual mounting depths of 74 to 464 mm
3
(2.91 in to 18.27 in)
7 Standard housing matched to SINUMERIK operator panel
19" x 7 HU,
mounting depths: 74 mm/113 mm/152 mm/191 mm/308 mm
(2.91 in/4.45 in/5.98 in/7.52 in/12.13 in), available ex stock
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 35 mm/74 mm
(1.38 in/2.91 in), tray for keyboards, tilting angle can be set to
any value between 88 and 136, with toothed wheel adjust-
able in increments of 8; can be tilted upwards after use to
save space where necessary
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
7 Design profile for color coordination with the machine or
equipment ID
7 All-round soft profile made of plastic reduces the risk of injury
7 Flat front frame for optimum access to lateral drives
7 Continuous mounting channels for individual dismounting of
accessories, internally and externally
Accessories
Support arm systems
CP-S compact, for small and flat panel housings
CP-L for small to medium-sized panel housings
CP-XL open for simple cable inlet, closed for high loads
CP-Q, the square alternative
Stand systems
Stationary
Rittal command panel systems are manufactured with exact Mobile
dimensions for any combination of SINUMERIK operator compo- Adjustable height
nents and are ready for installation. Optimum installation of the Console as stable base for supporting arm systems
operator components is assured thanks to the customized
dimensions. Select from a wide range of different housing
systems, e.g.: More information
Rittal VIP 6000 Multi-talented in shape and function. You will find comprehensive information in the Rittal Manual and
News 2006. These can be ordered direct from Rittal, or you can
The increased surface size resulting from cooling fins and screw contact your Rittal technical consultant.
channels is the most reliable and cheapest type of heat dissipation.
Rittal GmbH & Co. KG
7 Individual mounting depths of 155 to 438 mm (6.10 in to 17.24 in)
7 3 frame versions (wide, narrow or combined), depending on Postfach 16 62
application and design requirements 35726 HERBORN
7 Optimum heat dissipation with 3 types of housing Germany
7 Versatile housing connectors
Phone: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 0
7 Continuous edge profile, 3 versions in 5 colors
Fax: +49 (0) 27 72 - 5 05 - 23 19
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 27 mm/44 mm/105 mm
E-mail: info@rittal.de
(1.06 in, 1.73 in, 4.13 in), tray for keyboards
7 Continuous screw channels for flexible internal design
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
Rittal Optipanel The slimline alternative design.
7 Individual mounting depths: 50 mm/100 mm/150 mm
(1.97 in/3.94 in/5.91 in)
7 Standard housing matched to SINUMERIK operator panel
19" x 7 HU, mounting depth 100 mm (3.94 in),
available ex stock http://www.rittal.de
7 Continuous edge profile
7 Keyboard housing, mounting depths: 50 mm/100 mm
(1.97 in/3.94 in), tray for keyboards, tilting angle can be set to
any value between 80 and 155
7 Continuous T slot for flexible internal design
7 Rear panel screwed or hinged
Overview
SL 3000
7 Profile combinations permit variable depths
7 Hollow chamber profile for hidden installation of drives and
connectors
7 Mounting depths: 60 mm/160 mm/200 mm
(2.36 in/6.3 in/7.87 in)
3 Mounting depths with combined profiles:
120 mm/220 mm/260 mm/360 mm
(4.72 in/8.66 in/10.24 in/14.17 in)
LIMANDA
More information
Are you looking for an individual solution for your application?
Ask us!
Your partner for industrial housing systems:
Rose Systemtechnik GmbH
Erbeweg 13-15
32457 PORTA WESTFALICA
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 5 71 - 50 41 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 5 71 - 50 41 - 1 59
E-mail: rose@rose-pw.de
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.rose-pw.de
Siemens NC 60 2006
HMI software for CNC controls
Operator control and programming
HMI-Embedded
Using these softkeys it is possible to import machine-specific Example of "specific software version", e.g. 6.5:
screen forms, pictures or function trees. Programming support, 6FC5253-6....-5...
such as cycle support, can be altered and intensified with the
"Supplement user interface" function. Configuring takes place
using simple text files.
The user interface can be optionally expanded by more than
20 pictures using the integral editor at specific predefined soft-
keys (with a SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA).
In order to use one or more of these possibilities, it is necessary SINUMERIK HMI 6FC5253-0AF00-0AA0
copy license OA
to have the "SINUMERIC HMI copy license OA" option for each Software option
PCU. When using the integral editor, this is only necessary from
the 21st picture onwards.
Example of "specific software version", e.g., 7.2:
Integration 6FC5253-7....-2...
Overview Integration
The software AutoTurn can be used with:
SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
4
Single license for 6FC5253-7GX00-7AG0
specific software version
Single license 6FC5253-0GX00-0AG1
without data carrier
Software update service 6FC5253-0GX00-0AG2
Service Pack 6FC5253-7GX00-7AG3
for specific software version
In the context of workshop-oriented programming, the AutoTurn
graphic programming software for turning provides a fast and AutoTurn Plus
on CD-ROM
convenient means of compiling the data required by the NC pro-
gram from a workpiece drawing. AutoTurn guides the operator Single license for 6FC5253-0GX01-0AG0
from the blank input to the finished part simulation. current software version
AutoTurn contains a comprehensive technology database and Single license for 6FC5253-7GX01-7AG0
specific software version
automatically creates a work schedule which can be changed or
extended. Complex turned parts can be machined extremely Single license 6FC5253-0GX01-0AG1
easily and quickly in this manner. without data carrier
The AutoTurn PC versions are available in conjunction with the Software update service 6FC5253-0GX01-0AG2
training software SinuTrain Plus. The programs created on the Service Pack 6FC5253-7GX01-7AG3
PC can be directly transferred to the turning machine in the for specific software version
workshop and executed from there if the turning machine has
been adapted for SinuTrain Plus. For further information, see Example of "specific software version", e.g. 5.3:
"Services" - "Components for CNC basic and further training". 6FC5253-5....-3...
Function
End face and generated surface machining (boring, tapping,
grooves, and free contours can be programmed on any of the
contour planes).
Construction geometry for calculating unknown contour points.
Use this function to create free pocket contours and then con-
struct the contour you want to machine by selecting geometry
elements.
Automatic work schedule generation (one touch)
Identification and processing of residual material
Y-axis, toolholder double assignment
Integration
The SINUMERIK software ManualTurn can be used with: http://www.siemens.com/automation/jobshop
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline with
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50.
1) CD-ROM also contains the languages: Eng, Fr, Ger, It., Sp.
2)
On request.
Overview Benefits
7 Clear program presentation in the machining step program
(option)
7 Dynamic input graphics for contour elements and cycles
7 Adaptation of the traversing paths of the tool while taking
account of the workpiece contour and obstacles
7 High-performance contour computer for the input of a free
contour
7 Networking and diskette drive connection with
PCU 20/PCU 50
7 Support of swivel heads and swiveling tables
7 Individual cycles and user displays can be integrated.
4 Function
Machining step programming (option)
ShopMill tool management
Simultaneous recording (option)
Residual material identification and machining in the contour
ShopMill is operating and programming software for milling pocket cycle (option)
machines that makes it easy for you to operate the machine and
to program workpieces. 3D graphics of the finished part
Multiple clamping of identical workpieces with optimization of
With ShopMill, you get a complete CNC control solution for the tool sequence
milling in the workshop area. You can use ShopMill on single-
channel versions of vertical or universal milling machines with up Multiple clamping of different workpieces with optimization of
to 12 axes (including rotary axes and spindles). Of the 12 axes, the tool sequence (option)
3 linear and 2 rotary axes plus 1 spindle can be displayed simul- Remote diagnosis (option)
taneously. In addition to an extensive cycle package, it offers a A swivel cycle supports multiface machining and machining of
host of practice-oriented setup functions (e.g. workpiece or tool sloping surfaces independently of the machine kinematics
measurement) and functions for data handling. (swivel table/swivel head)
ShopMills tool management function is transparent and user- Access to external programs through network interfacing or
friendly. To use this function, it must be integrated into the PLC disk drive (option)
program of the machine.
ShopMill supports three different programming methods: Integration
G code programs that are generated externally, The SINUMERIK software ShopMill can be used with:
e.g. mold making programs imported from CAD/CAM systems.
SINUMERIK 840Di
G code programs that are created directly on the machine.
All technology cycles are available with G-code programming. SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline with
SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50
Machining step programs that are created directly on the
machine (available as an option).
4
Single license 6FC5463-0FA20-0AB1
without data carrier
Software update service 6FC5463-0FA20-0AB2
Update on order of 6FC5463-7FA20-7AG3
specific software versions
Additional languages 1)
on CD-ROM
Languages:
Czech, Danish, Dutch, Finnish,
Hungarian, Japanese, Korean,
Polish, Portuguese/ Brazilian,
Russian, Swedish, Traditional
Chinese, Turkish
Single license for 6FC5253-7BX10-7XG0
specific software version
Single license 6FC5253-0BX10-0XG1
without data carrier
ShopMill machining step 6FC5463-0FA21-0AA0
programming
Software option
Automatic residual material 6FC5463-0FA01-0AA0
detection and machining
in contour pocket cycle 2)
Software option
Simultaneous recording 6FC5463-0FA02-0AA0
(real-time simulation
of current machining)
Software option
Network/disk drive 6FC5463-0FA03-0AA0
management 3)
Software option
Multiple clamping of different 6FC5463-0FA04-0AA0
workpieces 2)
Software option
1)
On request.
2)
Prerequisite: Software option "ShopMill machining step programming".
3) Contains the software option "Network/disk drive management for PCU 20".
Overview Benefits
7 Clear program presentation in the machining step program
(option)
7 Dynamic input graphics for contour elements and cycles
7 High-performance contour computer for the input of a free
contour
7 Automatic generation of the approach and departure
movements depending on the tool position and the type of
machining
7 Individual cycles and user pictures can be integrated
7 User pictures and example cycles for bar store, part collector
and tailstock are also supplied.
4 Function
Machining step programming (option)
ShopTurn tool management
Simultaneous recording (option)
Residual material identification and machining when cutting
ShopTurn is an operating and programming software program (option)
for single-slide turning machines that makes it easy for you to 3D simulation of the finished part (option)
operate the machine and to program workpieces.
Traverse to fixed stop (option) when using the counterspindle
With ShopTurn, you get a complete CNC control solution for Synchronous spindle (option) when using the counterspindle
turning in the workshop area. In addition to an extensive cycle
package, it offers a host of practice-oriented setup functions Transmit/Tracyl (option) when using rotating tools
(e.g. workpiece or tool measurement) and functions for data Access to external programs through network interfacing or
handling. disk drive (option)
You can use ShopTurn on single-channel versions of single-slide Remote diagnosis (option)
turning machines with up to 12 axes (including rotary axes and
spindles). Of the 12 axes, 5 axes plus 1 spindle can be dis- Integration
played simultaneously. ShopTurn also supports machine exten-
sions with C axes, Y axes and counterspindle. The SINUMERIK software ShopTurn can be used with:
ShopTurn's tool management function is transparent and user- SINUMERIK 840Di
friendly. To use this function, it must be integrated into the PLC SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline with
program of the machine. SINUMERIK PCU 20/PCU 50
ShopTurn supports three different programming methods:
G code programs that are generated externally,
e.g. imported from CAD/CAM systems
G code programs that are created directly on the machine.
All technology cycles are available with G-code programming.
Machining step programs that are created directly on the
machine (available as an option)
The workpiece can be programmed easily because program-
ming is graphically supported and no knowledge of G codes is
required. ShopTurn displays the program as a clearly under-
standable work plan and presents the individual cycles and
contour elements in a dynamic graphic.
With the PCU 20/PCU 50, ShopTurn can access the flash card or
hard disk and the Ethernet (option). Consequently, even large
programs can be executed with ShopTurn.
With the PCU 50, the HMI-Advanced areas "Utilities", "Para-
meters", "Diagnostics" and "Start-up" are permanently integrated
into ShopTurn. The solutions for Open Architecture, MCIS or
Solution Provider applications from ShopTurn can therefore be
used.
A PC version is available for ShopTurn (see "SinuTrain/Jobshop").
1)
On request.
2) Prerequisite: Software option "ShopTurn work step programming".
3) Contains the software option "Network/disk drive management for PCU 20".
Overview
Integration
Technology cycles are already included in the HMI-Advanced
software.
Overview Function
4
- Calibrating workpiece probes
- Paraxial workpiece measurement on hole/shaft/slot/web/
rectangle
- 1-point workpiece measurement on area
- Workpiece measurement at any angle on hole/shaft/slot/web
- Workpiece measurement at angular position (1-/2-angle mea-
surement)
- Automatic set-up corner internal and external The CAD Reader program converts DXF files into contours or
- Measurement of workpiece sphere and automatic correction hole drilling templates.
of work offset
Integration Function
Importing of DXF files
General (channel-specific) measuring functions are included as
standard in the basic version of the SINUMERIK 810D power- Suppressing of graphic layers
line/840Di/840D powerline CNCs. Automatic contour tracing
Axial measuring, measuring from synchronous actions and con- Any workpiece zero per extracted contour/drilling pattern
tinuous measuring can be implemented as options with "Mea- Several contours/drilling patterns can be extracted simul-
suring Stage 2". taneously
The optional measuring cycles are included as standard in ver- Conversion into contours or drilling patterns for ShopMill,
sion 6.4 and higher of the HMI-Advanced software. A license ShopTurn, ManualTurn, HMI-Advanced or HMI-Embedded
(CoL) must be acquired to provide proof of authorization to use Display of extracted contours/drilling patterns in the geometric
the software. processor/cycle support
The standard application is easy to adapt or expand and is Example of "specific software version", e.g.: HMI Pro CS 6.3:
therefore ideally suited for implementing customized versions for 6FC5263-6PY80-3AG0
project-specific use.
HMI PRO More information
HMI PRO CS configuration software can run on PGs/PCs. It can For further details, see "SIMATIC WinCC flexible" or "SIMATIC
be used to parameterize and configure images for HMI PRO RT ProAgent".
and load them into the target hardware. Two diagnostic displays
are available for the process error diagnostics integrated into
HMI PRO RT. Process error diagnostics are used in combination
with S7-PDIAG, S7-GRAPH and S7-HiGraph.
The basic scope of supply can be expanded by images that are
configured by the user with WinCC flexible and/or applications
written in high-level languages (e.g. Visual Basic).
HMI PRO RT can be expanded with WinCC flexible images pro-
vided that the SINUMERIK HMI configuration package
WinCC flexible is installed on the configuration device.
HMI PRO can be expanded with WinCC flexible and/or high-
level language applications provided that the SINUMERIK HMI
Copy License OA is available on the target hardware.
Overview Function
SINUMERIK HMI programming package
The "SINUMERIK HMI programming package" enables high-
level language applications based on the programming
languages Visual Basic and Visual C++ to be integrated into
HMI-Advanced with PCU 50/PCU 70 and PCU 50.3.
Note:
To develop your own applications, you need to run the software
version of the "SINUMERIK HMI programming package" that
matches the HMI-Advanced on the target hardware.
Example: HMI-Advanced V7.1.x requires SINUMERIK HMI
programming package V7.1.
The runtime license "SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA" permits SINUMERIK HMI
Programming package
the execution of the users own HMI Open Architecture applica- incl. HMI-Advanced for PC/PG
tions on the PCU 20, PCU 50/PCU 70, PCU 50.3 or on a PC/PG for SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
on the SINUMERIK control that were created using the on CD-ROM
SINUMERIK HMI programming package Runtime system languages:
Simplified Chinese 1), English,
SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible configuring package French, German, Italian, Spanish
SINUMERIK HMI add-in package Engineering system languages:
English, German
Expanded user interface > 20 configured displays
incl. Automation Value Card with
(integrated into HMI-Advanced and HMI-Embedded) 400 credits
OPC (OLE for Process Control) openness to higher-level
4
Single license for 6FC5253-0BX20-0AG0
systems thanks to standardized OPC interface current software version
An expansion of the TRANSLINE 2000 HMI PRO user interface Single license for 6FC5253-7BX20-7AG0
with individual applications that have been created with Pro- specific software version
Tool/Pro or WinCC flexible also requires the "SINUMERIK HMI
Single license 6FC5253-0BX20-0AG1
copy license OA" on the SINUMERIK control. without data carrier
SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE Software update service 6FC5253-0BX20-0AG2
The runtime license "SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE" allows Upgrade/power pack 6FC5253-7BX20-7AG3
users to run their own HMI Open Architecture applications on the for specific software version
SIMATIC CE panels on the SINUMERIK control. The engineering SINUMERIK HMI
software "SIMATIC WinCC flexible" and the "SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible configuring
configuring package WinCC flexible" are needed to create these package
applications. incl. HMI-Advanced for PC/PG
for SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D
When the SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE is added, the func- on CD-ROM
tions can be used in conjunction with: Runtime system languages:
NC variable dialog (symbolic presentation) supports all HMI runtime system
languages;
NC file management (e.g., selection of part programs) Engineering system languages:
NC functions (e.g. apply tool, NC Start/Stop and other English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
PI utilities, ...)
incl. Automation Value Card with
Alarms and messages in plain text 400 credits
The SIMATIC Panels listed below can be connected over MPI Single license for 6FC5253-0CX25-0AG0
or PROFIBUS to the SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D current software version
powerline. Single license for 6FC5253-7CX25-7AG0
OP 170B, OP 177B, OP 270 (6 and 10) specific software version
TP 170B, TP 177B, TP 270 (6 and 10) Single license 6FC5253-0CX25-0AG1
Mobile Panel 170, Mobile Panel 177 without data carrier
Function
Compact
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 6AV6612-0AA01-1CA5
Standard The software has been tested with the following PC cards:
SIMATIC WinCC flexible 6AV6613-0AA01-1CA5 PCMCIA network card 3Com Megahertz 589E
Advanced
PCMCIA card Xircon RealPort Ethernet 10/100 +
Modem 56 REM56G-100
More information PCMCIA flash card Toshiba TH6SS160402A (40 MB)
- SanDisk 32 MB flash disk PCMCIA/PC CARD ATA
4
You will find further information in the "Updates" at - Callunacard 1040 MB type III hard disk drive
Integration
Preconditions:
PCU 50/PCU 70 with Windows NT 4.0 operating system and
http://www.siemens.com/automation/csinfo basic software versions of 06.01.09 or later
You can obtain technical support and advice from:
Siemens AG Selection and Ordering Data
Automation and Drives Designation Order No.
NL Stuttgart CardWare V6.00 6FC5264-6BX10-0AG0
Dept. RD SDW STG A&D CoC NC for PCU 50/PCU 70 with
Competence Center Stuttgart Windows NT 4.0
Germany on CD-ROM
Language: English
Fax: +49 (0) 7 11 - 1 37 - 28 38
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
Overview Overview
EasyMask is a simple configuring tool for generating operating EasyTrans is a simple tool for administration of data blocks.
screens. EasyMask is configured using inputs in INI and text files Various parameter areas (R parameters, PLC data blocks and
entered with an ASCII editor. This permits you to easily generate PLC bit memories) can be saved in a backup file on the HMI, and
your own operating screens. downloaded back into the control. EasyTrans can create, read
and delete several backup files in a directory. It is configured
using entries in an INI file.
More information
You can obtain further information on EasyMask and EasyTrans
from:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
NL Stuttgart
Dept. A&D ES1
Competence Center for Machine Tools and Special Machines
Germany
Fax: +49 (0) 7 11 - 1 37 - 28 38
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
Overview Overview
HotWin is an application which enables the user to configure up EasyMon is an application which facilitates online monitoring of
to 32 input/output windows on the human-machine interface. traverse paths (tool center point) at a selected level on the oper-
These windows can be activated via the PLC or using NCK sig- ator interface.
nals (signal 0: window cannot be seen, signal 1: window can be
seen). The display is also active during program testing (PRT). The
monitoring window is configured using parameterization
The contents of the windows can be configured in EasyMask displays.
syntax.
More information
You can obtain further information on HotWin and EasyMon from:
Siemens AG
Automation and Drives
NL Stuttgart
Dept. A&D ES1
Competence Center for Machine Tools and Special Machines
Germany
Fax: +49 (0) 7 11 - 1 37 - 28 38
E-mail: info.mc-hmi-oa@siemens.com
Overview Overview
DNC
Machine
*B1&B(1B
DNC Cell DNC Plant 4
With the Motion Control Information System you will increase the
productivity and reliability of your machine tools by integrating NC program management DNC
the machines perfectly into the process chain.
The NC program management DNC supports handling of the
For your production area, this means: NC programs, and reduces the costs for NC data organization.
7 Smooth coordination of planning and execution
As a result of the convenient electronic NC program manage-
7 Shorter setup times and enhanced efficiency ment and archiving, the NC programs are always available in
7 Reduced machine downtimes their latest version for the machines of the complete production
7 Simplified fault analyses area. This is particularly relevant in production areas with a high
degree of flexibility and variation and where NC data frequently
change, for example in machining centers, special machines
and flexible production lines.
The NC program management DNC consists of software mo-
dules which can be applied depending on the functional
requirements.
DNC Machine
DNC Machine is the software module for NC program transfer
between the SINUMERIK control and an NC programming work-
station (over the network file system).
DNC Cell
DNC Cell is the software module as a single-user solution for
DNC networking of a small production area.
DNC Plant
DNC Plant is the software module as a multi-user solution for
DNC networking throughout a factory.
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
For connecting to a UNIX file system, network software is also
required on the SINUMERIK.
&$'&$0V\VWHPV
&1&SURJUDPPLQJ
V\VWHPVRQ3&V
4
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
DNC DNC
Machine Machine
*B1&B(1BD
DNC Machine is used to connect the SINUMERIK controls over
the standard Ethernet network to a file system, for example, to 6,180(5,. 6,180(5,.
transfer NC programs between the NC programming system
and the CNC machine.
Overview Benefits
7 Cost reduction in NC data management
- Convenient, central NC program management with provision
of the NC programs
- Low management overhead and simple handling mean that
a disk drive for archiving of NC data is unnecessary
7 Increase in machine operating times and reduction in set-up
times through reliable and fast provision of NC program
7 No DNC terminals are required on the machine because the
NC program is requested directly on the CNC operator panel
7 Cost-effective and reliable electronic data archiving
7 Automatic NC data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
7 Simple integration of many different types and generations of
CNCs
7 Direct connection of SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 with Windows via
4
standard Industrial Ethernet network
Integration
1&SURJUDPPLQJV\VWHP
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
DNC Cell
*B1&B(1BD
8SWRVHULDO&1&PDFKLQHV6(* 8SWR(WKHUQHWFDSDEOH&1&PDFKLQHV
ZLWKDNC IFC Serial/Dialog ZLWKDNC IFC SINUMERIK RU
DNC IFC Filesystem
Preconditions:
Standard PC as required Operating system
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM - Windows 2000 Professional/Server
- Hard disks depending on data volumes of NC programs (at (in the case of Server, additional client access licenses 1))
least 1 GB space) - Windows 2003 Server
(additional client access licenses 1))
- Windows XP Professional
Internet Explorer
1) Client access licenses required for each DNC IFC SINUMERIK/DNC IFC
Filesystem and each additional connected computer.
4
e.g., via Ethernet, Novell or token ring
Upgrade with CD-ROM 6FC6000-0BC07-7AE0
Automatic data import from NC programming system for a specific software version
Shopfloor-oriented NC program archiving structures with
DNC Explorer Example of "specific software version", e.g.: 1.00:
User management with user-dependent functions such as 6FC6000-1BC01-0A..
display, edit, copy, delete, enable NC programs
Program transfer through operator inputs on the DNC Cell PC
Program transfer directly on the CNC operator panel with
DNC IFC Dialog
Automatic data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
NC program comparison/machine adaptation between the
SINUMERIK control and DNC Cell using DNC Compare
GUI for parameterization of interface parameters
Scalable system configuration from small, local DNC systems
up to the factory-wide multi-user system DNC Plant
DNC Cell is a solution with a single PC (a workstation). The
management functions can only be operated from this PC.
Using the DNC IFC Serial interface client (per CNC), up to
16 CNC machines with a serial interface can be connected to
DNC Cell. DNC Cell already contains a DNC IFC Serial interface
module.
Up to 16 further Ethernet-capable CNC machines with
DNC IFC SINUMERIK or DNC IFC File System modules can also
be integrated.
DNC Cell thus permits uniform networking of the most hetero-
geneous CNC machinery with many different generations and
types of CNCs from the production planning stage up to actual
production.
Overview Overview
The interface client DNC IFC Serial is used to connect CNC
machines with a serial interface to DNC Cell or DNC Plant.
Function
Software module for connection of serial CNC machines
(punched-tape format) to DNC Cell/DNC Plant (per serial
CNC)
Machine connections
- DNC Cell: max. 16 to DNC Cell PC
- DNC Plant: max. 16 per station PC/DNC Plant PC (direct
serial)
More than 16 machine connections to the station PC or plant
PC are possible through interface converters ("ComServer").
Program transfer through operation on DNC Cell/DNC Plant PC 4
or on the station PC of DNC Plant (see DNC Plant)
Program transfer directly on the CNC control panel with
DNC IFC Dialog (see DNC IFC Dialog)
Reloading mode possible
The interface client DNC IFC SINUMERIK is used to connect the
SINUMERIK control to DNC Cell or DNC Plant, and provides the
machine operator with an operator interface for transfer of NC
Integration
programs. Preconditions:
Control with serial interface without special protocol (punched-
Function tape format)
Summary of the NC data/programs available for the
SINUMERIK control in the database of DNC Cell/DNC Plant Selection and Ordering Data
Display of management information for the NC program Designation Order No.
Display of graphics on the SINUMERIK DNC IFC Serial 6FC6000-0FF00-0AB0
Selection and transfer of one or more (multiple selection) NC for each serial CNC
data/files to the SINUMERIK control by means of operations on Software option
the SINUMERIK Single license
without data carrier
Selection and uploading of one or more (multiple selection) NC
data/files to the DNC archive DNC Cell/DNC Plant by means of
operations on the SINUMERIK
Key switch-dependent functions
One DNC IFC SINUMERIK license is required for each
SINUMERIK control to be connected.
Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
SINUMERIK 810D/840D with MMC 103
Overview Overview
DNC IFC Dialog is a functional expansion of DNC IFC Serial. The interface client DNC IFC Filesystem is used to connect
Ethernet-capable CNC machines (e.g. SINUMERIK with PCU 20
DNC IFC Dialog means that DNC input terminals are super- and non-Siemens controls) to DNC Cell or DNC Plant.
fluous for transfer of NC programs since the transfer is carried
out directly on the control panel of the serial CNC machine.
Function
Function Software module for connection of Ethernet-capable CNC
machines to DNC Cell/DNC Plant (per Ethernet-capable CNC)
DNC IFC Dialog (optional per serial CNC) can be used to
transfer programs directly on the CNC control panel of serial Machine connections
CNC machines - DNC Cell: max. 16 to DNC Cell PC (incl.
DNC IFC SINUMERIK)
Connection of many different types of serial CNC machine - DNC Plant: no limitation
(without special transmission protocol)
Program transfer via operation on DNC Cell/DNC Plant PC or
4 Integration on the DNC Plant station PC
Preconditions: Integration
Control with serial interface without special protocol (punched- Preconditions:
tape format)
Controller with the capability of transferring NC programs in a
It must be possible to save at least two NC programs on the file system
control unit
An NC program editor must be available with which a pseudo
program can be generated
Selection and Ordering Data
The alphanumeric characters of the required NC program Designation Order No.
name must be available on the machines operator panel DNC IFC Filesystem 6FC6000-0KF00-0AB0
for each Ethernet-capable CNC
Selection and Ordering Data Software option
Single license
Designation Order No. without data carrier
DNC IFC Dialog 6FC6000-0GF00-0AB0
optional, for each serial CNC
Software option
Single license
without data carrier
Overview Function
Individual comparison of NC program
This function is used e.g. to compare two different program
versions. The differences are displayed color-coded.
NC program comparison list
This function can be used to check whether the NC programs
present in the CNC machine (SINUMERIK) are also present on
the DNC computer. This is displayed in the form of a compari-
son/difference list.
Integration
Preconditions:
The NC program comparison list is only possible for:
- SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
The DNC IFC SINUMERIK software module is required on the
4
SINUMERIK.
Benefits
7 Instrument for quality assurance
7 Fast, simple analysis of optimized NC programs,
e.g. by comparing with the original program
7 Avoidance of faulty machining operations through fast
checking on the SINUMERIK of non-released NC programs
Overview Function
DNC Plant simplifies handling of the NC programs. DNC Plant is Software for central management and transfer of NC programs
software for convenient management, archiving and transfer of Executes on a standard PC
NC programs for factory-wide CNC production. Additional operation/management workstations with DNC HMI.
As a result of the convenient electronic NC program manage- One user interface license is already included in DNC Plant.
ment and archiving, the NC programs are always available in Connection of CNCs or tool setting stations via serial interfaces
their latest version for the CFC machines of the complete pro- using DNC IFC Serial
duction area. This is particularly relevant in production areas
with a high degree of flexibility and variation and where NC data Integration of SINUMERIK control via standard Ethernet net-
frequently change, for example in machining centers, special work with DNC IFC SINUMERIK
machines and flexible production lines. Integration of Ethernet-capable CNC machines that can be
supplied with NC programs via a network file system
Benefits (see DNC IFC File System)
4
Connection of NC programming systems via standard network,
7 Cost reduction in NC data management e.g., via Ethernet, Novell or token ring
Convenient, central NC program management with provision
of the NC programs Automatic data import from NC programming system
Low management overhead and simple handling mean that Shopfloor-oriented NC program archiving structures with DNC
a disk drive for archiving of NC data is unnecessary Explorer
7 Increase in machine operating times and reduction in set-up User management with user-dependent functions such as
times through reliable and fast provision of NC program display, edit, copy, delete, enable NC programs
7 No DNC terminals on the machine as result of direct request- Program transfer through operator inputs on the station PC,
ing of NC program on the CNC operator panel DNC Plant PC or DNC HMI PC
7 Cost-effective and reliable electronic data archiving Program transfer through operator inputs on the DNC Plant PC
7 Automatic archiving of the NC data of the SINUMERIK control Program transfer directly on the CNC operator panel with DNC
7 Simple integration of many different types and generations of IFC Dialog
CNCs Automatic NC data archiving of the SINUMERIK control
7 Direct connection of SINUMERIK PCU with Windows via NC program comparison/machine adaptation between the
standard Industrial Ethernet network SINUMERIK control and DNC Cell using DNC Compare
GUI for parameterization of interface parameters
Scalable system configuration from small, local DNC systems
up to the factory-wide multi-user system DNC Plant
DNC Plant is used when networking large production plants.
Integration
DNC Plant DNC HMI 1&SURJUDPPLQJV\VWHP
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
6HULDO
(WKHUQHW Station PC
FRQYHUWHU
*B1&B(1BD
1)
Client access licenses required for each DNC IFC SINUMERIK/DNC IFC
Filesystem and each additional connected computer.
2) For product description, see DNC Cell.
Overview Overview
&HOO
3ODQW
2YHUYLHZ 3ODQQLQJ
7RRO ,QWHUIDFH
+DQGOLQJ &OLHQW
*B1&B(1BD
7',
6WDWLVWLF 0DFKLQH
7RROSODQ
*HQHUDWLRQ
DNC HMI can be used to add operator stations to DNC Plant on Tool data management is one of the central tasks of CNC pro-
which e.g. the NC programmers can carry out the administration duction. Requirements are:
of their NC programs. 7 Smooth tool handling processes
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
With SINUMERIK controls, it is assumed that the standard tool
management option is installed. SINUMERIK without standard
or vendor-specific tool management can be configured as
SIMATIC S7-based machines or must be connected specific to
the project.
In the case of controls from other vendors, the tool data which
can be managed are reduced to a simplified tool data struc-
ture. A basic precondition is that the component must be
Windows-based, the control must be accessible via Ethernet,
and the interface must be OPC-compatible.
If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
Integration
Preconditions:
With SINUMERIK controls, it is assumed that the standard tool
management option is installed. SINUMERIK without standard
or vendor-specific tool management can be configured as
SIMATIC S7-based machines or must be connected specific to 4
the project.
If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
by TDI, a TDI Toolhandling operator interface for loading and
unloading the tools (e.g. a Windows PC integrated in the net-
work) must be assigned to the respective storage location.
Using the convenient dialog prompting of TDI Toolhandling you SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
can import, buffer or pass on available tool data when loading PCU 50/PCU 70
and unloading over the network. In this manner it is possible
e.g. to simply integrate a tool setting station or a tool store into SINUMERIK 810D/840D with MMC 103
the system. PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM,
Windows 2000/XP
Any containers within a plant can be involved in the processes.
The objective is to achieve a closed tool data cycle without fault-
prone entry of data by hand.
Benefits ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
7 Minimization of faults when entering tool data through data
acquisition from the system
7 No loss of tool data if the tools are no longer or not yet in the
*B1&B(1BD
machine
7 Easy integration of tool setting stations, and importing of
TC data directly into the CNC via the network 7RROVWRUH
7 Use of low-cost tool identification systems (barcode, read 6,180(5,. 7RRO
only) since tool data are obtained via the network VHWWLQJ
TDI Toolhandling 6,0$7,&6 VWDWLRQ
7 Fast tool loading on the machine through provision of 6(*
consignment lists
7 Clear representation of tool movements through function-
based screen with source and target
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
With SINUMERIK controls, it is assumed that the standard tool
management option is installed. SINUMERIK without standard
or vendor-specific tool management can be configured as
SIMATIC S7-based machines or must be connected specific to
the project.
In the case of controls from other vendors, the tool data which
can be managed are reduced to a simplified tool data struc-
ture. A basic precondition is that the component must be
Windows-based, the control must be accessible via Ethernet,
and the interface must be OPC-compatible.
If tools stored in tool cabinets are to be recorded and managed
*B1&B(1BE
provision of tools
7 Fast response to a new production situation as result of
planning possibilities on the machine and control system
7RROVWRUH
7 Minimum magazine loading as result of information on which 6,180(5,. 7RRO
tools are no longer required VHWWLQJ
TDI Planning 6,0$7,&6 VWDWLRQ
Function 6(*
TDI Planning can be used to plan the tools for subsequent pro-
duction orders on the basis of the actual tool data recorded.
The following functions are offered:
Gross tool requirement Selection and Ordering Data
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools for Designation Order No.
the selected machining sequence
TDI Planning
Net tool requirement
Display of total tool requirement for the selected machining Languages:
sequence, where the tools in the magazines are taken into ac- English, German
count. The net requirement therefore results from comparison Single license 6FC6000-2GF00-0AB0
of the gross tool requirements with the current magazine Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2GC00-0AA0
loading. of current software version
Unloading list Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2GC07-7AA0
The unloading list contains magazine tools which are not of specific software version
required in the net requirement, as well as disabled tools.
Example of "specific software version", e.g, 2.00:
6FC6000-2GC02-0A..
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
Standard tool management
TDI Statistic provides informative diagrams of recorded tool Example of "specific software version", e.g., 2.00:
events. These tool events are presented on the basis of the 6FC6000-2KC02-0A..
following evaluations:
Frequency of application of tools
Duration of service of tools
Tool failure in the spindle
Program standstill due to missing tools
Event list for all tools
Benefits
7 Very user-friendly thanks to visualization of tool requirements
7 The tool process on the machine is transparent
7 Database for analysis and optimization
Function
In the "statistics" module, recorded machine events can be dis-
played in diagrams or tables. The machines to be monitored can
be selected from a plant hierarchy display in a tree structure. A
filter mask allows diagrams of a specific type to be displayed for
selection, special event filters to be used and the time period for
monitoring to be defined.
Overview Overview
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
*B1&B(1BF
4 6,180(5,.
TDI IFC TDM
TDI IFC is used for importing and exporting tool data with exter-
nal systems for further processing purposes. Depending on re- You can use TDI Cell to make TDI functions installed on indivi-
quirements, this interface can be parameterized specific to the dual machines available on a network-wide basis. Up to 16 CNC
project. machines can be interconnected to form an information network
using TDI Cell.
Benefits TDI Cell can be installed on a host computer or a master control
7 Closed tool data cycle in production prevents faulty inputs by under Windows XP.
operator.
Benefits
Function 7 Network-wide availability of all tool information
TDI IFC can have different designs. A TDI IFC TDM is available, 7 Tool data at the right location and at the right time
which is an interface between TDI and TDM from TDM Systems. 7 Plant-wide transparency of tool usage
The following data can be transferred via this interface:
7 Closed tool data cycle in a complete production sequence
Tool master data
7 Reduction of tool organization costs thanks to central data
Tool plans management
Planning results
TO data Function
Further TDI IFC designs must be clarified specific to the project. If a TDI Cell configuration has been produced, it is possible to
centrally display and manage tool data for all connected con-
Integration trols on the host computer/master control.
Central management of tool master data, tool plans and tool re-
Preconditions: quests for all connected CNCs
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with Calling of all actual tool data of the connected units
PCU 50/PCU 70
Planning sessions can be held for all connected units
SINUMERIK 810D/840D with MMC 103
Data can be transferred from and to higher-level tool manage-
PC hardware Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB RAM, ment systems or production planning systems (MCIS PDA)
Windows 2000/XP
Connection of up to 16 CNC machines
Each interface must be clarified specific to the project. Design of a plant configuration with up to 4 levels (groups,
units, machine magazines)
More information
For further details, please contact our representative in your
local Siemens Regional Office.
TDI Cell
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
*B1&B(1BD
7RROVWRUH
6,180(5,. 7RRO
TDI Overview VHWWLQJ
TDI Toolhandling VWDWLRQ
TDI Planning 6(*
TDI IFC 6,0$7,&6
TDI Statistic
Overview Integration
The following plant components can be connected in TDI Plant:
$UHD
SINUMERIK control (the integration is carried out project-
specifically if standard tool management is not present or if
customized tool management exists)
SIMATIC S7 with DB 59 via OPC server
&RQWDLQHU &RQWDLQHU
HJ6(* *5283 81,7 *5283 HJVWRUH
Controls from other vendors via OPC server (project-specific
adaptation necessary)
PC-based control systems (e.g. MCIS PDA or TDM from TDM
Systems)
&RQWDLQHU
81,7 HJ 81,7 *5283 External tool store (e.g. preset tools or used tools without
FDELQHW machine assignment)
4
*B1&B(1B
Preconditions:
&RQWDLQHU &RQWDLQHU &RQWDLQHU Server hardware, Pentium III and later, at least 512 MB RAM,
HJ ORDGLQJ HJ6(* hard disks depending on OSF package and customer require-
PDJD]LQH XQORDGLQJ ments, e.g. 3 x 36 GB (Raid 5), Windows 2003 Server/
XP Professional, client access licenses, DAT drive for data
backup, server database Oracle 8 or SQL server 2003
TDI Plant permits you to make the TDI functions which are in-
stalled on individual machines available throughout the network.
TDI Plant permits factory-wide networking of the CNCs and
further tool-specific system components. More than 16 CNC TDI Plant 3&VDV
machines can be interconnected to form an information network 6HUYHU ZRUNVWDWLRQ
using TDI Plant.
TDI Plant can be installed on a host computer under
Windows XP/Windows 2003 Server, and a multi-user configura-
tion is possible. ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
Benefits
*B1&B(1BD
7 Network-wide availability of all tool information
7 Tool data at the right location and at the right time
7 Plant-wide transparency of tool usage
7 Closed tool data cycle in a complete production sequence 7RROVWRUH
6,180(5,. 7RRO
7 Reduction of tool organization costs thanks to central data TDI Overview VHWWLQJ
management TDI Toolhandling VWDWLRQ
TDI Planning 6(*
Function TDI IFC 6,0$7,&6
TDI Statistic
If a TDI Plant configuration is set up, it is possible to centrally
display and manage tool data for all connected controls on the
host computer:
Central management of tool master data, tool plans and tool More information
requests for all connected controls
Purchase of TDI Plant is project-specific, and is offered in line
Calling of all actual tool data of the connected units with customer requests.
Planning sessions can be held for all connected units
Data can be transferred from and to higher-level tool manage-
ment systems or production planning systems (MCIS PDA)
Additional operation/management workstations with TDI HMI
Connection of up to 200 CNC machines or amalgamation of
several TDI Cells
Design of a plant configuration with up to 4 levels
(groups, units, machine magazines)
Integration
With TDI Machine, tool management already commences in the
CNC machine. Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
TDI Machine is a function package with the tool management PCU 50/PCU 70
functions which are mostly used for single machines. TDI
Machine offers operators direct support for provision of tools at SINUMERIK 810D/840D with MMC 103
the right time and when loading/unloading tools. Standard tool management
Benefits
7 Very user-friendly thanks to visualization of tool requirements ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
7 Numerous filter functions for application-specific generation
of result lists
7 Operator-prompted loading and unloading of individual tools
*B1&B(1BD
in parallel with machining time together with the SINUMERIK *URVVQHW
standard tool management option UHTXLUHPHQWV
7 Simple interfacing of a tool setting station via Ethernet for
importing of tool correction data
Function /RDGLQJOLVWZLWK
DFWXDOGDWD 6,180(5,.
TDI Machine
The following functions help the operator to keep control of the 7RROVHWWLQJ
tool situation on the machine: VWDWLRQ6(*
Determination of actual tool requirements for next production
period by comparison with the actual state of the tool in the
magazine
Communication with further systems relevant to the tool cycle, Selection and Ordering Data
such as host tool management systems, production planning
and tool setting Designation Order No.
TDI Machine
Machine downtimes are then minimized, and short setup times Languages:
are achieved. English, French, German, Italian,
Spanish
The following functions are offered:
Gross tool requirement Single license 6FC6000-2AF00-0AB0
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools for Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2AC00-0AA0
the selected machining sequence of current software version
Net tool requirement Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2AC07-7AA0
Display of total tool requirement including replacement tools for of specific software version
the selected machining sequence, where the tools in the mag-
azines and their remaining service life are taken into account. Example of "specific software version", e.g., 2.00:
The net requirement therefore results from comparison of the 6FC6000-2AC02-0A.
gross tool requirements with the current magazine loading.
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
NC programs must execute with the standard NC program sim-
ulation of the SINUMERIK control
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
4
Spanish
Single license 6FC6000-2JF00-0AB0
Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2JC00-0AA0
of current software version
Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2JC07-7AA0
of specific software version
TDI Toolplan Generation permits you to generate the associated
tool plans on the SINUMERIK using simulation of NC programs. Example of "specific software version", e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-2JC02-0A.
Benefits
7 Autonomous generation of tool plans
7 Tool plans are always up-to-date since they are generated on
the basis of the NC programs actually used on the machine
Function
Tool plans are required for tool planning (in TDI Planning,
TDI Machine). If these tool plans are not provided by an NC pro-
gramming system, the machine operator can use TDI Toolplan
Generation to generate automatically the tool plans based on the
existing NC programs.
These tool plans can be saved in the NC data management op-
tion. TDI Planning and TDI Machine have access to this during
the planning session.
Overview Integration
TDI Ident Connection is a software module for the Preconditions:
SINUMERIK with which tools with identification systems can be SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
conveniently loaded or unloaded using the PLC or the operator PCU 50/PCU 70
interface of the standard tool management option. The tool data
can be uploaded or downloaded for the controller using the tool SINUMERIK 810D/840D with MMC 103
cabinet, code carrier or host computer. Tool management option
*B1&B(1BE
ZULWH ZULWH
The following data carriers are supported depending on the GHYLFH GHYLFH
type of connection:
- Connection via PROFIBUS/PLC %DUFRGH
Balluff, Bilz, MOBY, bar code
- Connection via V.24 interface of PCU 6HQVRU
6HQVRU
Balluff (BIS C-480 or BIS C-600), bar code
Loading/unloading of tool data with/without searching for
empty location Selection and Ordering Data
Reading/writing tool and cutting edge data
Designation Order No.
Creating/deleting tool in tool list
TDI Ident Connection
Loading/unloading tool in tool cabinet Software option
Supplementing of tool data on code carrier with saved tool Languages:
data from the tool cabinet or list (e.g., when using read-only English, French, German, Italian,
chips and bar code) Spanish
Interface for loading/uploading tool data for a production host Single license 6FC6000-2HF00-0AB0
computer following successful identification of the tool by without data carrier
means of the code carrier (MCIS RPC coupling software to Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2HC00-0AA0
host computer) of current software version
PLC interface for starting the write/read procedure, e.g., via Single license with CD-ROM 6FC6000-2HC07-7AA0
OP 177B, key or limit switch (e.g., automatic execution of of specific software version
loading/unloading points with reading/writing on code carrier)
Example of "specific software version", e.g., 1.1:
6FC6000-2HC01-1A..
Overview Integration
Machine data management
The Motion Control Information System (MCIS) MDA function MDA Cell
package acquires machine data and machine status as well as (Plant)
type-specific piece counts automatically or manually. What is
more, its diverse functions allow precise evaluations and analy-
ses to be performed. As a result, machine performance can be
verified through objectively established key figures. System
parameters such as cycle times and utilization ratio can be
monitored. Improved transparency leads to early recognition of
opportunities for improvement.
The positive detection and representation of faults simplifies
*B1&B(1B
service, maintenance and repairs. You benefit from a significant
4
increase in capacity utilization and machine availability.
MDA
MDA Cell Machine MDA IFC
MDA Cell is the software module that provides a single-worksta-
tion solution for machine data acquisition and analysis of a small
manufacturing area. MDA Cell can be expanded on a project-
specific basis to the plant-wide MDA Plant solution.
MDA IFC
MDA IFC is the software module for SINUMERIK for local acqui-
sition of information on the machine (such as status, piece counts,
alarms, messages). Analysis and visualization is performed on
the server side in the MDA Cell or MDA Plant modules.
MDA Machine
MDA Machine is the software module for SINUMERIK for local
acquisition and analysis of information on the machine (such as
status, piece counts, alarms, messages).
Overview Function
Software for the analysis and storage of machine data on a
standard PC (a workstation)
Connection of up to 16 machines/equipment units with
MDA IFC (per machine / equipment unit)
Single-step process display
Subsequent status correction after acquisition and transfer of
data from MDA IFC
Comparative analyses can also be obtained via the lower-level
machines/equipment units ("self-definable analysis groups"):
- Workpiece counter (machine-specific and part-specific)
- Current states
- Fault analysis
- Status analysis
- Shift/daily/weekly/monthly total
- Logbook, (Prio) protocol
4
- Availability/capacity utilization
- History of availability/capacity utilization
- OEE indicators
- Only SINUMERIK: Alarm statistics, alarm protocol, current
MDA Cell is used to collect, analyze and store machine data alarms
from small manufacturing areas with up to 16 machines on a Export function to Excel, print-out of tables, hardcopy
central server. MDA IFC is used on each machine to acquire
data at the machine level. MDA Cell is a solution with a single PC (a workstation). All func-
tions can be operated only from this PC.
The analyses are performed at a workstation, whereby compar-
ative analyses of "analysis groups" are possible.
As a result, system operators benefit from substantially improved
transparency in their production. Improved transparency leads
to earlier recognition of opportunities for improvement.
Benefits
Objectively established key figures are useful for verifying
machine performance and in monitoring and archiving system
parameters such as cycle times and utilization ratios.
Such key figures (Key Performance Indicators) include:
7 The OEE key figure (Overall Equipment Effectiveness)
7 Utilization
7 Availability
7 Level of performance
7 Quality level
These figures are useful in formulating corrective measures
sooner and in eliminating faults in accordance with their impor-
tance. The positive detection and analysis of faults simplifies
service and repairs or maintenance.
You benefit from a significant increase in productivity.
The value of the inherent functionality of this approach increases
with the number of the machines that are monitored in this man-
ner. A further gain in convenience and transparency is achieved
through comparative assessments of freely definable machines
on an analysis workstation.
*B1&B(1BD
of specific software version
yyy
Example of "specific software version", e.g., 2.00:
6FC6000-3BC02-0A..
Preconditions:
Standard PC as required More information
- Pentium III or higher, at least 512 MB RAM Additional information is available in the Internet under:
- Hard drives as required by data volume (at least 1 GB free)
Operating system
- Windows 2000 Professional/Server
(in the case of Server, additional client access licenses 1))
- Windows XP Professional
- Windows 2003 Server
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support
(additional client access licenses 1))
For each operator panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC
licenses) can be acquired. For each MDA Cell, a total of 16 ma-
chines/equipment units can be evaluated. For solutions with
several analysis workstations or if you are connecting more than
16 machines/equipment units, please ask about MDA Plant, our
expanded, project-specific solution. This solution also supports
additional analyses, e.g, cycle times. With MDA Plant, it is also
possible to integrate MES/ERP systems. For each MDA Plant,
50 to 70 machines/equipment units can be evaluated. For each
operator panel: n x MDA IFC (n 8).
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
MDA IFC
yyy
*B1&B(1BD
yyy
1) Client access licenses required for each operator panel networked via
Ethernet.
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
*B1&B(1B
yyy
4
If several equipment units are to be operated and analyzed on
one machine, several MDA IFC licenses must be obtained (can
also be combined with MDA Machine). For each operator panel,
The MDA IFC Interface Client is used to interconnect the up to 8 equipment units can be evaluated: 1 MDA Machine li-
SINUMERIK control or an OPC-compatible control (e.g. cense and up to 7 additional MDA IFC licenses.
SIMATIC S7) with MDA Cell (or with MDA Plant, the expanded
project solution).
MDA Cell
This interface ensures reliable transmission and buffer storage in
the event of network disruptions.
Function ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
*B1&B(1BD
- Types of pieces, piece type-specific piece counts via DB
- Cycle times via DB
- Alarms and messages (only with SINUMERIK)
Manual status entry, fault explanation by the operator yyy
Automatic buffer storage of the acquired data on the hard drive
of SINUMERIK. In the event of a network failure, these data are
then automatically tracked by MDA Cell/MDA Plant. The system can be expanded with MDA Cell. For each operator
One MDA IFC license is required for each connected panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC licenses) can be ac-
SINUMERIK or OPC control. quired. For each MDA Cell, a total of 16 machines/equipment
units can be evaluated.
Overview Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
PCU 50/PCU 70
*B1&B(1B
4 yyy
*B1&B(1BD
Function
Automatic acquisition of machine data from the open interface
in the DB13/14 standard data blocks of the PLC. Alternatively, yyy
5 fixed states can be acquired via the plug-and-play interface.
- Machine status, processing results via DB
- Total piece counts DB
- Types of pieces, piece type-specific piece counts via DB The system can be expanded with MDA Cell. For each operator
- Cycle times via DB panel, up to 8 equipment units (MDA IFC licenses) can be ac-
- Alarms and messages (only with SINUMERIK) quired. For each MDA Cell, a total of 16 machines/equipment
units can be evaluated.
Manual status entry, fault explanation by the operator
Automatic buffer storage of the acquired data on the hard drive
of SINUMERIK. In the event of a network failure, these data are
then automatically tracked by MDA Cell/MDA Plant.
Export function to Excel, print-out of tables, hardcopy
Analyses:
- Workpiece counter (machine-specific and part-specific)
- Current states
- Fault analysis
- Status analysis
- Shift/daily/weekly/monthly total
- Logbook, (Prio) protocol
- Availability/capacity utilization
- History of availability/capacity utilization
- Key performance indicators (capacity utilization, availability)
- Alarm statistics, alarm log, current alarms (for SINUMERIK
only)
One MDA Machine license is required for each connected
SINUMERIK or OPC control.
Overview Integration
RPC SINUMERIK software is used to integrate SINUMERIK con- Preconditions:
trols into a customers production network. All essential machine SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
data (such as status, piece counts, alarms, messages, NC PCU 50/PCU 70
programs, machine tool downtimes) can be exchanged via
RPC SINUMERIK between a numerical control system and a Computer-controlled loading and unloading of tools requires
PLC. MCIS TDI Toolhandling.
Benefits
7 Simple integration of the controller with customer/project ap-
plications through a defined Ethernet/TCP-IP-based interface +RVW
DSSOLFDWLRQ
7 Simple configuring on the PLC of the data to be transmitted
7 Use of MCIS RPC as a tool for implementing productivity-
4 boosting measures:
- Higher level of machine utilization through production ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
planning and control
*B1&B(1BD
- Reduction in machine downtime through transfer of
maintenance data etc. RPC SINUMERIK
7 Simple application through the use of standard hardware/ soft-
ware components from the PC world
- Networking hardware/software (Ethernet cards, TCP-IP)
- Familiarization 6,180(5,.
- Start-up, maintenance
More information
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
http://www.siemens.com/automation/support
Overview Benefits
7 MCIS TPM is a maintenance standard integrated into the
CNC.
7 Increased incorporation of machine operators into mainte-
nance operations for machines and plants, thus reduced
workload for maintenance departments with simple routine
operations
7 The machine operator becomes aware of the maintenance
requirements of the machine
7 Overview of all networked machines on a central PC in the
supervisors office
7 Reduction in paper documentation (paperless production) by
including electronic documents and pictures on the machine
7
7
Maintenance instructions integrated onto the control
Optimization of total plant efficiency by striving for zero defect
4
and zero breakdown production
7 Single mode or networking with central database
7 Maintenance measures can be coupled with PLC states or
time intervals (e.g. filter change every 12 months or regularly
MCIS TPM provides support for cleaning, inspection, mainte- after every 5000 hours of operation)
nance and/or repair operations which have to be carried out on
machines and plants. MCIS TPM can be used on all standard
PCs, single or series-connected machines, e.g. machining Function
centers, as well as in transfer lines and flexible production lines. The traffic light symbol of the software module TPM (Total
The maintenance measures to be taken can be defined and Productive Maintenance) reminds the operator on the machine
administered by either the user or machine manufacturer. or the maintenance engineer in the workshop in advance to
perform or plan the necessary maintenance work . After being
prompted by the traffic light symbol, the machine operator can
call up the appropriate brief instructions on the control and is
thus integrated into the maintenance process.
The various modules are as follows:
TPM Machine
Single-user system for SINUMERIK with user interface and local
data storage which can also be networked later with TPM Cell or
in projects with TPM Plant. Licensing is for each machine.
TPM Cell
Acknowledgement, evaluation and data storage on a central PC.
The number of machines that can be connected is restricted to
a maximum of 16 machines with TPM IFC.
TPM IFC
The TPM user interface without a local database for SINUMERIK
can only be used in combination with TPM Cell or in projects with
TPM Plant. Licensing is for each machine.
TPM HMI
An additional TPM user interface on PCs in the production area
for connection to TPM Cell or TPM Plant. Licensing is for each
installation.
Integration Overview
Preconditions:
TPM Machine/TPM IFC: SINUMERIK 840Di/840D powerline
with PCU 50/PCU 70
TPM HMI: Standard PC, Pentium III or later, at least 512 MB
RAM with Windows 2000 Professional/XP Professional with ap-
propriate capacities
TPM Cell: Server operating system with the appropriate li-
censes (Windows 2000/Windows 2003 server) and a data-
base, e.g., Microsoft SQL Server 2003, are also required.
Mouse (useful for operation)
Overview
SINUMERIK
PCU 50.3 ,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
RU 1HWZRUN
SINUMERIK RU
PCU 50/
86%56&
PCU 70 0RGHP
*B1&B(1BG
3&ZLWK
,QWHUQHW
DFFHVVRU
PRELOH
)RU3&8
)RU3&83&8
4
Connection overview for RCS @Event
Integration
Preconditions:
SINUMERIK PCU 50.3/PCU 50/PCU 70 with HMI-Advanced 6.x
Internet service provider and e-mail account (e.g., T-Online)
Modem or network interface to the e-mail account
E-mail client (e.g., Outlook Express)
E-mail/text message gateway for sending a text message
Overview Integration
The components can be connected via:
Ethernet in local networks (LAN)
Wide Area Networks (WAN)
Internet (VPN)
Point-to-point connection (analog, ISDN modem)
Preconditions:
RCS Viewer
PCs with Windows 2000/XP Professional operating system and
network or modem connection
RCS Host
- SINUMERIK control
4 - HMI-Advanced software version 6.3.15 and higher
Benefits
Cost savings in service thanks to:
7 Less frequent service calls for the machines
7 More efficient deployment of on-site service personnel
7 Better preparation of service calls
Machine availability is enhanced thanks to:
7 Rapid local online presence
7 Conference calls involving several specialists
7 Rapid data transfer to and from the machine
Function
Request for remote diagnostics support by e-mail
Automatic establishment of Internet connection
Status display on the operator panel and in the PLC
Connection control via the PLC
As well as Symantec pcAnywhere basic functions, e.g.:
Remote control, monitoring and administration
Transfer of files including file synchronization
Session recording
Exchange of text information (chat)
Event logging
Remote working, local printing
Simultaneous connections on Viewer possible
Multiplex configuration with several Viewers and one host
Effective security concept to prevent unauthorized access
(login and password, operator approval or callback to a
previously defined connection)
Overview Integration
The components can be connected via:
Ethernet in local networks (LAN)
Wide Area Networks (WAN)
Internet (VPN)
Preconditions:
RCS Viewer Embedded
- PC with Windows 2000/XP Professional operating system and
Ethernet network interface connection
- Optional: VPN router for reliable, secure access to the Inter-
net or company networks (Cisco 801/803 was tested)
RCS Host
- SINUMERIK PCU 20 with HMI-Embedded from software
version 6.4 4
- Option for managing up to 4 additional network drives
- Optional: VPN router for reliable, secure access to the Inter-
net or company networks (Cisco 801/803 was tested)
Function
Remote control
Remote monitoring
Remote administration
File transfer
Overview Integration
Interfacing operator components:
PCU 50 and PCU 70 can be interfaced via a modem-modem
connection, via Ethernet in local networks (LANs) or wide area
networks (WANs), or via the Internet.
The PCU 20 and the HT 6 handheld terminal are normally inter-
faced via a modem with the public telephone network.
A direct connection between PC and one of the operator com-
ponents can also be established using a null modem cable.
Hardware requirements for establishment of a connection:
Spare slot in the PCU 20 for a PCMCIA card
One vacant serial port (COM port) for modem-modem connec-
4
tions
One Ethernet network interface connection for network con-
nections
Software requirements:
Remote diagnosis for PCU 50/PCU 20 and Handheld Remote diagnosis host is available under PCU 50 up to 6.2.
Terminal HT 6 The remote diagnosis viewer software executes under
With the remote diagnosis host, you have the opportunity to Windows 9.x/NT4.0.
maintain your machine park remotely from a central service point. All generally available IBM AT or 100% compatible PCs with
Remote maintenance encompasses a complete set of remote DOS 6.0 or Windows 3.11/95/98/NT4.0 as the operating system
operation functions from every user interface as well as the can be used as service PC for installing the remote diagnostics
exchange of files between the systems. viewer software for PC/PG.
Function
Remote control
Remote monitoring
File transfer incl. file synchronization (not with HT 6)
Effective security concept to prevent unauthorized access
(login and password, operator approval or callback to a
previously defined connection)
Host remote diagnostics is based on ReachOut and is available
for SINUMERIK 840D powerline with PCU 50 (Windows NT only).
RCS host/viewer remote diagnostics can no longer be used
under Windows 2000/XP.
The host remote diagnostics software for the HT 6 handheld
terminal is part of the scope of delivery of the system software
and can be ordered for each control as an option.
The remote diagnostics viewer software for PC/PG must be
ordered as viewer software for installation on a service PC.
The two viewer software versions, RCS Viewer and the Remote
Diagnostics Viewer for PC/PG, are not compatible, but can be
installed in parallel on one service PC.
Function
without data carrier
Single license with CD-ROM 6BQ3030-1AA10-0AB0
of current software version
Controls fully mastered - across all program versions Software update service 6BQ3030-1AB10-8AB0
Backup can be time-driven, fully-automatic or manual. The data ADDM Server
are available at all times and can be used for fast, simple disas-
ter recovery in the event of a fault. Single license with CD-ROM 6BQ3030-1AA00-3AB0
of current software version
System-active checking Software update service 6BQ3030-1AB00-8AB0
If, for example, data changes become obvious in an online- ADDM Agent
offline comparison, automatic backup can take place and/or the Single license with CD-ROM 6BQ3030-3AA00-0AA0
change can be notified by e-mail. of current software version
Software update service 6BQ3030-3AA10-0AA0
Hot version backups
The required version can be called up immediately from up to
99 backups (regardless of archive versions). More information
Total transparency and overview Additional information is available in the Internet under:
The practice-oriented structure is ideal not only for highly-
complex control systems but also for non-networked single
machines with a uniform user interface for all data types and
formats. Checked, controlled and documented archiving when
several persons are working in parallel.
http://www.siemens.com/addm
Overview Function
ePS Network Services provide you with functions for remote
control (eP-Access), for notification in the event of a fault
(eP-Dynamic) and for status-oriented maintenance
(eP-Performance) over the Internet.
eP-Access
Remote access to machine controls
eP-Dynamic
eP-Dynamic contains eP-Access and additional functions such as:
Notification by e-mail or text message in the event of a fault or
in the event of specific operating states
4
Data archiving and data comparison
Monitors and action log functions
Fault event overview
eP-Performance
eP-Performance contains eP-Dynamic and the following addi-
tional functions:
Circularity test
Synchronized axes test
Universal axis test
Cyclic monitoring of running performance of feed axes and
spindles
Planning and monitoring of cyclic execution of tests
ePS Network Services provides you with utilities that enable you
to obtain information about the status of the machine from trend
analyses obtained from regular test procedures. This makes Integration
prognostic maintenance possible. Functions that relate to fault Preconditions:
states are also available and can be accessed by various differ-
ent service organizations. The Internet-based ePS platform SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline with
forms the basis for the cross-company access concept. PCU 50/PCU 70
SINUMERIK 840Di sl/840D sl with PCU 50.3
Machine manufacturers and other service providers are able to
develop and market product-related services through ePS Net- Internet access
work Services. This allows innovative potentials to be used to
achieve better integration into the service and support pro- Selection and Ordering Data
cesses of the machine operator. Remote operation and remote
monitoring allow faults to be localized and analyzed from a Designation Order No.
distance. Data can be archived and compared. Test and mea- ePS Network Services 6FC6001-0EE00-0AM8
suring procedures are available to the manufacturers of machine Initial order for utilizing the
tools and their maintenance departments as well as trend ana- services for each service
lyses for continuous evaluation of the status of the machines. organization
Siemens Customer Support can also provide you with support ePS Value Account 1000Cr 6FC6001-0EE00-0AF8
using ePS Network Services. Utilization credit for
ePS Network Services
Benefits (1000 credits)
http://www.siemens.com/sinumerik/eps
Overview Integration
SINUMERIK
PROFIBUS
DP
ASM SLG 75
452 ANT 12
Antenna 12
Tool with
data medium
4
ASM SLG 75
IM 361 475 ANT 12
EG SIMATIC
G_NC01_EN_00040c
The MOBY E product family comprises identification systems S7-300
with Siemens components for the optimization and control of the Antenna 12
material flow during production. MOBY E also contains appropri-
ate powerful components for integration in the SIMATIC S7-300 Tool with
or the SINUMERIK specially for tool identification. data medium
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/rf
Overview Benefits
7 Contact-free RF identification systems 1)
7 Extensive range of reusable data memories (max. 32 KB
FRAM/8 KB EEPROM)
7 Special heat resistant or "long-range" data carriers for the
automotive industry
7 High data transfer rate between MDS and SLG; typically
0.8 ms/byte
7 Graduated read/write devices up to a maximum distance of
150 mm (5.91 in)
7 Simple integration into SIMATIC S5 and S7 incl. FB/FC as well
as SINUMERIK
4
7 Can be connected to any system, e.g. PC, via serial cables
7 Simple connection to PROFIBUS DP (including FB/FC)
7 Very high level of reliability even in case of contamination, oil,
dust, and variations in temperature.
7 Radio approval FTZ 17 TR 2100 or ETS 300 330/220/683
7 Very high communication security of data transmission thanks
The MOBY I contactless identification system has been suc-
to CRC and ECC
cessfully used for many years in a host of applications world-
wide. It is specially designed for industrial production applica- 7 Manufacturing and production data located directly on the
tions where there is a great demand for reliability, dynamic product ("electronic delivery note")
writing and reading, high degree of protection etc. It is used, for 7 Simple restart in the event of faults, as all production para-
example, where workpiece carriers, skids, overhead monorail meters are located directly on the product
conveyors have to be automatically identified quickly and reli-
7 Worldwide support, configuration and service support
ably without contact. Depending on the requirements (system in-
tegration, EEPROM/FRAM, size, environmental conditions, large
distance etc.), various Application
interface modules (ASMs) Assembly technology,
read/write devices (SLGs) e.g. data memory is attached to the workpiece carrier
mobile data memories (MDS) Conveyor systems,
e.g. data memory is attached to a single rail overhead
are available. conveyor
Mobile data memories carry all current production and quality Processing industry,
data along with the product or workpiece carrier in automated e.g. data memory is attached to the product carrier
production/manufacture. Assembly lines in the automotive industry
Using stationary as well as mobile read/write devices, the nec- (heat-resistant or long-range data memories)
essary information can be read without contact (inductively) Flexible manufacturing systems.
from the mobile data memory, regardless of the time and place.
The data can also be supplemented or modified without the
need for a direct line-of-sight.
More information
By means of a serial cable, the read/write devices are connected Additional information is available in the Internet under:
to the interface modules, which can be integrated into SIMATIC
controllers or operated on PROFIBUS networks and on PCs.
http://www.siemens.com/simatic-sensors/rf
1) RF = radio frequency.
4 SLG 40S
0.39)
2-6/8
(0.08-0.24/
0.31)
SLG 41/ 0-6/10 4-15/30 0-12/25
SLG 41 S/ (0-0.24/ (0.16-0.59/ (0-0.47/
MOBY identification systems ensure that important data accom- SLG 41 C/ 0.39) 1.18) 0.98)
panies the product from the very beginning. SLG 41 CC
Mobile data memories (MDS) are first attached to the product or SLG 42 10-30/80 0-30/60 10-35/70 10-55/70
its transport or packing unit, e.g. workpiece carrier, then in- (0.39-1.18/ (0-1.18/ (0.39-1.38/ (0.39-2.17/
scribed, modified and read using non-contact methods. All the 3.15) 2.36) 2.76) 2.76)
information that is important for manufacturing and material flow SLG 43 0-50/90 20- 20-80/125
control is thus available on the product. (0-1.97/ 100/150 (0.79-3.15/
3.54) (0.79-3.94/ 4.92)
A rugged housing supports use under harsh industrial condi- 5.91)
tions and makes the MDS resistant to many chemical sub-
stances. SIM 41/ 4-25/40 0-20/33 0-25/40 0-25/33
42/43 (0.16-0.98/ (0-0.79/ (0-0.98/ (0-0.98/
MDS 401 1.57) 1.30) 1.57) 1.30)
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM), flush button form for iden-
tifying small workpiece carriers, housing dimensions 27 mm x Note:
9 mm (1.06 in x 0.35 in), IP67 degree of protection, temperature FRAM memories have the advantages of the SRAM and
range up to 85 C (185 F) EEPROM memory. They do not need a backup battery and can
be read and written an almost unlimited number of times.
MDS 402
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) for identifying small work-
piece carriers (MDS 302 compatible), housing dimensions Selection and Ordering Data
47 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm (1.85 in x 0.98 in x 0.59 in), IP68/IPX9k
Designation Order No.
degree of protection 1), temperature range up to 70 C (158 F)
MDS 401 mobile data memory 6GT2000-0CA10
MDS 403 8 KB FRAM
Compact data memory (8 KB FRAM) with a read/write distance
MDS 402 mobile data memory 6GT2000-0CA20
of up to 70 mm (2.76 in) for identifying, for example, small work- 8 KB FRAM
piece carriers, housing similar to MDS 302, housing dimensions
47 mm x 25 mm x 15 mm (1.85 in x 0.98 in x 0.59 in), IP68/IPX9K MDS 403 mobile data memory 6GT2000-1CF00
degree of protection, temperature range up to 85 C (185 F) 8 KB FRAM
MDS 404 mobile data memory 6GT2000-0EG00
MDS 404 8 KB FRAM,
Data memory for universal applications (8 KB FRAM), housing with fixing frame
dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm (1.97 in x 1.97 in x 0.79 in)
(compatible to MDS 413 E and MDS 114), IP68/IPX9K degree of MDS 506 mobile data memory 6GT2000-0DC00-0AA0
32 KB FRAM
protection, temperature range up to 85 C (185 F)
MDS 514 mobile data memory 6GT2000-0DG10
MDS 506 32 KB FRAM,
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing with fixing frame
dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm (2.76 in x 2.76 in x 1.57 in), MDS 439 E mobile data memory 6GT2000-0CD30-0AD0
IP68 degree of protection, temperature range up to 70 C 8 KB EEPROM
(158 F)
Holder for MDS 439 E
MDS 514
Short type 6GT2090-0QA00
Data memory for universal applications (32 KB FRAM), housing
dimensions 50 mm x 50 mm x 20 mm (1.97 in x 1.97 in x 0.79 in), Covering hood 6GT2090-0QB00
IP68/IPX9K degree of protection 1),temperature range up to
85 C (185 F) For further mobile data memories (MDS), see Catalog FS 10.
MDS 439 E
Designed for skid identification in paint shops, 8 KB EEPROM,
housing dimensions 114 mm x 83 mm (4.49 in x 3.27 in), IP68
1)
degree of protection, temperature range up to 220 C (428 F) Extract:
cyclical Test equipment: Steam blaster 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C (32 F, 86 F,
140 F, 194 F)
Water flow:: 10 ... 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C/167 F)
Distance: 10 ... 15 cm (3.94 ... 5.91 in)
SLG 42
For SLG plug-in cables and documentation, see Catalog FS 10.
Universal, compact write/read device, max. W/R distance
70 mm (2.76 in), housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm
(2.95 in x 2.95 in x 1.57 in), IP65 degree of protection, max.
temperature 70 C (158 F)
SLG 43
Universal, compact write/read device, max. W/R distance
150 mm (5.91 in), housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm
(2.95 in x 2.95 in x 1.57 in), IP65 degree of protection, max.
temperature 70 C (158 F)
SIM 41/42/43
Universal write/read device with serial connection to PC/PLC,
max. W/R distance 40 mm (1.57 in),
housing dimensions 75 mm x 75 mm x 40 mm (2.95 in x 2.95 in
x 1.57 in), IP54 degree of protection, max. temperature 70 C
(158 F)
1)
Extract:
Test equipment: Steam jet-air ejector 0 C, 30 C, 60 C, 90 C
(32 F, 86 F, 140 F, 194 F)
Water flow: 10 ... 15 l/min at 100 bar (75 C / 167 F)
Distance: 10 ... 15 cm (3.94 ... 5.91 in)
Overview Overview
Data backup on CD-R with PC/PG
The data are always saved on the programming device or PC
and from there to the CD writer. The transmission between con-
trol and PG/PC is performed by the "Ghost" transmission
software.
This software is no longer required for data backup via the net-
work with SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70.
Integration
Preconditions:
Standard CD-burner incl. software
More information
The SinuCom program package consists of:
The Ghost software for PG/PC can be purchased directly from
7 SinuCom NC
specialist retailing outlets or from the address below:
SinuCom NC Trace
Siemens AG SinuCom NC SI
I & S IS E&C RM29 7 SinuCom FFS
Contact: Herbert F. Pereira 7 SinuCom CFS
Siemensallee 84 7 SinuCom ARC
76187 KARLSRUHE 7 SinuCom PCIN
Phone: +49 (0) 7 21 - 5 95 - 21 13 7 Startup software for SINAMICS S120/SIMODRIVE 611 digital
Fax: +49 (0) 7 21 - 5 95 - 41 26
E-mail: juergen.herbert@siemens.com This program package supports simple and effective startup of
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline/840D sl
controls on CNC machines.
The included programs provide comprehensive support during
the startup of machines, including the use of the Trace function-
ality, during the Safety Integrated acceptance test, in generating
PC-card images, in the management of serial startup data, and
for the transmission of CNC user data.
The programs are designed mainly for use by the startup and
service personnel of original equipment manufacturers (OEMs).
Function
SinuCom NC
The SinuCom NC program enables SINUMERIK 810D power-
line/840Di/840D powerline/840D sl controls to be started up
easily using:
Dialog-based parameterization of machine data
Management of series machine startup files
Integrated online help for functions, machine data and alarms
Functional description in German and English as PDF (part of
the online Help)
Preconditions:
Windows XP operating system
SINUMERIK 810D powerline software version 3.3 and higher,
SINUMERIK 840Di software version 1 and higher,
SINUMERIK 840D powerline software version 5.3 and higher
or SINUMERIK 840D sl software version 1 and higher
Mouse
The program is included in the scope of delivery of the
SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl.
Overview Function
The SinuCom Update Agent offers support for upgrades/
conversions, e.g. for the following:
HMI systems
OEM applications
ShopMill/ShopTurn applications
Standard cycles
Measurement cycles
Languages
PLC blocks
OEM screens
4/69
4
plement the open SINUMERIK control with specific special func- High-precision tools - application cycles
tionalities. SINUMERIK Solution Partners have backgrounds in Klaus Mller VIDEO VISION GmbH 4/70
many different sectors and technologies - say hello to the part- Video-link teleservice
ners of the future. m&h inprocess Messtechnik GmbH 4/70
3D workpiece measurement
More information MARPOSS S.p.A.
Measuring, balancing and acoustic monitoring
4/71
Overview Overview
4
Tool and process monitoring system
The autonomous CTM system (Computer integrated Tool and
Machine monitoring) from ARTIS can be integrated into the CNC
and is used to monitor tools, machines and processes. CNC-integrated tool monitoring
tool breakage wear collision
It features:
7 Fast integration resulting from minimized hardware and CNC-integrated tool monitoring is possible using Brankamp
fieldbus technology iMSoft (integrated monitoring software) together with the modu-
lar Brankamp B100 system. The performance range has been
7 Simple, fast installation of software extended by Brankamp with the addition of the Brankamp
7 Omission of all additional wiring and cabling with the sensor- iMBoard. The iMBoard is simply inserted into the machine con-
free solution trol and the CFC software adapted. It is then possible to handle
7 Four independent monitoring channels on one CTM card machine control and machine monitoring on a single user inter-
face.
7 Autonomous mode of operation, thus minimum load on the
control Sensor equipment
7 System and sensors from a single source Your production machine can be monitored using just one sen-
Operator control of CTM as well as visualization can be inte- sor. The multi-sensor measuring technology offers optimum
grated into the user interface of the CNC. Operation is clear, in- monitoring for every application. Retrofitting is also simple.
formative and easy to master following a short period of training. Brankamp sensor modules
Tool monitoring prevents the production of faulty parts or the Power sensor, acoustic emission sensor, flush-mounted sensor,
occurrence of other damage resulting from worn, broken or universal sensor, PDA, MIS, variable probe, Combiflex, 3-com-
missing tools. Bearing damage on motor spindles, tool unba- ponent crystal, micro-probe
lance and collisions are detected by the machine monitoring
functions. The functions for process monitoring are responsible Applications
for observation of quality criteria, for example, the tolerances of
Turning machines, automatic multi-spindle machines, machin-
tap-drill sizes and thread depths.
ing centers, transfer lines, rotary indexing machines, turn
broaching machines, broaching machines, CNC milling ma-
chines, rotary machines, drilling units, robots, special machines
and other applications.
More information
Please contact:
More information
Please contact:
ARTIS Gesellschaft fr angewandte Messtechnik mbH
Brankamp System Prozessautomation GmbH
Contact Sales and Marketing: Mr. Volker Meyer
Contact Engineering: Dr. Dirk Lange Contact:
Sales manager: Mr. Werner Ebeling
Sellhorner Weg 28-30 Technical manager: Dipl.-Ing. Hans-Peter Schneider
29646 BISPINGEN-BEHRINGEN
Germany Max-Planck-Strae 9
40699 ERKRATH
Phone: +49 (0) 51 94 - 95 0 - 0 Germany
Fax: +49 (0) 51 94 - 78 25
E-mail: meyer@artis.de Phone: +49 (0) 2 11 - 2 50 76 - 0
E-mail: lange@artis.de Fax: +49 (0) 2 11 - 20 84 02
Internet: http://www.artis.de E-mail: bpd@brankamp.com
Internet: http://www.brankamp.com
Overview Overview
Intelligent feedrate control Graphic programming package (2D) for the workshop
The intelligent software solution iCut tracks the stock removal Gibbs and Associates offers a 2D programming package for
process and intervenes automatically when required. the workshop (milling). The graphical, interactive user interface
permits easy operation on the machine.
iCut measures the spindle output up to 500 times per second
and adjusts the feedrate automatically to the current cutting con- The programmed contours can be displayed in a powerful vol-
ditions. Variations in allowance or cutter contact angle, different ume simulation prior to machining. Similar workpieces from parts
depths of cut, increased hardness or tool wear - the feedrate is families can be rapidly produced using parametrics and asso-
as fast as possible, but as slow as necessary. The ideal feedrate ciativity. The programs are 100% exchangeable with all CNCs
in any situation. With a unique response time. with GibbsSFP.
iCut always calculates on the basis of the programmed feedrate,
which corresponds to 100%. From the load values measured on More information
the tool, iCut computes the ideal feedrate for the prevailing cut-
Please contact:
ting conditions and increases or reduces the feedrate fully auto-
matically (e.g. 70% or 120%). Gibbs and Associates
Benefits: Contact: Mr. John Sare
7 Production time savings combined with high process stability. 323 Science Drive, Moorepark
USA-93021 California
More information Phone (USA): +1 80 55 23 00 04
Please contact: Fax (USA): +1 80 55 23 00 06
E-mail: jsare@gibbscam.com
Comara KG
Representation in Germany:
Contact: Mr. Markus Gruber
Wingenbach & Pickhardt GmbH
Leopoldstr. 1 Phone: +49 (0) 21 22 54 16 10
78112 ST. GEORGEN Fax: +49 (0) 21 22 54 16 11
Germany Internet: http://www.gibbscam.com
Phone: +49 (0) 77 24 - 91 58 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 51 77 24 - 91 58 - 10
E-mail: info@comara.de
Internet: http://www.comara.de
Overview Overview
Overview Overview
Overview Overview
Overview Overview
CNC-integrated user interface for measuring, balancing and Software for Marposs spindle measurements, monitoring of
acoustic monitoring contact tools and laser tool monitoring on machine tools.
Displaying real-time information and programming are the basic Measuring cycles for part and tool measuring cycles with
ergonomic demands on the user interfaces of machine tools. Marposs Mida measuring heads and Mida lasers. Easy pro-
Marposs proposes a user interface that can be integrated in the gramming thanks to the special user interface. All the necessary
CNC control for connecting Marposs gauges to CNC machines. measurements can be performed on the part and on the tool for
rapid setup of the machine, high-speed monitoring of the part
Features: before and after the machining cycle as well as continuous
7 Input of parameters for the individual cycles is tailored to the monitoring of the safe range of stress.
end user:
- PART/CYCLE program generation Tool measurements with Mida laser:
- Cycle control limits Tool status and breakage
- Selection of measurement elaboration according to the part Measuring the length and diameter of the tool
surface
- Control limits of grinding wheel unbalance Checking and updating the length and diameter of the tool
- Control limits of the acoustic sensors signal Checking the condition of the cutting profile of the tool
- Determination of the masses position to manually balance the Measuring and updating the cutting radius and determining
grinding wheel the deflection range
7 Shared user interface: These features are fundamental in the Compensating the thermal deviation of the machine axes
case of applications on different makes of machines in the
same production section at an end user plant. Part measurements with Mida spindle measuring heads:
7 Combination both of pre-process, in-process and post-pro- Protected positioning of the measuring head
cess measurements with grinding wheel balance systems and Measuring of drilled holes, pins, pockets and shoulders
gap/crash control functions in only one hardware.
Single surface measurement
7 Both automatic and manual wheel balance functions are inte-
grated in only one system. Thanks to integrated sensors to Measuring the internal and external cross-arm
check vibrations in the machine tool and to automatic bal-
ance-cycle management, the software installed in the system
can do without portable grinding wheel control systems.
More information
Please contact:
MARPOSS S.p.A.
Contact Sales and Marketing: Dipl. Ing. Horst Peipers International contact: Andrea Turrini
Contact Engineering: Dipl. Ing. (FH) Georg Schulte-Hubbert
MARPOSS S.p.A. via Saliceto 13
Mercedesstr. 10 40100 Bentivoglio BO Italy
71384 WEINSTADT Phone: +39 05 18 99 25 3
Germany Fax.: +39 05 18 99 95 0
E-mail: andrea.turrini@marposs.com
Phone: +49 (0) 71 51 - 20 54 151 Internet: http://www.marposs.com
Fax: +49 (0) 71 51 - 20 54 552
E-mail: horst.peipers@de.marposs.com
E-mail: georg.schulte-hubbert@de.marposs.com
Overview Overview
Evaluation software for the feedback of measuring data Tool and process monitoring system
The "Correct Plus" evaluation software ensures the fast feedback Montronix monitoring systems and the support of the Montronix
of measuring data to machining centers when integrated in the employees will ensure that you have your machining process
user interface of the CNC control. It makes the immediate online under control. Montronix is your competent partner worldwide
correction of machining data, which are received continuously or for all machining tasks.
as samples by a coordinate measuring device, possible. Online
correction can include each individual feature, e.g., the position Montronix systems provide you with the following advantages:
and diameter of drilled holes. 7 Tool monitoring and protection
7 Shorter machine downtimes
Advantages:
7 Avoidance of faults and reduction in rejects
7 Integration of the calculated correction values into the correc-
tion database of the machine tool 7 Improvement in quality
7 Production of the subsequent workpiece with corrected data 7 Optimization of machining process
due to the immediate transfer of the modified work program to The visualization software (M-View) enables the machine opera-
the machine control unit tor to evaluate the machining process rapidly and precisely.
7 Cost-saving shortening of the run-in times of new process The graphic display shows process deviations, broken tools,
sequences increasing wear and collisions, and these can be statistically
7 A.S.A.P. change-over of 100% measurements to inspections recorded and evaluated.
on the basis of samples due to an extremely quick stabilization The IPM (Integrated Process Monitor) operator control and visu-
of run-in times alization software combines operation and simultaneous visual-
7 Automatic analysis of measurement results, calculation of new ization. Communication is via an RS 232 C or RS 485 interface.
set values and direct creation of correction databases without
time losses It is possible to switch from the machining process to process
visualization at any time. A fast, reliable working method is
7 Clear improvement of process security thanks to error ensured by the clear and simple operation.
reduction, since the corrections are always performed in the
direction of the nominal value
7 Considerable reduction in scrap, since possible fabrication
More information
defects do not cumulate all the time, but can be corrected Please contact:
directly on the next workpiece to be processed
Montronix GmbH
7 Full automation of process sequences via optional software
Contact: Mr. J. Kraft
7 Executes under Windows 98/NT 4.0/2000/XP
Am Teerhaus 5
More information 71720 OBERSTENFELD
Germany
Please contact: Phone: +49 (0) 70 62 - 67 93 - 00
Mitutoyo Messgerte GmbH Fax: +49 (0) 70 62 - 67 93 - 10
E-mail: info@montronix.de
Contact: Mr. Ralf Kuzella Internet: http://www.montronix.de
Borsigstrae 8-10
41469 NEUSS
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 21 37 10 20
Fax: +49 (0) 21 37 86 85
E-mail: r.kuzella@mitutoyo.de
Internet: http://www.mitutoyo.de
Overview Overview
More information
Please contact:
Nordmann GmbH & Co. KG
Contact: Dr.-Ing. Klaus Nordmann
Kalscheurener Strae 8
50354 HRTH
Germany
Tel.: +49 (0) 22 33 - 96 88 - 0 or
0700/NORDMANN(=0700/66736266)
Fax: +49 (0) 22 33 - 96 88 - 22
E-mail: nordmann@nordmann-online.de
Internet: http://www.nordmann-online.de
Overview Overview
ADAPTIVE CONTROL & MONITORING (ACM) for real-time Modular tool and process monitoring system
feedrate optimization
The modular PROMOS process monitoring system provides fast
The OMATIVE ACM system is fully integrated into SINUMERIK collision detection and reliable tool monitoring for all machining
NCK version 6.5 or higher and into the SINUMERIK HMI environ- processes:
ments user interface purely as a software solution. Detection of tool breakage
ACM can be used for every cutting operation in feedrate-control, Detection of tool wear
monitoring and event-recording modes. Detection of idle passes
In feedrate-control mode, ACM measures the current spindle Detection of tool contact
load and continuously calculates the optimum feedrate for each
individual tool and material. The feedrate is set to the highest Furthermore, additional functions are available for the visualiza-
possible value automatically and in real time. This reduces cycle tion and, therefore, diagnosis and optimization of the machining
times and also prevents tool breakage and damage to the tool operations. For the user, this means:
and spindle, particularly during critical roughing operations and 7 Avoidance of tool breakage to a large extent by automatically
in rough-finishing applications. If the tool becomes overloaded, replacing the tool in time
ACM stabilizes to an acceptable value automatically. This value 7 Tool or workpiece damage is minimized, consequential
is defined via an algorithm in the internal expert system and, if damage prevented
necessary, the feed is suspended. In this way, tool breakage can
also be detected. 7 Increase in productivity without increased use of personnel
7 Increase in quality resulting from process optimization
In monitoring mode, the spindle load is monitored without ad-
aptation of the feedrate. If the spindle becomes underloaded or In addition to machine and tool protection, PROMOS also
overloaded, an alarm is triggered and, if necessary, the machine permits a reduction of unit times and an increase in part quality,
is stopped. Missing tools or tool breakages are also detected. inter alia.
In event-recording mode, the machines event data are saved Operator inputs are made centrally using the operator panel of
or transferred via the PC network using the OMATIVE Pro soft- the control. The RS 485 or RS 232 C interface is used for com-
ware and can be analyzed as machine and production reports. munication with the PROMOS monitor modules.
Event recording is performed automatically in feedrate-control
and monitoring modes. The PROMOS modules can be supplied with different perfor-
mance data (e.g., available monitoring functions, number of
More information monitorable tools) to permit optimum matching to the machining
task with regard to price and function. PROMOS can be oper-
Please contact: Location Europe ated with all PROMETEC sensors (force, expansion, distance,
active power, torque, vibration, structure-borne noise, sound
OMATIVE systems OMATIVE Systems emission, fluid noise).
OMATIVE Systems Head Office Europe GmbH
P.O. Box 34272
Jerusalem 91341 Israel
Contact: Mr. Michael Mend
Industriestr. 21
More information
Phone: 9 72 - 2 - 6 51 03 10 78112 ST. GEORGEN Please contact:
Fax: 9 72 - 2 - 6 51 17 86 Germany
E-mail: omative@omative.com Tel.: +49 (0) 77 24 - 91 59 - 0
PROMETEC GmbH
Internet: http://www.omative.com Fax: +49 (0) 77 24 - 91 59 - 18 Contact: Dr. Werner Kluft
E-mail: info@omative-europe.de
Internet: Jlicher Strae 338
http://www.omative-europe.de 52070 AACHEN
Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 2 41 - 1 66 09 - 10
Fax: +49 (0) 2 41 - 1 66 09 - 50
E-mail: kluft@prometec.com
Internet: http://www.prometec.com
Overview Overview
Overview Overview
4
Easylub - The control for minimum quantity lubrication 6000 fully-automatic balancing and process
monitoring system
Easylub software is used for accurate setting of parameters for
minimum quantity lubrication systems, in accordance with the The 6000 fully automatic balancing and process monitoring
machining conditions (material, cutting speed, depth of cut, system can be completely remote-controlled by the control and
etc.). displays process signals on the machine screen. All data of the
balancing procedure and the structure-borne noise signals (AE)
The functions of the software are as follows: are therefore available online for the machine operator.
7 PROFIBUS compatibility Customer benefit:
7 Control of 4 different minimum-quantity lubrication units- 7 Convenient balancing system with non-contact transmission
regardless of the technology of signals and power makes it wear-free and maintenance-free
External MMS: lubricates the tool from the outside
Internal MMS: propels the lubricant through the inside of the 7 2 out-of-balance, 2 speed and 4 AE signal limits can be
tool to the cutting edge programmed
7 Setting and storing the parameter sets 7 Balancing heads are available with built-in AE sensor and
neutral position of the balancing weights (spindle, attachment
7 Direct access in real-time to a selected parameter set and ring balancing systems), large balancing capacity within
(the control is integrated in the machine program) very small space, speeds up to 15,000 rpm
7 Easy storage of data (Excel files) 7 Tools for machine diagnostics (compliance, resonance)
Easylub can be used both in test mode (for repeated test runs) 7 Connection facility for 4 structure-borne noise sensors,
and in production mode (the parameters of minimum-quantity stationary or rotary
lubrication are adapted to the machining requirements and
7 AE sensor technology positioned directly at place of occur-
stored). All minimum-quantity lubrication techniques currently in
rence, resulting in high signal quality
use can be employed even during high-speed processing.
7 State-of-the-art evaluation of structure-borne noise for by-
More information passing air grinding, monitoring of grinding process and
dressing, 31 different settings can be permanently saved
Please contact: 7 Storage of measured AE signals on control PC or external PC;
connection via RS 232 C interface
Willy Vogel AG
Motzener Strasse 35/37
12277 BERLIN
More information
Germany Please contact:
Walter DITTEL GmbH
Vogel France SAS Contact: Mr. Adi Sporer
Rue Robert Amy, B.P. 130
49404 Saumur cedex Erpftinger Str. 36
86899 LANDSBERG/LECH
France Germany
Phone: +33 (0) 2 41 40 42 00 Phone: +49 (0) 81 91 - 33 51 - 17
Fax: +33 (0) 2 41 40 42 42 Fax: +49 (0) 81 91 - 33 51 - 49
E-mail: easylub@vogelfrance.com E-mail: sporer@dittel.com
Internet: http://www.vogelag.com Internet: http://www.dittel.com
Siemens NC 60 2006
Basic components
CNC controls
Introduction
5
SINUMERIK 802D SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS
1 MG/1 channel
5 axes
(4 axes digital/
1 spindle digital/analog)
SINUMERIK I/O
EFP single I/O module
NCU terminal block with
DMP compact modules
ADI 4
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK
Pre-assembled cable
802S
base line
3RZHUVXSSO\
; 9'&
:LUHPP
6FX8002-1AA01-....
; 56&
)067(3'5,9(
6FX2002-3AD02-....
; )067(3'5,9(
P IW
)067(3'5,9(
6SLQGOH
GULYH
5
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX8002-2CD01-.... HQFRGHU
;
77/56
);
6FX8002-2BB01-....
The SINUMERIK 802S base line is a CNC control that was deve- ; +DQGZKHHO
loped for operation with up to 3 stepper drives and one analog PIW
spindle. IRUKDQGZKHHOVLJQDOV
%(52
;
The target market is that of turning and milling machines in the :LUHPP 9'&
low-end performance range that place correspondingly low
demands on the drive technology. This allows stepper motor
DI GLJLWDOLQSXWV
technology to be used with all the advantages of its simple
;; 9'&
design and good accuracy and ruggedness. :LUHPP
The "manual machine" user interface allows you to operate a
turning machine as either a CNC machine or a conventional DO GLJLWDO
(cycle) machine. ;; RXWSXWV
:LUHPP 9'&
Benefits
Adapter
7 Very compact mounting dimensions
module
7 Easy operation thanks to DIN programming
7 High reliability thanks to operator panel mounting, PLC
7 Compact control comprising of CNC, PLC, MCP and I/O module
section D I/O GLJLWDO
;; LQSXWV
7 Complete delivery with CNC, Toolbox and logbook :LUHPP 9'&
*B1&B(1BF
Function
Connection overview for SINUMERIK 802S base line
Up to 3 axes for stepper drive and one analog spindle
(without C-axis) Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
Analog spindle through 10 V interface sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system".
Turning or milling are freely selectable
Pre-assigned machine data
RS 232 C interface
48 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs (0.5 A)
- Can be expanded by one module with 16 digital inputs and
16 digital outputs
Sample program and PLC templates
"Manual machine" user interface (can be loaded as second
user interface for Turning function)
5
PLC module D I/O 6FC5511-0CA00-0AA0
Dimensions 16 digital inputs/
Width 420 mm (16.54 in) 16 digital outputs
Height 300 mm (11.81 in)
Depth 83 mm (3.27 in)
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
802C
base line
3RZHUVXSSO\
; 9'&
:LUHPP
6FX8002-1AA01-....
; 56&
6,02'5,9(
EDVHOLQH$
6FX2002-3AD01-.... 6,02'5,9(
;
P IW XQLYHUVDO+56
6HWSRLQWV
6,02'5,9(
6FX8002-2CJ00-.... EDVHOLQH$IRU
).PRWRU
P IW ZLWKPXOWLSROH
UHVROYHU
5 ;;
6FX5002-2CJ10-....
6,02'5,9(
XQLYHUVDO+56
P IW FRQWUROSOXJLQ
The SINUMERIK 802C base line is a CNC control that was de- XQLW
veloped for operation with up to 3 analog drives and one analog
spindle. The target market is that of turning and milling machines 6FX8002-2CD01-.... ([WHUQDO
in the low-end performance range and the retrofit market.
P IW (;(
It is possible in this case to implement simple drives with TTL
encoders or resolvers. A typical example is the SIMODRIVE
base line drive.
,QFUHPHQWDOOLQHDU
The "manual machine" user interface allows you to operate a PHDVXUHPHQW
turning machine as either a CNC machine or a conventional V\VWHP
(cycle) machine.
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX8002-2CD01-....
Benefits HQFRGHU
77/56
);
7 Very compact mounting dimensions
7 Easy operation thanks to DIN programming 6FX8002-2BB01-....
; +DQGZKHHO
7 High reliability thanks to operator panel mounting PIW
IRUKDQGZKHHOVLJQDOV
7 Compact control comprising of CNC, PLC, MCP and I/O 1&5($'<
;
section :LUHPP
7 Complete delivery with CNC, Toolbox and logbook DI GLJLWDOLQSXWV
7 All tools are included in the scope of supply ;; 9'&
:LUHPP
7 Maintenance-free: Without battery and fan
Function DO GLJLWDO
;; RXWSXWV
:LUHPP 9'&
Up to 3 analog axes and one analog spindle (without C-axis)
Analog spindle via 10 V interface
Adapter
Turning or milling are freely selectable module
Pre-assigned machine data
RS 232 C interface PLC
module
48 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs (0.5 A) D I/O
- Can be expanded by one module with 16 digital inputs and GLJLWDO
;; LQSXWV
16 digital outputs :LUHPP 9'&
*B1&B(1BF
5
PLC module D I/O 6FC5511-0CA00-0AA0
Dimensions 16 digital inputs/
Width 420 mm (16.54 in) 16 digital outputs
Height 300 mm (11.81 in)
Depth 83 mm (3.27 in)
Overview Function
2 digital feed drives and one digital/analog spindle
(without C axis)
A bipolar or a unipolar analog spindle can be used
RS 232 C interface
Turning
Pre-assigned machine data
Sample program and PLC templates/library included in scope
of supply
Easy PLC (SIMATIC S7-200) "ladder" programming
Digital or analog spindle (10 V) can be selected
Full CNC keyboard (vertical or horizontal format)
144 digital inputs and 96 digital outputs (0.25 A)
SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS converter system via
PROFIBUS DP
Integration
5
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 802D base line:
Up to 3 electronic handwheels
Mini handheld unit
The SINUMERIK 802D base line is a CNC control that was de- Machine control panel through PP 72/48 I/O module
veloped for operation with 2 digital drives and one digital/analog
spindle (without C-axis). 2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
The target market is that of compact turning machines with cor- 802D base line/
responding requirements on accuracy, simplicity and rugged- 802D 6FX8002-1AA01-.... 56&
PCU ;
ness, which are necessary today for this machine class. A LQWHUIDFH
PROFIBUS-enabled two-axis control unit SIMODRIVE 611
universal E HRS is already included in the basic package.
9'&
The retrofit area is also opened up to this control by the ADI ; SRZHUVXSSO\
module (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes) and by interfacing to HJ
6,723SRZHU
PROFIBUS.
Benefits ;
6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUGZLWK )XOO&1&
NH\ERDUG
WKHIXOO&1&NH\ERDUG
7 Very compact mounting dimensions
7 Easy to operate thanks to DIN programming &DEOH
6FX8008-1BD61-1FA0 (OHFWURQLF
7 High availability ;; KDQGZKHHO
P IW XSWR
7 Compact control comprising of CNC, PLC, MCP and I/O 3OXJ
section 6FC9348-7HX
7 Complete delivery in basic package
352),%86FDEOH 33,2
7 Comprehensive programming aids with cycles and contour PRGXOH
definitions P IW XSWR
7 Digital drives technology over PROFIBUS DP
*B1&B(1BG
;
7 Maintenance-free: Without battery and fan
6,02'5,9(
XQLYHUVDO(+56
XSWR
Overview Function
4 digital feed drives and one digital/analog spindle or 3 digital
axes, one spindle and an auxiliary spindle
A bipolar or a unipolar analog spindle can be used
Turning or milling are freely selectable
RS 232 C interface
Pre-assigned machine data
Sample program and PLC templates/library included in scope
of supply
Easy PLC (SIMATIC S7-200) "ladder" programming
Full CNC keyboard (vertical or horizontal format)
144 digital inputs and 96 digital outputs (0.25 A)
SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS converter system via
PROFIBUS DP
Integration
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 802D:
5 Up to 3 electronic handwheels
Mini handheld unit
Machine control panel through PP 72/48 I/O module
The SINUMERIK 802D is an operator panel control that com-
bines all the components of a CNC control unit (CNC, PLC, HMI) 2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
in one unit. It is possible to connect 4 digital axes and one digi- 802D base line/
tal/analog spindle over PROFIBUS DP. This also applies to the 802D 6FX8002-1AA01-.... 56&
I/O that is operated on the same bus connection. In this manner, PCU ;
LQWHUIDFH
all the requirements for easy installation with minimal wiring over-
head are fulfilled. The functional scope of the control is ideally
suited for standardized turning and milling machines. The mod- 9'&
ular construction of the drive system offers maximum flexibility ; SRZHUVXSSO\
HJ
for every application. 6,723SRZHU
The retrofit area is also opened up to this control by the ADI 4
module (Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes) and by interfacing to 6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUGZLWK )XOO&1&
PROFIBUS. ;
NH\ERDUG
WKHIXOO&1&NH\ERDUG
Benefits &DEOH
(OHFWURQLF
6FX8008-1BD61-1FA0
7 Easy to operate thanks to DIN programming and ISO code ;; KDQGZKHHO
P IW XSWR
7 High availability 3OXJ
6FC9348-7HX
7 Compact control comprising of CNC, PLC, HMI and I/O
section
352),%86FDEOH 33,2
7 Complete delivery in basic package PRGXOH
P IW XSWR
7 Comprehensive programming aids with cycles and contour
*B1&B(1BG
definitions
;
7 Digital drives technology over PROFIBUS DP
6,02'5,9(
7 Maintenance-free: Without battery and fan XQLYHUVDO(+56
XSWR
5
Full CNC keyboard
Dimensions vertical format
Width 310 mm (12.20 in)
Height 330 mm (12.99 in) 2 x SIMODRIVE 611
Depth 70 mm (2.76 in) universal E HRS
2 x Motion Control slide-in unit
with PROFIBUS DP
Order No. 6FC5303-0DT12- 6FC5303-0DM13-
1AA0 1AA0 1 x PP 72/48 I/O module
Product name SINUMERIK 802D sl, SINUMERIK 802D sl, 4 x PROFIBUS connector
full CNC keyboard, full CNC keyboard, SINUMERIK 802D Toolbox
for vertical for horizontal
mounting mounting SINUMERIK 802D 6FC5600-0AF02-0AA0
Input voltage Via the PCU Basic Package 3
comprising of:
Degree of protection to
EN 60529 (IEC 60529) SINUMERIK 802D (PCU)
Front IP65 Full CNC keyboard
Rear IP20 horizontal format
Humidity rating in Class 3K5 condensation and icing 2 x SIMODRIVE 611
accordance with EN 60721-3-3 excluded.Low air temperature 0 C universal E HRS
(+32 F).
2 x Motion Control slide-in unit
Relative humidity
Storage 5 ... 95%
with PROFIBUS DP
Transport 5 ... 95% 1 x PP 72/48 I/O module
Operation 5 ... 95% 4 x PROFIBUS connector
Ambient temperature
SINUMERIK 802D Toolbox
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F) Basic Package Retrofit with 6FC5600-0AA01-0AA0
Operation 0 +50 C (+32 ... +122 F) ADI 4
Weight, approx. 0.8 kg (1.76 lb) comprising of:
Dimensions 1 x PCU 210.2
Width 172 mm 310 mm 1 x SINUMERIK 802D Toolbox
(6.77 in) (12.20 in)
Height 330 mm 175 mm 1 x PP 72/48 I/O module
(12.99 in) (6.89 in) 3 x PROFIBUS connector
Depth 70 mm 70 mm
(2.76 in) (2.76 in) 1 x ADI 4 (analog drive interface
for 4 axes)
Note:
CNC keyboard must be
ordered separately!
The machine control panel MCP for the SINUMERIK 802D con-
trols offers a simple solution for machine tools. This panel in-
Selection and Ordering Data
cludes all the keys required to operate the machine; these can Designation Order No.
be connected directly to the PP 72/48 I/O module by means of a Machine control panel MCP 6FC5603-0AD00-0AA2
ribbon cable. The connections are at the 24 V DC level for easier for SINUMERIK 802D controls
implementation.
Accessories
7 Easily connected using ribbon cables and post links with 2 contacts 1 NO + 1 NC,
2-pole screw terminal
7 Suitable dimensions for the SINUMERIK 802D and
802D sl controls
7 Fully equipped with all the necessary function elements
Function
24 V DC supply level
Can be adapted to applications by means of replaceable keys
User-assignable keys with LED indicator
Emergency stop button with NO and NC contact elements
2 override rotary switches for feedrate and spindle drive
Integration
The MCP machine control panel can be used with the following
CNC systems:
SINUMERIK 802D
SINUMERIK 802D base line
SINUMERIK 802D sl
Overview Design
The high-performance CCU is installed in a basic enclosure
(CCU box) with integrated power modules. The CCU box is
available in two different versions:
For internal heat dissipation in the control cabinet, the CCU box
with 3 power sections:
- 2 x 6 A/12 A for feed drives
- 1 x 18 A/36 A for feed drives or 1 x 24 A/32 A for main spindle
drives
For either internal heat dissipation in the control cabinet or
external heat dissipation through the back of the control
cabinet, with 2 power sections:
- 2 x 9 A/18 A for feed drives
The structure of the SINUMERIK 810D powerline is compatible
with the SIMODRIVE 611 digital converter system. It can be
expanded with the SIMODRIVE 611 power sections. The
SINUMERIK 810D powerline is operated by UI or I/RF modules
from the SIMODRIVE 611 series.
The SINUMERIK 810D powerline has 6 "onboard" measurement
system inputs, which can also be used for direct measurement
5 systems. Expansion is possible using SIMODRIVE 611 control
modules.
The SINUMERIK 810DE powerline is available for export to
countries requiring export approval.
SINUMERIK 810D powerline covers the medium performance The SINUMERIK 810DE powerline system software (export ver-
range of SINUMERIK Motion Control Systems. All the CNC, PLC, sion) is supplied on an integrated flash EPROM and is included
closed-loop control and communication tasks are combined on in the scope of supply. If the standard software is required, a PC
one CCU module (Compact Control Unit) and they can be sup- card with this software must be inserted.
plemented with power sections as well as control modules of the
converter system SIMODRIVE 611 digital. If the standard software is in use, the PC card remains plugged
SINUMERIK 810D powerline can be implemented for a wide in. The standard software must be separately ordered. The
range of different technologies. spare memory space on the PC card can be used for series
machine start-up/service data.
Benefits Positioning tasks can be implemented in the SIMATIC S7-300 by
means of the FM 353 and FM 354 modules or using
The SINUMERIK 810D powerline is a compact digital CNC SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS.
system.
It is the ideal hardware platform for conventionally controlled
turning machines with ManualTurn, universal turning machines
Integration
with ShopTurn, vertical and universal milling machines with The following components can be connected to the
ShopMill. SINUMERIK 810D powerline:
Even complex tasks for handling, machine tools and special Operator panel front with PCU and machine control panel
tools can be solved. Compatible system software and hardware SIMATIC CE panel
components permit integration with SINUMERIK 840D power- SIMATIC OP7/OP17
line. Thanks to openness in the HMI and PLC, users can inte-
grate their specific know-how. They can also implement the well- Pushbutton panel
proven Motion Control System MCIS products for the production Handheld unit type B-MPI
area. SINUMERIK HT 6 handheld terminal
The SINUMERIK 810D powerline comprises a high-perfor- Mini handheld unit
mance CCU 3 module (compact control unit) in combination with
SIMATIC S7-300 I/O
the current SINUMERIK operator panel fronts.
EFP single I/O module
Application 3 handwheels and 2 probes via cable distributor
NCU terminal block with DMP compact modules
SINUMERIK 810D powerline is used worldwide in turning,
drilling, milling, grinding, nibbling, stamping, in mechanical Distributed PLC I/O via PROFIBUS DP connection
engineering and mold-making as well as in wood processing, Programming device
handling and large-scale production and JobShop manufac- SIMODRIVE 611 digital converter system
turing.
1FT6/1FK/1PH/1FN/1FE1/1FW6/2SP1/1LA motors
PROFINET IO and PROFINET CBA via external CP 343-1
communication board (Advanced)
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
810D
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0 6LQJOH,2
powerline
PRGXOH
; ()3
6,0$7,&6
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0 ,0
6,2
PRGXOHV
352),%86FDEOH 352),%86'3
; FRQQHFWLRQ
&&8
)RU03,FDEOHVHH
027,21&211(&7
; 3*
03, P IWQRKDQGZKHHO
PIWZLWK'LVWULEXWRU
3&8
0DFKLQHFRQWURO
SDQHO
5
(PHUJHQF\VWRS
HQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
'LVWULEXWRU +7
ZLUH 6FX2002-1AA23-....
KDQGKHOG
HQDEOLQJ P IW WHUPLQDO
);%+
6FX8002-4AA21-....
*B1&B(1BF
(OHFWURQLF
P IW VHH027,21&211(&7 KDQGZKHHO
6FX8002-4AA41-....
3UREH
P IW VHH027,21&211(&7
$PD[LPXPRIKDQGZKHHOVDQGSUREHVFDQEHFRQQHFWHG$WKLUGKDQGZKHHOFDQEHFRQQHFWHGYLDSUREHFRQQHFWLRQXVLQJ0DQXDO7XUQ
0D[GLVWDQFHEHWZHHQKDQGZKHHOSUREHDQG;WHUPLQDOPIW
+7DOZD\VFRQQHFWHGPD[PIWIURP;SOXJWR+7+7QRWDOZD\VFRQQHFWHGPD[PIWIURP;SOXJ
WR+7RQO\ZLWK56UHSHDWHU(6$$;$2WKHUZLVHWRWDOOHQJWK03,IURP;SOXJWRGLVWULEXWLRQFDELQHWPIW
7KH+7PXVWDOZD\VEHFRQQHFWHGWRRQHHQGRIWKH03,OHQJWKLQWHJUDWHGEXVWHUPLQDWLRQ&DEOH);($QRWSHUPLWWHG
&1&VLGHZLWK'8ER[FRQQHFWRU,2PRGXOHVRSHQFDEOHHQGV
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK
Pre-assembled cable
810D
powerline 6FX2002-1CB01-.... 1&8WHUPLQDO 6FX2002-1CA01-.... 1&8WHUPLQDO
P IW EORFN P IW EORFN
PPPP PPPP
; IWIWIWIW IWIWIWIW
ZLWKWHUPLQDWRU ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU
6,02'5,9(
GLJLWDOGULYHEXV
6XSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG
; 6,02'5,9(
GLJLWDOGHYLFH
EXV
+ROORZVKDIW
6FX.002-2CA31-.... PHDVXULQJ
P IW V\VWHP6,0$*+
RQ3+PRWRU
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX.002-2CA31-.... HQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SS ,QFUHPHQWDO
;; P IW
LQPRWRUV)7 HQFRGHU
5
).3+ VLQFRV9SS
);
6FX.002-2EQ10-.... $EVROXWH
P IW HQFRGHULQ)7 'LUHFWOLQHDULQFUH
PRWRU PHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SS
/6&
$GDSWHUFDEOH /)&
6FX.002-2CG00-.... /%&
/6&
/)&
6FX.002-2CH00-.... $EVROXWHHQFRGHU
(Q'DW
);
'LUHFWOLQHDU
6FX.002-... $GDSWHUFDEOH DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
)7). (Q'DW/&
P IW3RZHUFDEOHVHH0RWRUV PRWRU
;; (Q'DW/&
6FX.008-...
3+PRWRU
P IW3RZHUFDEOHVHH
027,21&211(&7
5LEERQFDEOH $[LVH[SDQVLRQ
;;
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG SOXJLQXQLW
*B1&B(1BF
P LQ
5LEERQFDEOH $[LVH[SDQVLRQ
;
VXSSOLHGDVVWDQGDUG SOXJLQXQLWOHIW
&DEOHVHWIRUH[WHUQDO6,02'5,9(FORVHGORRSFRQWUROPXVWEHRUGHUHGVHSDUDWHO\
0D[LPXPFDEOHOHQJWKIRUSRZHUFRQVXPSWLRQRIP$LVPIWORQJHUFDEOHVFDQEHXVHGIRUORZHUFRQVXPSWLRQUDWHVEXWVKRXOG
QHYHUH[FHHGPIW
&DEOHVFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHOLQHDUVFDOHPDQXIDFWXUHU
7KHPD[FRQQHFWLQJOHQJWKDWWKHGULYHEXVLVPIW
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5447-0AA01-0AA0 6FC5447-0AA00-0AA1
Product name SINUMERIK 810D powerline CCU box with 2 int. PS SINUMERIK 810D powerline CCU box with 3 int. PS
Input voltage 600 V/625 V/680 V DC
Power loss
Total 180 W 350 W
Internal 69 W 350 W
External 111 W
Degree of protection to IP20 with internal cooling/ IP20
EN 60529 (IEC 60529) IP20 with external cooling for the electronics area/
IP54 with external cooling for the heatsink in the cooling
area
Humidity rating in Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded.Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Relative humidity
Storage 10 ... 95%
Transport 10 ... 95%
Operation < 95% for 1h, annual average < 65%
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... + 140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation 0 +40 C (+32 ... +104 F)
5
- max. with derating +55 C (+ 131 F)
Weight, approx. 9.7 kg (21.39 lb) 9.8 kg (21.61 lb)
Dimensions
Width 150 mm (5.91 in)
Height 480 mm (18.9 in)
Depth 268 mm (10.55 in)
Mounting position in operation Vertical
5 Single license
for specific software version
6FC5450-7AX03-7AH0 Order
item
Designation Quantity Order No.
1)
One license is required for each CCU. The CD-ROM contains several
software versions.
5
To expand the SINUMERIK 810D powerline to up to 6 axes, axis
expansion plug-in units are required. These are inserted in the
power modules of the SIMODRIVE 611 digital, where they take
the place of the closed-loop control plug-in units.
The axis expansion plug-in units are designed for 1-axis and
2-axis power modules. The ribbon cable forms an integral part
of the axis expansion plug-in unit and can be used to cover a
gap of 300 mm (11.81 inches) between the SINUMERIK 810D
powerline and the final expansion plug-in unit.
The CCU 3 can control up to 6 axes onboard. A single-axis
expansion plug-in unit (left) is available in addition to the axis
expansion unit (right). It is connected to the CCU 3 module using
the 4th pulse interface. This module is then inserted into a
SIMODRIVE 611 power module positioned between the supply
unit and the SINUMERIK 810D powerline.
A ribbon cable for connection of SIMODRIVE 611 power modules
up to 300 mm (11.81 in) wide is enclosed with the single-axis
expansion plug-in unit (left).
Expansions using
SIMODRIVE 611 digital control modules
This means that use of SIMODRIVE 611 digital control modules
is only necessary if the number of measurement system inputs
on the SINUMERIK 810D powerline is not enough.
A terminator for the drive bus must be ordered separately if the
external SIMODRIVE 611 control is used.
Overview Integration
The following components can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 840Di with MCI2 board and Windows XP
ProEmbSys:
SINUMERIK operator panel fronts
SINUMERIK machine control panel
SINUMERIK pushbutton panel
SINUMERIK mini-handheld unit
SINUMERIK handheld unit type B-MPI
SINUMERIK HT 6 handheld terminal
Programming device
PP 72/48 I/O module
SIMATIC DP ET 200
2 handwheels, 2 probes, and 4 high speed digital CNC
inputs/outputs each via MCI board extension slot version
(optional) and cable distributor
Converter systems
- SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
5 with optional Motion Control plug-in and PROFIBUS DP
- SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA
- SIMODRIVE POSMO SI
- SIMODRIVE POSMO A
- Analog drives via the optional analog drive interface for
The SINUMERIK 840Di is a complete PC-integrated numerical 4 axes (ADI 4) for retrofit
control. The control is open in terms of hardware and software
PC connections as for SINUMERIK PCU 50
and is especially suited for users
Retrofitting
looking for distributed automation solutions when it comes to
- PC connections as for SINUMERIK PCU 50
PLC and drives and/or
who prefer a completely PC-integrated control. The SINUMERIK 840DiE is available for export to countries
requiring export approval.
The technical area of application of the SINUMERIK 840Di covers
the whole range from simple Motion Control functions (position- The SINUMERIK 840Di system software
ing and linear interpolation) to wood machining, handling and The SINUMERIK 840Di is available with various system software
assembly to machine tools and machine tool-related functions. versions:
The SINUMERIK 840Di consists of the Industry PC PCU 50, the System Software Basic for max. 6 axes
MCI2 board and the system software for 6, 10 or 18 axes. The
System Software Universal for max. 10 axes
PROFIBUS DP interface on the MCI2 board enables the connec-
tion of the drive and the I/Os. The PROFIBUS DP with Motion System Software Plus for max. 18 axes
Control (isochrone mode, equidistant) is operated at a transfer The System Software Plus executes on PCUs with 1.2 GHz or
rate of 12 Mbit/s. better.
The mounting brackets for installation behind an operator panel
front must be ordered separately. The functions "Advanced Processing 1" and "Advanced
Processing 2" permit you to set small interpolation cycles
SINUMERIK 840Di Startup is included in the system software. (see "Glossary").
Startup is a Windows program for easy familiarization with
SINUMERIK 840Di and supports simple operating procedures The SINUMERIK 840Di system software comprises of:
as well as creating and activating user programs. It is not spe- 840Di start-up
cially designed for machine tool operation.
PLC Toolbox for SINUMERIK 840Di
The HMI blocks HMI-Advanced, the HMI programming package SIMODRIVE 611 universal Toolbox (SimoCom U, drive firm-
and the the HMI configuration package are all available as op- ware for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS and POSMO)
tional user interfaces for machine tools.
SinuCom NC
PROFIBUS configuring tool (object manager for
SINUMERIK 840Di: SlaveOM)
GSD file for I/O module PP 72/48
PLC application example for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
and SIMATIC ET 200
Integration (continued)
SINUMERIK 840Di 2UGHU1R
PCU 50 Pre-assembled cable
KLJKVSHHG
MCI board GLJLWDO&1&
extension P IW LQSXWVRXWSXWVHDFK
slot version
&DEOHGLVWULEXWRU);%$
(optional)
6FX8002-4AA41-.... 3UREHV
P IW PD[
6FX8002-4AA21-.... (OHFWURQLFKDQG
P IW ZKHHOPD[
VFRSHRIVXSSO\
);%+
(PHUJHQF\VWRS
HQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
3URJUDPPLQJ
GHYLFH
$',
0DFKLQHFRQWURO
; SDQHO 352),%86'3
FRQQHFWLRQHJ
MCI2 board 6,02'5,9(
XQLYHUVDO+56RU
; )RU03,FDEOHVHH027,21&211(&7 3XVKEXWWRQ 6,02'5,9(
03, SDQHO 32602
352),%86FDEOH
;
352),%86'3 P IW 33,2
0ELWV PRGXOH
*B1&B(1BF
6WDQGDUG3& 6,0$7,&'3
LQWHUIDFHV (7
HJ(70
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5220-0AA21-2AA0 6FC5220-0AA22-2AA0
Product name SINUMERIK 840Di PCU 50 with MCI2
board
Processor
Clock frequency 566 MHz 1.2 GHz
Input voltage 24 V DC
Power consumption, max. 130 W
Power lossride-through time 20 ms
Degree of protection EN 60529 (IEC 60529) IP20
Humidity classification in accordance with EN 60721-3-3 Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
Relative humidity
Storage 5 ... 95% at 25 C (77 F)
Transport 5 ... 95% at 25 C (77 F)
Operation 10 ... 80% at 25 C (77 F)
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 ... +60 C (-4 ... +40 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +40 F)
Operation
- with 9 W (0.01 HP) electronic output for expansion boards1) 5 55 C (-4 ... +131 F)
- with 14 W (0.02 HP) electronic output for expansion boards1) 5 50 C (-4 ... +122 F)
- with 24 W (0.03 HP) electronic output for expansion boards1) 5 45 C (-4 ... +113 F)
5 Weight, approx.
Dimensions
6.2 kg (13.67 lb)
1)
MCI2 board already inserted, in addition e.g. floppy disk drive or expansion
cards such as MCI board extension.
5
German, Italian, Spanish
Export 840DiE
Single license 6FC5253-7BX10-7AF0
On hard disk
for specific software version
Single license 6FC5258-0BY30-0AF0
Accessories
for current software version
Memory expansion 128 MB 6ES7648-2AC10-0CA0
Single license 6FC5258-7BY30-7AF0
SO-DIMM PC-133 (for PCU 50
for specific software version
with 566 MHz or 1.2 GHz)
On CD-ROM
Memory expansion 256 MB 6ES7648-2AC20-0CA0
Software update service 6FC5258-0BY30-0AG2 SO-DIMM PC-133 (for PCU 50
with 566 MHz or 1.2 GHz)
Service Pack on order of 6FC5258-7BY30-7AG8
specific software version Memory expansion 512 MB 6ES7648-2AC30-0CA0
SO-DIMM PC-133 (for PCU 50
Without data carrier with 566 MHz or 1.2 GHz)
Single license without 6FC5258-0BY30-0AG1 Spare and wear parts
data carrier
MCI2 board 6FC5222-0AA02-1AA0
SINUMERIK 840Di with MCI2 6FC5220-0AA21-2AA0
board Battery 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
comprising of: for MCI2 board
PCU 50/566 MHz Hard disk 6FC5247-0AF08-2AA0
256 MB SDRAM/ with support plate and damper
hard disk 40 GB 40 GB
Windows XP ProEmbSys
MCI2 board Important ordering information:
MPI/Motion Control with When ordering a SINUMERIK 840Di with the system software or
PROFIBUS DP interface,
integrated
HMI-Advanced on hard disk, the software order item must
SIMATIC PLC 317-2 DP directly follow the hardware order item.
1 PCI/ISA expansion slot, empty Order example:
Order Designation Quan- Order No.
Example of "specific software version", e.g. 3.2: item tity
6FC5258-3....-2... 1 SINUMERIK 840Di 1 6FC5220-0AA21-2AA0
PCU 50: 566 MHz/
256 MB with MCI2 board
2 SINUMERIK 840Di system 1 6FC5258-0BY10-0AF0
software Basic Export on
hard disk
5
Depth 15 mm (0.59 in)
Overview Design
The SINUMERIK 840D powerline combines CNC, PLC and com-
munications tasks on one NCU module. The powerful NCU multi-
processor module is directly integrated into the SIMODRIVE 611
digital converter system following installation in the NCU box by
positioning it on the right next to the I/RF module. The scope of
delivery of all NCUs includes the device bus cable and the drive
bus terminator.
All NCUs have onboard connections for 4 fast digital CNC inputs
and 4 fast digital CNC outputs. Further fast inputs/outputs can
be connected via NCU terminal blocks on the drive bus.
Function
Performance and flexibility
The scalability of the hardware and software both in the CNC
and control area provides exceptional prerequisites for use of
the SINUMERIK 840D powerline in many sectors. The possibili-
ties range from simple positioning tasks up to complex multi-axis
systems. We offer different types of NCU for your machining
5
tasks.
If there is a high requirement for axes and channels, e.g. with
rotary indexing or multi-spindle machines, computing perfor-
mance, configuration facilities and memory areas of the NCUs
can be combined using link modules, thus becoming signifi-
The SINUMERIK 840D powerline provides you with modularity, cantly extended (fast IPO link).
openness, a uniform structure for operating, programming and
visualizing and provides a system platform with innovative func- 5-axis machining tasks, e.g. milling of free-form surfaces, can be
tions for almost all technologies. Together with the solved simply and conveniently using this machining package.
SIMODRIVE 611 digital converter system, and supplemented by The following functions are included in the 5-axis machining
the SIMATIC S7-300 automation system, the SINUMERIK 840D package: 5-axis transformation with tool orientation, 5-axis tool
powerline offers a complete digital system which is especially length compensation, oriented tool retraction, tool-oriented
suitable for complex processing tasks and is characterized by RTCP and cardan millhead/nutating head.
maximum dynamics and precision. With the SINUMERIK 840D Use of an NCU 573.5 is recommended for maximum dynamics
powerline, certified SINUMERIK Safety Integrated functions can and accuracy in mold making or in the HSC sector.
be obtained with which highly effective protection of persons
and machines is possible in a simple, economical and practical System-wide openness
manner.
Thanks to openness across the HMI, CNC and PLC, users can
Benefits apply their specific expertise such that they achieve exactly the
individual control solution desired. The SINUMERIK 840D
7 The digital CNC system for complex tasks powerline offers openness up to the NC core. This open archi-
tecture and the high computing performance of the
7 Maximum performance and flexibility especially for complex
SINUMERIK 840D powerline mean that adaptation of the CNC
multiple-axis systems
functions to many different innovative machine kinematics can
7 Uniform openness from operation up to the NC core. be achieved flexibly, rapidly and cost-effectively. Additional
7 Integral, certified safety functions for man and machine: technology-specific functions can be subsequently loaded as
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated compile cycles.
7 Well-proven operating and programming software such as Integrated certified safety functions
ManualTurn, ShopMill or ShopTurn and Motion Control Infor-
mation System products (MCIS products) SINUMERIK 840D powerline includes certified SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated functions with which highly effective protection
Application of persons and machines is possible in a simple, economical
and practical manner.
The SINUMERIK 840D powerline is used worldwide for turning, Well-proven operator software and programming software
drilling, milling, grinding, laser machining, nibbling, punching, in
tool and mold making, as press control, for high-speed cutting ManualTurn, ShopMill or ShopTurn for genuine workshop CNC
applications, for wood and glass processing, for handling oper- and Motion Control Information System products (MCIS pro-
ations, in transfer lines and rotary indexing machines, for mass ducts) for the production area, such as NC program manage-
production and JobShop production. ment.
The SINUMERIK 840DE powerline is available as an export
version for use in countries where approval is required.
Integration
The following components can be connected to the SINUMERIK single I/O module EFP
SINUMERIK 840D powerline: SINUMERIK NCU terminal block with DMP compact modules
SINUMERIK operator panel front with PCU and 2 handwheels, 2 probes, 4 fast digital CNC inputs and 4 fast
machine control panel digital CNC outputs each via cable distributors
SIMATIC CE panel Distributed PLC I/O via PROFIBUS DP connection
SIMATIC OP7/OP17 SIMODRIVE 611 digital converter system
SINUMERIK pushbutton panel Programming device
SINUMERIK handheld unit type B-MPI 1FK/1FT/1FN/1FW6/1PH/1FE1/2SP1/1LA motors
SINUMERIK handheld terminal HT 6 PROFINET IO and PROFINET CBA via external CP 343-1
SINUMERIK mini-handheld unit communication board (Advanced)
SIMATIC S7-300 I/O
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK Pre-assembled cable
840D
powerline
NCU
352),%86FDEOH 352),%86'3
5
;
FRQQHFWLRQ
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0 6LQJOH
()3,2
PRGXOH
; 6,0$7,&6
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0 ,0
6
,2V
SINUMERIK
840D powerline
VHFRQG1&8
/LQN /LQN
352),%86FDEOH 1&8
; PRGXOH
PRGXOH
WHUPLQDO
EORFN
6FX2002-1CA01-....
PIW
PPPP
IWIW
IWIW
6,02'5,9( 1&8
6SN1161-1CA00-.... 6FX2002-1CA01-....
;$ GLJLWDO WHUPLQDO
GULYHEXV P IW EORFN
PPPP
*B1&B(1BE
IWIWIWIW
6,02'5,9(
'HYLFHEXVVXSSOLHG
; GLJLWDO
DVVWDQGDUG GHYLFHEXV
)RUOHQJWKVDQGGHVLJQVHH&RQYHUWHUV\VWHPV3RZHUPRGXOHV
2QO\IRU1&8
3OXJWKHGULYHEXVWHUPLQDWRUVXSSOLHGZLWKWKH1&8RQWRWKHHQGRIWKHOLQH
7KHPD[LPXPFRQQHFWLRQOHQJWKRQWKHGULYHEXVLVPIW
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SINUMERIK
Pre-assembled cable
840D
KLJKVSHHG
powerline
&1&GLJLWDO
NCU
LQSXWVRXWSXWV
HDFK
&DEOHGLVWULEXWRU );%$
6FX8002-4AA41-....
3UREHV
P IW
6FX8002-4AA21-.... (OHFWURQLF
P IW KDQGZKHHO
;
6FX8002-4AA21-....
'LVWULEXWRU
);%& 6XSSOLHGZLWKKDQGKHOGXQLW
5
+DQGKHOGXQLW
%+ W\SH%03,
%) (PHUJHQF\VWRS
HQDEOLQJFLUFXLW
)RU03,FDEOHVHH
; 027,21&211(&7
03, 3*
)RU03,FDEOHVHH
; 027,21&211(&7
3&8
352),%86'3 P
IW
ZLWKRXWKDQGZKHHO
0DFKLQH
FRQWUROSDQHO
3XVKEXWWRQ *B1&B(1BG
SDQHO
KDQGZKHHOVDQGSUREHVFDQEHFRQQHFWHG$WKLUGKDQGZKHHOFDQEHFRQQHFWHGYLDWKHSUREHFRQQHFWRUXVLQJ0DQXDO7XUQ
0D[GLVWDQFHEHWZHHQKDQGZKHHODQG;WHUPLQDOPIW
&1&VLGHZLWK'8ER[FRQQHFWRU
+7DOZD\VFRQQHFWHGPD[PIWIURPSOXJ;WR+7+7QRWDOZD\VFRQQHFWHGPD[PIWIURPSOXJ;WR+7
RQO\ZLWK56UHSHDWHU(6$$;$2WKHUZLVHWRWDO03,OHQJWKIURPSOXJ;WRGLVWULEXWRUPIW7KH+7PXVW
DOZD\VEHFRQQHFWHGWRRQHHQGRIWKH03,OHQJWKLQWHJUDWHGEXVFRQQHFWLRQ&DEOH);($QRWSHUPLWWHG
,IKDQGKHOGXQLWDQG3*DUHWREHXVHGDWWKHVDPHWLPH03,EXVFDEOH);($RU($ZLWKSOXJVUHTXLUHG
0DFKLQHFRQWUROSDQHODQG3XVKEXWWRQSDQHOFDQEHRSHUDWHGDWWKHVDPHWLPH
Overview
NCU 571.5
The NCU 571.5 is a configuration of the
SINUMERIK 840D powerline which provides up to 6 axes in one
or 2 machining channels and 2 mode groups. Interpolation is
possible for a maximum of 5 axes with the standard version of
the NCU system software (multi-axis interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 6 MB.
NCU 572.5
The NCU 572.5 represents the mid-performance stage within
the SINUMERIK 840D powerline range.
The NCU system software provides 31 axes with up to
6 machining channels and up to 6 mode groups. Interpolation is
possible for a maximum of 12 axes with the standard version of
the NCU system software (multi-axis interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 6 MB.
5 NCU 573.5
The NCU 573.5 is the flagship of the
SINUMERIK 840D powerline, representing the highest configu-
ration within the SINUMERIK 840D range. The integrated PLC
NCU 561.5 features significantly enhanced performance.
The NCU 561.5 of the SINUMERIK 840D powerline is suitable for Up to 31 axes are available in up to 10 machining channels
simple positioning or machining tasks. Two axes can handle which can be executed in up to 10 mode groups. Up to
simple positioning or machining tasks in maximum 12 axes/spindles are supported per channel. Interpolation is
two machining channels and two mode groups. Interpolation is possible for a maximum of 12 axes with the standard version of
limited to one linear axis with one spindle (e.g. for tapping). the NCU system software (multi-axis interpolation option).
The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be The basic version of the CNC user memory is 3 MB, and can be
optionally expanded up to 6 MB. optionally expanded up to 6 MB.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5356-0BB15-0AA0 6FC5357-0BB15-0AA0 6FC5357-0BB25-0AA0 6FC5357-0BB35-0AA0
Product name SINUMERIK 840D SINUMERIK 840D SINUMERIK 840D SINUMERIK 840D
powerline NCU 561.5 powerline NCU 571.5 powerline NCU 572.5 powerline NCU 573.5
Processor Celeron Celeron Pentium III
Clock frequency 400 MHz 650 MHz 933 MHz
SIMATIC S7 integrated PLC 317-2 DP
Input voltage Via SIMODRIVE device bus
Degree of protection to IP20 (with NCU box)
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded.Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Relative humidity
Storage 10 ... 95%
Transport 10 ... 95%
Operation < 95% for 1h, annual average < 65%
Ambient temperature
Storage -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Transport -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Operation 0 +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 0.72 kg (1.59 lb) 1.05 kg (2.32 lb)
Dimensions
Width 50 mm (1.97 in)
Height 316 mm (12.44 in)
Depth 207 mm (8.15 in)
5
Cable distributor 6FX2006-1BA02
Export 840DE powerline 6FC5250-7BY30-7AH7 for connecting 2 handwheels,
2 probes and 4 digital inputs/
NCU system software outputs
31 axes
on PC card DU box connector 4-pole 6FX2003-0FA00
(10 units)
Standard 840D powerline 6FC5250-7AX30-7AH7 for connecting devices to cable
Export 840DE powerline 6FC5250-7AY30-7AH7 distributor
- Single license 0 0 0 Spare and wear parts
for current software version Battery 6FC5247-0AA18-0AA0
- Single license 7 7 0 Battery compartment 6FC5247-0AA06-0AA0
for specific software version with battery and fan
- Single license without 0 0 1 PC card
data carrier acc. to PCMCIA standard
- Software Update Service 0 0 2 Type STRATA (empty)
- Upgrade 7 7 3 8 MB (up to and including NCU 6FC5247-0AA11-0AA3
for specific software version SW Version 7.2)
Toolbox 1) 16 MB (NCU SW Version 7.4 6FC5247-0AA11-1AA3
for SINUMERIK 810D/840D and higher)
on CD-ROM with: Device bus cable 6FC5247-0AA23-0AA0
PLC basic program 50 mm (1.97 in)
Standard machine data Drive bus cable 6SN1161-1CA00-0AA0
NC variable selector for 50 mm (1.97 in) module width
- Single license 6FC5252-0AX21-0AB0 Terminator 6FX2003-0DA00
for current software version for drive bus
- Single license 6FC5252-7AX21-7AG0
for specific software version The device bus cable and the terminator for the drive bus are in-
cluded in the NCU scope of supply.
- Single license without 6FC5252-0AX21-0AB1
data carrier
- Software Update Service 6FC5252-0AX21-0AB2
- Upgrade 6FC5252-7AX21-7AG3
for specific software version
1) One license is required for each NCU. The CD-ROM contains several soft-
ware versions.
Overview Overview
The NCK OA package (Open Architecture package NCK) is a
component of the SINUMERIK Open Architecture that allows
manufacturer-specific NCK functions (compile cycles) to be
implemented in the system. They are implemented in the NCUs
system software in C or C++.
The NCK OA package requires an export approval.
An OEM contract is required to use the NCK OA package.
The development system must be a SUN workstation with Solaris
operating system.
More information
For further information about compile cycles and the NCK OA
package, contact:
Siemens AG
A&D MC MT S 3
Contact: Mr. Hanneforth
Overview Benefits
7 High level of safety:
complete implementation of the safety functions in Category 3
7 High level of flexibility:
supports the implementation of practically sound safety and
operating concepts
7 Very economical:
reduced hardware and installation costs
7 Enhanced availability:
absence of interference-susceptible electromechanical
switching elements
Function
The safety functions are available in all modes and can commu-
nicate with the process using safety-oriented input/output sig-
nals.
They can be implemented for each individual axis and spindle:
Safe shutdown
Provides transition of the drive from motion to rest when a
monitoring device or a sensor (e.g. a light barrier) is triggered.
Safe operation stop (SBH)
5
Monitors drives for standstill. The drives remain fully functional
for position control.
SINUMERIK Safety Integrated provides integrated safety func- Safe stop (SS)
tions that support the implementation of highly effective person- Pulse suppression of drives, providing safe electronic interr-
nel and machine protection. The safety functions comply with uption of the power supply.
the requirements of Category 3 according to EU standard EN Safe reduced speed (SG)
954-1 and safety integrity level SIL2 of IEC 61508. Consequently, Monitoring of configurable velocity limit values, e.g. during
important functional safety requirements can be converted eas- setup without enabling button.
ily and efficiently. Available functions include, among others:
Safe software limit switch (SE)
Functions for safety monitoring of velocity and standstill Variable travel limitations
Functions for establishing safe boundaries in work spaces and Safe software cam (SN)
protected spaces, and for range recognition Range recognition
Direct connection of all safety-related signals and their internal Safety-related input/output signals (SGE/SGA)
logical linkage Interface with process
The Safety Integrated functions described above have been Safe programmable logic (SPL)
certified in accordance with DIN V VDE 0801, EN 954-1 and Direct connection of all safety-related signals and their internal
EN 60204 since 1996. logical linkage.
The safety functions described above are also certified in accor- Safe brake management (SBM)
dance with EN 954-1 (Category 3) and IEC 61508 (SIL 2) and - Dual-channel brake control and
are also NRTL Listed. - Cyclic brake test
Safety-oriented communication via standard bus
Connection of distributed I/Os for process and safety signals
using the PROFIsafe protocol via PROFIBUS.
Integrated acceptance test
Partially automated acceptance test for all safety-related
functions. Simple operation of the test process, automatic
configuration of Trace functions and automatic generation of
an acceptance record.
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
Single Pre-assembled cable
I/O
module 6,180(5,.
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
EFP ;LQ 'SRZHUOLQH
'SRZHUOLQH
,0RU
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
;RXW VHFRQG
()3
*B1&B(1BD
; 6FC9340-8XY00-.... 7HUPLQDOVWULS
, FRQYHUWHU
5
7KHFDEOH)&$$$$PLQLVDYDLODEOHZLWK
DVLQJOHWLHUGHVLJQZLWK()3
Overview Integration
Up to eight DMP compact modules can be slotted onto an NCU
terminal block. In the maximum configuration, the following can
be connected for general functions:
32 digital inputs
32 digital outputs
8 analog inputs (max. 4 analog inputs/outputs per NCU
terminal block)
8 analog outputs (max. 4 analog inputs/outputs per NCU
terminal block)
The number of digital inputs and outputs that can be connected
is increased for applications of the "SINUMERIK Safety
Integrated" safety function
to up to 64 digital inputs/outputs for the "safe programmable
logic" (SPL) functionality
by additional digital input and output signals for each safety
axis.
5
For rapid movement synchronization and/or for safety-oriented
input/output signals on the NCK channel of the "SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated" 1), safety function, digital and analog CNC
inputs/outputs can be connected to the drive bus via the NCU
terminal block (max. 2) when using the
SINUMERIK 810D powerline and SINUMERIK 840D powerline.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6FC5211-0AA00-0AA0
Product name SINUMERIK NCU terminal block
Input voltage 24 V DC
Degree of protection to IP20
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating in Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded.Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
accordance with EN 60721-3-3
Relative humidity
Storage 10 ... 95%
Transport 10 ... 95%
Operation < 95% for 1h, annual average < 65%
Ambient temperature
Storage -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Transport -40 +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Operation 0 55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
Dimensions
Width 257 mm (10.12 in)
Height 100 mm (3.94 in)
Depth 40 mm (1.57 in)
1)
Not for SINUMERIK 810D powerline.
5
Width 25 mm (0.98 in)
Height 90 mm (3.54 in)
Depth 108 mm (4.25 in)
Overview Integration
The ADI 4 interface module can be used with the following
controls:
SINUMERIK 802D
SINUMERIK 802D base line
SINUMERIK 840Di
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line
Two ADI 4 modules can be connected to the SINUMERIK 802D,
permitting analog control of all its axes. Mixed operation of
digital drives SIMODRIVE universal E HRS is not possible. Only
one ADI 4 module can be connected to the
SINUMERIK 802D base line in accordance with its number of
axes.
Encoder connection:
With SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line (in accordance with the
existing number of axes), the two following configurations are
available as standard for each ADI 4:
5 4 x TTL signal inputs with S/R 3)
- 3 x 2500, 1 x 1024
- 1 x 9000, 1 x 18000, 1 x 1024, 1 x 2500
- 3 x 2048, 1 x 1024
- 1 x 9000, 1 x 18000, 1 x 1024, 1 x 2048
The ADI 4 (analog drive interface for 4 axes) can be used to
operate up to 4 drives with analog setpoint interface. 4 x TTL signal inputs with S/R 3)
- 3 x 2500, 1 x 9000
Benefits - 3 x 5000, 1 x 18000
- 4 x 2500
7 Connection via PROFIBUS DP to motion control functionality - 4 x 5000
(isochronous mode)
As an alternative, in the case of
7 4 inputs for incremental encoder (TTL signals) or optionally SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line, linear scales (TTL signals)
4 inputs 1) for absolute encoder (SSI) can be connected using the ADI 4 module. The values of the
7 4 analog outputs 10 V for the setpoint linear scales and the leadscrew pitches must be converted into
7 4 relay contacts for drive enable axes 1 to 4
signals/revolution.
7 10 digital outputs 1) Other configurations can be implemented on request.
(4 general, 6 drive-specific) SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl
7 10 digital drive-specific inputs 2)
Several ADI 4 modules can be connected to the SINUMERIK
7 Onboard status display on 4 diagnostics LEDs 840Di/840Di sl, permitting analog control of up to all of its axes.
To supply the module and digital outputs with power, an external Mixed operation of digital drives and ADI 4 modules is possible;
voltage source (+24 V DC) is needed. the axes can interpolate with one another.
Encoder connection:
In the case of the SINUMERIK 840Di/840Di sl, the signals/
revolution (S/R) can be configured.
1)
Cannot be used with SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line.
2)
Only 9 can be used with SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line.
3) S/R = Signals/Revolution.
5
VHWSRLQWV Width 48,5 mm (1.91 in)
Height 325 mm (12.80 in)
Depth 154,4 mm (6.08 in)
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX.002-2CD01-....
Selection and Ordering Data
HQFRGHU56
77/9'&
);
Designation Order No.
,QFUHPHQWDO ADI 4 6FC5211-0BA01-0AA2
HQFRGHU56 Analog Drive Interface
6FX.002-2CD24-.... 9'& for 4 axes
;; );
RQO\IRU
6,180(5,.
'L'LVO
66,$EVROXWH
6FX.002-2CC11-....
HQFRGHU
);
; 9'&H[WHUQDO
'LJRXWSXWV 3OXJ SRZHUVXSSO\
FK-MCP 1,5/15-ST-3.81
Phoenix
*B1&B(1BI
6HQVRUVQ
:LUHPP
; P IW
$FWXDWRUVQ
'LJLQSXWV
7KHPD[FDEOHOHQJWKVGHSHQGRQWKHFXUUHQWFRQVXPSWLRQ
SRZHUVXSSO\DQGIUHTXHQF\RIWKHHQFRGHUV
VHH0DQXDO6,180(5,.DQG6,027,21$',
,QFOXGHGLQVFRSHRIVXSSO\
Overview Integration
The PP 72/48 I/O module can be used for the following CNC
controls:
SINUMERIK 802D base line
SINUMERIK 802D
SINUMERIK 802D sl
SINUMERIK 840Di
SINUMERIK 840Di sl
A power supply (+24 V DC) is required for the module and the
digital outputs.
2UGHU1R
PP 72/48 Pre-assembled cable
I/O module
; 9'&
6,180(5,.
The I/O module PP 72/48 is connected to PROFIBUS DP and 'LVO'L
5
provides 72 digital inputs and 48 digital outputs. The 3 plug-in 352),%86FDEOH
connectors for the inputs and outputs are 50-pole terminal posts ;
for connecting ribbon cables. Terminal strip converters can be P IW 6,180(5,.
used or the direct connection of distribution boards, for exam- 'VO'
ple, is possible. 'EDVHOLQH
Benefits ;
[SROH
0&3PDFKLQH
*B1&B(1BF
FRQWUROSDQHO
7 Connection via PROFIBUS DP ;
7 3 post links with 24 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs each
with 24 V DC, 0.25 A ; 7HUPLQDOVWULS
FRQYHUWHU
7 With mounting plate for easy mounting
7 Integral 24 V DC power supply with electrical isolation 6WDQGDUGSURGXFWRUGHUHGE\WKHPHWHU
between inputs and outputs and PROFIBUS
Connection overview of PP 72/48
Technical specifications Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
Order No. 6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0 sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
Product name SINUMERIK PP 72/48 I/O module
system".
Overview Integration
SINUMERIK 2UGHU1R
810D Pre-assembled cable
powerline 6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
RU 352),%86'3
SINUMERIK
840D
powerline
0RGXOH
UDFN
CP
IM 361 342-5 FM 35.
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
0RGXOH
UDFN
;
60 60 60 60
IM 361
6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
5
0RGXOH
UDFN
As machine I/O, modules from the SIMATIC product spectrum 60 60 60 60
are available for SINUMERIK 810D powerline, IM 361
SINUMERIK 840Di and SINUMERIK 840D powerline.
SINUMERIK 810D powerline: Modules of the SIMATIC S7-300
series 6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
SINUMERIK 840Di: SIMATIC ET 200 distributed I/Os
SINUMERIK 840D powerline: Modules of the SIMATIC S7-300
series and distributed I/O over PROFIBUS DP ;
()3
You will find the SIMATIC product spectrum in the interactive 6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
CA 01 Catalog under "SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems".
352),%86'3
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline
The SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840Di/840D powerline also in- )RU03,FDEOH
corporate the PLC-CPU. This PLC-CPU is compatible with VHH ()3
027,21
SIMATIC S7, and its functionality is based on a: &211(&7 6ES7368-3...1-0AA0
CPU 315-2 DP
with SINUMERIK 840Di
with SINUMERIK 810DE powerline/810D powerline with CCU 3
CPU 314C-2 DP ()3
with SINUMERIK 840DE powerline/840D powerline with
NCU 561.4/NCU 571.4/NCU 572.4/NCU 573.4
CPU 317-2 DP 6FC5411-0AA80-0AA0
*B1&B(1BE
5
S7-300/ET200S/IM151/CPU
3.3 V; nFlash Connecting cable
between IM 360 and IM 361 or
64 KB 6ES7953-8LF11-0AA0 IM 361 and IM 361
128 KB 6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0 1 m (3 ft 3 in) 6ES7368-3BB01-0AA0
512 KB 6ES7953-8LJ11-0AA0 2.5 m (8 ft 2 in) 6ES7368-3BC51-0AA0
2 MB 6ES7953-8LL11-0AA0 5 m (16 ft 5 in) 6ES7368-3BF01-0AA0
4 MB 6ES7953-8LM11-0AA0 10 m (32 ft 10 in) 6ES7368-3CB01-0AA0
8 MB 6ES7953-8LP11-0AA0 IM 153-1 interface module 6ES7153-1AA03-0XB0
Front connector slave interface for connecting an
(1 unit) ET 200M to PROFIBUS DP
5
FM 357-2 SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
Analog and stepper motor control SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA/SI
for 4 axes
FM STEPDRIVE
Integration Manuals
Paper version
Languages:
2UGHU1R
FM 353 German 6ES7353-1AH01-8AG0
3UHDVVHPEOHGFDEOH
English 6ES7353-1AH01-8BG0
French 6ES7353-1AH01-8CG0
)067(3'5,9( Italian 6ES7353-1AH01-8EG0
6FX8002-3AC02-.... 3RZHUFRQWUROIRU
; VWHSSHUPRWRUV Front connector 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
P IW
1P 20-pin, with screw contacts
EditFM 6FC5263-0AA03-0AB0
Traversing program editor for
*B1&B(1BF
FM 353/354/357-2, executes on
PG/PC without STEP 7 installation
+LJKVSHHG
; SURFHVVLQSXWV
RXWSXWV
Overview Integration
2UGHU1R
FM 354 Pre-assembled cable
6FX8002-3AB01-.... 6,02'5,9(
;
P IW XQLYHUVDO+56
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX.002-2CD01-.... HQFRGHUZLWK
P IWDW9'& 5677/
);
;
6FX.002-2CC11-.... $EVROXWHHQFRGHU
ZLWK66,
P IWDWNELWV );
P IWDWNELWV
6FX.002-2CJ10-.... 6,02'5,9(
XQLYHUVDO+56ZLWK
P IW :6*LQWHUIDFH
5 6FX.002-2CD01-....
P IW
([WHUQDO
(;(
The FM 354 single-axis positioning module for servo motors has ,QFUHPHQWDOOLQHDU
the same basic design as the SIMATIC S7-300 series. PHDVXUHPHQW
V\VWHPDOVR
Application GLVWDQFHHQFRGHG
*B1&B(1BH
Position-controlled analog auxiliary axes on SINUMERIK 810D
powerline and 840D powerline, e.g. as infeed, retooling, setup +LJKVSHHG
or loader axis ; SURFHVVLQSXWV
RXWSXWV
Positioning of position-controlled servo axes
Independent operation in the SIMATIC S7-300.
Connection overview for FM 354
Technical specifications Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
Order No. 6ES7354-1AH01-0AE0
system".
Product name Positioning module FM 354
Input voltage
Power consumption, max.
24 V DC
8W
Selection and Ordering Data
Degree of protection to IP20 Designation Order No.
EN 60529 (IEC 60529) Positioning module FM 354 6ES7354-1AH01-0AE0
Humidity rating in Class 3K5 condensation and icing incl. configuring package on
accordance with EN 60721-3-3 excluded. Low air temperature 0 C CD-ROM
(+32 F). Languages: English, French,
Ambient temperature German, Italian
Storage -40...+70 C (-40 ... +158 F) comprising of:
Transport -40...+70 C (-40 ... +158 F) Manual (electronic) for FM 354
Operation 0...+55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Standard function blocks
Weight, approx. 0.55 kg (1.21 lb)
(STEP 7 interface software)
Dimensions
Width 80 mm (3.15 in) Screen form-based configura-
Height 125 mm (4.92 in) tion software for FM 354
Depth 118 mm (4.65 in) Standard interactive screen
forms for OP7/OP17
Manuals Paper version
Languages:
German 6ES7354-1AH01-8AG0
English 6ES7354-1AH01-8BG0
French 6ES7354-1AH01-8CG0
Italian 6ES7354-1AH01-8EG0
Front connector 6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0
20-pin, with screw contacts
EditFM 6FC5263-0AA03-0AB0
Traversing program editor for
FM 353/354/357-2, executes on
PG/PC without STEP 7 installation
Overview Function
FM 357-2 with FM 357-2L system firmware
4 measurement circuits for the connection of position-con-
trolled servo axes or stepper drives or external master axes
Interface for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS or SIMOVERT
MASTERDRIVES MC via PROFIBUS DP with motion control
(not for FM 357-2H in conjunction with SINUMERIK HT 6)
Axis relationship:
linear/rotary interpolation, independent individual axes
Axis synchronization by means of travel association or curve
tables (electronic cam disks) or with external master
Travel with programmable acceleration and slowdown
Transformable coordinate systems
Operating modes:
jog, incremental, reference point, MDI (manual data input),
automatic, automatic single block
Displacement signals (cam controller)
Special emergency stop routines with rapid restart
Program-controlled movement function on the basis of the
movement program, M function 5
Programs can be parameterized by means of user variables
Programming in accordance with DIN 66025 with higher level
The FM 357-2 is a positioning and path control which enables in- language elements (loops, conditions)
telligent control of the movement of up to 4 axes. The FM 357-2 Data backup to memory card (optional)
controls stepper drives and position-controlled servo drive axes. Multi-channel functionality (any combination with up to
The component takes the form of a module for SIMATIC S7-300 4 channels can be defined, 1 channel for FM 357-2H)
and can be operated in conjunction with a SIMATIC CPU 314 C FM 357-2 with FM 357-2LX system firmware
or higher, whereby up to 3 modules 1) can be combined with a
CPU. SIMATIC HMI-OPs, e.g. OP17, OP27 or Windows CE As FM 357-2L, plus the following:
devices such as TP 170B or higher (with ProTool V6) can be Spline interpolation (A, B, C splines) or definition of movement
used for control and monitoring. by means of interpolation points
Application
High-performance "Gantry" portal function
Flexible synchronized actions (extended interrupt routines)
Processing of metal, wood, plastic and stone Probe evaluation without time delay
Textiles and packaging industries Programmable overlap of oscillating movements
Wrapping machines Track speed-dependent variable control
Handling systems Programmable travel against a fixed limit
The FM 357-2 has an extensive range of different applications 3D protection zones
from independent, individual positioning axes to interpolating
multi-axis path control. FM 357-2 with FM 357-2H system firmware
As FM 357-2LX, plus the following:
Design Coordinate transformation for buckling arm, scara and portal
The FM 357-2 consists of the basic module and the system firm- systems, comparable "handling transformation package" with
ware, which should be ordered separately. This is available in up to 4 axes in one channel
3 versions, FM 357-2L, FM 357-2LX and FM 357-2H. Teach-in functions with SINUMERIK HT 6
The configuration package contains a user-friendly setup tool
which enables the user to set the system up from within STEP 7.
5
Storage -40...+70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
,QFUHPHQWDO Transport -40...+70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
6FX.002-2CD24-.... HQFRGHU77/ZLWK Operation 0...+55 C (+32 ... 131 F)
569 Weight, approx. 1.2 kg (2.65 lb)
);
Dimensions
;; Width 200 mm (7.87 in)
6FX.002-2CJ10-.... 6,02'5,9( Height 125 mm (4.92 in)
XQLYHUVDO+56ZLWK Depth 118 mm (4.65 in)
P IW :6*LQWHUIDFH
$EVROXWHHQFRGHU
Selection and Ordering Data
6FX.002-2CC11-....
ZLWK66, Designation Order No.
P IWDWNELWV );
P IWDWNELWV Positioning and path control 6ES7357-4AH01-0AE0
module FM 357-2
6FX.002-2CD01-.... ([WHUQDO Basic unit
P IW (;(
System firmware FM 357-2L 6ES7357-4AH03-3AE0
Single license
System firmware FM 357-2LX 6ES7357-4BH03-3AE0
,QFUHPHQWDOOLQHDU with additional functions
PHDVXUHPHQW Single license
V\VWHPDOVR
GLVWDQFHHQFRGHG System firmware FM 357-2H 6ES7357-4CH03-3AE0
with additional functions
Single license
+DQGKHOG incl. configuring package
WHUPLQDO+7 on CD-ROM
Languages: English, French,
German, Italian
6FX2002-1AA23-.... comprising of:
P IW Equipment manual (electronic),
'LVWULEXWRU configuration software (para-
);%+ meterization screen forms,
standard function blocks
HMI screen forms for
352),%86'3FDEOH 6,02'5,9( OP17/OP27/TP 170B/MP 270B)
*B1&B(1BH
;
IRU03,FDEOHVHH XQLYHUVDO+56
Manuals
027,21&211(&7
Paper version
6,02'5,9( Languages:
32602&'&$6,
German 6ES7357-4AH00-8AG0
2QO\IRU)0+ English 6ES7357-4AH00-8BG0
French 6ES7357-4AH00-8CG0
Connection overview for FM 357-2
Italian 6ES7357-4AH00-8EG0
Information about application, configuration and cable exten- Front screw connector 6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection for connection, probe and NC-
system". Ready signal
EditFM 6FC5263-0AA03-0AB0
Traversing program editor for
FM 353/354/357-2, executes on
PG/PC without STEP 7 installation
Overview Benefits
24 V power supplies 7 Precise output voltage
7 Low residual ripple
The 24 V power supply units from the SITOP range are optimized
for industrial use and operate on the switched-mode principle. 7 Wide input voltage range
Due to the precisely regulated output voltage, the devices are 7 High efficiency
even suitable for the connection of sensitive sensors. Different 7 Simple installation
versions are available depending on the output current and field
of application. In some cases, functional expansion is possible 7 Integrated electronic short-circuit protection
with add-on modules. For example, for back-up in the event of 7 Safe electric isolation (SELV acc. to EN 60950 or EN 50178)
long supply system outages, DC UPS modules 6 A, 15 A and 40 7 Compliance with national and international standards, e.g.
A are available with external back-up by rechargeable batteries. EMC compliant with EN 61000-6-2 and EN 55022 Class B, UL
and cUL (CSA) approval
More information 7 No release of silicon
Additional information is available in the Internet under: http://www.siemens.com/sitop
Overview
The modular concept is based on basic power supply units in Three add-on modules offer supplementary functions.
compact design with outputs from 24 V/5 A to 24 V/40A, with
The signaling module can be snapped onto the side of the basic
Metal housing for standard rail mounting unit; complete with isolated signaling contacts "Output voltage
5 A and 10 A units with single-phase and two-phase OK" and "Ready"; with signal input for remote On/Off switching of
connection basic unit.
(L1 and N, L1 and L2) The back-up module bridges line interruptions in the millisecond
20 A and 40 A units with single-phase or three-phase range. 100 ms at 40 A, 800 ms at 5 A, up to 3 s at minimal load
connection current; standard rail mounting at any location in the control
Adjustable output voltage up to 28.8 V cabinet.
3 x LED status display The redundancy module decouples the basic units from each
Selectable short-circuit response, constant current or retentive other via diodes so that a redundant 24 V power supply can be
shutdown established.
Switchover for parallel operation Power supply units and add-on modules
Radio interference level Class B Ambient temperature 0 60 C (32 140 F)
Input current harmonics limitation acc. to
EN 61000-3-2 (except 6EP1337-3BA00)
20 A 120/230 V AC 24 V DC 20 A 6EP1336-3BA00
(85 ... 132 V/ 3%
176 ... 264 V)
400 ... 500 V 3 AC 24 V DC 20 A 6EP1436-3BA00
(340 ... 550 V) 3%
400 ... 500 V 3 AC 48 V DC 20 A 6EP1457-3BA00
(340 ... 550 V) 3%
40 A 120/230 V AC 24 V DC 40 A 6EP1337-3BA00
(85 ... 132 V/ 3%
176 ... 264 V)
400 ... 500 V 3 AC 24 V DC 40 A 6EP1437-3BA00
(340 ... 550 V) 3%
Add-on modules
Signaling module 24 V DC 6EP1961-3BA10
Overview
By combining a DC UPS module with at least one battery module DC UPS modules
and a SITOP power supply, long power failures can be bridged Radio interference level Class B
absolutely free of interruptions.
Ambient temperature 0 +60 C (+32 +140 F)
Battery modules
2.5 Ah: Ambient temperature -40 +60 C (-40 +140 F)
1.2 to 12 Ah: Ambient temperature 5 40 C (41 104 F)
1.2 Ah 27 V DC 24 V DC 6EP1935-6MC01
(end of charge voltage: 27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
3.2 Ah 27 V DC 24 V DC 6EP1935-6MD11
(end of charge voltage: 27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
12 Ah 27 V DC 24 V DC 6EP1935-6MF01
(end of charge voltage: 27 V,
exhaustive discharge protection:
19 V)
Overview
Equipment for a milling machine is required (X, Y and Z axes, 7 SINUMERIK 810DE powerline with CCU 3 module
tool magazine axis and main spindle) with: 7 Operator panel
7 SIMODRIVE 611 digital
7 SIMODRIVE motors
7 Pre-assembled cables
5
Electronic handwheel with front panel 120 mm x 120 mm (4.72 in x 4.72 in) 1 6FC9320-5DB01
Pre-assembled cable for connecting the handwheel, length: 5 m (16 ft 5 in) 1 6FX8002-4AA21-1AF0
Toolbox for SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline, single license, specific software version 1 6FC5252-0AX21-0AB0
Axis expansion plug-in unit for SINUMERIK 810D powerline 1 6FC5412-0FA10-0AA0
Axis expansion plug-in unit, left for SINUMERIK 810D powerline 1 6FC5412-0FA12-0AA0
Single I/O module 1 6FC5411-0AA00-0AA0
SIMATIC S7-300 (see Catalog ST 70)
Pre-assembled connecting cable 1 6ES7368-3BC51-0AA0
between SINUMERIK 810D powerline and EFP, length: 2.5 m (8 ft 2 in)
SIMODRIVE 611
16 kW infeed/regenerative feedback module, internal heat dissipation 1 6SN1145-1BA01-0BA1
HF line filter package for infeed/regenerative feedback module 16 kW 1 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0
Power module 2-axis version 2 x 9 A/18 A with internal heat dissipation for 1FK7 motor 6SN1123-1AB00-0BA1
Power module 1-axis design, internal heat dissipation 6SN1123-1AA00-0CA1
24 A for 1PH7 motor
Shield connection plate
100 mm (3.94 in) (for 16 kW infeed/regenerative feedback module) 1 6SN1162-0EA00-0BA0
50 mm (1.97 in) (for power modules) 2 6SN1162-0EA00-0AA0
SIMODRIVE motors
1FK7 motor, incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp installed, without holding brake 1 1FK7042-5AF71-1AG0
1FK7 motor, incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp installed, without holding brake 2 1FK7063-5AF71-1AG0
Pre-assembled power cable without brake cable/with complete shield 3 6FX8002-5CA01-1AH0
Length: 7 m (23 ft)
1FK7 motor, incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp installed, with holding brake 1 1FK7063-5AF71-1AH0
Pre-assembled power cable with brake cable/with complete shield 1 6FX8002-5DA01-1AH0
Length: 7 m (23 ft)
Pre-assembled signal cable, suitable for trailing, length: 7 m (23 ft) 4 6FX8002-2CA31-1AH0
1PH7 motor 1 1PH7103-2NG02-0CJ0
Type IM B5
Power cable, sold by the meter without brake cable/with complete shield 1 6FX8008-1BB41-1FA0
Pre-assembled signal cable, suitable for trailing, length: 9 m (29 ft 6 in) 1 6FX8002-2CA31-1AK0
Overview
Equipment is required for a bending machine with 9 axes: 7 SINUMERIK 840Di
7 SIMATIC DP ET200
7 SIMATIC NET
7 SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
7 SIMODRIVE motors
7 Preassembled cables
5
SIMATIC DP ET200 (see Catalog ST 70)
IM151 interface module for ET200S 1 6ES7151-1AA03-0AB0
PM-E 24 V DC power module 1 6ES7138-4CA00-0AA0
TM-P15S23-A0 terminal module 1 6ES7193-4CD20-0AA0
5 electronic modules, 4 standard DI, 24 V DC 1 6ES7131-4BD00-0AA0
5 electronic modules, 4 standard DO, 24 V DC/2 A 1 6ES7132-4BD30-0AA0
5 terminal modules, TM-E15C24-01 2 6ES7193-4CB30-0AA0
SIMATIC NET
Standard bus cable, 2-core, for fast installation, sold by the meter 6XV1830-0EH10
Bus coupler, with axial cable outlet 1 6GK1500-0EA02
Connecting plug with angled outlet and PG socket 2 6ES7972-0BB41-0XA0
Connection plug with angled outlet without PG socket 6 6ES7972-0BA41-0XA0
SIMODRIVE 611
10 kW infeed module 1 6SN1145-1AA01-0AA1
Heat sink, for unstabilized 10 kW infeed 1 6SN1162-0BA01-0AA0
Line filter, for unstabilized 10 kW infeed 1 6SN1111-0AA01-1AA0
Overvoltage limiter, for line infeed of 10 kW and above 1 6SN1111-0AB00-0AA0
Monitoring module 1 6SN1112-1AC01-0AA1
Shield connection plate, for external heat dissipation, 50 mm 1 6SN1162-0EB00-0AA0
Shield connection plate, for external heat dissipation, 100 mm 1 6SN1162-0EB00-0BA0
Power module, single-axis design, 9 A, internal heat dissipation 1 6SN1123-1AA00-0BA1
Power module, 2-axis design, 3 A, internal heat dissipation 4 6SN1123-1AB00-0HA1
Shield connection plate, for internal heat dissipation 5 6SN1162-0EA00-0AA0
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS 2-axis design, resolver 5 6SN1118-0NK01-0AA0
Optional slide-in unit Motion Control with PROFIBUS DP 5 6SN1114-0NB01-0AA0
for cyclic and acyclic data exchange
SIMODRIVE motors
1FK7 motor, without holding brake, 6000 rpm 6 1FK7032-5AK71-1SG0
1FK7 motor, without holding brake, 3000 rpm 2 1FK7042-5AF71-1SG0
1FK7 motor, without holding brake, 3000 rpm 1 1FK7063-5AF71-1SG0
Preassembled signal cable, suitable for trailing, length: 5 m (1.1 lb) 9 6FX8002-2EQ10-1AF0
Preassembled power cable, suitable for trailing, length: 5 m (1.1 lb) 9 6FX8002-5CA01-1AF0
Overview
The equipment for a compact machine tool for milling is required 7 SINUMERIK 840DE powerline
with: 7 User-friendly operation
7 SIMODRIVE 611 digital
7 SIMODRIVE motors
7 Pre-assembled cables
Overview
Designation Quantity Order No.
SIMODRIVE 611
Infeed/regenerative feedback module16 kW, internal heat dissipation 1 6SN1145-1BA01-0BA1
HF line filter package for infeed/regenerative feedback module 16 kW 1 6SL3000-0FE21-6AA0
Power module 2-axes version 2 x 5 A/10 A with internal heat dissipation 2 6SN1123-1AB00-0AA1
Power module single-axis version for 1FT6 (18 A/36 A) and 1PH (24 A/32 A) 2 6SN1123-1AA00-0CA1
with internal heat dissipation
High-performance closed-loop control in 2-axis design 2 6SN1118-0DK23-0AA1
Control module with digital setpoint interface for 1FT6 motors
for incremental motor encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp or absolute motor encoder with EnDat
Direct measuring system incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp or absolute encoder with EnDat
High-performance closed-loop control in 1-axis design 1 6SN1118-0DJ23-0AA1
Slide-in control with digital setpoint interface for 1PH motors
for incremental motor encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp or absolute motor encoder with EnDat
Direct measuring system incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp or absolute encoder with EnDat
Shield connection plate
100 mm (3.94 in) (for 16 kW infeed/regenerative feedback module) 1 6SN1162-0EA00-0BA0
50 mm (1.97 in) (for power modules) 4 6SN1162-0EA00-0AA0
Drive bus cable for 4 x 50 mm (4 x 1.97 in) modules 4 6SN1161-1CA00-0AA0
5
SIMODRIVE motors
1FT6 motor, incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp installed, without holding brake 4 1FT6064-1AF71-3AG1
Pre-assembled power cable for 1FT6 motor 4 6FX8002-5CA01-1BA0
without brake cable/with complete screen
Length: 10 m (32 ft 10 in)
1FT6 motor, incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp installed, without holding brake 1 1FT6102-1AC71-1AG1
Pre-assembled power cable for 1FT6 motor 1 6FX8002-5CA21-1BA0
without brake cable/with complete screen
Length: 10 m (32 ft 10 in)
Pre-assembled signal cable for encoder in 1FT6 motor 5 6FX8002-2CA31-1BA0
Length: 10 m (32 ft 10 in)
1PH7 motor 1 1PH7103-2NG02-0CJ0
Type IM B5
Power cable 1 6FX8008-1BB41-1FA0
Sold by the meter without brake cable/with complete shield
Length: 50 m (164 ft) (shortest length supplied)
Pre-assembled signal cable for encoder on 1PH7 motor 1 6FX8002-2CA31-1BA0
Length: 10 m (32 ft 10 in)
Siemens NC 60 2006
Synchronous motors
for SIMODRIVE 611
Introduction
Overview
1FT6 1FK7 Compact
1FK7 High Dynamic
Rated speed 1500 ... 6000 rpm 2000 ... 6000 rpm
Static torque M0 0.4 ... 300 Nm (3.5 ...2655 lb -in) 0.85 ... 48 Nm (7.52 .... 425 lb -in) (1FK7 Compact)
1.3 ... 28 Nm (11.5 ... 248 lb -in) (1FK7 High Dynamic)
Overload capability up to max. 4 M0 3 M0
Encoder systems, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Absolute encoder, EnDat
Resolver
See the technical specifications and the selection and ordering data for the required motor for
information about a compatible encoder system.
Sound pressure level in 55 ... 74 dB (A) 55 ... 74 dB (A)
accordance with EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in IP64 ... IP68 IP64
accordance with EN 60034-5 IP65, additional IP67 drive end flange
(IEC 60034-5)
Cooling Natural cooling Natural cooling
Forced ventilation
Water cooling
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F for a winding temperature rise of T = 100 K
in accordance with EN 60034-1 at an ambient temperature of 40 C (104F)
(IEC 60034-1)
With water cooling,
inlet temperature max. 30 C (86 F)
6 Holding brake
Type of motor
Built-in (option)
Permanent-magnet-excited synchronous motor,
3-phase
Paint finish Anthracite Unpainted, anthracite (option)
Mounted gearing Planetary gearbox series SP+ Planetary gearbox series LP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage) i = 5, i = 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
Application
There are many fields of application for the 1FT6/1FK7/
1FN1/1FN3/1FW6/1FL3 synchronous motors. On machine tools, Core types can be supplied for certain motor types. These
they are designated and used as feed motors. On production core types have several advantages over the standard
machines such as printing, packaging and textile machines, types: shorter delivery time and faster spare parts supply.
they are designated as synchronous servo motors. In this de- For this reason, core types should be used for configuration
scription, the motors are generally designated as synchronous wherever possible.
motors due to their principle of operation.
The 1FE1 built-in motors are used as motorized spindles in ma-
chine tools for turning, milling or grinding. The 2SP1 ECS motor-
ized spindles are a range of motorized spindles that are used in
machine tools for milling.
Overview (continued)
1FL3 1FN1 1FN3 linear motors
stepper motors SIMOSTEP linear motors Peak load Continuous load
Speed Up to 6000 rpm 65 ... 214 m/min (213 ... 702 ft/min) 30 ... 519 m/min (98 ... 1702 ft/min) 1)
Steps per revolution 500/1000/5000/10000
Static torque M0 2 ... 15 Nm (17.7 ... 132.75 lb -in)
Feedrate force Frated 790 ... 14500 N 200 ... 20700 N 150 ... 20700 N
(178 ... 3260 lb) (45 ... 4653 lb) (34 ... 4653 lb)
Overload capability up to max. None 2.25 x Frated 2.75 x Frated 1.7 x Frated
Encoder system Not required Linear scale (enclosed or open)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Absolute encoder with EnDat interface
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F for a winding Temperature class H for a winding Temperature class H for a winding
in accordance with EN 60034-1 temperature rise of T = 100 K at temperature of 130 C/140 C temperature of 120 C (248 F)
(IEC 60034-1) an ambient temperature of 40 C (266 F/284 F)
(104 F)
1)
Observe maximum speed of measuring system.
Overview (continued)
1FW6 1FE1 2SP1
built-in torque motors built-in motors ECS motor spindles
Speed 40 ... 430 rpm Up to 40000 rpm Up to 18000 rpm
Static torque M0 96.8 ... 4760 Nm
(856.7 ... 42126 lb -in)
Rated torque Mrated 5 ... 820 Nm 42 ... 170 Nm
(44 ... 7257 lb -in) (372 ... 1505 lb -in)
Overload capability up to max. 2 x M0
Encoder system Rotary encoders Hollow-shaft measuring system Hollow-shaft measuring system
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp SIMAG H2 Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Absolute encoder with EnDat L&B GEL 244 256 pulses/revolution (built-in)
interface
Sound pressure level in Depending on spindle design 70 dB (A)1)
accordance with EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in IP21 IP00 or as specified by IP64 (in working area)
accordance with EN 60034-5 spindle manufacturer IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
(IEC 60034-5)
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F for a winding Temperature class F
in accordance with EN 60034-1 temperature rise of T = 100 K
(IEC 60034-1) at an ambient temperature
of 40 C (104 F).
6 Inlet temperature of coolant
max. 35 C (95 F)
Inlet temperature of coolant 25 C (77 F)
1)
Sound pressure level of stock removal and tool changing are not taken into
account.
With the fully digital control system of the SIMODRIVE 611 drive
system and the encoder technology in the motors, the 1FT6 motors
Vibration severity in accordance
with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Max. sound pressure level in
Grade N (normal)
Application
(half-key balancing)
Built-in holding brake
Degree of protection IP67, IP68
High-performance machine tools M5 sealing air connection present
Machines with high demands placed on the dynamic re- (except with forced ventilation)
Terminal box for power terminal
sponse, precision and flexibility - e.g. packaging machines, Planetary gearbox, built-on
shelf-access equipment, conveyor systems, handling equip- (requirement: plain shaft extension,
ment and printing machines. radial eccentricity tolerance N,
vibration severity grade N and IP65
Integration degree of protection)
The 1FT6 motors are suitable for use with the SIMODRIVE 611
digital/universal HRS converter system.
2000 100 4.8 (6.4) 27 (239) 23 (204) 11 1FT6102 - 1AC71 - 7 7 7 1 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
8.0 (10.7) 50 (443) 38 (336) 17.6 1FT6105 - 1AC71 - 7 7 7 1 4 168 (0.1487) 39.5 (87.1)
3000 48 1.4 (1.9) 5 (44) 4.3 (38.1) 2.9 1FT6044 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 2 5.1 (0.0045) 8.3 (18.3)
63 1.5 (2.0) 6 (53) 4.7 (41.6) 3.4 1FT6062 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 3 8.5 (0.0752) 9.5 (20.9)
2.2 (3.0) 9.5 (84.1) 7 (62) 4.9 1FT6064 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 3.2 (4.3) 13 (115) 10.3 (91.2) 8.7 1FT6082 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 30 (0.0266) 15 (33.1)
4.6 (6.2) 20 (177) 14.7 (130.1) 11 1FT6084 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
5.8 (7.8) 27 (239) 18.5 (163.7) 13 1FT6086 - 1AF71 - 7 7 7 1 4 66.5 (0.0589) 25.5 (56.2)
4500 63 1.7 (2.3) 6 (53) 3.6 (31.9) 3.9 1FT6062 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 3 8.5 (0.0752) 9.5 (20.9)
2.3 (3.1) 9.5 (84.1) 4.8 (42.5) 5.5 1FT6064 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 4.9 (6.7) 20 (177) 10.5 (92.9) 12.5 1FT6084 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
5.7 (7.6) 27 (239) 12 (106.2) 12.6 1FT6086 - 1AH71 - 7 7 7 1 4 66.5 (0.0589) 25.5 (56.2)
6000 36 0.88 (1.2) 2 (18) 1.4 (12.4) 2.1 1FT6034 - 1AK71 - 7 7 7 1 2 1.1 (0.001) 4.4 (9.7)
6 80 4.1 (5.5) 20 (177) 6.5 (57.5) 9.2 1FT6084 - 1AK71 - 7 7 7 1 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
Type: IM B5 1
1FT6102-1AC7... 12.1 5.7 (7.6) 18 For ordering data, 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6105-1AC7... 21.4 10.5 (14.1) 28 see "Converter systems" 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6044-1AF7... 3 1.6 (2.1) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6062-1AF7... 4.1 1.9 (2.6) 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-1AF7... 6.1 3.0 (4.0) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6082-1AF7... 9.6 4.1 (5.5) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6084-1AF7... 13.2 6.3 (8.5) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6086-1AF7... 16.4 8.5 (11.4) 18 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6062-1AH7... 5.7 2.8 (3.8) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-1AH7... 9.0 4.5 (6.0) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6084-1AH7... 19.8 9.4 (12.6) 18 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6086-1AH7... 23.3 12.7 (17.0) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6034-1AK7... 2.6 1.3 (1.7) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6084-1AK7... 24.1 12.6 (16.9) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
6
Type of power cable:
MOTION-CONNECT 800 8 0
MOTION-CONNECT 700 (only with brake cores) 7 0
MOTION-CONNECT 500 5 0
MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS (only up to a cross-section of 6 mm2) 5 1
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2) The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions at an ambient air
temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
3)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
1500 100 3.8 (5.1) 27 (239) 24.5 (216.8) 8.4 1FT6102 - 8AB7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
6.4 (8.9) 50 (443) 41 (363) 14.5 1FT6105 - 8AB7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 39.5 (87.1)
9.6 (12.9) 70 (620) 61 (540) 20.5 1FT6108 - 8AB7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 55.5 (122.4)
132 9.7 (13) 75 (664) 62 (549) 19 1FT6132 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 85 (187.4)
11.8 (15.8) 95 (841) 75 (664) 24 1FT6134 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 547 (0.4841) 100 (220.5)
13.8 (18.5) 115 (1018) 88 (779) 27 1FT6136 - 6AB7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 664 (0.5876) 117 (258)
Type: IM B5 1
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT613) 2
1FT6102-8AB7... 8.7 4.2 (5.63) 9 For ordering data, 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6105-8AB7... 16.0 7.9 (10.59) 18 see "Converter systems" 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6108-8AB7... 22.3 11.0 (14.75) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6132-6AB7 ... 21.6 11.8 (15.82) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6134-6AB7 ... 27.0 14.9 (19.97) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6136-6AB7... 34 18.1 (24.26) 56 1.5 4 x 10 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A61 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
4)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
2000 63 0.8 (1.1) 4 (35) 3.7 (32.7) 1.9 1FT6061 - 6AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 6 (0.0053) 8 (17.6)
1.1 (1.5) 6 (53) 5.2 (46) 2.6 1FT6062 - 6AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
1.7 (2.3) 9.5 (84.1) 8 (71) 3.8 1FT6064 - 6AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 1.6 (5.1) 8 (71) 7.5 (66.4) 4.1 1FT6081 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 21 (0.0186) 12.5 (27.6)
2.4 (3.2) 13 (115) 11.4 (101) 6.6 1FT6082 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 30 (0.0266) 15 (33.1)
3.5 (4.7) 20 (177) 16.9 (149.6) 8.3 1FT6084 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
4.7 (6.3) 27 (239) 22.5 (199) 10.9 1FT6086 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 25.5 (56.2)
100 4.8 (6.4) 27 (239) 23 (204) 11 1FT6102 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
8.0 (10.7) 50 (443) 38 (336) 17.6 1FT6105 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1478) 39.5 (87.1)
11.5 (15.4) 70 (620) 55 (487) 24.5 1FT6108 - 8AC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 55.5 (122.4)
132 11.5 (15.4) 75 (664) 55 (487) 23 1FT6132 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 85 (188)
13.6 (18.2) 95 (841) 65 (575) 27 1FT6134 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 547 (0.4841) 100 (221)
15.5 (20.8) 115 (1018) 74 (665) 30 1FT6136 - 6AC7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 664 (0.5876) 117 (258)
6 Type: IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT613)
1
2
1FT6061-6AC7... 1.9 0.84 (1.13) 3 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6062-6AC7... 2.7 1.3 (1.74) 3 see "Converter systems" 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-6AC7... 4.2 2.0 (2.68) 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6081-8AC7... 3.9 1.7 (2.28) 5 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6082-8AC7... 6.6 2.7 (3.62) 9 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6084-8AC7... 8.8 4.2 (5.63) 9 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6086-8AC7... 11.3 5.7 (7.64) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6102-8AC7... 12.1 5.7 (7.64) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6105-8AC7... 21.4 10.5 (14.07) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6108-8AC7... 29 14.7 (19.71) 28 4) 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A51 - ....
1FT6132-6AC7 ... 29 15.7 (21.05) 28 4) 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A51 - ....
1FT6134-6AC7 ... 36 19.9 (26.68) 56 1.5 4 x 10 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A61 - ....
1FT6136-6AC7... 42 24.1 (32.31) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
4)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
5) The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
3000 48 0.7 (0.99) 2.6 (23) 2.15 (19) 1.7 1FT6041 - 4AF7 1 - 7 7 7 7 2 2.9 (0.0025) 6.6 (14.6)
1.4 (1.9) 5 (44) 4.3 (38.1) 2.9 1FT6044 - 4AF7 1 - 7 7 7 7 2 5.1 (0.0045) 8.3 (18.3)
63 1.1 (1.5) 4 (35) 3.5 (31) 2.6 1FT6061 - 6AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 6 (0.0053) 8 (17.6)
1.5 (2.0) 6 (53) 4.7 (41.6) 3.4 1FT6062 - 6AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
2.2 (2.95) 9.5 (84.1) 7 (62) 4.9 1FT6064 - 6AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 2.2 (2.95) 8 (71) 6.9 (61.1) 5.6 1FT6081 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 21 (0.0186) 12.5 (27.6)
3.2 (4.3) 13 (115) 10.3 (91.2) 8.7 1FT6082 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 30 (0.0266) 15 (33.1)
4.6 (6.2) 20 (177) 14.7 (130.1) 11 1FT6084 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
5.8 (7.8) 27 (239) 18.5 (163.7) 13 1FT6086 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 25.5 (56.2)
100 6.1 (8.2) 27 (239) 19.5 (172.6) 13.2 1FT6102 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
9.7 (13) 50 (443) 31 (274) 22.5 1FT6105 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 39.5 (87.1)
11.6 (15.2) 70 (620) 37 (328) 25 1FT6108 - 8AF7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 55.5 (122.4)
132 11.3 (15.2) 75 (664) 36 (319) 23 1FT6132 - 6AF7 1 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 85 (187.4)
6 Type: IM B5
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT604/1FT613)
1
2
1FT6041-4AF7 ... 1.9 0.8 (1.07) 3 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6044-4AF7 ... 3 1.6 (2.14) 3 see "Converter systems" 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6061-6AF7 ... 2.7 1.3 (1.74) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6062-6AF7 ... 4.1 1.9 (2.55) 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-6AF7 ... 6.1 3.0 (4.02) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6081-8AF7 ... 5.8 2.5 (3.35) 9 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6082-8AF7 ... 9.6 4.1 (5.5) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6084-8AF7 ... 13.2 6.3 (8.45) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6086-8AF7 ... 16.4 8.5 (11.39) 18 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6102-8AF7 ... 16.9 8.5 (11.39) 18 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6105-8AF7 ... 32 15.7 (21.05) 28 5) 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A51 - ....
1FT6108-8AF7 ... 41 22.0 (29.49) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6132-6AF7 ... 43 23.6 (31.64) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
4) The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
5)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
4500 63 1.4 (1.9) 4 (35) 2.9 (25.7) 3.4 1FT6061 - 6AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 6 (0.0053) 8 (17.6)
1.7 (2.3) 6 (53) 3.6 (31.9) 3.9 1FT6062 - 6AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
2.3 (3.1) 9.5 (84.1) 4.8 (42.5) 5.5 1FT6064 - 6AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 2.7 (3.6) 8 (71) 5.8 (51.3) 7.3 1FT6081 - 8AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 21 (0.0186) 12.5 (27.6)
4 (5.4) 13 (115) 8.5 (75.2) 11 1FT6082 - 8AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 30 (0.0266) 15 (33.1)
4.9 (6.6) 20 (177) 10.5 (92.9) 12.5 1FT6084 - 8AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
5.7 (7.6) 27 (239) 12 (106.2) 12.6 1FT6086 - 8AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 25.5 (56.2)
100 5.7 (7.6) 27 (239) 12 (106.2) 12 1FT6102 - 8AH7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 99 (0.0876) 27.5 (60.6)
Type: IM B5 1
2)
IM B14 2
1FT6061-6AH7... 4 1.9 (2.6) 5 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6062-6AH7... 5.7 2.8 (3.8) 9 see "Converter systems" 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-6AH7... 9.0 4.5 (6.0) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6081-8AH7... 8.6 3.8 (5.1) 9 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6082-8AH7... 14.8 6.1 (8.2) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6084-8AH7... 19.8 9.4 (12.6) 18 4) 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6086-8AH7... 23.3 12.7 (17.0) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6102-8AH7... 24.1 12.7 (17.0) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
D
....
6
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
3)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
4) With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
5)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
6000 28 0.19 (0.25) 0.4 (3.5) 0.3 (2.7) 1.1 1FT6021 - 6AK71 - 7 7 7 7 3 0.21 (0.0002) 1.2 (2.6)
0.31 (0.42) 0.8 (7.1) 0.5 (4.4) 0.9 1FT6024 - 6AK71 - 7 7 7 7 3 0.34 (0.0003) 2.1 (4.6)
36 0.47 (0.63) 1 (9) 0.75 (6.6) 1.2 1FT6031 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7 2 0.65 (0.0006) 3.1 (6.8)
0.88 (1.18) 2 (18) 1.4 (12.4) 2.1 1FT6034 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7 2 1.1 (0.0010) 4.4 (9.7)
48 1.1 (1.5) 2.6 (23) 1.7 (15) 2.4 1FT6041 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7 2 2.9 (0.0025) 6.6 (14.6)
1.9 (2.6) 5 (44) 3 (26.6) 4.1 1FT6044 - 4AK71 - 7 7 7 7 2 5.1 (0.0045) 8.3 (18.3)
63 1.3 (1.7) 4 (35) 2.1 (18.6) 3.1 1FT6061 - 6AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 6 (0.0053) 8 (17.6)
1.3 (1.7) 6 (53) 2.1 (18.6) 3.2 1FT6062 - 6AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
1.3 (1.7) 9.5 (84.1) 2.1 (18.6) 3.5 1FT6064 - 6AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 2.9 (13.9) 8 (70.8) 4.6 (40.7) 7.7 1FT6081 - 8AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 21 (0.0186) 12.5 (27.6)
3.5 (4.7) 13 (115) 5.5 (48.7) 9.1 1FT6082 - 8AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 30 (0.0266) 15 (33.1)
4.1 (5.6) 20 (177) 6.5 (57.5) 9.2 1FT6084 - 8AK7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 20.5 (45.2)
Type: IM B5 1
6 Connector outlet direction:
IM B14 2) (not for 1FT602/1FT603/1FT604)
1
Transverse left (not for 1FT603/1FT604/1FT606) 2
Axial NDE 3
Axial DE 4
1FT6021-6AK7 ... 1.25 0.3 (0.4) 3 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6024-6AK7... 1.25 0.5 (0.7) 3 see "Converter systems" 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6031-4AK7 ... 1.4 0.6 (0.8) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6034-4AK7... 2.6 1.3 (1.7) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6041-4AK7 ... 3 1.6 (2.1) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6044-4AK7 ... 5.9 3.1 (4.2) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6061-6AK7... 5 2.5 (3.4) 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6062-6AK7... 7.6 3.8 (5.1) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6064-6AK7... 12 4.0 (5.4) 18 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A01 - ....
1FT6081-8AK7... 11.1 5.0 (6.7) 18 1.5 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A21 - ....
1FT6082-8AK7... 17.3 8.2 (10.99) 18 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6084-8AK7... 24.1 12.6 (16.9) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A41 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1500 100 9.3 (12.5) 65 (575) 59 (522) 21.7 1FT6105 - 8SB7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 45.5 (100.3)
13 (17) 90 (797) 83 (735) 31 1FT6108 - 8SB7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
132 16 (21) 110 (974) 102 (903) 36 1FT6132 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 91 (201)
20.4 (27.4) 140 (1239) 130 (1151) 45 1FT6134 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7 3 547 (0.4810) 106 (234)
25.1 (33.7) 175 (1549) 160 (1417) 55 1FT6136 - 6SB71 - 7 7 7 7 3 664 (0.5876) 123 (271)
2000 100 11.7 (15.7) 65 (575) 56 (496) 28 1FT6105 - 8SC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 45.5 (100.3)
16.8 (22.5) 90 (797) 80 (708) 40 1FT6108 - 8SC7 7 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
132 20.5 (27.5) 110 (974) 98 (867) 46 1FT6132 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7 3 430 (0.3806) 91 (201)
26.2 (35.1) 140 (1239) 125 (1106) 57 1FT6134 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7 3 547 (0.4810) 106 (234)
32.5 (43.6) 175 (1549) 155 (1372) 72 1FT6136 - 6SC71 - 7 7 7 7 3 664 (0.5876) 123 (271)
Type: IM B5 1
3)
IM B14 2
1FT6105-8SB7... 21.9 10.2 (13.7) 28 For ordering data, 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6108-8SB7... 30 14.1 (18.9) 28 6) see "Converter systems" 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A51 - ....
1FT6132-6SB7... 36 17.3 (23.2) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6134-6SB7... 44 22.0 (29.5) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6136-6SB7... 55 27.5 (36.9) 56 3 4 x 16 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A23 - ....
1FT6105-8SC7... 30 13.6 (18.2) 28 6) 1.5 4x6 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A51 - ....
1FT6108-8SC7... 41 18.8 (25.2) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6132-6SC7... 47 23.0 (30.6) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6134-6SC7... 58 29.3 (39.3) 56 6) 3 4 x 16 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A23 - ....
1FT6136-6SC7... 77 36.6 (49.1) 140 3 4 x 25 6FX 7 002 - 5DA33 - ....
C
6
With brake cores D
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
Not for use in atmospheres containing conductive dust. Forced ventilation cannot be used if flammable, chemically aggressive,
electrically-conductive or explosive dust is present.
3)
Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4)
The degree of protection refers to the motor; the built-on fan meets the requirements of degree of protection IP54.
5)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
6)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
7)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
Type: IM B5 1
IM B14 3) (only for 1FT613) 2
1FT6084-8SF7... 18.2 8.2 (10.99) 18 6) For ordering data, 1.5 4 x 2.5 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A31 - ....
1FT6086-8SF7... 25 11.0 (14.75) 28 see "Converter systems" 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6105-8SF7... 42 20.4 (27.35) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6108-8SF7... 62 28.3 (37.94) 70 3 4 x 16 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A23 - ....
1FT6132-6SF7... 69 34.6 (46.38) 140 3 4 x 25 6FX 7 002 - 5DA33 - ....
1FT6134-6SF7... 83 44.0 (58.98) 140 3 4 x 25 6FX 7 002 - 5DA33 - ....
1FT6084-8SH7... 26 12.3 (16.49) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02 - 5 7 A41 - ....
1FT6086-8SH7... 38 16.5 (22.12) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
1FT6105-8SH7... 59 30.6 (41.02) 56 6) 3 4 x 16 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A23 - ....
1FT6084-8SK7... 35 16.3 (21.85) 56 1.5 4 x 10 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A61 - ....
1FT6086-8SK7... 44 22.0 (29.49) 56 3 4 x 10 6FX 5 002 - 5 7 A13 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
Not for use in atmospheres containing conductive dust. Forced ventilation cannot be used if flammable, chemically aggressive,
electrically-conductive or explosive dust is present.
3) Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4)
The degree of protection refers to the motor; the built-on fan meets the requirements of degree of protection IP54.
5) For the default setting of pulse frequency.
6)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
7)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
1500 100 18.2 (24.4) 119 (1053) 116 (1027) 43 1FT6108 - 8WB77 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
2000 100 17.2 (23.1) 85 (752) 82 (725) 60 1FT6105 - 8WC77 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 45.5 (100.3)
24.1 (32.3) 119 (1053) 115 (1018) 57 1FT6108 - 8WC77 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
3000 63 3.2 (4.3) 10.2 (90.3) 10 (89) 6.9 1FT6062 - 6WF77 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
5.1 (6.8) 16.2 (143.4) 16 (142) 10.3 1FT6064 - 6WF77 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 11.0 (14.8) 35 (310) 35 (310) 27 1FT6084 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 21 (46.3)
14.5 (19.4) 47 (416) 46 (407) 37 1FT6086 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 26 (57.3)
100 24.5 (32.8) 85 (752) 78 (690) 82 1FT6105 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 168 (0.1487) 45.5 (100.3)
34.2 (45.8) 119 (1053) 109 (965) 81 1FT6108 - 8WF77 - 7 7 7 7 4 260 (0.2301) 61.5 (135.6)
4500 63 4.7 (6.3) 10.2 (90.3) 10 (89) 9.6 1FT6062 - 6WH77 - 7 7 7 7 3 8.5 (0.0075) 9.5 (20.9)
7.5 (10.1) 16.2 (143.4) 16 (142) 15.2 1FT6064 - 6WH77 - 7 7 7 7 3 13 (0.0115) 12.5 (27.6)
80 16.5 (22.1) 35 (310) 35 (310) 39 1FT6084 - 8WH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 48 (0.0425) 21 (46.3)
21.2 (28.4) 47 (416) 45 (398) 53 1FT6086 - 8WH77 - 7 7 7 7 4 66.5 (0.0589) 26 (57.3)
Type: IM B5 1
IM B14 3) 2
1FT6108-8WB7... 43 18.7 (25.07) 56 For ordering data, 3 4x10 6FX 5 002- 57A13 - ....
see "Converter systems"
1FT6105-8WC7... 58 17.8 (23.86) 56 5) 3 4x16 6FX 7 002- 57A23 - ....
1FT6108-8WC7... 57 24.9 (33.38) 56 5) 3 4x16 6FX 7 002- 57A23 - ....
1FT6062-6WF7... 6.9 3.2 (4.29) 9 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 57A01 - ....
1FT6064-6WF7... 10.3 5.1 (6.84) 18 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 57A01 - ....
1FT6084-8WF7... 24.5 11.0 (14.75) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02- 57A41 - ....
1FT6086-8WF7... 34 14.8 (19.84) 56 1.5 4x10 6FX 7 002- 57A61 - ....
1FT6105-8WF7... 83 26.7 (35.79) 140 3 4x25 6FX 7 002- 5DA33 - ....
1FT6108-8WF7... 86 37.4 (50.13) 140 3 4x35 6FX 7 002- 5DA43 - .... 7)
1FT6062-6WH7... 9.7 4.8 (6.43) 18 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 57A01 - ....
1FT6064-6WH7... 15.4 7.6 (10.19) 18 1 4x2.5 6FX 7 7 02- 57A11 - ....
1FT6084-8WH7... 37 16.5 (22.12) 56 1.5 4x10 6FX 7 002- 57A61 - ....
1FT6086-8WH7... 52 22.1 (29.62) 56 3 4x16 6FX 7 002- 57A23 - ....
1FT6062-6WK7...
1FT6064-6WK7...
12.9
20.5
6.4 (8.58)
10.2 (13.67)
18
28
1
1
4x1.5
4x2.5
6FX 7 7 02- 57A01 - ....
6FX 7 7 02- 57A11 - ....
6
1FT6084-8WK7... 47 22.0 (29.49) 56 3 4x10 6FX 5 002- 57A13 - ....
1FT6086-8WK7... 59 29.5 (39.54) 70 3 4x16 6FX 7 002- 57A23 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
Delivered as standard with water connection on top.
2)
Water connection on right side: Add -Z + order code Q20 to order number
Water connection on left side: Add -Z + order code Q21to order number
Water connection below: Add -Z + order code Q22 to order number
3)
Same flange as for IM B5 type, but with metric threaded insert in the four fixing holes.
4)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
5)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
6) The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions
at an ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
7)
MOTION-CONNECT 800 or 500 type of power cable only.
Overview
1FT6 1FK7 Compact
1FK7 High Dynamic
Rated speed 1500 ... 6000 rpm 2000 ... 6000 rpm
Static torque M0 0.4 ... 300 Nm (3.5 ...2655 lb -in) 0.85 ... 48 Nm (7.52 .... 425 lb -in) (1FK7 Compact)
1.3 ... 28 Nm (11.5 ... 248 lb -in)
(1FK7 High Dynamic)
Overload capability up to max. 4 M0 3 M0
Encoder systems, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Absolute encoder, EnDat
Resolver
See the technical specifications and the selection and ordering data for the required motor for
information about a compatible encoder system.
Sound pressure level in 55 ... 74 dB (A) 55 ... 74 dB (A)
accordance with EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in IP64 ... IP68 IP64
accordance with EN 60034-5 IP65, additional IP67 drive end flange
(IEC 60034-5)
Cooling Natural cooling Natural cooling
Forced ventilation
Water cooling
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F for a winding temperature rise of T = 100 K
in accordance with EN 60034-1 at an ambient temperature of 40 C (104F)
(IEC 60034-1)
With water cooling,
inlet temperature max. 30 C (86 F)
6 Holding brake Built-in (optional)
Type of motor Permanent-magnet-excited synchronous motor,
3-phase
Paint finish Anthracite unpainted, anthracite (optional)
Mounted gearing Planetary gearbox series SP+ Planetary gearbox series LP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage) i = 5, i = 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
Planetary gearbox series SP+
i = 4 to 10 (single-stage)
i = 16 to 50 (2-stage)
6
encoders, together with the expanded product range, mean that the
1FK7 motors can be optimally adapted to any application. They Sound pressure level 1FK701: 55 dB (A)
in accordance with EN ISO 1680, 1FK702: 55 dB (A)
therefore also satisfy the permanently increasing demands of state- max. 1FK703: 55 dB (A)
of-the-art machine generations. 1FK704: 55 dB (A)
Together with the SIMODRIVE 611 converter system, the 1FK7 1FK706: 65 dB (A)
motors comprise a powerful system with high functionality. The 1FK708: 70 dB (A)
built-in encoder systems for speed and position control can be 1FK710: 70 dB (A)
selected depending on the application. Encoder systems, built-in Incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 Vpp 2048 pulses/
The motors are designed for operation without external cooling revolution
and the heat is dissipated through the motor surface. The 1FK7 Absolute encoder, multiturn,
motors have a high overload capability. 2048 pulses/revolution with
1FK704 to 1FK710.
2000 100 7.75 (10.39) 48 (425) 37 (328) 16 1FK7105 - 5AC71- 1 7 7 7 4 156 (0.1381) 39 (86.2)
3000 48 0.82 (1.1) 3 (27) 2.6 (23) 1.95 1FK7042 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 3.01 (0.0027) 4.9 (10.8)
63 1.48 (1.98) 6 (53) 4.7 (41.6) 3.7 1FK7060 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 7.95 (0.0070) 7 (15.4)
2.29 (3.07) 11 (97) 7.3 (64.6) 5.6 1FK7063 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 15.1 (0.0134) 11.5 (25.4)
80 2.14 (2.87) 8 (71) 6.8 (60.2) 4.4 1FK7080 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 15 (0.0133) 10 (22.1)
3.3 (4.42) 16 (142) 10.5 (92.9) 7.4 1FK7083 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 27.3 (0.0242) 14 (30.9)
100 3.77 (5.05) 18 (159) 12 (106.1) 8 1FK7100 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 55.3 (0.0489) 19 (41.9)
4.87 (6.53) 27 (238) 15.5 (137.2) 11.8 1FK7101 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 79.9 (0.0707) 21 (46.3)
5.37 (7.2) 2) 36 (319) 20.5 (181.4) 2) 16.5 2) 1FK7103 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 105 (0.0929) 29 (63.9)
8.17 (10.95) 48 (425) 26 (230) 18 1FK7105 - 5AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 156 (0.1381) 39 (86.2)
4500 63 1.74 (2.33) 6 (53) 3.7 (32.7) 4.1 1FK7060 - 5AH71- 1 7 7 7 4 7.95 (0.0070) 7 (15.4)
2.09 (2.8) 3) 11 (97) 5 (44.3) 3) 6.1 3) 1FK7063 - 5AH71- 1 7 7 7 4 15.1 (0.0134) 11.5 (25.4)
80 2.39 (3.2) 3) 8 (71) 5.7 (50.5) 3) 5.6 3) 1FK7080 - 5AH71- 1 7 7 7 4 15 (0.0133) 10 (22.1)
6
3.04 (4.8) 4) 16 (142) 8.3 (73.5) 4) 9 4) 1FK7083 - 5AH71- 1 7 7 7 4 27.3 (0.0242) 14 (30.9)
6000 20 0.05 (0.07) 0.18 (1.6) 0.08 (0.7) 0.85 1FK7011 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 4 0.064 (0.00006) 0.9 (2)
0.10 (0.13) 0.35 (3.1) 0.16 (1.4) 0.85 1FK7015 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 4 0.083 (0.00007) 1.1 (2.4)
28 0.43 (0.58) 0.85 (7.5) 0.6 (5.3) 1.4 1FK7022 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 3 0.28 (0.0002) 1.8 (4)
36 0.50 (0.67) 1.1 (9.7) 0.8 (7.1) 1.3 1FK7032 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 3 0.61 (0.0005) 2.7 (6)
0.63 (0.84) 1.6 (14.2) 1 (8.9) 1.3 1FK7034 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 3 0.9 (0.0008) 3.7 (8.2)
48 0.69 (0.92) 1.6 (14.2) 1.1 (9.7) 1.7 1FK7040 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 4 1.69 (0.0015) 3.5 (7.7)
1.02 (1.41) 5) 3 (27) 2 (17.7) 5) 3.1 5) 1FK7042 - 5AK71- 1 7 7 7 4 3.01 (0.0027) 4.9 (10.8)
1FK7105-5AC71... 20 10 (13.4) 28 For ordering data, 1.5 4x2.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A31 - ....
see "Converter systems"
1FK7042-5AF71... 2.2 0.9 (1.21) 3 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7060-5AF71... 4.5 1.9 (2.55) 5 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7063-5AF71... 8 3.5 (4.69) 9 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7080-5AF71... 4.8 2.5 (3.35) 5 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7083-5AF71... 10.4 5.0 (6.7) 9 6) 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7100-5AF71... 11.2 5.7 (7.64) 18 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7101-5AF71... 19 8.5 (11.39) 18 6) 1.5 4x2.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A31 - ....
1FK7103-5AF71... 27.5 11.3 (15.15) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A41 - ....
1FK7105-5AF71... 31 15 (20.11) 28 6) 1.5 4x10 6FX 7 002 - 5 7 A61 - ....
1FK7060-5AH71... 6.2 2.8 (3.75) 9 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7063-5AH71... 12 5.2 (6.97) 18 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7080-5AH71... 7.4 3.8 (5.09) 9 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7083-5AH71...
1FK7011-5AK71...
15
1.5
7.5 (10.05)
0.11
18
3
1
0.5
4x1.5
4x1.5
6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
6FX5 7 02 - 5DA20 - .... 6
1FK7015-5AK71... 1.5 0.22 3 0.5 4x1.5 6FX5 7 02 - 5DA20 - ....
1FK7022-5AK71... 1.8 0.5 3 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7032-5AK71... 1.7 0.7 (0.94) 3 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7A01 - ....
1FK7034-5AK71... 1.9 1 (1.34) 3 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7040-5AK71... 2.25 1 (1.34) 3 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7042-5AK71... 4.4 1.9 (2.55) 5 1 4x1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
These values refer to n = 2500 rpm.
3)
These values refer to n = 4000 rpm.
4)
These values refer to n = 3500 rpm.
5)
These values refer to n = 5000 rpm.
6)
With the specified power module, the motor cannot be fully utilized at M0 at T =100 K winding temperature rise. If a power module with a higher rating is
used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
7)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions at an ambient
air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
8)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
3000 48 1.1 (1.5) 4 (35) 3.5 (31) 4 1FK7044 - 7AF71- 1 7 7 7 3 1.28 (0.0011) 7.7 (17)
63 1.7 (2.3) 6.4 (56.6) 5.4 (47.8) 5.3 1FK7061 - 7AF71- 1 7 7 7 3 3.4 (0.0030) 10 (22.1)
2.51 (3.36) 12 (106) 8 (71) 7.5 1FK7064 - 7AF71- 1 7 7 7 3 6.5 (0.0058) 15.5 (34.2)
80 3.14 (4.21) 2) 22 (195) 12 (106) 2) 12.5 2) 1FK7085 - 7AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 23 (0.0204) 23.5 (51.8)
3.77 (5.05) 3) 28 (248) 18 (159) 3) 14.5 3) 1FK7086 - 7AF71- 1 7 7 7 4 23 (0.0204) 23.5 (51.8)
4500 48 1.23 (1.65) 3.1 (27.4) 2.6 (23) 4 1FK7043 - 7AH71- 1 7 7 7 3 1 (0.0009) 6.3 (13.9)
1.41 (1.53) 4 (35) 3 (27) 4.9 1FK7044 - 7AH71- 1 7 7 7 3 1.28 (0.0011) 7.7 (17)
63 2.03 (2.72) 6.4 (56.6) 4.3 (38.1) 5.9 1FK7061 - 7AH71- 1 7 7 7 3 3.4 (0.0030) 10 (22.1)
2.36 (3.16) 12 (106) 5 (44) 7 1FK7064 - 7AH71- 1 7 7 7 3 6.5 (0.0058) 15.5 (34.2)
6000 36 0.57 (0.76) 1.3 (11.5) 0.9 (8) 1.5 1FK7033 - 7AK71- 1 7 7 7 3 0.27 (0.0002) 3.1 (6.8)
48 1.26 (1.69) 3.1 (27.4) 2 (18) 4.4 1FK7043 - 7AK71- 1 7 7 7 3 1 (0.0009) 6.3 (13.9)
6
Absolute encoder EnDat 2048 pulses/revolution 1) E
(not for 1FK703)
Absolute encoder EnDat 512 pulses/revolution 1) H
(only for 1FK703)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat 32 pulses/revolution 1) G
(not for 1FK703)
Multipole resolver S
2-pole resolver T
1FK7044-7AF71... 4.5 1.3 (1.7) 5 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
see "Converter systems"
1FK7061-7AF71... 6.1 2.0 (2.7) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7064-7AF71... 11 3.8 (5.1) 18 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7085-7AF71... 22.5 6.9 (9.3) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A41 - ....
1FK7086-7AF71... 21 8.8 (11.8) 28 1.5 4x4 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A41 - ....
1FK7043-7AH71... 4.5 1.5 (2.0) 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7044-7AH71... 6.3 1.9 (2.6) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7061-7AH71... 8 3.0 (4.0) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7064-7AH71... 15 5.7 (7.6) 18 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7033-7AK71... 2.2 0.8 (1.1) 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
1FK7043-7AK71... 6.4 1.9 (2.6) 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02- 5 7 A01 - ....
6
MOTION-CONNECT 800 8 0
MOTION-CONNECT 700 (only with brake cores) 7 0
MOTION-CONNECT 500 5 0
MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS (only up to a cross-section of 6 mm2) 5 1
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
If the absolute encoder is used, Mrated is reduced by 10%.
2)
These values refer to n = 2500 rpm.
3)
These values refer to n = 2000 rpm.
4)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C under continuous operating conditions at an ambient
air temperature of 40 C (104 F), designed for I0 (100 K), PVC/PUR-insulated cable.
5)
For the default setting of pulse frequency.
Overview Integration
1FT602 and 1FT613 naturally-cooled motors are supplied ex
factory (Siemens) complete with flange-mounted planetary
gearbox.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear ratios
i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed in the
selection table. When making your selection, note the maximum
permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should be equal
to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection tables
are mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time 60%
and 20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output
torque apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or
> 20 min). The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 C
(194 F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
Synchronous motor with mounted planetary gearbox 1FT6 motors should be designed with plain motor shaft exten-
sion/rotational accuracy tolerance N and vibration severity
1FT6 motors can be combined with planetary gearboxes to form grade N/degree of protection IP65 (for 1FT602: IP64) for mount-
compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged directly ing onto the gearbox.
to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allow-
ance must be made for the jolt factor f2 (see Planning Guide
6 "General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
The gearboxes are only available in non-balanced design.
Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%, 2-stage: > 94%
7 Minimal torsional backlash, single-stage: 4 arcmin,
2-stage: 6 arcmin
7 Power transmission from the central sun wheel via planet
wheels
7 No shaft deflections in the planet wheel set due to the
symmetrical force distribution
7 Very low moment of inertia and hence short acceleration times
of the motors
7 Output shaft bearings dimensioned for high cantilever and
axial loads with preloaded tapered-roller bearings
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an
integrated clamping hub. A plain motor shaft extension is
necessary for this purpose. Rotational accuracy tolerance N in
accordance with IEC 60072 and vibration severity grade N in
accordance with DIN IEC EN 60034-14 are sufficient. The
motor flange is adapted via adapter plates.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with oil at the factory. They are lubricated
and sealed for their service life. Gearboxes of sizes SP 060S
to SP 180S are suitable for all mounting positions. The oil filling
quantity for gearboxes of sizes SP 210 and SP 240 depends
on the mounting position. The mounting position has to be
specified when ordering.
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP65 (IP64 for sizes
SP 210/SP 240)
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
Order codes
Gear shaft with fitted key J02 J03 J05 J09
Gear shaft without fitted key J22 J23 J25 J29
Ordering data 1FT6 ... -... 71-.. 7 1-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7 order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G Preconditions for mounting planetary gearboxes:
H Plain motor shaft extension/rotational accuracy tolerance N and vibration severity
grade N/IP65 degree of protection 1)
Possible
Not possible
1)
IP64 degree of protection with 1FT602.: 1FT602.-6AK71-.. 7 0-Z J..
G
H
2) With these versions, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FT6...-...79-.. 7 1-Z J.. + M1 7
G H Mounting position IM V1
3) H G Mounting position IM V3
In reference to the drive shaft center.
Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FT6 motor
Single-stage Gear Motor Output Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type ratio speed torque
6
SP 100S-MF1 4 2500 180 (1593) 3.65
(0.00323)
5 2500 175 (1549) 2.99
(0.00265)
7 2800 170 (1505) 2.81
(0.00249)
10 2800 120 (1062) 2.58
(0.00228)
SP 140S-MF1 4 2100 360 (3186) 14.26
(0.01262)
5 2100 360 (3186) 13.06
(0.01156)
7 2600 360 (3186) 11.97
(0.01059)
10 2600 220 (1947) 11.39
(0.01008)
SP 180S-MF1 4 1500 750 (6638) 45.08 45.08
(0.03990) (0.03990)
5 1500 750 (6638) 36.37 36.37
(0.03219) (0.03219)
7 2300 750 (6638) 28.57 28.57
(0.02528) (0.02528)
10 2300 750 (6638) 24.40 24.40
(0.02159) (0.02159)
SP 210-MF1 4 1200 1000 (8851) 75.80 75.80
(0.06708) (0.06708)
5 1200 1000 (8851) 63.50 63.50
(0.05620) (0.05620)
7 1700 1000 (8851) 52.90 52.90
(0.04682) (0.04682)
10 1700 1000 (8851) 47.10 47.10
(0.04168) (0.04168)
SP 240-MF1 4 1000 1700 146.30
(15046) (0.12947)
5 1000 1700 119.90
(15046) (0.10611)
7 1500 1700 96.40
(15046) (0.08531)
10 1500 1700 83.10
(15046) (0.07354)
1)
The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 C (194 F).
1FT6102
1FT6082 SP 210-MF2 2) 6 50 3500 1900 (1401) 18000 22500
1FT6105 (110) (4047) (5058)
1FT6084 SP 240-MF2 2) 6 70 3500 3400 (2508) 27000 27800
1FT6086 (154) (6070) (6250)
1FT6102
1FT6105
1FT6108
1FT6132
1FT6134
1FT6136
Order codes
Gear shaft with fitted key J12 J13 J15 J16 J17
Gear shaft without fitted key J32 J33 J35 J36 J37
Ordering data 1FT6...-...71-.. 7 1-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7 order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G Preconditions for mounting planetary gearboxes: Plain motor shaft extension/rotational
H accuracy tolerance N and vibration severity grade N/IP65 degree of protection 1)
1)
IP64 degree of protection with 1FT602: 1FT602.-6AK71-.. 7 0-Z J..
G
H
2)
With these versions, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FT6...-...79-.. 71-Z J.. + M1 7
G H Mounting position IM V1
3) H G Mounting position IM V3
In reference to the drive shaft center.
Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FT6 motor
2-stage Gear Motor Output Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type ratio speed torque
6
50 3500 175 (1549) 0.43 (0.00038) 0.66 (0.00058) 2.30 (0.00204)
SP 140S-MF2 16 2900 360 (3186) 2.79 (0.00247) 3.61 (0.00319) 9.60 (0.00850)
20 2900 360 (3186) 2.26 (0.00200) 3.08 (0.00273) 9.07 (0.00803)
28 2900 360 (3186) 1.84 (0.00163) 2.66 (0.00235) 8.65 (0.00766)
40 2900 360 (3186) 1.58 (0.00140) 2.39 (0.00212) 8.39 (0.00743)
50 3200 360 (3186) 1.57 (0.00139) 2.38 (0.00211) 8.37 (0.00741)
SP 180S-MF2 16 2700 750 (6638) 10.24 15.83 14.36
(0.00906) (0.01401) (0.01271)
20 2700 750 (6638) 8.48 (0.00750) 14.08 12.06
(0.01246) (0.01067)
28 2700 750 (6638) 6.90 (0.00611) 12.49 11.02
(0.01105) (0.00975)
40 2700 750 (6638) 6.06 (0.00536) 11.65 10.17
(0.01031) (0.00900)
50 2900 750 (6638) 5.98 (0.00529) 11.58 10.10
(0.01025) (0.00894)
SP 210-MF2 16 2100 1000 (8851) 36.30 37.40
(0.03212) (0.03310)
20 2100 1000 (8851) 34.50 35.60
(0.03053) (0.03151)
28 2100 1000 (8851) 32.30 33.40
(0.02859) (0.02956)
40 2300 1000 (8851) 23.10 24.30
(0.02044) (0.02151)
50 2300 1000 (8851) 21.90 23.00
(0.01938) (0.02053)
SP 240-MF2 16 1900 1700 (15046) 47.30 48.40 53.00
(0.04186) (0.04283) (0.04690)
20 1900 1700 (15046) 43.10 44.20 48.80
(0.03814) (0.03912) (0.04319)
28 1900 1700 (15046) 37.50 38.60 43.20
(0.03319) (0.03416) (0.03823)
40 2100 1700 (15046) 32.40 33.60 38.10
(0.02867) (0.02974) (0.03372)
50 2100 1700 (15046) 29.50 30.60 35.10
(0.02611) (0.02708) (0.03106)
1)
The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 C (194 F).
Overview Integration
1FK702 to 1FK710 naturally-cooled motors are supplied ex
factory (Siemens) complete with flange-mounted planetary
gearbox.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear ratios
i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed in the
selection table. When making your selection, note the maximum
permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should be equal
to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection tables
are mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time 60%
and 20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output
torque apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or
> 20 min). The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 C
(194 F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
Synchronous motor with mounted planetary gearbox 1FK7 motors should be designed with plain motor shaft exten-
sion/rotational accuracy tolerance N, degree of protection IP65
1FK7 motors can be combined with planetary gearboxes to form and anthracite paint finish for mounting onto the gearbox.
compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged directly
to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allow-
6
ance must be made for the jolt factor f2 (see Planning Guide
"General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
The gearboxes are only available in non-balanced design.
Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%, 2-stage: > 94%
7 Minimal torsional backlash, single-stage: 4 arcmin,
2-stage: 6 arcmin
7 Power transmission from the central sun wheel via planet
wheels
7 No shaft deflections in the planet wheel set due to the
symmetrical force distribution
7 Very low moment of inertia and hence short acceleration times
of the motors
7 Output shaft bearings dimensioned for high cantilever and
axial loads with preloaded tapered-roller bearings
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an
integrated clamping hub. A plain motor shaft extension is
necessary for this purpose. Rotational accuracy tolerance N in
accordance with IEC 60072 and vibration severity grade N in
accordance with DIN IEC EN 60034-14 are sufficient. The
motor flange is adapted via adapter plates.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with oil at the factory. They are lubricated and
sealed for their service life. Gearboxes of sizes SP 060S to
SP 180S are suitable for all mounting positions. The oil filling
quantity for gearboxes of sizes SP 210 and SP 240 depends
on the mounting position. The mounting position has to be
specified when ordering.
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP65 (IP64 for sizes
SP 210/SP 240)
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
6 1FK7085
1FK7086
1FK7100 SP 180S-MF1 3 34 3500 1100 (811) 14700 14150
1FK7101 (75) (3305) (3181)
1FK7103
1FK7105
1FK7105 SP 210-MF1 2) 4 53 2200 2720 (2005) 18000 22500
(117) (4047) (5058)
Order codes
Gear shaft with fitted key J02 J03 J05 J09
Gear shaft without fitted key J22 J23 J25 J29
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-.. 7 5-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7 order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G Preconditions for mounting planetary gearboxes:
H Plain motor shaft extension and IP65 degree of protection, anthracite paint finish
Possible
Not possible
1)
In reference to the drive shaft center.
2) With this version, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FK7...-.A.79-.. 7 5-Z J.. + M1 7
G H Mounting position IM V1
H G Mounting position IM V3
Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FK7 motor, natural cooling
Single-stage Gear Motor Output Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type ratio speed torque
6
SP 100S-MF1 4 2500 180 (1593) 3.65
(0.00323)
5 2500 175 (1549) 2.99
(0.00265)
7 2800 170 (1505) 2.81
(0.00249)
10 2800 120 (1062) 2.58
(0.00228)
SP 140S-MF1 4 2100 360 (3186) 14.26
(0.01262)
5 2100 360 (3186) 13.06
(0.01156)
7 2600 360 (3186) 11.97
(0.01059)
10 2600 220 (1947) 11.39
(0.01008)
SP 180S-MF1 4 1500 750 (6638) 45.08
(0.03990)
5 1500 750 (6638) 36.37
(0.03219)
7 2300 750 (6638) 28.57
(0.02528)
10 2300 750 (6638) 24.40
(0.02159)
SP 210-MF1 4 1200 1000 (8851) 75.80
(0.06708)
5 1200 1000 (8851) 63.50
(0.05620)
7 1700 1000 (8851) 52.90
(0.04682)
10 1700 1000 (8851) 47.10
(0.04168)
SP 240-MF1 4 1000 1700 (15046)
5 1000 1700 (15046)
7 1500 1700 (15046)
10 1500 1700 (15046)
1)
The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 C (194 F).
6 1FK7061
1FK7044 SP 140S-MF2 5 17
4000 600 (442) 9450 9870
1FK7060 (17.4) (2124) (2219)
1FK7061
1FK7063
1FK7064
1FK7080
1FK7083
Order codes
Gear shaft with fitted key J12 J13 J15 J16 J17
Gear shaft without fitted key J32 J33 J35 J36 J37
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-.. 7 5-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
J7 7 order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G Preconditions for mounting the planetary gearbox: Plain motor shaft extension and IP65
H degree of protection, anthracite paint finish
Possible
Not possible
1)
In reference to the drive shaft center.
1)
In reference to the drive shaft center.
2)
With this version, the oil filling quantities depend on the mounting position. In the case of a vertical mounting position, the 12th position in the
Order No. should be "9" and a further order code also has to be specified: 1FK7...-.A.79-.. 75-Z J.. + M1 7
G H Mounting position IM V1
H G Mounting position IM V3
Technical specifications
Planetary gearbox with 1FK7 motor, natural cooling
2-stage Gear Motor Output Moments of inertia of gearbox (referred to the drive)
Type ratio speed torque
6 SP 140S-MF2
50
16
3500
2900
175 (1549)
360 (3186)
0.66 (0.00058) 2.30 (0.00204)
2.79 (0.00247) 3.61 (0.00319) 9.60 (0.00850)
1)
The limit values in the table apply for S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or > 20 min) for a maximum gearbox temperature of 90 C (194 F).
Overview Integration
1FK702 to 1FK710 motors are supplied ex factory (Siemens)
complete with flange-mounted planetary gearboxes.
The gearboxes assigned to the individual motors and gear ratios
i available for these motor/gearbox combinations are listed in the
selection table. When making your selection, note the maximum
permissible input speed of the gearbox, which should be equal
to the maximum motor speed.
The motor/gearbox combinations listed in the selection table are
mainly intended for cycle operation S3-60% (ON time 60% and
20 min). Reduced maximum motor speeds and output torque
apply for use in S1 continuous duty (ON time > 60% or
> 20 min). The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 C
(194 F).
Follow the instructions contained in the Planning Guide "General
Section for Synchronous Motors" when assigning gearboxes to
the motor.
1FK7 motors should be designed with plain motor shaft exten-
sion/rotational accuracy tolerance N, degree of protection IP64
Planetary gearbox series LP+
and anthracite paint finish for mounting onto the gearbox.
1FK7 motors can easily be combined with planetary gearboxes
to form compact coaxial drive units. The gearboxes are flanged
directly to the drive end of the motors.
When selecting the gearboxes, ensure that the permissible
speed of the gearbox is not exceeded by the maximum speed
of the motor. In the case of high operating frequencies, an allow-
ance must be made for the jolt factor f2 (see Planning Guide
"General Section for Synchronous Motors"). The frictional losses
of the gearbox must always be taken into account in planning.
6
The gearboxes are only available in a non-balanced design and
with fitted key.
Benefits
7 High efficiency, single-stage: > 97%
7 Torsional backlash, single-stage: 12 arcmin
7 Power transmission from the central sun wheel via
planet wheels
7 No shaft deflections in the planet wheel set due to
symmetrical force distribution
7 The gearboxes are connected to the motor shaft via an inte-
grated clamping hub. A plain motor shaft end is required for
this, rotational accuracy tolerance N according to IEC 60072
and vibration severity grade N according to DIN IEC 60034-14
are sufficient.
7 Output shaft of gearbox exactly coaxial with the motor
7 The gearboxes are suitable for all mounting positions.
7 The gearboxes are enclosed (seal between gearbox and
motor) and filled with grease at the factory.
They are lubricated and sealed for their service life
7 Gearbox degree of protection: IP64
7 Small dimensions
7 Low weight
1FK7022 LP 050-M01 0.75 (1.7) 8000 12 (9) 11 (8) 650 (146) 0.055 (0.00005)
1FK7022 LP 070-M01 2 (4.4) 6000 35 (26) 32 (24) 1450 (326) 0.28 (0.00025)
1FK7032
1FK7033
1FK7034
1FK7040 LP 090-M01 4 (8.8) 6000 90 (66) 80 (59) 2400 (540) 1.77 (0.0016)
1FK7042
1FK7043
1FK7044
1FK7060 LP 120-M01 8.6 (19) 4800 220 200 4600 (1034) 5.42 (0.0048)
1FK7061 (162) (148)
1FK7063
1FK7064
1FK7080 LP 155-M01 17 (38) 3600 450 350 7500 (1686) 25.73 (0.0228)
6 1FK7083
1FK7085
(332) (258)
1FK7086
1FK7100
1FK7101
1FK7103
1FK7105
Order code
Gear shaft with fitted key V40 V42
Ordering data 1FK7...-.A.71-.. 7 3-Z Order No. of the motor with identifier "-Z" and
V7 7 order code for mounting the planetary gearbox assigned to the motor
G Preconditions for mounting planetary gearboxes:
H Plain motor shaft extension IP64 degree of protection, anthracite paint finish
Continuous operation S1
Continuous duty is permissible at the rated speed and rated
torque. The gearbox temperature must not exceed 90 C
(194 F).
Planetary gearbox Rated input Rated
single-stage speed output
Torsional backlash torque
12 arcmin
Type nrated 1 Mrated 2 Mrated 2
at i = 5 at i = 10
rpm Nm (lb -ft) Nm (lb -ft)
Possible
Not possible
1)
Referred to the center of the output shaft at 100 rpm.
Overview Benefits
Cycloid gearbox FINE CYCLO series
7 No mechanical torsional backlash and low hysteresis losses
7 High rotational stiffness
7 Extremely low vibration
7 Small moment of inertia
7 High efficiency
7 Compact design
7 Long service life with maintenance-free lubrication for
complete service life
7 High reliability thanks to overload capability
7 Problem-free installation and simple mounting on motor
7 Rapid delivery
6
7 All sizes are suitable for any mounting position
Gearbox installation kits free of backlash of 7 Easy mounting with only one float-free plug-in connection and
the FINE CYCLO series a clamping element
The FINE CYCLO A series for point-to-point control applications 7 Rapid delivery
is a cycloid gearbox with three cam plates free of mechanical
torsional backlash which permits rated torques up to 5140 Nm
(45489 lb -in) and acceleration/braking torques up to 7610 Nm
More information
(67349 lb -in). The single-stage gearbox is available in 6 sizes The FINE CYCLO and SERVO gearboxes can only be obtained
with ratios from 29:1 to 179:1. from the company SUMITOMO CYCLO DRIVE.
The FINE CYCLO T series is predestined for continuous-path You can obtain further technical information concerning the
control applications: together with a new curve profile, integral CYCLO cycloid gearboxes of the FINE and SERVO series
tapered-roller bearing and integral spur gear stage, it is avail- directly from the manufacturer or on the Internet.
able in 7 sizes with ratios from 81:1 to 171:1. Rated torque up to
6140 Nm (54339 lb -in) and acceleration/braking torque up to SUMITOMO CYCLO DRIVE GERMANY GmbH
11000 Nm (97350 lb -in) are possible. Cyclostrae 92
Gearboxes with small backlash of the SERVO 100 and 85229 Markt Indersdorf, Germany
SERVO 4000 series Phone: +49 (0) 81 36 66 - 0
Available in four sizes, they achieve single-stage ratios from 6:1 Fax: +49 (0) 81 36 57 71
to 119:1. Speeds ranging from 2000 rpm to 6000 rpm are avail- E-mail: marktind@sce-cyclo.com
able, depending on the motor type. Additional information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.sumitomo-cyclo.com
Overview Application
Robots and handling systems
Machine tools (rotary tables, automatic tool changers)
Laser and flame cutters
Packaging, plastics and textile machines
Wire wrapping machines
Printing machines
Woodworking machines
Technical specifications
1FK7 synchronous Compact geared motor
motor
Acceleration
torque 1)
Shaft height Type Type T2b
Nm (lb -ft)
48 1FK704. CGM110 Up to 220 (162)
63 1FK706. CGM250 Up to 500 (369)
80 1FK708. CGM700 Up to 1400 (1033)
For technical specifications for this motor type, see 1FK7 syn-
chronous motors.
The CGM compact geared motor consists of a 1FK7 synchro-
nous motor, integrated in a precision gearbox with low backlash
More information
6 and a high transmission ratio, and with an output flange. The
customer gets an extremely compact drive unit with high output
torques. A high degree of accuracy is achieved due to the high
CGM compact geared motors can be ordered directly from
Siemens.
precision and low backlash of the mechanical gearbox
components. Please contact your Siemens regional office.
CGM compact geared motors are available in three frame sizes
with various motor sizes. Motors with shaft heights 48, 63 and 80
are used. In order to cover a wide range of applications, various
gear ratios of between 20 and 103 are available for each frame
size.
Benefits
7 High efficiency 94%
7 Constant minimum torsional backlash 0.5 arcmin
7 Compact design due to integration of motor and gearbox
7 High dynamic performance due to considerably reduced
moment of inertia due to integration of motor and gearbox
7 High output loads permissible due to large-dimensioned
output bearings and output flange
7 The compact geared motors are filled with grease at the
factory and lubricated and sealed for their service life.
7 Operation is possible in all mounting positions.
7 Degree of protection IP65
7 Low weight
1)
Maximum values depend on the gear ratio and motor type.
Overview Application
In general mechanical engineering, any place where coaxial
drive units are used, such as in
Packaging machines
Wood, glass and ceramic processing machines
Plastic injection and foil stretching machines
Handling systems
Machine tools
All kinds of auxiliary axes
Integration
Together with the SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS converter sys-
tem, the compact geared motors comprise a powerful system
with high degree of functionality.
The integrated encoder system for speed and position control
can be selected depending on the application.
Technical specifications
Product name 1FK7-DYA compact geared motor
Type of motor Permanent-magnet-excited
synchronous motor
Magnet material Rare-earth magnet material
The 1FK7-DYA compact geared motor combines electrical and Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a winding
mechanical components in the smallest space possible. This accordance with EN 60034-1 temperature rise of T = 100 K
6
mechatronic unit consists of a permanent-magnet-excited 1FK7 (IEC 60034-1) at an ambient temperature of 40 C
synchronous motor and a directly mounted single-stage plane- (104F)
tary gearbox. Type in accordance with IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) IM B14
The 1FK7-DYA compact geared motors with IP64 degree of pro- Degree of protection in accor- IP64
tection are designed for operation without external cooling and dance with EN 60034-5
the heat is dissipated over the motor surface. The integrated (IEC 60034-5)
planetary gearboxes have high maximum torques and permit Cooling Natural cooling
high radial and axial forces at the shaft extension. Temperature monitoring KTY 84 temperature sensor in
stator winding
Benefits Paint finish Anthracite, color RAL 7016
7 Space-saving installation due to the high power density of the Shaft extension on the drive end with fitted key
in accordance with DIN 748-3
motor and integration of the planetary gearbox directly into the (IEC 60072-1)
motor end shield. Mounting to the machine is greatly simpli-
2nd rating plate Attached in the NDE cover
fied by this and the logistics are reduced to a
minimum. 3rd rating plate Enclosed separately
Rotational accuracy, Tolerance N (normal)
7 Can be mounted onto IM B5 and IM B14 types concentricity and linear move-
7 Highly dynamic due to lower motor moment of inertia; this ment in accordance with
means shorter cycle times. DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Vibration severity in accordance Grade N (normal)
7 Maintenance-free with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
7 Suitable for S1 continuous duty Max. sound pressure level 1FK703: 72 dB (A)
7 High positioning accuracy thanks to low mechanical torsional in accordance with EN ISO 1680 1FK704: 75 dB (A)
backlash of < 8 arcmin 1FK706: 80 dB (A)
7 Mechanical compatibility with regard to IM B14 flange and 1FK708: 82 dB (A)
shaft extension for the LP+ planetary gearbox Encoder systems, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
2048 pulses/revolution
7 Power connection and signal connection via connector
Absolute encoder, multiturn,
2048 pulses/revolution with
1FK704 to 1FK708
or 512 pulses/revolution with 1FK703
and traversing range 4096 revolutions
with EnDat interface
Basic absolute encoder,
multiturn, 32 pulses/revolution and
traversing range 4096 revolutions
with EnDat interface for 1FK704
to 1FK708
Connection Connectors for signals and power can
be rotated (270 )
Options Built-in holding brake
370 0.37 (0.50) 600 32 (283) 11 (97) 9.5 (84.1) 10 1FK7032-5AK71-1 7 7 3-Z A03 3 0.75 0.83
(0.0007) (0.0007)
740 0.5 (0.67) 1200 32 (283) 7.5 (66) 6.5 (57.5) 5 1FK7034-5AK71-1 7 7 3-Z A00 3 1.04 1.12
(0.0009) (0.0007)
340 0.45 (0.60) 600 49 (434) 15 (133) 12.5 (110.6) 10 1FK7040-5AK71-1 7 7 3-Z A13 4 2.3 3 (0.0027)
(0.0020)
680 0.71 (0.95) 1200 51 (451) 13 (115) 10 (88.5) 5 1FK7042-5AK71-1 7 7 3-Z A10 4 3.6 4.3
(0.0027) (0.0032)
260 1.25 (1.68) 480 175 57 (505) 46 (407) 10 1FK7060-5AH71-1 7 7 3-Z A73 4 10.3 12.5
(1549) (0.0091) (0.0111)
520 1.74 (2.33) 960 170 51 (451) 32 (283) 5 1FK7063-5AH71-1 7 7 3-Z A70 4 17.4 19.6
(1505) (0.0154) (0.0173)
200 1.47 (1.97) 360 242 76 (673) 70 (620) 10 1FK7080-5AH71-1 7 7 3-Z A83 4 28.7 31.8
(2142) (0.0254) (0.0281)
6
400 1.88 (2.52) 720 233 68 (602) 45 (398) 5 1FK7083-5AH71-1 7 7 3-Z A80 4 41 49.6
(2062) (0.0363) (0.0439)
kg kg A A A Size mm2
(lb) (lb)
1FK7032-5AK71-... 4.11 4.47 1.7 5 3 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(9.1) (9.9) see "Converter
systems"
1FK7034-5AK71-... 5.01 5.37 1.9 7.9 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(11.05) (11.84)
1FK7040-5AK71-... 6.6 7.61 2.3 7.4 3 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(14.6) (16.8)
1FK7042-5AK71-... 7.91 8.62 4.4 14.9 5 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(17.4) (19.0)
1FK7060-5AH71-... 13.9 15 6.2 19 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(30.7) (33.1)
1FK7063-5AH71-... 17.6 19 12 41 18 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(38.8) (41.9)
1FK7080-5AH71-... 23.4 24.6 7.4 24 9 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(51.6) (54.2)
6
1FK7083-5AH71-... 28.6 31.2 15 48 18 1 4 x 1.5 6FX 7 7 02-5 7 A01-....
(63.1) (68.8)
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
Overview Benefits
7 Low-noise, high-precision operation thanks to special me-
chanical design and the 3-phase microstep procedure
7 Simple and favorably priced drive concept for high-precision
positioning tasks in the performance range up to 600 W
7 Easy handling, particularly during commissioning
7 No measuring system or measuring system cable required
7 High acceleration capability to lower speeds
7 Low-resonance operation with optimum power output thanks
to 3-phase microstep procedure.
7 Step counts of 500, 1000, 5000 and 10,000 per motor revolu-
tion by applying the microstep procedure (adjustable via
FM STEPDRIVE)
Application
Actuators in general automation systems
Positioning drives in processing plants
Positioning in the basic handling area
Integration
The SIMOSTEP stepper motors can be used with:
SINUMERIK 802S base line
Stepper motors are functionally simple servomotors. In terms of SIMOTION C230-2
performance and economy, these motors are the ideal supple-
6 ment to the position controlled motors 1FT and 1FK. The applica- SIMATIC S7-300 positioning modules FM 353 and FM 357-2
tions in automation systems are varied, and are not restricted to SIMATIC ET 200S step module 1 STEP
machine tools. The SIMOSTEP stepper motor is connected via heavy gauge
The SIMOSTEP stepper motor can be operated via the threaded joints to internal terminal boxes.
FM STEPDRIVE power section. This converts the stepping and The FM STEPDRIVE power section can be used as a link be-
direction signals of the upstream controller into exact angular tween the controller and the stepper motor.
movements by appropriate current feeding to the motor
windings.
Technical specifications
Product name SIMOSTEP 1FL3 Shaft extension Plain shaft with 1FL304
Type of motor 3-phase stepper motor Fitted key with 1FL306
Motor voltage 325 V Permissible dynamic shaft load
Axial, approx. 60 N (13.49 lb )
Insulation in accordance with Temperature class F for a winding Radial, approx. (on half-shaft output, engaged from
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) temperature rise of T = 100 K at an the motor flange)
ambient temperature 100 N/22.48 lb (with 1FL3041,
of 40 C (104 F). 1FL3042)
Type in accordance with DIN 42950 IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) 110 N/24.73 lb (with 1FL3043)
300 N/67.44 lb (with 1FL3061,
Degree of protection in accordance IP56; IP41 at shaft outlet 1FL3062)
with IEC 60529
Rotational accuracy, concentricity, Tolerance N (Normal)
Cooling Natural cooling and linear movement in accor-
Ambient temperature dance with DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Storage and transport -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F) Vibration severity in accordance Grade N (Normal)
Operation 0 ... 40 C (32 ... 104 F) with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Max. pulse frequency 5.3 kHz (with 1FL304) Max. sound pressure level in 1FL3041: 65 dB (A)
4.3 kHz (with 1FL306) accordance with EN ISO 1680 1FL3042: 72 dB (A)
Number of steps/revolution 500/1000/5000/10000 adjustable
via FM STEPDRIVE 1FL3043: 75 dB (A)
Max. speed 6000 rpm 1FL3061: 69 dB (A)
Step angle in degrees 0.72/0.36/0.072/0.036 1FL3062: 72 dB (A)
Systematic angle tolerance (mea- 6' per step Shock load in accordance with 1FL304: 50 g
sured at 1000 steps/revolution) DIN 40046, T7 1FL306: 50 g
Paint finish Black
Type of connection Terminal box
2 (18) 2.26 (20) 1FL3041-0AC31-0BK0 1.75 6.5 1.1 (0.376) 2.05 (4.5)
6 (53) 1FL3041-0AC31-0BJ0 1.3 (0.444) 3.4 (7.5)
4 (35) 4.52 (40) 1FL3042-0AC31-0BK0 2 5.8 2.2 (0.752) 3.1 (6.8)
6 (53) 1FL3042-0AC31-0BJ0 2.4 (0.820) 4.45 (9.8)
6 (53) 6.78 (60) 1FL3043-0AC31-0BG0 2.25 6.5 3.3 (1.128) 4.2 (9.3)
6 (53) 1FL3043-0AC31-0BH0 3.5 (1.196) 5.55 (12.2)
10 (89) 11.3 (100) 1FL3061-0AC31-0BG0 4.1 1.8 10.5 (3.588) 8 (17.6)
16 (142) 1FL3061-0AC31-0BH0 10.85 10.2 (22.5)
(3.707)
15 (133) 16.95 (150) 1FL3062-0AC31-0BG0 4.75 1.9 16 (5.467) 11 (24.3)
16 (142) 1FL3062-0AC31-0BH0 16.35 13.2 (29.1)
(5.587)
Technical specifications
Product name 1FN1 linear motors 1FN3 linear motors
Peak load Continuous load
Type of motor Permanent-magnet-excited synchronous linear motor
Magnet material Rare-earth magnet material
Insulation of stator winding in accordance Temperature class F for a winding temperature of
with EN (IEC) 60034-1 130 C (266 F) for 1FN1072 to 1FN1126 120 C (248 F)
140 C (284 F) for 1FN1184 to 1FN1246
Overload ratio (FMAX:Frated) up to max. 2.25 2.75 1.7
Degree of protection in accordance with IP65
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Cooling method Water cooling
Water cooler connections Fast-fit connector for all primary section coolers G 1/8 internal thread on all primary and
secondary section coolers
Temperature influence on +2 K +4 K
surrounding construction with precision
cooling, max.
Permissible coolant inlet temperature 35 C (95 F) (prevent condensation)
> 35 C (95 F) for reduction of the rated motor force
Temperature monitoring integrated in the Temperature switch (normally-closed contact) 2 monitoring circuits (Temp-S with PTC thermistor) and
primary section winding Temperature sensor KTY 84 Temp-F with KTY 84 temperature sensor (for 1FN3050
Temp-S only)
Available configurations Different gradations thanks to modular construction
Cover for secondary section Segmented, non-exchangeable Exchangeable through all segments or segment by
segment
2nd rating plate Enclosed separately
Recommended measuring systems See "Overview of Measuring Systems"
6
Type of connection Connectors or cable outlet for power and Terminal box with cable Prepared for separate
temperature monitoring gland connection of the power
Option: accessory for and signal cable
connector and cable
connection
Overview
Recommended linear Absolute encoder Incremental encoder Incremental encoder
measuring systems for EnDat sin/cos 1 Vpp sin/cos 1 Vpp
1FN linear motors enclosed enclosed open
Type LC 182 LC 481 LS 186 LS 486 LIDA 185 LIDA 485 Renishaw
RG2
Signal cycle 20 m 20 m 20 m 20 m 40 m 20 m 20 m
Max. permissible acceleration in 100 m/s2 100 m/s2 100 m/s2 100 m/s2 200 m/s2 200 m/s2 300 m/s2
measuring direction (328 ft/s2) (328 ft/s2) (328 ft/s2) (328 ft/s2) (656 ft/s2) 1) (656 ft/s2 ) 1) (984 ft/s2) 1)
Max. permissible traversing 180 m/min 180 m/min 120 m/min 120 m/min 480 m/min 480 m/min 300 m/min
velocity (590 ft/min) (590 ft/min) (393 ft/min) (393 ft/min) (1574 ft/min) (1574 ft/min) (984 ft/min)
Max. measuring length 3040 mm 2040 mm 3040 mm 2040 mm 30040 mm 30040 mm 50000 mm
(119.7 in) (80.3 in) (119.7 in) (80.3 in) (1182.7 in) (1182.7 in) (1968.5 in)
Output signal 1 Vpp 1 Vpp 1 Vpp 1 Vpp 1 Vpp 1 Vpp 1 Vpp
1)
Refers to the measuring head.
790 (178) 1720 (387) 97 (318) 203 (666) 1FN1072-3 A F7 7 -0AA0 1FN1070-0AA00- 7 AA0 10.1 (22.3) 3 (6.6) 7.5 (16.5)
1580 (355) 3450 (776) 96 (315) 202 (663) 1FN1076-3 A F7 7 -0AA0 1FN1070-0AA00- 7 AA0 17.5 (38.6) 3 (6.6) 7.5 (16.5)
1475 (332) 3250 (731) 72 (236) 163 (535) 1FN1122-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 23.2 (51.2) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
105 (345) 214 (702) 1FN1122-5 7 F7 1 -0AA0 23.2 (51.2) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
2200 (495) 4850 (1090) 89 (292) 189 (620) 1FN1124-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 31.9 (70.3) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
101 (331) 208 (683) 1FN1124-5 7 F7 1 -0AA0 31.9 (70.3) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
2950 (663) 6500 (1461) 71 (233) 162 (532) 1FN1126-5 7 C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1120-0AA00- 7 AA0 40.7 (89.7) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
104 (341) 213 (699) 1FN1126-5 7 F7 1 -0AA0 40.7 (89.7) 6.8 (15) 15.9 (35.1)
3600 (809) 7920 (1780) 74 (243) 162 (532) 1FN1184-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1180-0AA00- 7 AA0 44.5 (98.1) 10 (22) 23.3 (51.4)
100 (328) 204 (669) 1FN1184-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 44.5 (98.1) 10 (22) 23.3 (51.4)
4800 (1079) 10600 (2383) 68 (223) 152 (499) 1FN1186-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1180-0AA00- 7 AA0 57.7 (127.2) 10 (22) 23.3 (51.4)
89 (292) 185 (607) 1FN1186-5 A D7 1 -0AA0 57.7 (127.2) 10 (22) 23.3 (51.4)
6
100 (328) 204 (669) 1FN1186-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 57.7 (127.2) 10 (22) 23.3 (51.4)
4950 (1113) 10900 (2450) 65 (213) 149 (489) 1FN1244-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1240-0AA00- 7 AA0 60.1 (132.5) 11.9 (26.2) 27.7 (61.1)
100 (328) 203 (666) 1FN1244-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 60.1 (132.5) 11.9 (26.2) 27.7 (61.1)
6600 (1484) 14500 (3260) 67 (220) 151 (496) 1FN1246-5 A C7 1 -0AA0 1FN1240-0AA00- 7 AA0 76 (167.6) 11.9 (26.2) 27.7 (61.1)
90 (295) 187 (614) 1FN1246-5 A D7 1 -0AA0 76 (167.6) 11.9 (26.2) 27.7 (61.1)
98 (322) 201 (659) 1FN1246-5 A F7 1 -0AA0 76 (167.6) 11.9 (26.2) 27.7 (61.1)
1FN1072-3AF7.-... 5.6 14 7.9 (10.6) 9/18 For ordering data, 1 4 x 1.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA02- ....
see "Converter systems"
1FN1076-3AF7.-... 11.1 28 15.7 (21.1) 18/36 1 4 x 1.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA02- ....
1FN1122-5.C71-... 8.9 22.4 12.5 (16.8) 9/18 4) 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1FN1122-5.F71-... 11.3 28 14.3 (19.2) 18/36 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1FN1124-5.C71-... 15 37.5 19.9 (26.7) 18/36 4) 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1FN1124-5.F71-... 16.2 40.8 21.0 (28.2) 18/36 4) 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1FN1126-5.C71-... 17.7 44.8 24.9 (33.4) 18/36 4) 1.5 4 x 2.5 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA31-....
1FN1126-5.F71-... 22.1 56 28.4 (38.1) 28/56 1.5 4x4 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA41-....
1FN1184-5AC71-... 22.6 54.1 29.0 (38.9) 28/56 1.5 4x4 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA41-....
1FN1184-5AF71-... 26.1 65.5 32.3 (43.3) 28/56 4) 1.5 4x4 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA41-....
1FN1186-5AC71-... 27.2 67.9 37.0 (49.6) 28/56 4) 1.5 4x4 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA41-....
1FN1186-5AD71-... 32 80.1 40.9 (54.9) 56/112 1.5 4x6 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA51- ....
6
1FN1186-5AF71-... 34.8 86.9 43.1 (57.8) 56/112 1.5 4x6 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA51- ....
1FN1244-5AC71-... 28 69.9 38.0 (50.9) 30/56 4) 1.5 4x6 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA41-....
1FN1244-5AF71-... 36.3 90.8 43.8 (58.7) 56/112 1.5 4 x 10 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA61-....
1FN1246-5AC71-... 37.7 93.7 50.3 (67.4) 56/112 1.5 4 x 10 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA61-....
1FN1246-5AD71-... 45.1 112.1 55.1 (74.2) 56/112 1.5 4 x 10 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA61-....
1FN1246-5AF71-... 48.3 120 58.2 (78.1) 70/140 1.5 4 x 10 4 x 0.5 6FX7002-5EA61-....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
1)
For water cooling with inlet temperature 35 C (95 F).
2)
A reduction of up to 30% must be expected in case of motor standstill, at very low speeds, or with very short traverse paths.
3)
Velocity values refer to a converter DC link voltage of 600 V DC.
4)
Power modules are designed for feedrate force Frated. If feedrate force FMAX is utilized, the next largest power module must be used. If a power module with a
higher rating is used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
5)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C, Table 5, under continuous operating conditions at an
ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F).
N N m/min m/min kg kg
(lb ) (lb) (ft/min) (ft/min) (lb) (lb)
200 (45) 550 (124) 146 (479) 373 (1224) 1FN3050-2WC00-0AA0 1FN3050-4SA00-0AA0 2.4/2.9 (5.3/6.4) 0.4/0.5 (0.9/1.1)
4)
200 (45) 490 (110) 138 (453) 322 (1056) 1FN3100-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3100-4SA00-0AA0 2.2/ (4.9/) 0.7/0.8 (1.5/1.8)
450 (101) 1100 (247) 131 (430) 297 (974) 1FN3100-2WC00-0AA1 3.8/4.4 (8.4/9.7)
450 (101) 1100 (247) 237 (778) 497 (1631) 1FN3100-2WE00-0AA1 3.8/4.4 (8.4/9.7)
675 (152) 1650 (371) 120 (394) 277 (909) 1FN3100-3WC00-0AA1 5.4/6.2 (11.9/13.7)
675 (152) 1650 (371) 237 (778) 497 (1631) 1FN3100-3WE00-0AA1 5.4/6.2 (11.9/13.7)
900 (202) 2200 (495) 131 (430) 297 (974) 1FN3100-4WC00-0AA1 7.4/8.5 (16.3/18.7)
900 (202) 2200 (495) 237 (778) 497 (1631) 1FN3100-4WE00-0AA1 7.4/8.5 (16.3/18.7)
1125 (253) 2750 (618) 109 (358) 255 (837) 1FN3100-5WC00-0AA1 9.1/10.4 (20.1/22.9)
4)
340 (76) 820 (184) 126 (413) 282 (925) 1FN3150-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0 3.0/ (6.6/) 1.2/1.3 (2.7/2.9)
675 (152) 1650 (371) 126 (413) 282 (925) 1FN3150-2WC00-0AA1 5.3/6 (11.7/13.2)
6
1015 (228) 2470 (555) 126 (413) 282 (925) 1FN3150-3WC00-0AA1 7.8/8.7 (17.2/19.2)
1350 (304) 3300 (742) 126 (413) 282 (925) 1FN3150-4WC00-0AA1 10.2/11.4 (22.5/25.1)
1690 (380) 4120 (926) 126 (413) 282 (925) 1FN3150-5WC00-0AA1 12.8/14.2 (28.2/31.3)
4)
615 (138) 1720 (387) 128 (420) 309 (1014) 1FN3300-1WC00-0AA1 1FN3300-4SA00-0AA0 6.2/ (13.7/) 2.4/2.6 (5.3/5.7)
1225 (275) 3450 (776) 63 (207) 176 (577) 1FN3300-2WB00-0AA1 11.4/12.4 (25.1/27.3)
1225 (275) 3450 (776) 125 (410) 297 (974) 1FN3300-2WC00-0AA1 11.4/12.4 (25.1/27.3)
1225 (275) 3450 (776) 369 (1211) 805 (2641) 1FN3300-2WG00-0AA1 11.4/12.4 (25.1/27.3)
1840 (414) 5170 (1162) 125 (410) 297 (974) 1FN3300-3WC00-0AA1 17.0/18.4 (37.5/40.6)
1840 (414) 5170 (1162) 383 (1257) 836 (2743) 1FN3300-3WG00-0AA1 17.0/18.4 (37.5/40.6)
2450 (551) 6900 (1551) 63 (207) 176 (577) 1FN3300-4WB00-0AA1 22.2/24 (48.9/52.9)
2450 (551) 6900 (1551) 125 (410) 297 (974) 1FN3300-4WC00-0AA1 22.2/24 (48.9/52.9)
1FN3050-2WC00-... 2.7 8.2 4.1 (5.5) 5/10 For ordering data, 6FX7008-1BC21- .... 8) 4x2.5 6FX7008-1BC21- .... 8)
see "Converter
1FN3100-1WC00-... 2.4 6.5 3.1 (4.2) 5/10 systems" 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-2WC00-... 5.1 13.5 6.3 (8.5) 9/18 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-2WE00-... 8.1 21.5 8.3 (11.1) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-3WC00-... 7.2 19.1 9.2 (12.3) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-3WE00-... 12.1 32.2 12.4 (16.6 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-4WC00-... 10.1 27.0 12.6 (16.9) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-4WE00-... 16.1 43.0 16.5 (22.1) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3100-5WC00-... 11.0 29.5 14.4 (19.3) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3150-1WC00-... 3.6 9.5 4.3 (5.8) 5/10 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3150-2WC00-... 7.2 19.1 8.7 (11.7) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
6
1FN3150-3WC00-... 10.7 28.6 13.0 (17.4) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3150-4WC00-... 14.3 38.2 17.4 (23.3) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3150-5WC00-... 17.9 47.7 21.7 (29.1) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM40- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-1WC00-... 6.5 20.0 8.7 (11.7) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-2WB00-... 8.0 24.7 13.2 (17.7) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-2WC00-... 12.6 39.2 16.8 (22.5) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-2WG00-... 32.2 99.7 30.1 (40.4) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3300-3WC00-... 19.0 58.7 25.1 (33.7) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-3WG00-... 50.0 154.9 46.2 (61.9) 70/140 6) 6FX7002-5LM00- .... 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5EA71- ....
1FN3300-4WB00-... 16.0 49.4 26.3 (35.3) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3300-4WC00-... 25.3 78.3 33.5 (44.9) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT
connection system". .... ....
N N m/min m/min kg kg
(lb ) (lb ) (ft/min) (ft/min) (lb) (lb)
1930 (434) 5180 (1165) 30 (98) 112 (368) 1FN3450-2WA50-0AA1 1FN3450-4SA00-0AA0 15.9/17.1 (35.1/37.7) 3.8/4 (8.4/8.8)
1930 (434) 5180 (1165) 120 (394) 275 (902) 1FN3450-2WC00-0AA1 15.9/17.1 (35.1/37.7)
1930 (434) 5180 (1165) 240 (787) 519 (1703) 1FN3450-2WE00-0AA1 15.9/17.1 (35.1/37.7)
2895 (651) 7760 (1745) 62 (203) 164 (538) 1FN3450-3WB00-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
2895 (651) 7760 (1745) 90 (295) 217 (712) 1FN3450-3WB50-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
2895 (651) 7760 (1745) 120 (394) 275 (902) 1FN3450-3WC00-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
2895 (651) 7760 (1745) 240 (787) 519 (1703) 1FN3450-3WE00-0AA1 22.6/24.3 (49.8/53.6)
3860 (868) 10350 (2327) 62 (203) 164 (538) 1FN3450-4WB00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
3860 (868) 10350 (2327) 90 (295) 217 (712) 1FN3450-4WB50-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
3860 (868) 10350 (2327) 120 (394) 275 (902) 1FN3450-4WC00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
3860 (868) 10350 (2327) 240 (787) 519 (1703) 1FN3450-4WE00-0AA1 30.9/33.1 (68.1/73)
6
2610 (587) 6900 (1551) 36 (118) 120 (394) 1FN3600-2WA50-0AA1 1FN3600-4SA00-0AA0 22.2/24.7 (49/54.5) 4.6/5 (10.1/11)
3915 (880) 10350 (2327) 58 (190) 155 (509) 1FN3600-3WB00-0AA1 31.5/33.4 (69.5/73.7)
3915 (880) 10350 (2327) 112 (368) 254 (833) 1FN3600-3WC00-0AA1 31.5/33.4 (69.5/73.7)
5220 (1174) 13800 (3102) 26 (85) 105 (345) 1FN3600-4WA30-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
5220 (1174) 13800 (3102) 58 (190) 155 (509) 1FN3600-4WB00-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
5220 (1174) 13800 (3102) 91 (299) 215 (705) 1FN3600-4WB50-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
5220 (1174) 13800 (3102) 112 (368) 254 (833) 1FN3600-4WC00-0AA1 40.8/43.3 (90/95.5)
4050 (910) 10350 (2327) 65 (213) 160 (525) 1FN3900-2WB00-0AA1 1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 28.2/29.7 (62.2/65.4) 7.5/7.9 (16.5/17.4)
4050 (910) 10350 (2327) 115 (377) 253 (830) 1FN3900-2WC00-0AA1 28.2/29.7 (62.2/65.4)
6075 (1366) 15530 (3491) 75 (246) 181 (594) 1FN3900-3WB00-0AA1 42.2/44.3 (93.1/97.6)
8100 (1821) 20700 (4653) 65 (213) 160 (525) 1FN3900-4WB00-0AA1 56.2/58.9 (124/130)
8100 (1821) 20700 (4653) 65 (213) 160 (525) 1FN3900-4WB50-0AA1 56.2/58.9 (124/130)
8100 (1821) 20700 (4653) 115 (377) 253 (830) 1FN3900-4WC00-0AA1 56.2/58.9 (124/130)
1FN3450-2WA50-... 8.6 25.3 15.9 (21.3) 18/36 For ordering data, 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
see "Converter
1FN3450-2WC00-... 18.8 55.3 23.1 (31) 28/56 systems" 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3450-2WE00-... 33.8 99.7 32.6 (43.7) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3450-3WB00-... 17.9 52.7 27.5 (36.9) 28/56 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3450-3WB50-... 22.8 67.3 31.1 (41.7) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3450-3WC00-... 28.1 83.0 34.6 (46.4) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3450-3WE00-... 50.7 149.6 48.9 (65.6) 140/210 6FX7002-5LM00- .... 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5EA71- ....
1FN3450-4WB00-... 23.8 70.3 36.7 (49.2) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3450-4WB50-... 30.4 89.8 41.4 (55.5) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3450-4WC00-... 37.5 110.6 46.2 (61.9) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3450-4WE00-... 67.6 199.5 65.3 (87.5) 140/210 6FX7008-1BC61- .... 6) 4x25 6FX7008-1BC25- .... 7)
6
1FN3600-2WA50-... 12.4 36.0 21.9 (29.4) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM60- .... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5EB11- ....
1FN3600-3WB00-... 23.2 67.3 35.4 (47.5) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3600-3WC00-... 35.2 102.4 41.6 (55.8) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3600-4WA30-... 22.3 64.9 41.8 (56.1) 42/64 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3600-4WB00-... 30.9 89.8 47.2 (63.3) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3600-4WB50-... 40.8 118.5 52.2 (70) 70/140 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3600-4WC00-... 46.9 136.5 55.5 (74.4) 70/140 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3900-2WB00-... 24.7 69.5 34.5 (46.3) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM70- .... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5EA41- ....
1FN3900-2WC00-... 36.7 103.3 41.0 (55) 56/112 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3900-3WB00-... 40.6 114.0 54.5 (73.1) 70/140 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3900-4WB00-... 49.4 138.9 68.9 (92.4) 70/140 6FX7002-5LM30- .... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5EA61- ....
1FN3900-4WB50-... 60.6 170.3 76.3 (102.3) 140/210 6FX7002-5LM00- .... 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5EA71- ....
1FN3900-4WC00-... 73.5 206.5 81.9 (109.8) 140/210 6FX7008-1BC61- .... 6) 4x25 6FX7008-1BC25- .... 7)
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT
connection system". .... ....
N N m/min m/min kg kg
(lb ) (lb ) (ft/min) (ft/min) (lb) (lb)
150 (34) 260 (58) 242 (794) 435 (1427) 1FN3050-1ND00-0EA1 1FN3050-4SA00-0AA0 1.9 (4.2) 0.4/0.5 (0.9/1.1)
300 (67) 510 (115) 108 (354) 202 (663) 1FN3050-2NB80-0EA1 3.2 (7.1)
300 (67) 510 (115) 117 (384) 214 (702) 1FN3100-1NC00-0BA1 1FN3100-4SA00-0AA0 3 (6.6) 0.7/0.8 (1.5/1.8)
605 (136) 1020 (229) 170 (558) 307 (1007) 1FN3100-2NC80-0BA1 5.1 (11.3)
905 (203) 1530 (344) 115 (377) 211 (692) 1FN3100-3NC00-0BA1 7.3 (16.1)
1205 (271) 2040 (459) 169 (555) 305 (1001) 1FN3100-4NC80-0BA1 10 (22.1)
455 (102) 770 (173) 129 (423) 234 (768) 1FN3150-1NC20-0BA1 1FN3150-4SA00-0AA0 4.1 (9.0) 1.2/1.3 (2.7/2.9)
905 (203) 1530 (344) 110 (361) 201 (660) 1FN3150-2NB80-0BA1 7.2 (15.9)
1360 (306) 2300 (517) 163 (535) 292 (958) 1FN3150-3NC70-0BA1 10.5 (23.2)
1810 (407) 3060 (688) 109 (358) 200 (656) 1FN3150-4NB80-0BA1 13.8 (30.4)
865 (195) 1470 (331) 129 (423) 230 (755) 1FN3300-1NC10-0BA1 1FN3300-4SA00-0AA0 8.8 (19.4) 2.4/2.6 (5.3/5.7)
6
1730 (389) 2940 (661) 127 (417) 228 (748) 1FN3300-2NC10-0BA1 16.1 (35.5)
2595 (583) 4400 (989) 144 (473) 257 (843) 1FN3300-3NC40-0BA1 22.8 (50.3)
3460 (778) 5870 (1320) 109 (358) 196 (643) 1FN3300-4NB80-0BA1 30.4 (67.0)
2595 (583) 4400 (989) 153 (502) 271 (889) 1FN3450-2NC50-0BA1 1FN3450-4SA00-0AA0 22 (48.5) 3.8/4 (8.4/8.8)
3890 (875) 6600 (1484) 152 (499) 270 (886) 1FN3450-3NC50-0BA1 32 (70.6)
5185 (1166) 8810 (1981) 106 (348) 190 (623) 1FN3450-4NB80-0BA1 42.3 (93.3)
3460 (778) 5870 (1320) 112 (368) 200 (656) 1FN3600-2NB80-0BA1 1FN3600-4SA00-0AA0 28.9 (63.7) 4.6/5 (10.1/11)
5185 (1166) 8810 (1981) 111 (364) 199 (653) 1FN3600-3NB80-0BA1 42.9 (94.6)
6915 (1555) 11740 (2639) 111 (364) 199 (653) 1FN3600-4NB80-0BA1 56.6 (124.8)
5185 (1166) 8810 (1981) 71 (233) 130 (427) 1FN3900-2NB20-0BA1 1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 42.4 (93.5) 7.5/7.9 (16.5/17.4)
7780 (1749) 13210 (2970) 71 (233) 129 (423) 1FN3900-3NB20-0BA1 62 (136.7)
10375 (2332) 17610 (3959) 70 (230) 129 (423) 1FN3900-4NB20-0BA1 82.2 (181.3)
1FN3050-1ND... 2.8 5.9 1.8 (2.4) 3/6 For ordering data, 7) 4x2.5 6FX7008-1BB21-.... 8)
see "Converter 7)
1FN3050-2NB... 2.8 5.9 2.4 (3.2) 3/6 systems" 4x2.5 6FX7008-1BB21-.... 8)
1FN3100-1NC... 2.8 5.9 2.1 (2.8) 3/6 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3100-2NC... 8 16.5 5.2 (7) 9/18 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3100-3NC... 8.5 17.6 6.3 (8.5) 9/18 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3100-4NC... 15.9 33.1 10.3 (13.8) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3150-1NC... 4.5 9.4 3.2 (4.3) 5/10 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3150-2NB... 8 16.5 5.9 (7.9) 9/18 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3150-3NC... 16.9 35.2 10.8 (14.5) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3150-4NB... 15.9 33.1 11.7 (15.7) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3300-1NC... 8.1 17.1 5.4 (7.2) 9/18 6FX7002-5LM62-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
6
1FN3300-2NC... 16.2 34.1 10.8 (14.5) 18/36 6FX7002-5LM62-.... 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FN3300-3NC... 27.3 57.4 17.4 (23.3) 28/56 5) 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FN3300-4NB... 28.4 59.6 19.8 (26.6) 28/56 5) 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FN3450-2NC... 28.4 59.6 17.5 (23.5) 28/56 5) 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FN3450-3NC... 42.5 89.5 26.2 (35.1) 42/64 5) 6FX7002-5LM32-.... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5CA61-....
1FN3450-4NB... 40.8 85.8 28.1 (37.7) 42/64 5) 6FX7002-5LM32-.... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5CA61-....
1FN3600-2NB... 28.4 59.6 19.1 (25.6) 28/56 5) 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FN3600-3NB... 42.5 89.5 28.5 (38.2) 42/64 5) 6FX7002-5LM32-.... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5CA61-....
1FN3600-4NB... 56.7 119.3 38 (51) 56/112 5) 6FX7002-5LM02-.... 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
1FN3900-2NB... 28.4 59.6 22 (29.5) 28/56 5) 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FN3900-3NB... 42.5 89.5 32.9 (44.1) 42/64 5) 6FX7002-5LM32-.... 1.5 4x10 6FX7002-5CA61-....
1FN3900-4NB... 56.7 119.3 43.8 (58.7) 56/112 5) 6FX7002-5LM02-.... 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT
connection system". .... ....
Pre-assembled signal cable with connector of Size 0.5 for 1FN3100 and 1FN3150 motors:
Order No.: 6FX7002-2SL01-....
Pre-assembled signal cable with connector of Size 0.5 for 1FN3300 to 1FN3900 motors:
Order No.: 6FX7002-2SL02-....
1)
For water cooling with inlet temperature 35 C (95 F).
2)
A reduction of up to 30% must be expected in case of motor standstill, at very low speeds, or with very short traverse paths.
3)
Velocity values refer to a converter DC link voltage of 600 V DC.
4) No precision cooler available.
5)
Power modules are designed for feedrate force Frated. If feedrate force FMAX is utilized, the next largest power module must be used. If a power module with a
higher rating is used, you must check whether the specified power cable can be connected to it.
6)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C, Table 5, under continuous operating conditions at an
ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F).
7)
Fixed cable outlet for power and signals, not pre-assembled. Length: 0.5 m (19.69 in).
8)
Sold by the meter only (4 x 2.5 mm2).
1FN3050-2... 1FN3050-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-2... 1FN3100-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-3... 1FN3100-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-4... 1FN3100-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3100-5... 1FN3100-5PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-2... 1FN3150-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-3... 1FN3150-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-4... 1FN3150-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3150-5... 1FN3150-5PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-2... 1FN3300-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-3... 1FN3300-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3300-4... 1FN3300-4PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-2... 1FN3450-2PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-3... 1FN3450-3PK00-0AA0
1FN3450-4... 1FN3450-4PK00-0AA0
1)
1FN3600-2... 1FN3600-2PK00-0AA0 Continuous cover for several secondary sections. The maximum length of
the secondary section cover is 6 m (19.69 ft). For the following frame sizes,
1FN3600-3... 1FN3600-3PK00-0AA0 this corresponds to: 1FN3050 to 1FN3150, a maximum number of 50 sec-
1FN3600-4... 1FN3600-4PK00-0AA0 ondary sections (AB to FA). 1FN3300 to 1FN3900, a maximum number of
32 secondary sections (AB to DC).
1FN3900-2... 1FN3900-2PK00-0AA0 2)
The secondary section end pieces are designed to allow clamping of the
1FN3900-3... 1FN3900-3PK00-0AA0 integrated secondary section cover.
3)
1FN3900-4... 1FN3900-4PK00-0AA0 Sizes
1FN3050 to 1FN3450: 2 units per secondary section track.
1FN3600 to 1FN3900: 3 units per secondary section track.
The maximal available length of a single-part heatsink profile is 3 m
(9.84 ft).
For the following frame sizes, this corresponds to:
1FN3050 to 1FN3150, a maximum of 24 secondary sections (AB to CE)
1FN3300 to 1FN3900, a maximum of 16 secondary sections (AB to BG).
Precision cooler
Primary section
Secondary section cover
Secondary section
Power cooler
Terminal box
Heatsink profile
G_NC01_XX_00299
6
Combi distributor
Overview Overview
The motor position can be identified with an incremental linear A connector box is required to connect a Hall-effect sensor box
measuring system using an additional Hall-effect sensor box, or (option).
also motion-based when considering certain additional
conditions.
6 Type Mounted opposite of primary section terminal end Degree of protection in accordance IP65
with EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Straight cable outlet Lateral cable outlet Permissible air humidity in 95% (without condensation)
1FN3 Order No. Order No. accordance with DIN 40040
Weight, approx. 0.26 kg (0.57 lb)
1FN3050-2W... 1FN3002-0PH00-0AA0 1FN3002-0PH01-0AA0 Dimensions
1FN3100-2W... (without sockets or without
1FN3100-4W... cable glands)
1FN3150-2W... Width 69.6 mm (2.74 in)
1FN3150-4W... Height 54 mm (2.13 in)
1FN3100-1W... 1FN3005-0PH00-0AA0 1FN3005-0PH01-0AA0 Depth 25 mm (0.98 in)
1FN3100-3W...
1FN3100-5W...
1FN3150-1W... Selection and Ordering Data
1FN3150-3W... Designation Order No.
1FN3150-5W...
Connector box 1FN1910-0AA00-0AA0
1FN3300-2W... 1FN3003-0PH00-0AA0 1FN3003-0PH01-0AA0 for connection of incremental
1FN3300-4W... encoder
1FN3450-2W...
1FN3450-4W...
1FN3600-2W...
1FN3600-4W...
1FN3900-2W...
1FN3900-4W...
1FN3300-1W... 1FN3006-0PH00-0AA0 1FN3006-0PH01-0AA0
1FN3300-3W...
1FN3450-3W...
1FN3600-3W...
1FN3900-3W...
6
Pfannenberg GmbH
Contact: Werner-Witt-Strae 1
Mr. Hille 21035 HAMBURG, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 40 - 7 34 12 - 1 27
Fax: +49 (0) 40 - 7 34 12 - 1 01
E-mail: werner.hille@pfannenberg.com
www.pfannenberg.com
Overview Benefits
7 No elasticity in the drive train
7 High availability, since there are no gear components subject
to wear in the drive train
7 High torque for a compact design and small size
7 Low moment of inertia
7 Direct coupling to the machine using flanges
Application
In conjunction with the SIMODRIVE 611 converter system, the
built-in torque motors can be used as direct drive for the follow-
ing machine applications:
Rotary indexing machines, rotary tables, swivel axes
Rotary axes (A, B, C axis in 5-axis machine tools)
Turret indexing and cylinder indexing for single-spindle and
multi-spindle machines
Dynamic tool magazines
Rotating spindles in milling machines
Roller and cylinder drives
Infeed and handling axes
Design
1FW6 built-in torque motors are liquid-cooled, multi-pole perma-
nent-magnet-excited AC synchronous motors with hollow-shaft The 1FW6 built-in torque motor comprises the following compo-
6 rotor. The 1FW6 motors are supplied as built-in components that nents:
are held together in the delivered state by transport locks. For a Stator
complete drive unit, an additional bearing and shaft encoder are Iron core with a 3-phase AC winding. To improve dissipation of
required. the heat loss, the motor can be force-cooled by means of a liquid
Each frame size is available in different axis lengths. The stator cooler (main cooler).
and rotor are equipped with flanges at each end with centering Rotor
surfaces and threaded holes for installation in the machine. Cylindrical hollow shaft made of steel with permanent magnets
Please note that when 1FW6 direct motors (torque motors) fixed to the circumference.
are used in fork heads for machine tools or robots, a license If the main cooler and precision cooler are used together in a
for US patent US5584621 and the associated international heat exchanger, a cooling connection adapter (accessory) can
patent protection may be required. be ordered separately for simpler connection.
Cooler types
The design of the cooler system is dependent on the size (exter-
nal diameter) of the motor.
Motor Cooling method
type
1FW6090/1FW6130 Jacket cooling
1FW6160 to 1FW6290 Integrated cooling
Technical specifications
Product name 1FW6 built-in torque motors
Type of motor Synchronous motor with
permanent magnet rotor,
multi-pole
(number of rotor poles 44 ... 98)
Torque ripple 1.5% M0
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F
accordance with EN 60034-1
(IEC 60034-1)
Type Individual components:
Stator, rotor
Degree of protection in accordance IP23
with IEC 60034-5 The final degree of protection
6
(minimum degree of protection is
IP54) for the installed motor is
Motor components of sizes 1FW6090/1FW6130 with jacket cooling determined by the machine
(transport locks, rotor, stator) manufacturer. Protection against
touch, foreign bodies and water for
Motors with integrated cooling electrical equipment is specified in
These motors feature a ready-to-connect, integrated dual- accordance with IEC 60034-5.
circuit cooling system and are therefore thermally insulated Coolant inlet temperature, max. 35 C (95 F)
against the mechanical axis construction to a considerable
Pressure in cooling circuit, max. 10 bar (static)
extent.
Temperature monitoring 2 x PTC thermistor drilled hole with
response threshold 130/150 C
(266/302 F)
(according to DIN 44081/44082)
and 1 x KTY84 thermistor
(according to IEC 60034-11) in the
stator. Evaluation is performed by
the SME9. module.
Paint finish Unpainted
Encoder system The encoder must be selected
(not included in scope of supply) according to the mechanical and
converter-specific boundary
conditions
Connection, electrical Free cable ends with
l = 2 m (6.56 ft) for power
connection and sensor connection
Option Power and signal cables
(for connecting to the SME9.
module) with connector
Standard type
179 (1584) 119 (1053) 113 (1000) 46 140 1FW6090-0 7 B05-0FC2 1.52 (0.1345) 9.2 (20.3)
109 (965) 140 250 1FW6090-0 7 B05-0KC2 1.52 (0.1345) 9.2 (20.3)
251 (2221) 166 (1469) 154 (1363) 120 220 1FW6090-0 7 B07-0KC2 2.2 (0.1947) 12.2 (27)
142 (1257) 270 430 1FW6090-0 7 B07-1JC2 2.2 (0.1947) 12.2 (27)
358 (3168) 238 (2106) 231 (2044) 8.7 82 1FW6090-0 7 B10-0KC2 3.09 (0.2735) 17.2 (37.9)
216 (1912) 170 270 1FW6090-0 7 B10-1JC2 3.09 (0.2735) 17.2 (37.9)
537 (4752) 357 (3159) 338 (2991) 78 150 1FW6090-0 7 B15-1JC2 4.65 (0.4116) 27.2 (60)
319 (2823) 200 310 1FW6090-0 7 B15-2JC2 4.65 (0.4116) 27.2 (60)
439 (3885) 258 (2283) 241 (2133) 47 130 1FW6130-0 7 B05-0KC2 6.37 (0.5638) 13.2 (29.1)
217 (1920) 180 310 1FW6130-0 7 B05-1JC2 6.37 (0.5638) 13.2 (29.1)
614 (5434) 361 (3195) 344 (3044) 21 96 1FW6130-0 7 B07-0KC2 8.92 (0.7895) 18.2 (40.1)
324 (2867) 110 200 1FW6130-0 7 B07-1JC2 8.92 (0.7895) 18.2 (40.1)
1FW6090-0.B05-0F.. 5.9 5.6 9.5 6.55 (8.78) 5/10 4) For ordering data, 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
see "Converter
1FW6090-0.B05-0K.. 8.2 7.4 13 8.12 (10.88) 9/18 systems" 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
4)
1FW6090-0.B07-0K.. 10 9.5 16 10.3 (13.8) 9/18 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6090-0.B07-1J.. 16 13 26 14.1 (18.9) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6090-0.B10-0K.. 8.2 7.9 13 9.43 (12.6) 9/18 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6090-0.B10-1J.. 16 14 26 15.3 (20.5) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6090-0.B15-1J.. 16 15 26 17.1 (22.9) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6090-0.B15-2J.. 26 23 43 24.1 (32.3) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
4)
1FW6130-0.B05-0K.. 9.7 9 18 12.2 (16.4) 9/18 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6130-0.B05-1J.. 17 14 32 18.3 (24.5) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
4)
1FW6130-0.B07-0K.. 10 10 20 14.2 (19) 9/18 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6130-0.B07-1J.. 17 15 32 19.7 (26.4) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6130-0.B10-1J..
1FW6130-0.B10-2J..
17
28
16
24
32
53
21.4 (28.7)
30.6 (41)
18/36
28/56
1
1.5
4 x 2.5
4x4
6FX7002-5CA11-....
6FX7002-5CA41-....
6
4)
1FW6130-0.B15-1J.. 19 18 36 25.4 (34.1) 18/36 1 4 x 2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6130-0.B15-2J.. 28 26 54 34.1 (45.7) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
716 (6337) 467 (4133) 431 (3814) 84 140 1FW6160-0 7 B05-1JC2 0.19 (1.682) 36.3 (80.0)
404 (3575) 150 250 1FW6160-0 7 B05-2JC2 0.19 (1.682) 36.3 (80.0)
1000 (8850) 653 (5779) 620 (5487) 53 96 1FW6160-0 7 B07-1JC2 0.258 (2.283) 48.3 (106.5)
594 (5257) 100 170 1FW6160-0 7 B07-2JC2 0.258 (2.283) 48.3 (106.5)
1430 (12656) 933 (8257) 903 (7992) 29 60 1FW6160-0 7 B10-1JC2 0.36 (3.186) 66.3 (146.2)
878 (7770) 65 110 1FW6160-0 7 B10-2JC2 0.36 (3.186) 66.3 (146.2)
2150 (19028) 1400 (12390) 1350 (11948) 34 66 1FW6160-0 7 B15-2JC2 0.531 (4.699) 95.3 (210.1)
1280 (11328) 97 160 1FW6160-0 7 B15-5GC2 0.531 (4.699) 95.3 (210.1)
990 (8762) 672 (5947) 633 (5602) 54 97 1FW6190-0 7 B05-1JC2 0.358 (3.168) 42.8 (94.4)
605 (5354) 96 160 1FW6190-0 7 B05-2JC2 0.358 (3.168) 42.8 (94.4)
1390 (12302) 941 (8328) 905 (8009) 33 63 1FW6190-0 7 B07-1JC2 0.486 (4.142) 55.8 (123)
879 (7779) 64 110 1FW6190-0 7 B07-2JC2 0.486 (4.142) 55.8 (123)
1FW6 160-0.B05-1J.. 17 16 31 15.1 (20.2) 18/36 For ordering data, 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
see "Converter systems"
1FW6 160-0.B05-2J.. 28 24 49 20 (26.8) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 160-0.B07-1J.. 17 16 31 16.7 (22.4) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 160-0.B07-2J.. 28 25 49 21.8 (29.2) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 160-0.B10-1J.. 17 17 31 19 (25.5) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 160-0.B10-2J.. 28 26 49 24.4 (32.7) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 160-0.B15-2J.. 28 26 49 28.2 (37.8) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 160-0.B15-5G.. 56 50 98 42.6 (57.1) 56/112 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
1FW6 190-0.B05-1J.. 18 17 31 16.3 (21.9) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 190-0.B05-2J.. 27 24 47 20.6 (27.6) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 190-0.B07-1J.. 18 17 31 18.2 (24.4) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 190-0.B07-2J.. 27 25 47 22.7 (30.4) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 190-0.B10-1J.. 18
1FW6 190-0.B10-2J.. 27
17
26
31
47
20.7 (27.8) 18/36
25.7 (34.5) 28/56
1
1.5
4x2.5
4x4
6FX7002-5CA11-....
6FX7002-5CA41-....
6
1FW6 190-0.B15-2J.. 27 26 47 30.1 (40.4) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 190-0.B15-5G.. 54 50 95 44.1 (59.1) 56/112 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
1FW6 230-0.B05-1J.. 16 15 31 17.3 (23.2) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 230-0.B05-2J.. 24 22 45 21 (28.2) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 230-0.B07-1J.. 16 16 31 19.4 (26.0) 18/36 1 4x2.5 6FX7002-5CA11-....
1FW6 230-0.B07-2J.. 24 22 45 23.6 (31.6) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 230-0.B10-2J.. 24 23 45 27.1 (36.3) 28/56 1.5 4x4 6FX7002-5CA41-....
1FW6 230-0.B10-5G.. 54 48 100 42 (56.3) 56/112 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
1FW6 230-0.B15-4C.. 33 32 63 38 (50.9) 42/64 1.5 4x6 6FX7002-5CA51-....
1FW6 230-0.B15-5G.. 53 49 100 47.4 (63.5) 56/112 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
1FW6 290-0.B15-7A.. 64 61 130 65.2 (87.4) 70/140 1.5 4x16 6FX7002-5CA71-....
For length code as well as power and signal cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection system". ....
Accessories
Designation Order No. Designation Order No.
Cooling connection adapter for Power connector
Torque motors 1FW6160-1BA00-0AA0 Size 1 6FX2003-1CG10
1FW6160 to 1FW6230 for 4 x 2.5 mm2
Torque motors 1FW6290-1BA00-0AA0 Size 1.5 6FX2003-1CG20
1FW6290 for 4 x 4/4 x 6/4 x 16 mm2
Signal connector
Size 0.5 6FX2003-0SA07
for 6 x 0.5 + 1 x 1.0 mm2
1)
Torque and current at low speeds.
2)
The values refer to a supply voltage of 400 V 3 AC 10% (converter DC link voltage 600 V DC).
3)
In case of water cooling with inlet temperature of 35 C (95 F) and maximum rotor flange temperature of 60 C (140 F).
4)
Fixed cable outlet, not pre-assembled, 2 m (6.56 ft) in length. Power and signal connectors are not included in the scope of supply of the motor.
5)
The current carrying capacity of the power cables complies with IEC 60204-1 for installation type C, Table 5, under continuous operating conditions at an
ambient air temperature of 40 C (104 F).
Application
The SME91/SME92/SME93/SME94 encoder connection boxes
are suitable for connecting external position measuring systems
and commutation devices to
1FN linear motors
1FW6 torque motors
Integration
The SME91/SME92/SME93/SME94 encoder connection boxes
can be used for 1FN1/1FN3 linear motors and torque motors
1FW6 on the SIMODRIVE 611 digital/universal HRS converter
system.
Technical specifications
Order No. 1FN1910-0AA20-1AA0/-2AA0/
-3AA0/-4AA0
Product name Encoder connection boxes
SME91/SME92/SME93/SME94
Degree of protection in accordance IP67
with EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Air humidity in accordance with 5 ... 85% (without condensation)
DIN 40040
Weight, approx. 0.75 kg (1.65 lb)
Dimensions
(without sockets)
Width 150 mm (5.91 in)
Height 64 mm (2.52 in)
Depth 34 mm (1.34 in)
Overview
1FW6 1FE1 2SP1
built-in torque motors built-in motors ECS motor spindles
Speed 40 ... 430 rpm Up to 40000 rpm Up to 18000 rpm
Static torque M0 96.8 ... 4760 Nm
(856.7 ... 42126 lb -in)
Rated torque Mrated 5 ... 820 Nm 42 ... 170 Nm
(44 ... 7257 lb -in) (372 ... 1505 lb -in)
Overload capability up to max. 2 x M0
Encoder system Rotary encoder Hollow-shaft measuring system Hollow-shaft measuring system
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp SIMAG H2 Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Absolute encoder with EnDat L&B GEL 244 256 pulses/revolution (built-in)
interface
1)
Sound pressure level in Depending on spindle design 70 dB (A)
accordance with DIN EN ISO 1680
Degree of protection in IP21 IP00 or as specified by IP64 (in working area)
accordance with EN 60034-5 spindle manufacturer IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
(IEC 60034-5)
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a winding Temperature class F
accordance with EN 60034-1 temperature rise of T = 100 K
(IEC 60034-1) for an ambient temperature
of 40 C (104 F)
6
Inlet temperature of coolant Inlet temperature of coolant 25 C (77 F)
max. 35 C (95 F)
Holding brake Using spindle design
Type of motor Permanent-magnet-excited AC main spindle motor AC main spindle motor
synchronous torque motor, in synchronous system in asynchronous/synchronous
3-phase with permanent magnets system
Paint finish Unpainted
1)
Sound pressure level of stock removal and tool changing are not taken into
account.
Application
The 1FE1 built-in water-cooled synchronous motors are used in
combination with the SIMODRIVE 611 converter system where
there is a requirement for
extreme demands on the machining quality, accuracy and
running smoothness, and
very short ramp-up times.
The 1FE1 built-in motors are offered in two main versions:
High-torque series
6-pole/8-pole synchronous motors are available that have
been developed for turning and grinding machines with
moderate maximum speeds.
These motors are characterized by an extremely high torque
The 1FE1 built-in motors are water-cooled, synchronous motors utilization. In this case, the speed range is approximately 1:2.
that are supplied as stator and rotor components. When the rotor
High-speed series
6
has been mounted to the spindle in the spindle box, a complete
spindle unit is created. In this series, 4-pole synchronous motors are available for
milling. These motors are optimized for high maximum speeds
Benefits and a speed range of over 1:4. A voltage limitation module is
required for these motors when they are operated up to the
7 Compact design (e.g. for turning machines and vertical mill- maximum speed.
ing machines) by dispensing with mechanical components,
such as motor switch armature, belt drive, gearbox and spin- Design
dle encoder
7 High power density due to water cooling The 1FE1 built-in motor comprises:
7 Maximum speed up to 40000 rpm, torque up to 820 Nm A laminated, permanent-magnet-excited rotor, which, as an
(7257 lb -in) for S1 duty option, can be designed with a sleeve for simple mounting
and removal.
7 Higher torque up to 60% with the same active component
volume, consequently more compact machine design com- A wound stator package with cooling jacket and encapsulated
pared to 1PH2 winding overhang.
- Free cable ends of 0.5 m/1.5 m (1.64 ft/4.92 ft)
7 Extremely short ramp-up and braking times (50%) due to - Two integral PTC thermistors (incl. 1 spare), optionally with
higher torque compared to 1PH2 full or universal protection
7 Cold rotor due to excitation using permanent magnets, - A cooling jacket into which the stator has been inserted
this means: significantly less power loss in the rotor in the
lower speed range and therefore less bearing heating and Rotor with sleeve
spindle expansion Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play by
7 The stator and rotor are ready to install, no finishing is means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is mounted on
necessary the spindle by thermal shrinking.
The rotor with sleeve is pre-balanced and can be removed and
7 The absence of drive transverse forces permits extremely high subsequently remounted. The bond can be released by pres-
accuracy on the workpiece due to smooth, accurate spindle sure-oil injection without affecting the joint surfaces.
motion even at very low speeds.
7 Larger rotor inner bore than squirrel-cage rotor of asynchro- Rotor without sleeve
nous motors, but with the same outer diameter, which is an Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play by
advantage with regard to the bar capacity of automatic turning means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is mounted on
machines and results in higher spindle stiffness due to larger the spindle by thermal shrinking.
shaft diameters for milling spindles Removal of the rotor is not possible with this type of mounting.
7 Increased rigidity of the spindle drive achieved by mounting Rotors without sleeves are not pre-balanced.
the motor components between the spindle main bearings
7 Less cooling capacity required for the same power compared
to 1PH2, i.e. greater efficiency
7 Only one encoder (hollow-shaft measuring system) for
sensing motor speed and spindle position
7 Simple servicing by replacing complete motor spindles
*B1&B(1B
Torque Ramp-up time Rotor power
(same active (same moment dissipation Full protection optional In addition to standard protection
component volume) of inertia) (same rated current) Application example: 3 x PTC thermistor drilling
processing at motor standstill Evaluation possibility e.g. using
Motor spindle as Permanently excited motor spindle
thermal motor protection:
induction motor (PE spindle) as synchronous motor Order No.: 3RN1013-1GW10
Universal protection optional - Full protection +
Advantages of 1FE1 synchronous spindle over asynchronous spindle
- NTC PT3-51F
- NTC K227
3RZHU Balance quality of rotor in
accordance with ISO 1940-1
Rotor with sleeve Pre-balanced depending on the
design, balance quality G 2.5
N: 6\QFKURQRXV3(VSLQGOH Reference speed 3600 rpm,
More information
Please refer to "Asynchronous motors Liquid cooling" for a list
USP of heat exchanger manufacturers.
6SHHG
7RUTXH
1P
DW$UDWHGFXUUHQW
LQWKHSRZHUVHFWLRQ
6\QFKURQRXV3(VSLQGOH
$V\QFKURQRXV
VSLQGOH
*B1&B(1B
USP
6SHHG
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
6
1FE1082-6WP... 65 91 85
1FE1082-6WS... 45 62 45
1FE1082-6WQ... 60 84 VPM 120 60
1FE1082-6WW... 30 42 VPM 120 30
1FE1084-6WU... 45 64 VPM 120 45
1FE1084-6WR... 60 84 VPM 120 60
1FE1084-6WX... 30 42 VPM 120 30
1FE1091-6WN... 24 35 30
1FE1091-6WS... 15 19 24
1FE1092-6WN... 58 84 60
1FE1092-6WR... 41 58 VPM 120 45
1FE1093-6WN... 83 120 85
1FE1093-6WS... 53 76 60
1FE1093-6WV... 43 60 VPM 120 45
1)
Data for T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2)
Standard scope of supply: Encapsulated winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
3)
Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
4)
Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
5)
Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
6)
Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1GW10.
7)
Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227.
8)
For moment of inertia with sleeve, see Planning Guide.
6 79.6 (106.7)
67.4 (90.4)
96 (129)
80 (107)
585 (5178)
585 (5178)
795 (7036)
795 (7036)
1300
1100
6000
5000
1FE1145-8WQ 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.21636 (1.9148)
1FE1145-8WS 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.21636 (1.9148)
117 (258)
117 (258)
103 (138.1) 124 (166) 2)
820 (7258) 1110 (9824) 2)
1200 5500 1FE1147-8WN 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (342)
81.6 (109.4) 96 (129) 820 (7258) 1110 (9824) 950 4200 1FE1147-8WQ 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (342)
64.4 (86.3) 80 (107) 820 (7258) 1110 (9824) 750 3500 1FE1147-8WS 7 1- 1 B C 7 0.28823 (2.5508) 155 (342)
3)
Standard protection: 2xKTY 1
7)
Full protection: 2xKTY + 3xPTC thermistor drilling 3
Universal protection 8) 5
Delivery of stator + rotor 3) 5) 6) 1
Stator with cooling jacket 3) 4)
B
Without rotor jacket A
With rotor jacket, for d* see dimensions table B
With rotor jacket, for d** see dimensions table C
With rotor jacket "-..D." for 1FE1082.../1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table D
With rotor jacket "-..E." for 1FE1113-6W... only, see dimensions table E
Free cable ends with rigid connection, 1.5 m (4.92 ft) in length
Cable outlet at larger outer diameter of cooling jacket 0
Cable outlet at smaller outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request) 1
Free cable ends, flexible, 0.5 m (1.64 ft) in length (preferred variant)
Cable outlet at larger outer diameter of cooling jacket 2
Cable outlet at smaller outer diameter of cooling jacket (on request) 3
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
1)
Data for T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2)
Observe limit for power section.
3) Standard scope of supply: Encapsulated winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
4)
Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
5)
Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
6)
Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
7)
Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1GW10.
8)
Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227.
9)
For moment of inertia with sleeve, see Planning Guide.
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 40, 50, 60: duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 140: duty cycle time 2 min
1)
Data for T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2)
Standard scope of supply: Encapsulated winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
3)
Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
4)
Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
5)
Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
6)
Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1GW10.
7)
Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227.
8)
Series reactor required, see Planning Guide.
S1 = continuous duty
S6 = intermittent duty:
Sizes 50 and 70: Duty cycle time 1 min
Sizes 80 to 120: duty cycle time 2 min
6
1FE1104-4WN... 120 181 VPM 200 120
1FE1105-4WN... 120 180 VPM 200 120
1FE1106-4WN... 159 240 VPM 200 200
1FE1106-4WR... 128 184 VPM 200 200
1FE1106-4WS... 120 170 VPM 200 120
1FE1106-4WY... 60 85 VPM 120 60
1FE1124-4WN... 135 198 VPM 200 200
1FE1125-4WN... 162 240 VPM 200 200
1FE1125-4WP... 147 215 VPM 200 200
2)
1FE1126-4WN... 200 295 VPM 200 200
1FE1126-4WP... 180 265 2) VPM 200 200
1FE1126-4WQ... 147 215 VPM 200 200
1)
Data for T = 105 K, special windings on request.
2)
Observe limit for power section.
3)
Standard scope of supply: Encapsulated winding with 2xKTY (1 spare).
4)
Stator without cooling jacket, with soaked winding on request.
5) Ordering spare parts: stator: 1FE1...-.....-2.W.
6) Ordering spare parts: rotor: 1FE1...-.....-3W..
7)
Full protection option, application example: loading at motor standstill, external tripping unit required: Order No. 3RN1013-1GW10.
8) Universal protection option: full protection + NTC PT3-51F + NTC K227.
9)
For moment of inertia for version "R" without rotor jacket di = 80 mm (3.15 in), see Planning Guide.
Dimension drawing
L Motor L D DA di
type mm (in) mm (in) mm (in) mm (in)
High-speed series
1FE1051-4....-1BA. 130 (5.12) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
1FE1052-4....-1BA. 180 (7.09) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
1FE1053-4....-1BA. 230 (9.06) 120 (4.72) 106 (4.17) 46 (1.81)
d*/d**
1FE1072-4W...-1BA. 185 (7.28) 155 (6.10) 135 (5.31) 58 (2.28)
DA
D
di
G_NC01_EN_00148
1FE1074-4W...-1BA. 285 (11.22) 155 (6.10) 135 (5.31) 58 (2.28)
1FE1082-4W...-1BA. 190 (7.48) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1083-4W...-1BA. 240 (9.45) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1084-4W...-1BA. 290 (11.42) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1085-4W...-1BA. 340 (13.39) 180 (7.09) 160 (6.30) 68 (2.68)
1FE1092-4W...-1BR. 200 (7.87) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
Rotor Air gap Stator
1FE1093-4W...-1BA. 250 (9.84) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
Hollow shaft Sleeve Cooling
jacket 1FE1093-4W...-1BR. 250 (9.84) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1094-4W...-1BA. 300 (11.81) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1094-4W...-1BR. 300 (11.81) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1095-4W...-1BA. 350 (13.78) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1095-4W...-1BR. 350 (13.78) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1096-4W...-1BA. 400 (15.75) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 72 (2.83)
1FE1096-4W...-1BR. 400 (15.75) 205 (8.07) 180 (7.09) 80 (3.15)
1FE1103-4W...-1BA. 265 (10.43) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
1FE1104-4W...-1BA. 315 (12.40) 230 (9.06) 200 (7.87) 96 (3.78)
6 1FE1105-4W...-1BA.
1FE1106- 4W...-1BA.
365 (14.37)
415 (16.34)
230 (9.06)
230 (9.06)
200 (7.87)
200 (7.87)
96 (3.78)
96 (3.78)
1FE1124-4W...-1BA. 315 (12.40) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
1FE1125-4W...-1BA. 365 (14.37) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
1FE1126-4W...-1BA. 415 (16.34) 270 (10.63) 240 (9.45) 110 (4.33)
Note:
Rotors without rotor jacket "-..A." are supplied without pre-balancing.
Rotors with rotor jacket "-..B./-..C./-..D./-..E." are supplied pre-
balanced.
Overview Application
The main application area for ECS motor spindles are main spin-
dles for simple milling machines and machining centers in the
job shop area of the machine tools sector.
The 2SP120 motor spindles are particularly suitable for the area
of light metal machining at low torque and high speeds.
The 2SP125 motor spindles are characterized by a high torque.
The main area of application is in the machining of steel and
castings.
Design
The 2SP1 ECS motor spindles are characterized by a rugged
design.
Depending on the version, the following options are available for
ECS motor spindles:
Various tool interfaces
Internal tool cooling
External tool cooling
Characteristic curves
0RWRUSRZHU 9ROWDJHOLPLW
The 2SP1 ECS motor spindle product range comprises compact 6WDUFRQQHFWLRQ
standard motor spindles that can be used as an alternative to P
6 belt-driven spindles and can be used both for rough cutting and
for precise fine machining.
9ROWDJHOLPLW
'HOWDFRQQHFWLRQ
The 2SP1 motor spindle contains all the classical elements of a
6 6'HOWDFRQQHFWLRQ
motor spindle, such as a tool interface, tool clamping and re-
6WDU
lease mechanism, spindle bearings suitable for absorbing the FRQQHFWLRQ
machining forces, water-cooled drive motor, spindle casing for
fixing and sensors for indexing and monitoring tool changeover.
6
The motorized spindles are available in 2 diameters of 200 mm 6WDUFRQQHFWLRQ 6'HOWDFRQQHFWLRQ
(7.87 in) (2SP120) and 250 mm (9.84 in) (2SP125) and are of-
fered with different torque and speed graduations to match the
respective milling machine family. The motor spindles are ideally
*B1&B(1B
matched to the performance levels of SIMODRIVE 611.
The complete product range of 2SP1 motor spindles was devel-
oped in cooperation with and is manufactured at Weiss Spindel-
technologie GmbH.
nUDWHG< nUDWHG 6SHHG
Technical specifications
Product name 2SP120 2SP125
ECS motor spindles ECS motor spindles
Standard functions
Housing Cartridge with flange mounting Cartridge with flange mounting
Operating position Horizontal/vertical Horizontal/vertical
Tool adapter HSK A63 SK 40 for tools with asymmetrical slide rings
Tool clamping device Release using pneumatic cylinder, 6 bar Release using pneumatic cylinder, 6 bar
Clamping using cup spring package Clamping using cup spring package
Speed, max. 15000 rpm 10000 rpm
Bearing lubrication Grease, permanent lubrication Grease, permanent lubrication
Bearing seal at front Blocking air 1 ... 1.5 m3/h, filter grade 8 m Blocking air 1 ... 1.5 m3/h, filter grade 8 m
Tool taper cleaning Compressed air through draw-bar 5 ... 6 bar Compressed air through draw-bar 5 ... 6 bar
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature Temperature class F for a coolant inlet temperature
accordance with EN 60034-1 of 25 C (77 F) of 25 C (77 F)
(IEC 60034-1)
Degree of protection in accordance IP64 (in working area) IP64 (in working area)
with IEC 60034-5 IP53 (behind the spindle flange) IP53 (behind the spindle flange)
Recommended coolant inlet tempera- 25C (77 F) (depending on the ambient temperature) 25C (77 F) (depending on the ambient temperature)
ture, approx.
Measuring system Hollow-shaft measuring system, incremental, Hollow-shaft measuring system, incremental,
sin/cos 1 Vpp 256 pulses/revolution with zero mark sin/cos 1 Vpp 256 pulses/revolution with zero mark
Standard protection - temperature Motor thermal sensor KTY84-130 Motor thermal sensor KTY84-130
monitoring PTC for full thermal protection PTC for full thermal protection
NTC PT3-51F NTC PT3-51F
NTC K227 NTC K227
Clamping status monitoring Sensors (analog) Sensors (digital)
Tool clamped 1)
6
Tool clamped
Draw-bar in release position
Clamped without tool
Sensors (digital)
Position of release piston
Cooling with water max. 5 bar, 10 l/min max. 5 bar, 10 l/min
max. 25% corrosion protection agent max. 25% corrosion protection agent
Clariant Antifrogen N or Tyfocor Clariant Antifrogen N or Tyfocor
Filter grade 100 m Filter grade 100 m
Medium connections
Cooling 2 x hose plug-in connector, 12 mm/10 mm (0.47 in/0.39 in) 2 x G 1/2 ( 9 mm (0.35 in))
Blocking air 1 x G 1/8 radial/ 5 mm (0.20 in) axial 1 x G 1/8 ( 8 mm (0.31 in))
Taper cleaning air 1 x G 1/4 1 x G 1/4
Release tool 1 x G 1/4 1 x M16x1.5
Clamp tool 1 x G 1/8 1 x G 1/8
Electrical connections Power through cable 1.5 m (4.92 ft) Power through cable 1.5 m (4.92 ft)
Sensors through signal plug Sensors through signal plug
Options
Internal tool cooling 50 bar, up to 54 l/min 50 bar, up to 54 l/min
Filter grade 50 m in accordance Filter grade 50 m in accordance
with -/16/13 ISO 4406 with -/16/13 ISO 4406
1 x G1/4 coolant 1 x G1/4 coolant
1 x G1/8 leakage 1 x G1/8 leakage
External tool cooling Ring with 6 adjustable nozzles
5 bar
Filter grade 50 m in accordance
with -/16/13 ISO 4406
Increased max. speed 18000 rpm 15000 rpm (with HSK A63)
Tool clamping device Release using hydraulic cylinder, 80 bar
Clamping using cup spring package
1 x G 1/4, release tool
1 x G 1/4, clamp tool
Sensors for clamping status Draw-bar in release position
Clamped without tool
Tool interface BT 40, CAT 40, HSK A63
1)
For manual tool changing; additional sensors are required for automatic tool changing (see Options).
26.4/ (35.4/) 26.4/ (35.4/) 84/ (744/) 110/ (974/) 3000/ 15000 2SP1204-1HA 7 7 -1 D F 2
35.0/ (46.9/) 35.0/ (46.9/) 78/ (690/) 110/ (974/) 4300/ 18000 2SP1204-1HB 7 7 -2 D F 2
Asynchronous
250 13.2/13.2 (17.7/17.7) 18.9/18.9 (25.3/25.3) 70/32 (620/283) 100/45 (885/398) 1800/4000 10000 2SP1253-8HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
(9.84)
13.2/13.2 (17.7/17.7) 18.9/18.9 (25.4/25.4) 70/32 (620/283) 100/45 (885/398) 1800/4000 15000 2SP1253-8HA 0 7 -1 D 7 2
11.7/11.7 (15.7/15.7) 16.7/16.7 (22.4/22.4) 140/62 (1239/ 549) 200/89 (1170/788) 800/1800 10000 2SP1255-8HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
11.7/11.7 (15.7/15.7) 16.7/16.7 (22.4/22.4) 140/62 (1239/ 549) 200/89 (1770/788) 800/1800 15000 2SP1255-8HA 0 7 -1 D 7 2
Synchronous
250 26.0/ (34.9/) 29.0/ (38.9/) 100/ (885/) 130/ (1151/) 2500/ 10000 2SP1253-1HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
(9.84)
35.0/ (46.9/) 38.0/ (50.9/) 100/ (885/) 130/ (1151/) 3300/ 15000 2SP1253-1HB 0 7 -1 D 7 2
6 46.3/ (62.1/)
53.4/ (71.6/)
55.0/ (73.7/)
64.0/ (85.8/)
170/ (1505/)
170/ (1505/)
236/ (2089/)
236/ (2089/)
2600/
3000/
10000 2SP1255-1HA 0 7 -0 7 7 2
15000 2SP1255-1HB 0 7 -1 D 7 2
Tool clamping and release mechanism:
Pneumatic 0
Hydraulic 1
Cooling:
Closed cooling jacket 1
Closed cooling jacket and internal tool cooling 3
Closed cooling jacket, internal tool cooling and ring for external tool cooling (for 2SP120 only) 5
Tool interfaces:
Tool interface SK 40 A
Tool interface BT 40 45 B
Tool interface CAT 40 C
Tool interface HSK A 63 D
Tool interface BT 40 30 E
Sensors:
"Tool clamped" sensor 1) B
B + "Draw-bar in release position" sensor C
C + "Clamped without tool" sensor D
D + "Position of release piston" sensor (for 2SP120 only) F
1)
For manual tool changing. Additional sensors are required for automatic tool changing.
2SP1255-1HA...
2SP1255-1HB...
0.055 (0.4867)
0.055 (0.4867)
165 (364)
165 (364)
95/
120/
135/
180/
VPM 120
VPM 120
120
120
6
Integration More information
The ECS motor spindle can generally be used with: Please refer to "Asynchronous motors Liquid cooling" for a list
SIMODRIVE 611 digital in combination with High-Standard or of heat exchanger manufacturers.
High-Performance closed-loop control For information about other motor spindles for turning, grinding,
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS milling and drilling, please contact:
SINUMERIK 840D powerline/840Di/802D and Weiss Spindeltechnologie GmbH
SINUMERIK 810D powerline a Siemens Company
A VPM 120 must be used with ECS motor spindles in synchro- Rudolf-Diesel-Str. 35
nous design, see 1FE1 built-in motors. D97424 SCHWEINFURT, Germany
Phone: +49 (0)97 21 - 77 01 - 10
Fax: +49 (0)97 21 - 77 01 - 13 3
More information is available on the Internet at:
http://www.weissgmbh.de
1)
No options included.
Internal tool cooling: + 1 kg (2.2 lb)
External tool cooling: + 8 kg (17.6 lb).
Effect
Dry IP64
Humid/moist IP64 IP67 1)
environment
Mist IP65 IP67
Spray IP65 IP68
6 Jet IP67 IP68
Splash, IP67 IP68
brief immersion;
constant
inundation
1)
IP64 with dry run at shaft exit.
6
1FT6034 260 191 280 211
(10.24) (7.52) (11.02) (8.31)
1FT602.
Shaft version
with fitted key k
o o
i
c s
d
e
(2.32)
l
b
59
h
G_DA65_EN_00126
d f f
56,2
(2.21)
1FT603. k
o
s2
i2 c1
g2
d
d
l e1
b1
u
t l
G_DA65_XX_00127
d6 d6 f1 a1 f
6
63 1FT6061 228 172 258 202 24 M8 50 27 8
(8.98) (6.77) (10.16) (7.95) (0.94) (1.97) (1.06) (0.31)
1FT6062 253 197 283 227
(9.96) (7.76) (11.14) (8.94)
1FT6064 303 247 333 277
(11.93) (9.72) (13.11) (10.91)
g2
l e1
b1
u
t l
d6 d6 G_DA65_XX_00128 a1
f1 f
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
1FT608.
6
Shaft version k
with fitted key o o1
i2 c1 s2
g2
d
d
l e1
b1
u
t l
h
d6 d6 G_DA65_XX_00129
a1 f
f1
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
100 1FT6102 295 186 341 232 295 186 341 232 38 M 12 80 41 10
(11.61) (7.32) (13.43) (9.13) (11.61) (7.32) (13.43) (9.13) (1.5) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1FT6105 370 261 416 307 370 261 416 307
(14.57) (10.28) (16.38) (12.09) (14.57) (10.28) (16.38) (12.09)
1FT6108 470 361 516 407 470 361 516 407
(18.50) (14.21) (20.31) (16.02) (18.50) (14.21) (20.31) (16.02)
6 132 1FT6132
1FT6134
423
(16.65)
473
288
(11.34)
338
473
(18.62)
523
338
(13.31)
388
423
(16.65)
473
288
(11.34)
338
473
(18.62)
523
338
(13.31)
388
48
(1.89)
M 16 82 52.5
(3.23) (2.07)
14
(0.55)
l e1
b1
d
p
u
t l
h
d6 d6 G_DA65_XX_00130 a1
f1 f
1FT613.
k
o o1
i2 c1
s2
g2
l
b1
d
d
p
u
t l
h
e1
G_DA65_EN_00131a
d6 d6 f1 f
350 (13.78)
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
100 1FT6105 240 180 13 215 221 4 158 172 111 80 212 14 M 12 76 170
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (8.70) (0.16) (6.22) (6.77) (4.37) (3.15) (8.35) (0.55) (2.99) (6.69)
1FT6108
o1
i2 c1 s2
g2
g2
d
d
l e1
b1
p
u
t l
h
G_DA65_XX_00134 a1
d6 d6 f1 f
1FT610.
k
o o2
i2 c1 o1
s2
g2
g2
d
d
l e1
b1
p
u
t l
h
G_DA65_XX_00135
d6 d6 f1 a1
f
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
1FT6136
6
1FT613. Shaft version k
with fitted key o o1
i2 c1
s2
g2
l
e1
b 1
p
d
d
u
t l
h
G_DA65_EN_00136b
d6 d6 f1 f
350 (13.78)
1)
IM B5
2) IM B14
1FT6064
(9.96)
303
(11.93)
(8.91)
277
(10.91)
(11.14)
333
(13.11)
(8.91) (0.94)
277
(10.91)
(1.97) (1.06) (0.31)
6
80 1FT6084 76 296 188 342 234 32 M 12 58 35 10
(2.99) (11.65) (7.40) (13.46) (9.21) (1.26) (2.28) (1.38) (0.39)
1FT6086 346 238 392 284
(13.62) (9.37) (15.43) (11.18)
g2
u
l e1
(3.54)
(0.39)
b1
90
10
h
t l
d6 d6 f1 136 40 90
(5.35) (1.57) a1 (3.54)
G_DA65_EN_00140
k f 10
(0.39)
s2
g2
d
d
l
u
e1
(4.33)
b1
110
(0.39)
t l
h
10
d6 G_DA65_EN_00141a
d6 f1 a1
k 110
(4.33)
f 10
(0.39)
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
6
(2.99) (1.57)
g2 s2
g2
l e1
u
(4.33)
b1
110
p
d
(0.39)
t l
10
a1
d6 d6 f1 G_DA65_EN_00142a
110
c1 (4.33)
k f 10
(0.39)
1)
IM B5
2)
IM B14
1FK7 Compact, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
20 1FK7011-5 30 5 46 40 2.5 62.5 22.5 18 4.5 140 89 118 140 89 118
(1.18) (0.20) (1.81) (1.57) (0.10) (2.46) (0.89) (0.71) (0.18) (5.51) (3.50) (4.65) (5.51) (3.50) (4.65)
1FK7015-5 30 5 46 40 2.5 62.5 22.5 18 4.5 165 114 143 165 114 143
(1.18) (0.20) (1.81) (1.57) (0.10) (2.46) (0.89) (0.71) (0.18) (6.50) (4.49) (5.63) (6.50) (4.49) (5.63)
28 1FK7022-5 40 10 63 55 2.5 75 27.5 20 5.4 153 95 128 175 95 150
(1.57) (0.39) (2.48) (2.17) (0.10) (2.95) (1.08) (0.79) (0.21) (6.02) (3.74) (5.04) (6.89) (3.74) (5.91)
36 1FK7032-5 92 60 8 75 72 3 81 36 30 6.5 150 90 125 175 90 149
(3.62) (2.36) (0.31) (2.95) (2.83) (0.12) (3.19) (1.42) (1.18) (0.26) (5.91) (3.54) (4.92) (6.89) (3.54) (5.87)
1FK7034-5 92 60 8 75 72 3 81 36 30 6.5 175 115 150 200 115 174
(3.62) (2.36) (0.31) (2.95) (2.83) (0.12) (3.19) (1.42) (1.18) (0.26) (6.89) (4.53) (5.91) (7.87) (4.53) (6.85)
48 1FK7040-5 120 80 10 100 96 3 90 48 40 7 134 73 106 163 73 135
(4.72) (3.15) (0.39) (3.94) (3.78) (0.12) (3.54) (1.89) (1.57) (0.28) (5.28) (2.87) (4.17) (6.42) (2.87) (5.31)
1FK7042-5 120 80 10 100 96 3 90 48 40 7 162 101 134 191 101 163
(4.72) (3.15) (0.39) (3.94) (3.78) (0.12) (3.54) (1.89) (1.57) (0.28) (6.38) (3.98) (5.28) (7.52) (3.98) (6.42)
63 1FK7060-5 155 110 10 130 126 3.5 105 63 50 9 157 94 126 200 94 169
(6.10) (4.33) (0.39) (5.12) (4.96) (0.14) (4.13) (2.48) (1.97) (0.35) (6.18) (3.70) (4.96) (7.87) (3.70) (6.65)
1FK7063-5 155 110 10 130 126 3.5 105 63 50 9 202 139 171 245 139 214
(6.10) (4.33) (0.39) (5.12) (4.96) (0.14) (4.13) (2.48) (1.97) (0.35) (7.95) (5.47) (6.73) (9.65) (5.47) (8.43)
g2
u
l e1
G_DA65_XX_00122
b1
t l
d6 d6 f1 k a1 f
1FK7 Compact, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
80 1FK7080-5 186 130 13 165 155 3.5 119.5 77.5 58 11 156 91 124 184 91 151
(7.32) (5.12) (0.51) (6.50) (6.10) (0.14) (4.70) (3.05) (2.28) (0.43) (6.14) (3.58) (4.88) (7.24) (3.58) (5.94)
1FK7083-5 186 130 13 165 155 3.5 119.5 77.5 58 11 194 129 162 245 129 207
(7.32) (5.12) (0.51) (6.50) (6.10) (0.14) (4.70) (3.05) (2.28) (0.43) (7.64) (5.08) (6.38) (9.65) (5.08) (8.15)
100 1FK7100-5 240 180 13 215 192 4 138 96 80 14 185 113 153 204 113 172
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16) (5.43) (3.78) (3.15) (0.55) (7.28) (4.45) (6.02) (8.03) (4.45) (6.77)
1FK7101-5 240 180 13 215 192 4 160 96 80 14 211 139 179 240 139 208
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16) (6.30) (3.78) (3.15) (0.55) (8.31) (5.47) (7.05) (9.45) (5.47) (8.19)
1FK7103-5 240 180 13 215 192 4 160 96 80 14 237 165 205 266 165 234
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16) (6.30) (3.78) (3.15) (0.55) (9.33) (6.50) (8.07) (10.47) (6.50) (9.21)
1FK7105-5 240 180 13 215 192 4 160 96 80 14 289 217 257 318 217 286
(9.45) (7.09) (0.51) (8.46) (7.56) (0.16) (6.30) (3.78) (3.15) (0.55) (11.38) (8.54) (10.12) (12.52) (8.54) (11.26)
6 1FK7083-5 217
(8.54)
129
(5.08)
162
(6.38)
268
(10.55)
153
(6.02)
213
(8.39)
225
(8.86)
129
(5.08)
162
(6.38)
276
(10.87)
129
(5.08)
207
(8.15)
32
(1.26)
M 12 58
(2.28)
35
(1.38)
10
(0.39)
100 1FK7100-5 208 113 153 227 113 172 216 113 153 235 113 172 38 M 12 80 41 10
(8.19) (4.45) (6.02) (8.94) (4.45) (6.77) (8.50) (4.45) (6.02) (9.25) (4.45) (6.77) (1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1FK7101-5 234 139 179 263 139 208 242 139 179 271 139 208 38 M 12 80 41 10
(9.21) (5.47) (7.05) (10.35) (5.47) (8.19) (9.53) (5.47) (7.05) (10.67) (5.47) (8.19) (1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1FK7103-5 260 165 205 289 165 234 268 165 205 297 165 234 38 M 12 80 41 10
(10.24) (6.50) (8.07) (11.38) (6.5) (9.21) (10.55) (6.50) (8.07) (11.69) (6.50) (9.21) (1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1FK7105-5 312 217 257 341 217 286 320 217 257 349 217 286 38 M 12 80 41 10
(12.28) (8.54) (10.12) (13.43) (8.54) (11.26) (12.60) (8.54) (10.12) (13.74) (8.54) (11.26) (1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
g2
u
l e1
G_DA65_XX_00122
b1
t l
d6 d6 f1 k a1 f
1FK7100-5 o2
1FK7101-5 o1
1FK7103-5 i2 c1
1FK7105-5 s2
g2
l
u
e1
b1
d
d
G_DA65_XX_00123
t l
h
a1
d6 d6 f1 k f
without/with brake
Shaft Type DIN a1 b1 c1 e1 f f1 g2 h i2 s2 k o1 o2
height IEC P N LA M AB T H S LB
1FK7 High Dynamic, type IM B5, natural cooling, with connector, with/without brake
36 1FK7033-7 92 60 8 75 72 3 78 36 30 6.5 170/195 108/108 145/170
(3.62) (2.36) (0.31) (2.95) (2.83) (0.12) (3.07) (1.42) (1.18) (0.26) (6.69/7.68) (4.25/4.25) (5.71/6.69)
48 1FK7043-7 120 80 10 100 96 3 90 48 40 7 191/220 130/130 163/192
(4.72) (3.15) (0.39) (3.94) (3.78) (0.12) (3.54) (1.89) (1.57) (0.28) (7.52/8.66) (5.12/5.12) (6.42/7.56)
1FK7044-7 7 216/245 155/155 188/217
(0.28) (8.51/9.65) (6.10/6.10) (7.40/8.54)
63 1FK7061-7 155 110 10 130 126 3.5 105 63 50 9 185/228 121/121 153/196
(6.10) (4.33) (0.39) (5.12) (4.96) (0.14) (4.13) (2.48) (1.97) (0.35) (7.28/8.98) (4.76/4.76) (6.02/7.72)
1FK7064-7 249/292 185/185 217/260
(9.80/11.5) (7.28/7.28) (8.54/10.24)
80 1FK7085-7 186 130 13 165 155 3.5 141.5 77.5 60 11 261/304 190/191 229/272
(7.32) (5.12) (0.51) (6.50) (6.10) (0.14) (5.57) (3.05) (2.36) (0.43) (10.28/11.97) (7.48/7.52) (9.02/10.71)
1FK7086-7 140.5 261/303 192/192 229/272
(5.53) (10.28/11.93) (7.56/7.56) (9.02/10.71)
Basic absolute encoder EnDat Absolute encoder EnDat Drive end shaft extension
(shaft height 48 and above)
Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
without/with brake without/with brake
Shaft Type DIN k o1 o2 k o1 o2 d d6 I t u
height IEC LB LB D E GA F
6
36 1FK7033-7 194/219 109/109 144/168 194/219 109/109 144/168 14 M5 30 16 5
(7.64/8.62) (4.29/4.29) (5.67/6.61) (7.64/8.62) (4.29/4.29) (5.67/6.61) (0.55) (1.18) (0.63) (0.20)
48 1FK7043-7 212/241 130/130 163/192 220/249 130/130 163/192 19 M6 40 21.5 6
(8.35/9.49) (5.12/5.12) (6.42/7.56) (8.66/9.80) (5.12/5.12) (6.42/7.56) (0.75) (1.57) (0.85) (0.24)
1FK7044-7 237/266 155/155 188/217 245/274 155/155 188/217
(9.33/10.47) (6.10/6.10) (7.40/8.54) (9.65/10.79) (6.10/6.10) (7.40/8.54)
63 1FK7061-7 208/251 121/121 154/197 217/260 121/121 154/197 24 M6 50 27 8
(8.19/9.88) (4.76/4.76) (6.06/7.76) (8.54/10.24) (4.76/4.76) (6.06/7.76) (0.94) (1.97) (1.06) (0.31)
1FK7064-7 272/315 185/185 218/261 281/324 185/185 218/261
(10.71/12.40) (7.28/7.28) (8.58/10.28) (11.06/12.76) (7.28/7.28) (8.58/10.28)
80 1FK7085-7 283/326 192/192 229/272 292/334 192/192 229/272 32 M 12 58 35 10
(11.14/12.83) (7.56/7.56) (9.02/10.71) (11.50/13.15) (7.56/7.56) (9.02/10.71) (1.26) (2.28) (1.38) (0.39)
1FK7086-7
g2
l e1
b1
u
t l
G_DA65_XX_00119 a1
d6 d6 f1 f
6 1FT6064 101
(3.98)
SP100S-MF1 90
(3.55)
32
(1.26)
9
(0.35)
120
(4.73)
217
(8.55)
58
(2.29)
30
(1.18)
10
(0.39)
402
(15.84)
432
(17.02)
432
(17.02)
462
(18.20)
80 1FT6081 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 392 419 392 419
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.44) (16.51) (15.44) (16.51)
1FT6082 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 417 444 417 444
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.43) (17.49) (16.43) (17.49)
1FT6084 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 467 513 467 513
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (18.40) (20.21) (18.40) (20.21)
1FT6086 141 SP140S-MF1 130 40 11 165 283 82 30 12 517 563 517 563
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.15) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (20.37) (22.18) (20.37) (22.18)
1FT6086 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 544 590 544 590
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (21.43) (23.25) (21.43) (23.25)
1FT602.
1FT603. L5
1FT604. L6 L7
1FT606.
1FT608.
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00242
L8
K D3
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00242
L8
K D3
6 1FT6034 101
(3.98)
SP100S - MF2 90
(3.55)
32
(1.26)
9
(0.35)
120
(4.73)
230
(9.06)
58
(2.29)
30
(1.18)
10
(0.39)
362
(14.26)
382
(15.05)
402
(15.84)
422
(16.63)
1FT6034 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 406 426 446 466
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.00) (16.78) (17.57) (18.36)
48 1FT6041 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 321 356 364 399
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (12.65) (14.03) (14.34) (15.72)
1FT6041 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 331 366 374 409
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.04) (14.42) (14.74) (16.11)
1FT6041 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 371 406 414 449
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.62) (16.00) (16.31) (17.69)
1FT6044 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 381 416 424 459
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (15.01) (16.39) (16.71) (18.08)
1FT6044 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 421 456 464 499
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (16.59) (17.97) (18.28) (19.66)
1FT6044 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 469 504 512 547
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (18.48) (19.86) (20.17) (21.55)
1FT602.
1FT603. L5
1FT604. L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00242
L8
K D3
1FT606.
1FT608. L5
L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00242
L8
K D3
6
1FT610.
1FT613. L5
L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00242
L8
K D3
6
100 1FK7100-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 383 402 406 425 414 433
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (15.09) (15.84) (16.00) (16.75) (16.31) (17.06)
1FK7101-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 409 438 432 461 440 469
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (16.11) (17.26) (17.02) (18.16) (17.34) (18.48)
1FK7103-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 435 464 458 487 466 495
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.14) (18.28) (18.05) (19.19) (18.36) (19.50)
1FK7105-5 182 SP180S-MF1 160 55 14 215 310 82 30 15 487 516 510 539 518 547
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.55) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.19) (20.33) (20.09) (21.24) (20.41) (21.55)
1FK7105-5 212 SP210-MF1 180 75 17 250 350 105 38 17 496 525 519 548 527 556
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (13.79) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (19.54) (20.69) (20.45) (21.59) (20.76) (21.91)
1FK702.-5
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5 L5
1FK706.-5 L6 L7
1FK708.-5
1FK710.-5
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00243
L8
K D3
1)
1FK022 and 1FK7032 motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute
encoders.
1FK703.-7
6
1FK704.-7
1FK706.-7 L5
1FK708.-7 L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00243
L8
K D3
1)
The 1FK7033 motor cannot be supplied with a basic absolute encoder.
6
1FK7040-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 320 349 341 370 349 378
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (12.61) (13.75) (13.44) (14.58) (13.75) (14.89)
1FK7042-5 76 SP075S - MF2 70 22 6.6 85 192 36 20 7 298 327 298 347 327 356
(2.99) (2.76) (0.87) (0.26) (3.35) (7.56) (1.42) (0.79) (0.28) (11.74) (12.88) (11.74) (13.67) (12.88) (14.03)
1FK7042-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 234 58 30 10 308 337 308 357 337 366
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.22) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.14) (13.28) (12.14) (14.07) (13.28) (14.42)
1FK7042-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 298 82 30 12 348 377 368 397 377 406
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (11.74) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (13.71) (14.85) (14.50) (15.64) (14.85) (16.00)
63 1FK7060-5 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 321 364 344 387 352 395
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (12.65) (14.34) (13.55) (15.25) (13.87) (15.56)
1FK7060-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 350 393 373 416 381 424
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (13.79) (15.48) (14.70) (16.39) (15.01) (16.71)
1FK7063-5 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 395 438 418 461 426 469
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (15.56) (17.26) (16.47) (18.16) (16.78) (18.48)
1FK7063-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 346 82 30 15 436 479 459 502 467 510
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.63) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.18) (18.87) (18.08) (19.78) (18.40) (20.09)
1FK702.-5
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5 L5
1FK706.-5 L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00243
L8
K D3
1)
1FK7022 and 1FK7032 motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute
encoders.
6
1FK7101-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 409 438 432 461 440 469
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (16.11) (17.26) (17.02) (18.16) (17.34) (18.48)
1FK7101-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 465 494 488 517 496 525
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (18.32) (19.46) (19.23) (20.37) (19.54) (20.69)
1FK7101-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 495 524 518 547 526 555
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (19.50) (20.65) (20.41) (21.55) (20.72) (21.87)
1FK7103-5 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 310 82 30 15 435 464 458 487 466 495
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (12.21) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (17.14) (18.28) (18.05) (19.19) (18.36) (19.50)
1FK7103-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 491 520 514 543 522 551
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (19.35) (20.49) (20.25) (21.39) (20.57) (21.71)
1FK7103-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 521 550 544 573 552 581
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (20.53) (21.67) (21.43) (22.58) (21.75) (22.89)
1FK7105-5 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 543 572 566 595 574 603
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (21.39) (22.54) (22.30) (23.44) (22.62) (23.76)
1FK7105-5 242 SP240 - MF2 200 85 17 290 454 130 40 20 573 602 596 625 604 633
(9.53) (7.88) (3.35) (0.67) (11.43) (17.89) (5.12) (1.58) (0.79) (22.58) (23.72) (23.48) (24.63) (23.80) (24.94)
1FK708.-5
1FK710.-5
L5
L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00243
L8
K D3
6
63 1FK7061-7 101 SP100S - MF2 90 32 9 120 252 58 30 10 349 392 372 415 381 424
(3.98) (3.55) (1.26) (0.35) (4.73) (9.93) (2.29) (1.18) (0.39) (13.75) (15.44) (14.66) (16.35) (15.01) (16.71)
1FK7061-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 378 421 401 444 410 453
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (14.89) (16.59) (15.80) (17.49) (16.15) (17.85)
1FK7064-7 141 SP140S - MF2 130 40 11 165 305 82 30 12 442 485 465 508 474 517
(5.56) (5.12) (1.58) (0.43) (6.50) (12.02) (3.23) (1.18) (0.47) (17.41) (19.11) (18.32) (20.02) (18.68) (20.37)
80 1FK7085-7 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 504 547 526 569 535 577
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.84) (21.54) (20.71) (22.40) (21.06) (22.72)
1FK7085-7 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 515 557 537 580 546 588
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (20.29) (21.95) (21.16) (22.85) (21.51) (23.17)
1FK7086-7 182 SP180S - MF2 160 55 13.5 215 355 82 30 15 504 547 526 569 535 577
(7.17) (6.30) (2.17) (0.53) (8.47) (13.99) (3.23) (1.18) (0.59) (19.84) (21.54) (20.71) (22.40) (21.06) (22.72)
1FK7086-7 212 SP210 - MF2 180 75 17 250 397 105 38 17 515 557 537 580 546 588
(8.35) (7.09) (2.96) (0.67) (9.85) (15.64) (4.14) (1.50) (0.67) (20.29) (21.95) (21.16) (22.85) (21.51) (23.17)
1FK703.-7
1FK704.-7
1FK706.-7 L5
1FK708.-7 L6 L7
D4
D2
D1
F4
G_DA65_XX_00243
L8
K D3
1)
The 1FK7033 motor cannot be supplied with a basic absolute encoder.
6 Shaft Type
Planetary
gearbox
Type D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 L2 L3 L4 L5 L8 L9 L10 L16
height
28 1FK7022-5 LP050-M01 50 35 12 44 M4 18 4 7 8 14 4 50 88
(1.97) (1.38) (0.47) (1.73) (0.71) (0.16) (0.28) (0.31) (0.55) (0.16) (1.97) (3.46)
1FK7022-5 LP070-M01 70 52 16 62 M5 28 5 8 10 18 5 70 119
(2.76) (2.05) (0.63) (2.44) (1.10) (0.20) 0.31) (0.39) (0.71) (0.20) (2.76) (4.69)
36 1FK7032-5 LP070-M01 70 52 16 62 M5 28 5 8 10 18 5 70 126
(2.76) (2.05) (0.63) (2.44) (1.10) (0.20) (0.31) (0.39) (0.71) (0.20) (2.76) (4.96)
1FK7034-5
48 1FK7040-5 LP090-M01 90 68 22 80 M6 36 5 10 12 25 6 90 158
(3.54) (2.68) (0.87) (3.15) (1.42) (0.20) (0.39) (0.47) (0.98) (0.24) (3.54) (6.22)
1FK7042-5
63 1FK7060-5 LP120-M01 120 90 32 108 M8 58 6 12 16 35 10 120 210
(4.72) (3.54) (1.26) (4.25) (2.28) (0.24) (0.47) (0.63) (1.38) (0.39) (4.72) (8.27)
1FK7063-5
80 1FK7080-5 LP155-M01 155 120 40 140 M 10 82 8 15 20 43 12 150 266
(6.10) (4.72) (1.57) (5.51) (3.23) (0.31) (0.59) (0.79) (1.69) (0.47) (5.91) (10.47)
1FK7083-5
1FK702.-5 L 16
1FK703.-5 L2 L4
1FK704.-5 L3
D3
1FK706.-5
L9
1FK708.-5 D 5 / L 5 deep
D2
D1
D4
d
L8
G_DA65_EN_00124
a
l k L 10
1
1)
1FK7022 and 1FK703. motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute
encoders.
Planetary
gearbox
Shaft Type Type D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 L2 L3 L4 L5 L8 L9 L10 L16
height
1FK710.-5 L 16
L2 L4
D 5 / L 5 deep
L3
D3
L9
D1
D2
D4
L8
G_DA65_EN_00125
6
a
l k L 10
1
Planetary
gearbox
Shaft Type Type D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 L2 L3 L4 L5 L8 L9 L10 L16
height
6
(2.76) (2.05) (0.63) (2.44) (1.10) (0.20) (0.31) (0.39) (0.71) (0.20) (2.76) (4.96)
48 1FK7043-7 LP090-M01 90 68 22 80 M6 36 5 10 12 25 6 90 158
(3.54) (2.68) (0.87) (3.15) (1.42) (0.20) (0.39) (0.47) (0.98) (0.24) (3.54) (6.22)
1FK7044-7
63 1FK7061-7 LP120-M01 120 90 32 108 M8 58 6 12 16 35 10 120 210
(4.72) (3.54) (1.26) (4.25) (2.28) (0.24) (0.47) (0.63) (1.38) (0.39) (4.72) (8.27)
1FK7064-7
80 1FK7085-7 LP155-M01 155 120 40 140 M 10 82 8 15 20 43 12 150 266
(6.10) (4.72) (1.57) (5.51) (3.23) (0.31) (0.59) (0.79) (1.69) (0.47) (5.91) (10.47)
1FK7086-7
1FK7033-7 L 16
1FK704.-7 L2 L4
1FK706.-7 L3
D3
1FK708.-7
L9
D 5 / L 5 deep
D2
D1
D4
d
L8
G_DA65_EN_00124
a
l k L 10
1
1)
The 1FK7033 motor cannot be supplied with a basic absolute encoder.
Planetary
gearbox
1FK703.-5
1FK704.-5
1FK706.-5 L2 L4
1FK708.-5 L3
D8
L9
D4 D5 x L5
D3
D1
D2
D7
G_DA65_XX_00250
L8
L10 L12
L1 K1
K
1)
1FK7032 and 1FK7034 motors cannot be supplied with basic absolute
encoders.
Shaft Type
height d L
1FL3 stepper motors SIMOSTEP
48 1FL3041 12 110
(0.47) (4.33)
1FL3042 12 140
(0.47) (5.51)
1FL3043 14 170
(0.55) (6.69)
63 1FL3061 180
(7.09)
1FL3062 228
(8.98)
83.5
G_NC01_en_00067 .2
R8 2)
.3
(0
32.5
(1.28)
103
(0.75 j6 )
19 j6
G_NC01_en_00068 R9 )
5
.3
(0
bM
hS
hM
bS
6
L S2N
L S1N
LP
G_NC01_de_00069
G_NC01_de_00070
6
1FN3900-2W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 382 (15.04) 1FN3900-4SA00-0AA0 334 18.5 341 28.5 184
1FN3900-3W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 543 (21.38) (13.15) (0.73) (13.43) (1.12) (7.24)
1FN3900-4W 342 (13.46) 66.1 (2.60) 351 (13.82) 88 (3.46) 704 (27.72)
LS LP hM
LS LP hM
bM
bS
bS
bM
N
G_DA65_XX_00238 N
hS
G_DA65_XX_00240 hS
1FN3050 to 1FN3450 without precision cooling 1FN3600 to 1FN3900 without precision cooling
Note: 4-row drill pattern with 1FN3900 for fixing the primary section
LS LP hM
LS LP hM
bM
bM
bS
bS
N
G_DA65_XX_00239 hS N
G_DA65_XX_00241 hS
1FN3050 to 1FN3450 with precision cooling 1FN3600 to 1FN3900 with precision cooling
Note: 4-row drill pattern with 1FN3900 for fixing the primary section
6
1FN3900-4NB 342 (13.46) 80 (3.15) 719 (28.3)
LS LP hM
LS LP hM
bM
bS
bS
bM
N
G_DA65_XX_00238 N
hS
G_DA65_XX_00240 hS
1FN3050 to 1FN3450 without precision cooling 1FN3600 to 1FN3900 without precision cooling
Note: 4-row drill pattern with 1FN3900 for fixing the primary section
Type D1 D2 D3 L1 L2
6 1FW6090
1FW6130
L1
L2
D2
D3
D1
G_DA65_XX_00244
1FW6160 L1
1FW6190 L2
1FW6230
1FW6290
D2
D3
D1
G_DA65_XX_00245
Type D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 L1 1) L2 L3 L4
2SP120.
G_DA65_XX_00246
D2 h6
D1 h7
D3
D4
D5
L2 L3 L4
L1
6
2SP125.
D2 h6
D1h7
D3
D4
D5
G_DA65_XX_00247
L3 L4
L2
L1
1)
The spindle is approx. 43 mm (1.69 in) shorter without turning bushing.
2)
HSK A63 tool interface.
3)
SK40, CAT40, BT40 tool interface.
4)
Spindle length L1 is approx. 91 mm (3.58 in) shorter, L3 approx. 121 mm
(4.76 in) shorter and L4 approx. 30 mm (1.18 in) longer with a hydraulic
tool clamping device.
Siemens NC 60 2006
Asynchronous motors
Main spindle motors for SIMODRIVE 611
Introduction
Overview
1PH7 1PH4
Type in accordance with IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3,
only possible with 1PH710
and 1PH713)
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
Rated power Prated (S1) 3.7 ... 100 kW (5 ... 134 HP) 7.5 ... 52 kW (10 ... 70 HP)
Rated torque Mrated 23.6 ... 750 Nm (17.4 ... 553 lb-ft) 48 ... 331 Nm (35 ... 244 lb-ft)
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a Temperature class F for a
accordance with coolant temperature (air) coolant inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) of up to 40 C (104 F) of up to 30 C (86 F)
Application
The areas of application for the 1PH/1PM asynchronous motors
Core types can be supplied for certain motor types. These
are extremely varied. In machine tools, they are usually used as
core types have several advantages over the standard types:
main spindle motors. In production machines, such as printing,
shorter delivery time and faster spare parts supply. For this
packaging and reforming machines, they are used as high-out-
reason, core types should be used for configuration wherever
put asynchronous servo motors. The motors are referred to
possible.
generally in this documentation as asynchronous motors, due
to their principle of operation.
Overview
1PM4 1PM6 1PH2
Type in accordance with IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3) Supplied in component form,
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7) assembled on user's premises
Rated power Prated (S1) 3.7 ... 27 kW (5 ... 36 HP) 3.7 ... 22 kW (5 ... 30 HP) 7.5 ... 30.9 kW (10 ... 41.4 HP)
Rated torque Mrated 24 ... 170 Nm (17 ... 125 lb-ft) 24 ... 140 Nm (17 ... 103 lb-ft) 48 ... 197 Nm (35 ... 145 lb-ft)
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a Temperature class F for a coolant Temperature class F for a coolant
accordance with coolant inlet temperature temperature (air) inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) of up to 30 C (86 F) of up to 40 C (104 F) of up to 25 C (77 F)
Mounted gearing
7
Terminal box location Top, cable entry from right
The motors are equipped with a built-in encoder system for (view drive end) 4)
sensing the motor speed and indirect position. In machine tools,
Bearing version on DE 5) Bearing for belt
the encoder system is capable of C-axis operation as standard or coupling output
that is, an additional encoder is not required for C-axis operation.
Vibration severity Grade S
in accordance with EN 60034-14
Benefits (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy Tolerance R (reduced)
7 Short overall length of motor in accordance with DIN 42955
7 Minimal overall dimension thanks to the integrated terminal (IEC 60072-1)
box (SH 100 to SH 160) Degree of protection Motor IP55, fan IP54
in accordance with EN 60034-5
7 Maximum speeds of up to 9000 rpm (optional: 12000 rpm) (IEC 60034-5)
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill Paint finish Unpainted
7 Optimum matching to the graded performance levels of
SIMODRIVE 611
Application
Small, compact machine tools
Complex machining centers and turning machines
Special machines
Printing industry:
- Single drives for printing units
Rubber, plastic, wire, and glass manufacturing:
- Drives for extruders, calenders, rubber injection machines,
film machines, fleece machines
- Wire-drawing machines, wire-stranding machines, etc.
General applications such as coiler and winder drives
1) The sound pressure level can be reduced when the fan is operated on a
60 Hz supply system with option K44.
2) The sound pressure level can be reduced when the air flow is from the
drive end to the non-drive end with option G15.
3) For type, see "Selection guide".
4)
DE is the front of the motor with the shaft.
NDE is the rear of the motor.
5) For maximum permissible loads, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
Characteristic curves
Motor Rated Attainable speed for rated
Motor power
S6-40% speed power in duty type
P in accordance with IEC 60034-1
S2-30 min Voltage
limit Type nrated n2 2)
S6-60%
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
S1
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm
7
1PH7163-.NF 1500 5500 5500 5500 5500
1PH7163-.NG 2000 3500 3500 3500 3500
1) For further configuration information, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Values taken from the speed/power graph with closed-loop infeed. When
using open-loop infeed modules, compliance with the planning guidelines
for 1PH motors is essential.
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nmax nmax 4) Prated Order No.
Core type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
100 2000 5500 9000 7 (9) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7103 - 7 NG02 - 0C 70
132 1000 4500 8000 12 (16) 15 (20) 18.5 (24.8) 16 (21) 1PH7133 - 7 ND02 - 0C 70
2000 20 (27) 25 (34) 30 (40) 27.5 (36.9) 1PH7133 - 7 NG02 - 0C 70
1000 4500 8000 17 (23) 20.5 (27.5) 25 (34) 22.5 (30.2) 1PH7137 - 7 ND02 - 0C 70
2000 28 (38) 35 (47) 43 (58) 39 (52) 1PH7137 - 7 NG02 - 0C70
160 1000 3700 6500 22 (30) 27 (36) 33 (44) 30 (40) 1PH7163 - 7 ND03 - 0C 70
1500 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 41 (55) 1PH7163 - 7 N F03 - 0C70
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Shaft extension (DE): 5) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
7 Fitted key
Plain shaft
Half-key
DE NDE
DE NDE
Axial
Axial
A
J
1PH7103-2NG02-.N. 33.4 (24.6) 0.017 (0.148) 40 (88) 17.5 20.5 23.5 21.5 24 For ordering data,
see "Converter systems"
1PH7107-2NF02-.N. 57.3 (42.2) 0.029 (0.252) 63 (139) 23.5 27.5 31 29 24
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nmax nmax 4) Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
100 1500 5500 10000 9000 12000 3.7 (5) 4.5 (6) 5.25 (7.04) 4.9 (6.6) 1PH7101 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 5500 10000 9000 12000 3.7 (5) 4.5 (6) 5.25 (7.04) 4.7 (6.3) 1PH7103 - 7 ND 7 7 - 0 7 7 7
1500 5.5 (7.4) 6.7 (9) 7.7 (10.3) 7 (9.4) 1PH7103 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 7 (9) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7103 - 7 NG7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 5500 10000 9000 12000 7 (9) 8.5 (11.4) 10 (13) 9.25 (12.4) 1PH7105 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 5500 10000 9000 12000 6.25 (8.38) 7.5 (10) 8.8 (11.8) 7.75 (10.39) 1PH7107 - 7 ND 7 7 - 0 7 7 7
1500 9 (12) 11 (15) 13 (17) 12 (16) 1PH7107 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 10.5 (14) 12.5 (17) 14.5 (19.4) 13.5 (18.1) 1PH7107 - 7 NG7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Shaft extension (DE): 5) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
Fitted key Half-key DE NDE Axial A
Fitted key Half-key NDE DE Axial B
Fitted key Full-key DE NDE Axial C
Fitted key Full-key NDE DE Axial D
Plain shaft DE NDE Axial J
Plain shaft NDE DE Axial K
To select the type and the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
1PH7101-.NF... 23.6 (17.4) 0.017 (0.150) 40 (88) 10 11.5 12.5 12 24 For ordering data,
see "Converter systems"
1PH7103-.ND... 35.3 (26) 0.017 (0.150) 40 (88) 10 11.5 13 12 24
1PH7103-.N F... 35.0 (25.8) 0.017 (0.150) 40 (88) 13 16 18 16.5 24
1PH7103-.NG... 33.4 (24.6) 0.017 (0.150) 40 (88) 17.5 20.5 23.5 21.5 24
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nmax nmax 4) Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
132 1500 4500 8500 8000 10000 11 (15) 13.5 (18.1) 16.5 (22.1) 15 (20) 1PH7131 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 4500 8500 8000 10000 12 (16) 15 (20) 18.5 (24.8) 16 (22) 1PH7133 - 7 ND 7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 15 (20) 18.5 (24.8) 23 (31) 20.5 (27.5) 1PH7133 - 7 N F 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 20 (27) 25 (34) 30 (40) 27.5 (36.9) 1PH7133 - 7 N G7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 4500 8500 8000 10000 18.5 (24.8) 23 (31) 28 (38) 25.5 (34.2) 1PH7135 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 4500 8500 8000 10000 17 (23) 20.5 (27.5) 25 (34) 22.5 (30.2) 1PH7137 - 7 N D 7 7 - 0 7 7 7
1500 22 (30) 27.5 (36.9) 33 (44) 30 (40) 1PH7137 - 7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 28 (38) 35 (47) 43 (58) 39 (52) 1PH7137 - 7 NG7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Shaft extension (DE): 5) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
Fitted key Half-key DE NDE Axial A
Fitted key Half-key NDE DE Axial B
Fitted key Full-key DE NDE Axial C
Fitted key Full-key NDE DE Axial D
Plain shaft DE NDE Axial J
Plain shaft NDE DE Axial K
To select the type and the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
1PH7131-.NF... 70.0 (51.6) 0.076 (0.673) 90 (199) 24 29 34 31.5 24 For ordering data,
see "Converter systems"
1PH7133-.ND... 114.6 (84.5) 0.076 (0.673) 90 (199) 30 36 43 37.5 30
1PH7133-.NF... 95.5 (70.4) 0.076 (0.673) 90 (199) 34 41 49 43.5 45
1PH7133-.NG... 95.5 (70.4) 0.076 (0.673) 90 (199) 45 54 63 59 45
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nmax nmax 4) Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
160 500 3700 7000 6500 8000 12 (16) 15 (20) 18 (24) 16.5 (22.1) 1PH7163 -7 NB 7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 22 (30) 27 (36) 33 (44) 30 (40) 1PH7163 -7 ND 7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 30 (40) 37 (50) 45 (60) 41 (55) 1PH7163 -7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 36 (48) 44 (59) 52 (70) 48 (64) 1PH7163 -7 N G7 7 - 07 7 7
500 3700 7000 6500 8000 16 (21) 19.5 (26.2) 24 (32) 21.5 (28.8) 1PH7167 -7 NB7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 28 (38) 34.5 (46.3) 42 (56) 38 (51) 1PH7167 -7 ND7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 37 (50) 46 (62) 56 (75) 51 (68) 1PH7167 -7 NF 7 7 - 07 7 7
2000 41 (55) 51 (69) 61 (81) 56 (75) 1PH7167 -7 N G7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Shaft extension (DE): 5) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
Fitted key Half-key DE NDE Axial A
Fitted key Half-key NDE DE Axial B
Fitted key Full-key DE NDE Axial C
Fitted key Full-key NDE DE Axial D
Plain shaft DE NDE Axial J
Plain shaft NDE DE Axial K
To select the type and the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
1PH7163-.NB... 229.2 (168.9) 0.19 (1.682) 180 (397) 30 36 42 39 30 For ordering data,
1PH7163-.ND... 210.1 (154.8) 0.19 (1.682) 180 (397) 55 65 77 71 60 see "Converter systems"
1PH7163-.NF... 191.0 (140.8) 0.19 (1.682) 180 (397) 72 86 102 94 85
1PH7163-.NG... 171.9 (126.7) 0.19 (1.682) 180 (397) 85 100 114 107 85
1)
For continuous duty (with 30% nmax, 60% 2/3 nmax, 10% standstill) for a
duty cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
4)
Version for increased maximum speed only possible with vibration severity
grade SR. The following options are not possible:
Shaft sealing ring.
5)
The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting pre-
pared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
Types IM B5 or IM B35
Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing.
6) Only appropriate if the sealing ring is occasionally lubricated with oil
spray/mist. A sealing ring is not possible with increased maximum speed.
7) With default setting of the pulse frequency.
5)
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nS1 cont. 4) nmax nmax Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
180 500 3500 3000 4500 5000 7000 21.5 (28.8) 26.5 (35.5) 30.5 (40.9) 30 (40) 1PH7184 - 7 NT7 7 - 0 7 7 7
1000 39 (52) 48 (64) 58 (78) 58 (78) 1PH7184 - 7 N D7 7 - 07 7 7
500 3500 3000 4500 5000 7000 29.6 (39.7) 36.5 (49) 43 (58) 38 (51) 1PH7186 - 7 N T7 7 - 07 7 7
1000 51 (68) 65 (87) 77 (103) 77 (103) 1PH7186 - 7 N D7 7 - 07 7 7
1250 60 (80) 71 (95) 80 (107) 84 (113) 1PH7186 - 7 N E7 7 - 07 7 7
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Encoder system: Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 VPP, 2048 pulses/revolution without C or D track N
Type: IM B3 0
IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) (hoisting system for vertical types) 2
7
IM B35 3
IM B35 (flange D= 450 mm (17.72), only for 1PH7184) 4
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (hoisting system for vertical types) 5
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (flange D = 450 mm (17.72), only for 1PH7184) 6
Shaft extension (DE): 7) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
Fitted key Half-key DE NDE Right A
Fitted key Half-key NDE DE Axial B
Fitted key Full-key DE NDE Right C
Fitted key Full-key NDE DE Axial D
Plain shaft - DE NDE Right J
Plain shaft - NDE DE Axial K
To select the type and the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
1PH7184-.NT... 410 (302) 0.5 (4.425) 390 (860) 76 90 103 102 85 For ordering data,
1PH7184-.N D... 372 (274) 0.5 (4.425) 90 106 126 126 120 see "Converter systems"
1PH7184-.N L... 298 (220) 0.5 (4.425) 172 204 237 237 200
1PH7186-.N T... 565 (416) 0.67 (5.930) 460 (1014) 105 126 147 130 120
1PH7186-.N D... 487 (359) 0.67 (5.930) 118 141 164 164 120
1PH7186-.N E... 458 (338) 0.67 (5.930) 120 135 150 156 120
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nS1 cont. 4) nmax nmax 5) Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S2-30 min
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP)
225 700 3100 2700 3600 4500 5500 55 (74) 66 (89) 75 (101) 78 (105) 1PH7224 - 7 N C7 7 - 07 7 7
1500 100 (134) 126 (169) 136 (182) 140 (188) 1PH7224 - 7 N F7 7 - 0 7 7 7
Fans: External fan unit, heavy-gauge threaded cable entry in terminal box 2
External fan unit, metric cable entry in terminal box 7
Type: IM B3 0
IM B3 (IM V5, IM V6) (hoisting system for vertical types) 1
IM B35 3
IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36) (hoisting system for vertical types) 5
7 Coupling output
Coupling output
Grade S
Grade SR
Tolerance R
Tolerance R
C
D
Belt output Grade R Tolerance N E
Belt output Grade R Tolerance R F
Increased cantilever force 6) Grade R Tolerance N G
(belt output)
Increased cantilever force 6) Grade R Tolerance R H
(belt output)
Increased speed Grade S Tolerance R J
(coupling output) 6)
Shaft extension (DE): 7) Balancing: Direction of air flow (fan): Blow-out direction:
Fitted key Half-key DE NDE Right A
Fitted key Half-key NDE DE Axial B
Fitted key Full-key DE NDE Right C
Fitted key Full-key NDE DE Axial D
Plain shaft DE NDE Right J
Plain shaft NDE DE Axial K
To select the type and the degree of protection, see "Selection guide".
1PH7224-.NC... 750 (553) 1.48 (13.099) 650 (1433) 117 135 149 155 120 For ordering data,
see "Converter systems"
1PH7224-.ND... 678 (450) 1.48 (13.099) 650 (1433) 164 190 222 240 200
1PH7224-.NF... 636 (469) 1.48 (13.099) 650 (1433) 188 230 248 256 200
1)
For continuous duty (with 30% nmax, 60% 2/3 nmax, 10% standstill) for a duty
cycle time of 10 min. For maintenance intervals for motors and
components, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2)
Bearing version for coupling/belt output.
3) Bearing version for increased cantilever force.
4) Bearing version for increased maximum speed.
5)
Version for increased maximum speed, only possible in combination with
vibration severity grade S. The following options are not possible:
ZF gearbox mounting prepared
Shaft sealing ring.
6) Only appropriate if the sealing ring is occasionally lubricated with oil
spray/mist. A sealing ring is not possible for type IM B3 (IM V5,
IM V6), version with increased cantilever force or increased maximum
speed.
7)
The following motor versions are required for "ZF gearbox mounting
prepared" (see "Gearboxes" for gear selection):
Type IM B35, IM V15 (not IM V36)
Shaft with fitted key and full-key balancing
Bearing version for coupling output
Shaft and flange accuracy R
DE flange with shaft sealing ring.
8)
Applies to type IM B35, as type IM B3, the motor is 20 kg (44 lb) lighter.
9)
With default setting of the pulse frequency.
Overview Application
All applications in which extreme ambient conditions, such
as high temperatures, dust, dirt, or a corrosive atmosphere, do
not permit air cooling
In processes in which the environment must not be heated
Milling machines with full enclosure
High-load milling spindles
Counterspindles on turning machines
On special machines, when cooling water is available
due to the process
Technical specifications
Product name 1PH4 motor
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a
accordance with coolant inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) of up to 30 C (86 F)
Encoder system, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp,
2048 pulses/revolution
Type in accordance with IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location Top, rotatable 4 x 90
(view drive end) 1)
Terminal box connection type
Motor Terminals in terminal box
Given the compact design of modern machines, the heat loss Motor encoder and PTC thermistor 12-pin/17-pin circular
socket connector
from electrical drives can have an adverse effect on the accu- (without mating connector)
racy of machining. The resulting demands for cold motors with a
Bearing version on DE 2) Bearing for belt or
high power density led to the development of the water-cooled coupling output
1PH4 motors.
Vibration severity in Grade R (reduced)
Furthermore, a combination of high torque and small construc- accordance with
tion volume (low mass inertia) results in short acceleration and EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
braking times. and thus in a reduction in non-productive time. Shaft and flange accuracy in Tolerance N (normal)
accordance with DIN 42955
1PH4 motors are rugged, 4-pole asynchronous motors with (IEC 60072-1)
1)
DE is the drive end with shaft. NDE is the non-drive end.
2) For maximum permissible load, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
Characteristic curves
Motor Rated Attainable speed for rated power in
Motor power speed duty type in accordance with
P IEC 60034-1
S6-40%
Voltage Type nrated n2 2)
S6-60% limit
S1 S6-60% S6-40%
S1
rpm rpm rpm rpm
G_NC01_EN_00016
1PH4137 1500 6800 5800 5000
0 1PH4138 1500 7800 6600 5800
0 nrated Speed
n2 n2 n2 nmax 1PH4163 1500 6300 5200 4500
S6-40% S6-60% S1 1PH4167 1500 5200 4400 3800
1PH4168 1500 6300 5300 4600
Typical speed/power graph AC motors 1)
1) For further configuration information, see the 1PH Motors Planning Guide.
2) Values taken from the speed/power graph with closed-loop infeed. When
using open-loop infeed modules, compliance with the planning guidelines
for 1PH motors is essential.
SH nrated nS1 cont. 2) nS1 cont. 3) nS1 cont. 4) nmax 2) nmax 3) nmax 4) Prated Order No.
Standard type
S1 S6-60% S6-40%
rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm rpm kW kW kW
(HP) (HP) (HP)
100 1500 5600 6500 10000 7500 9000 12000 7.5 (10.1) 8.75 (11.73) 10 (13) 1PH4103 - 4NF26
11 (15) 12.75 (17.1) 14.75 (19.78) 1PH4105 - 4N F26
14 (19) 16.25 (21.79) 18.75 (25.14) 1PH4107 - 4N F26
132 1500 5200 6000 9250 6700 8000 10000 15 (20) 18 (24) 21 (28) 1PH4133 - 4N F26
22 (30) 26.5 (36) 31 (42) 1PH4135 - 4NF26
27 (36) 32.5 (44) 38 (51) 1PH4137 - 4N F26
30 (40) 36 (48) 42 (56) 1PH4138 - 4N F26
160 1500 4000 4500 7000 5300 6500 8000 37 (50) 45 (60) 52.5 (70.4) 1PH4163 - 4N F26
46 (62) 55 (74) 65 (87) 1PH4167 - 4N F26
52 (70) 62.5 (84) 73 (98) 1PH4168 - 4N F26
Encoder system: Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp, 2048 pulses/revolution without C or D track N
Options
Designation Order code Designation Order code
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S1
Nm kgm2 kg A A A
(lb-ft) (lb-in-s2) (lb)
1PH4163 - ... 235 (173) 0.17 (1.505) 175 107 125 142 120
1PH4167 - ... 293 (216) 0.206 (1.823) 210 120 138 158 120
1PH4168 - ... 331 (244) 0.22 (1.947) 240 148 173 197 200
Overview Application
Compact machining centers
Directly driven tools with internal cooling
Special machines
Technical specifications
Product name 1PM4 motor
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F for a coolant
in accordance with inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) of up to 30 C (86 F)
Encoder system, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp,
256 pulses/revolution
Type 1) IM B35 (IM V15, IM V36)
in accordance with
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location Top, rotatable 4 x 90
(view drive end)
Terminal box connection type
Motor Terminals in terminal box
Motor encoder and PTC thermistor 17-pin circular socket connector
(without mating connector)
Vibration severity Grade SR
in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Shaft and flange accuracy Tolerance R (reduced)
1PM4 motor (SH 100 and SH 132, liquid-cooled) in accordance with
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
The liquid-cooled 1PM4 motors have been specially designed Drive end shaft extension With plain shaft,
for direct mounting on mechanical spindles. The hollow shaft without keyway
permits the passage of coolant for tools with internal cooling. Hollow ID for shaft 11.5 mm (0.45 in)
The shaft is prepared on the non-drive end of the motor for Degree of protection IP65, IP55 on shaft exit
in accordance with
connection of a turning bushing for input of the coolant. EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Given the compact design of modern machines, the heat loss Paint finish Anthracite
from electrical drives can have an adverse effect on the Coolant inlet temperature Because of the formation of
Furthermore, a combination of high torque and small Temperature monitoring 2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
the stator winding,
construction volume (low mass inertia) results in short 1 as reserve
acceleration and braking times and thus in a reduction in non- Sound pressure level 1PM410: 69 dB (A) 2)
productive time. in accordance with 1PM413: 69 dB (A) 2)
EN ISO 1680
The motors have a built-in hollow-shaft measuring system for tolerance +3 dB
recording the motor speed and indirect position.
Please refer to "Liquid cooling" for a list of heat exchanger
Benefits manufacturers.
Overview Application
Compact machining centers
Directly driven tools with internal cooling
Special machines
Technical specifications
Product name 1PM6 motor
Insulation of the stator winding Temperature class F
in accordance with for a coolant inlet temperature
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) of up to 40 C (104 F)
Motor fan ratings 400 V 3 AC, 50/60 Hz
Encoder system, built-in Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp,
256 pulses/revolution
Type 1) in accordance with IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
EN 60034-7 (IEC 60034-7)
Terminal box location For axial fan
(view drive end) Top, rotatable 4 x 90
For radial fan
On right side, rotatable 4 x 90
Terminal box connection type
Motor Terminals in terminal box
Fan Terminals in terminal box
Motor encoder and PTC thermistor 17-pin circular socket connector
(without mating connector)
Vibration severity Grade SR
1PM6 motors (SH 100 and SH 132 with radial and axial fans) in accordance with
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
The air-cooled 1PM6 motors have been specially designed for
Shaft and flange accuracy Tolerance R (reduced)
direct mounting on mechanical spindles. The hollow shaft per- in accordance with
mits the passage of coolant for tools with internal cooling. DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
The shaft is prepared on the non-drive end of the motor for Drive end shaft extension With plain shaft,
connection of a turning bushing for input of the coolant. without keyway
The 1PM6 motors are rugged and maintenance-free 4-pole Hollow ID for shaft 11.5 mm (0.45 in)
asynchronous motors with squirrel-cage rotors. They have been Degree of protection IP55, fan IP54
designed specifically for use in conjunction with the in accordance with
SIMODRIVE 611 converter system.
EN 60034-5 (IEC 60034-5)
Paint finish Anthracite 7
A fan for providing forced ventilation is mounted either radially or Permissible coolant temperature -15 ... +40 C (+5 ... +104 F)
axially (depending on the version) on the rear of the motor. The Temperature monitoring 2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
direction of air flow is from the drive end to the non-drive end, in the stator winding,
1 as reserve
order to keep the exhaust heat of the motor away from the
machine tool. Sound pressure level From DE to NDE
in accordance with (with the fan operating on a
The motors have a built-in hollow-shaft measuring system for EN ISO 1680 50 Hz supply system)
tolerance +3 dB 1PM610: 70 dB (A) 2)
recording the motor speed and indirect position.
1PM613: 70 dB (A) 2)
Benefits
7 Hollow shaft for passage of coolant with direct spindle
mounting
7 Maximum speeds of up to 12000 rpm (optional: 18000 rpm) 2)
7 Full rated torque is always available, even at standstill
7 Axial or radial fans
7 High rotational accuracy
7 Short ramp-up and braking times
132 1500 4000 10000 10500 11 (15) 16.5 (22.1) 11 (15) 19.5 (26.2) 1PM4133 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 1PM6133 - 2LF87 - 17 71
1500 4000 15000 15000 11 (15) 16.5 (22.1) 11 (15) 19.5 (26.2) 1PM4133 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6133 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
1500 4000 10000 10500 18.5 (24.8) 28 (38) 18.5 (24.8) 32 (43) 1PM4137 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 1PM6137 - 2LF87 - 17 71
1500 4000 12000 12000 18.5 (24.8) 28 (38) 18.5 (24.8) 32 (43) 1PM4137 - 2LF86 - 17 S1 3) 1PM6137 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
1500 4000 10000 10500 22 (30) 33 (44) 22 (30) 39 (52) 1PM6138 - 2LF87 - 17 71
1500 4000 11000 11000 22 (30) 33 (44) 22 (30) 39 (52) 1PM6138 - 2LF87 - 17 71 3)
Water cooling 4)
100 1500 12000 12000 5 (7) 6.5 (8.7) 1PM4101 - 2LW26 - 17 S1
1500 18000 18000 5 (7) 6.5 (8.7) 1PM4101 - 2LW26 - 17 S1 3)
1500 12000 12000 11 (15) 14.75 (19.78) 1PM4105 - 2LW26 - 17 S1
1500 18000 18000 11 (15) 14.75 (19.78) 1PM4105 - 2LW26 - 17 S1 3)
7 132 1500
1500
10000
15000
10500
15000
15 (20)
15 (20)
21 (28)
21 (28)
1PM4133 - 2LW26 - 17 S1
1PM4133 - 2LW26 - 17 S1 3)
1500 10000 10500 27 (36) 38 (51) 1PM4137 - 2LW26 - 17 S1
1500 12000 12000 27 (36) 38 (51) 1PM4137 - 2LW26 - 17 S1 3)
Fans:
Without fan combined Top/right A
with terminal box/metric Top/DE B
cable entry Top/NDE C
Top/left D
1) For continuous duty (with 30% nmax, 60% 2/3 nmax, 10% standstill) for a duty cycle time of 10 min.
For maintenance intervals for motors and components, see 1PM Motors Planning Guide.
2)
Star/delta changeover.
3) With option L37: Version for increased maximum speed.
4)
Only star connection possible.
5) Version for increased maximum speeds includes vibration severity grade SR. The following options are not possible:
ZF gearbox mounting prepared
Shaft seal.
6) With default setting of the pulse frequency.
7) 1PM6101 and 1PM6105 only.
1PM .101- ... 24 (18) 33 (24) 9 (7) 14 (10) 0.011 (0.097) 42 (93) 45 (99) 13 17.5 24 For ordering data,
1PM .101- ... 3) 24 (18) 33 (24) 9 (7) 14 (10) 0.011 (0.097) 42 (93) 45 (99) 13 17.5 24 see "Converter
systems".
1PM .105- ... 48 (35) 70 (52) 18 (13) 31 (23) 0.024 (0.212) 67 (148) 70 (154) 23 31 24
1PM .105-... 3) 48 (35) 70 (52) 18 (13) 31 (23) 0.024 (0.212) 67 (148) 70 (154) 23 31 24
1PM .133- ... 70 (52) 105 (77) 26 (19) 47 (35) 0.046 (0.407) 90 (198) 94 (207) 41 58 45
1PM .133- ... 3) 70 (52) 105 (77) 26 (19) 47 (35) 0.046 (0.407) 90 (198) 94 (207) 41 58 45
1PM .137- ... 118 (87) 178 (131) 44 (32) 76 (56) 0.085 (0.752) 130 (287) 135 (298) 56 79 60
1PM .137- ... 3) 118 (87) 178 (131) 44 (32) 76 (56) 0.085 (0.752) 130 (287) 135 (298) 56 79 60
1PM6138- ... 140 (103) 210 (155) 53 (39) 93 (69) 0.104 (0.920) 156 (344) 58 80 60
1PM6138- ... 3) 140 (103) 210 (155) 53 (39) 93 (69) 0.104 (0.920) 156 (344) 58 80 60
1PM4101- ... 32 (24) 41 (30) 0.011 (0.097) 42 (93) 18 22.5 24 For ordering data,
1PM4101- ... 3) 32 (24) 41 (30) 0.011 (0.097) 42 (93) 18 22.5 24 see "Converter
systems".
1PM4105- ... 70 (52) 94 (69) 0.024 (0.212) 67 (148) 38 47 45
1PM4105- ... 3) 70 (52) 94 (69) 0.024 (0.212) 67 (148) 38 47 45
1PM4133- ...
1PM4133- ... 3)
95 (70)
95 (70)
134 (99)
134 (99)
0.046 (0.407)
0.046 (0.407)
90 (198)
90 (198)
55
55
74
74
60
60
7
1PM4137- ... 172 (127) 242 (178) 0.085 (0.752) 130 (287) 85 114 85
1PM4137- ... 3) 172 (127) 242 (178) 0.085 (0.752) 130 (287) 85 114 85
Options
Designation Order code
Speed 5)
With increased maximum speed L37
When ordering a motor with options, " -Z" should be added to the
order number and the order code should also be specified for
each additional required version.
Order codes must not be repeated in plain text in the order.
*B1&B(1B
1PM6105 1500 9000 6360 4000 12000 12000
1PM6133 1500 8000 8140 4000 10500 10500
Oil cooling
Typical speed/power graph for 1PM4 motors with selectable star/delta
connection 1) (oil-cooled) and 1PM6 motors 1) 1PM4101 1500 9710 7170 4000 12000 12000
Water cooling
S1
1PM4101 1500 9670 7590
7
1PM4133 1500 8290 6130
0
0 nrated Speed
n2 n2 nmax
S6-40% S1
Overview Application
1PH2 built-in motors are used for machines requiring an
extremely high standard of machining, accuracy and
running smoothness.
Turning machines
Grinders
Technical specifications
Product name 1PH2 built-in motor
Insulation of the stator winding in Temperature class F for a coolant
accordance with inlet temperature of up to 25 C
EN 60034-1 (IEC 60034-1) (77 F)
Recommended motor SIMAG H2 hollow-shaft
encoder (not included with motor) measuring system
Type (cf. ISO) Individual components: stator,
rotor
Motor connection type Free cable ends with
0.5 m (19.69 in) or
1.5 m (59.06 in) length
Balance quality of rotor Sizes 093 to 118: G 2.5 Reference
in accordance with ISO 1940-1 speed 3600 rpm
Degree of protection IP00
in accordance with IEC 60034-5
Coolant inlet temperature Because of the formation of
condensation we recommend a
Active parts (rotor and stator) of 1PH2 asynchronous integral motors coolant inlet temperature of
approx. 25 C (77 F).
1PH2 built-in motors for turning machines are liquid-cooled
Temperature monitoring 2 temperature sensors KTY 84 in
squirrel-cage AC asynchronous motors. These built-in motors the stator winding,
have been specially developed for variable-speed operation of 1 as reserve
main spindles on turning machines.
Please refer to "Liquid cooling" for a list of heat exchanger
Benefits manufacturers.
7 Compact design obtained by dispensing with mechanical
components such as coupling, belt drive, gearbox and
spindle encoder
7
7 High power density as a result of liquid cooling
7 The absence of drive transverse forces permits extremely high
accuracy on workpiece due to smooth, accurate spindle
motion even at very low speeds
7 Extremely short ramp-up and braking times
7 Full rated torque is continuously available, even at standstill
7 Simple servicing by replacing complete motor spindles
7 Increased rigidity of the spindle drive, achieved by mounting
the motor components between the main spindle bearings
7 C-axis compatibility with hollow-shaft measuring system
mounted on the spindle
7 Low noise level due to absence of machine elements
7 Torque is transmitted to the spindle mechanically without play
by means of a cylindrical stepped press fit. The rotor is
mounted on the spindle by thermal shrinking. The bond can
be released by pressure-oil injection without affecting the joint
surfaces.
7 The rotor with sleeve is pre-balanced and can be removed
and subsequently remounted
7 The rotor with sleeve is finished-machined - that is, the rotor
outer diameter need not be finished after mounting.
rpm rpm kW kW kW kW Nm Nm
(HP) (HP) (HP) (HP) (lbf-ft) (lbf-ft)
1500 10000 7.5 (10.1) 9.4 (12.6) 8.2 (11) 9 (12) 1PH2093 - 6WF4 7 48 (35) 60 (44)
10 (13) 13 (17) 11 (15) 12 (16) 1PH2095 - 6WF4 7 64 (47) 83 (61)
1500 10000 15 (20) 18.5 (24.8) 17 (23) 19 (25) 1PH2113 - 6WF4 7 95 (70) 118 (87)
16.5 (22) 21.5 (28.8) 18.5 (25) 21 (28) 1PH2115 - 6WF4 7 105 (77) 137 (101)
18 (24) 23.7 (31.8) 20.5 (27.5) 23 (31) 1PH2117 - 6WF4 7 115 (85) 151 (111)
23 (31) 30.9 (41.4) 26.0 (34.9) 29.5 (39.6) 1PH2118 - 6WF4 7 146 (108) 197 (145)
Characteristic curves
Motor Rated Attainable speed for rated power in
Motor power speed duty type in accordance with
IEC 60034-1
P
S6-40%
Voltage Type nrated n2 3)
S6-60% limit
S1 S6-60% S6-40%
S1 rpm rpm rpm rpm
7 1PH2093
1PH2095
1500
1500
4700
4000
4200
3600
3900
3300
0
0 nrated Speed
n2 n2 n2 nmax
S6-40% S6-60% S1
S1 S6-60% S6-40% S1
kgm2 kg A A A A
(lbf-in-s2) (lb)
Dimension drawing
Motor Standard Rotor Stator Total Total length
/ spindle internal outer outer
diameter diameter diameter diameter
Type d di DA D L
G
'
GL
G_NC01_en_00018
1PH2113 82 (3.23) 100 (3.94) 220 (8.66) 250 (9.84) 290 (11.42)
1PH2115
1PH2117
310 (12.20)
330 (12.99)
7
1PH2118 390 (15.35)
Overview
Cooling principle Please contact the companies below for technical information.
For design of the cooling units, see Planning Guide. BKW Klte-Wrme-Versorgungstechnik GmbH
Contact: Benzstrae 2
Mr. Walker 72649 WOLFSCHLUGEN, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 - 0
Tel.: +49 (0) 70 22 - 50 03 -30
0RWRU
E-mail: info@bkw-kuema.de
www.bkw-kuema.de
DELTATHERM Hirmer GmbH
Contact: Gewerbegebiet Bvingen 122
Mr. Hirmer 53804 MUCH, Germany
Phone: +49 (0) 22 45 - 61 07 - 0
Fax: +49 (0) 22 45 - 61 07 - 10
E-mail: info@deltatherm.com
www.deltatherm.de
$QQXODU 7RII 7RQ
MDFNHW Glen Dimplex Deutschland GmbH
FRROLQJ RIEDEL Kltetechnik Division
FKDQQHO 5HWXUQ ,QOHW q OPLQWR
OPLQ
Contact: Am Goldenen Feld 18
*B1&B(1BD
Benefits
The performance characteristics of the two-speed gearboxes for
1PH7/1PH4 motors are as follows:
7 Drive power up to 100 kW (134 HP)
7 Constant power range at drive shaft up to 1:24
7 Suitable for both directions of rotation
7 Motor shaft heights SH 100 to SH 225
7 Types IM B35 and IM V15 (IM V36 available on request)
Mounting the change-speed gearbox outside the headstock of
the machine tool has the following advantages:
7 Easy adaptation to the machine tool
7 Low noise and no temperature fluctuations due to gearing in-
side the headstock
7 Separate lubrication systems for the main spindle (grease)
Profile of a planetary gearbox
and the change-speed gearbox (oil)
The power unit (motor and gearbox) is supplied with vibration
7 Gearbox efficiency > 95%
severity grade R in accordance with EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14).
7 Instead of V-belts, the drive power can also be transmitted This is also the case when the motor is ordered with vibration
from the gear output by a gear wheel (available on request) or severity grade S.
coaxially by means of a flexible coupling.
The belt pulley 1) should be a cup wheel type pulley. For mounting
Design the belt pulley, the output shaft on the gearbox has a flange with an
external centering spigot and tapped holes for easy fitting and
The two-speed gearboxes have a planetary design. The central
sun wheel distributes the power to several planet wheels which
removal of the pulley.
Motors with built-on planetary gearbox
7
revolve around it. The outstanding advantage of this design is its
The 1PH motors can also be supplied with flange-mounted plan-
compactness. The gear-changing device, a splined sleeve that
etary gearboxes. The motor-gearbox unit is tested for correct
moves axially, is of form-fit design.
functioning. The complete drive unit - that is, 1PH7 or 1PH4 motor
Position 1: Gear ratio i1 = 4 with mounted ZF change-speed gearbox - can be ordered
Position 2: Gear ratio i1 = 4 directly from Siemens:
The motor is flange-mounted onto the change-speed gearbox Siemens AG
using an adapter plate. The AC motor must be suitably prepared Industrial Solutions and Services
for mounting. Contact: Mr. Britz
For shaft heights of SH 160 and higher, motors of types IM B35 Im Schiffelland 10
and IM V15 must be supported free from stress on the non-drive 66386 ST. INGBERT, Germany
end.
Fax: +49 (0) 68 94 - 8 91 - 1 12
Any transverse force imported into the gearbox has to be borne E-mail: hans-peter.britz@siemens.com
by the gearbox and transmitted to the machine base.
The following details must be specified with the order:
The motors for all 2K gearboxes must be full-key balanced with
a fitted key. The 2K 120, 2K 250, 2K 300 gearboxes are en- Ordering example for 1PH4 motor:
closed, so that the motor flange is adequately sealed in the stan- Motor complete with gearbox
dard version. 1PH4133-4NF26-Z
Vertical mounting positions for the IM V 15 and IM V 36 require K00
circulating-oil lubrication of the gearboxes. 2LG4315-3FD11
The standard version of the change-speed gearboxes up to and Ordering example for 1PH7 motor:
including the 2K 300 has a maximum circumferential backlash of Motor complete with gearbox
30 angular minutes (measured at the gear output). Several spe- 1PH7186-2NE03-0BC2
cial versions suitable for milling or machining with cut interrup- 2LG4260-1JC21
tion can be supplied on request: 1PH7163-2NF03-0CC0
Reduced backlash with special features: max. 20' 2LG4320-3JD11
Reduced backlash for high performance: max.15'
1)
Not included in scope of supply.
Technical specifications
Motor Gearbox
Shaft ZF Type Permissible Permissible rated torque Permissible Moment of inertia of Weight
height identifier max. speed maximum torque gearbox of
1)
(S1 duty) (S6-60% duty) gearbox,
approx.
SH Drive Drive Output Output Drive Output Output Output Output
i=1 i=4 i=1 i=4 i=1 i=4
nmax M M M M M M J J m
rpm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm Nm kg m2 kg m2 kg
(lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-ft) (lb-in-s2) (lb-in-s2) (lb)
100 2K 120 2LG4312-... 8000 120 120 480 140 140 560 0.0110 0.0114 30
(88) (88) (354) (103) (103) (413) (0.0974) (0.1009) (66)
132 2K 250 2LG4315-... 6300 250 250 1000 400 400 1600 0.0270 0.0570 62
(184) (184) (737) (295) (295) (1179) (0.2390) (0.5045) (137)
160 2K 300 2LG4320-... 6300 300 300 1200 400 400 1600 0.0270 0.0570 70
(221) (221) (884) (295) (295) (1179) (0.2390) (0.5630) (154)
180 2K 800 2LG4250-... 5000 800 800 3200 900 900 3600 0.1956 0.1766 110
2K 801 2LG4260-... (590) (590) (2358) (663) (663) (2653) (1.7312) (1.5630) (243)
7
IM V15
2K 250 gearbox for splash lubrication is 6300 rpm.
For 1PH713/1PH413 motors
The use of a change-speed gearbox permits the constant power
IM B5, 118 (4.66) 2LG4315-3FD11 2K 250
range to be greatly increased. IM B35
IM V1, 118 (4.66) 2LG4315-3FC11 2K 250
P IM V15
For 1PH716/1PH416 motors
P FRQVWDQW ZLWKJHDUER[
IM B35 130 (5.12) 2LG4320-3JD11 2K 300
P FRQVWDQWZLWKRXWJHDUER[ IM V15 130 (5.12) 2LG4320-3JC11 2K 300
nUDWHG
nUDWHG nPD[
*B1&B(1B
M FRQVWDQW 1 n
M FRQVWDQW 2
/RJDULWKPLFVFDOH
Power-speed graph
Legend:
nrated Rated speed
nrated' Rated speed with two-stage gearbox
nmax Max. permissible speed 1)
Higher drive speeds are allowed for gear ratios in some instances with
Prated Rated power and constant power of the motor oil-cooled gearboxes (refer to the ZF Catalog).
in the speed range between nrated and nmax or nrated' and nmax 2) Special versions, such as gearboxes with different torsional backlash,
M Torque or other gear ratios (i = 3.17 or i = 5.5), are available on request.
Effect
Dry IP64
Humid/moist IP64 IP67 1)
environment
Mist IP65 IP67
Spray IP65 IP68
Jet IP67 IP68
Splash, IP67 IP68
brief immersion;
constant
immersion
7
100 1PH7101 38 M 12 80 41 10
(1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131 42 M 16 110 45 12
(1.65) (4.33) (1.77) (0.47)
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163 55 M 20 110 59 16
7 1PH7167
(2.17) (4.33) (2.32) (0.63)
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710.
k1
1PH713.
1PH716. k
Pg 11 s3
l
u
d
t
h
d6
s G_DA65_XX_00146 n
s
m m1 b
m2 f
w1 a
e
1PH718. k1
1PH7224 k
o g
AI
l
AO
7
p
d
u
AO
t
h
AI
d6
G_DA65_EN_00147a
m2 m1 n s
c
m b
w1 a f
AI air inlet
e
AO air outlet
1)
Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
1PH718. k
o g
AO
l
p
AI
d
7
u
t
d6
h
AO
AI
G_DA65_EN_00148b
m2 m1 n s
c
AI air inlet m b
w1 a
AO air outlet e
f
1PH7224 k
o g
AO G_DA65_EN_00183
l
p
AI
d
u
t
d6
h
AO
AI
m2 m1 n s
c
AI air inlet m b
AO air outlet w1 a f
e
1)
Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710. k1
1PH713. k
i2 c1
Pg 11 s3
e1
l a1
u
b1
d
G_DA65_XX_00150 s2
d6 f1 f
100 1PH7101 12 14 Pg 29 40 38 M 12 80 41 10
(0.47) (0.55) (1.57) (1.50) (3.15) (1.61) (0.39)
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131 12 18 Pg 36 50 42 M 16 110 45 12
(0.47) (0.71) (1.97) (1.65) (4.33) (1.77) (0.47)
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
7 160 1PH7163 14
(0.47)
18
(0.71)
Pg 42 64
(2.52)
55
(2.17)
M 20 110
(4.33)
59 16
(2.32) (0.63)
1PH7167
For deviating and additional dimensions for 1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ, see "1PH7 motors with DRIVE-CLiQ".
1PH710. k1
1PH713. k
1PH716. i2
Pg 11 s3 s2
e1
l a1
u
b1
d
t
h
d6
c
f1 s s G_DA65_XX_00151 n
m m1 b
m2 f
w1 a
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) For dimensions for foot mounting, shaft and terminal box,
see dimension drawing of 1PH718 and 1PH722 motors,
type IM B3.
Terminal box type 1XB7...
Shaft Type DIN a1 b1 c1 e1 f1 h k k1 ...322 ...422 ...700 z
height IEC P N LA M T H LB p1) p1) p1)
1PH718. k1
1PH7224 k z x 19(0.75)
f1 c1
e1
p
b1
a1
G_DA65_EN_00152b
1)
Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
2)
See Order No. suffix for shaft heights 180 and 225.
For motor Dimensions in mm (in) For dimensions for foot mounting, shaft and terminal box,
see the dimension drawing of 1PH718 and 1PH722 motors,
type IM B3.
Terminal box type 1XB7...
Shaft Type DIN a1 b1 c1 e1 f1 h k ...322 ...422 ...700 z
height IEC P N LA M T H LB p1) p1) p1)
1PH718. k z x 19(0.75)
f1 c1
G_DA65_EN_00153b
AO AI
p e1
a1
b1
AO
AI
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
7 1PH7224
k z x 19(0.75)
f1 c1
AO AI
e1
p
a1
b1
AO
AI
G_DA65_EN_00184
AI air inlet
AO air outlet
1)
Maximum dimensions, depending on electrical version (terminal box type).
2)
See Order No. suffix for shaft heights 180 and 225.
1PH710.
1PH713.
1PH716.
14 k1
x
(0.55)
y k
(1.10)
320 rotatable
28
p1
G_DA65_EN_00189
7
1PH413. G 1/4 for 1PH410. G 1/4 for 1PH410.
k
i2 o G 3/8 for 1PH413. G 3/8 for 1PH413.
c1 s3
s2
e1
l
p
A
b1
d
u
h
d6 t
f1 s m1 n G_DA65_EN_00164b
w1 a a1 b A
m f
m2
1PH416.
k
i2 o Water connection G 1/2 Water connection G 1/2
c1 s3
s2
e1
l
A
p
b1
d
G_DA65_EN_00165
u
h
t
c
d6
f1
w1
s
a
m1
a1 b
n A 7
m f
m2
100 1PM4101 37 35 199 18 259 190 233 12 14 M32x1.5 44 117 122 154 177 38 80
(1.46) (1.38) (7.83) (0.71) (10.20) (7.48) (9.17) (0.47) (0.55) (1.73) (4.61) (4.80) (6.06) (6.97) (1.50) (3.15)
1PM4105 304
(11.97)
132 1PM4133 43 35 264 16 335 245 302 12 18 M40x1.5 53 132 152 206 235 42 110
(1.69) (1.38) (10.39) (0.63) (13.19) (9.65) (11.89) (0.47) (0.71) (2.09) (5.20) (5.98) (8.11) (9.25) (1.65) (4.33)
1PM4137 384
(15.12)
1PM410.
1PM413. k
o 1)
Coolant outlet G Coolant inlet G
y1 c1 x3 x6
f1 s3 o1
(1.38)
7
35
d
1
a
e
s1
p9
p
b1
p4
G_NC01_en_00174
a2
y2
l h
c
n1 s s n
m m1 b
m2 f
i2 w1 a
e
0.05 C 0.005 D
25.5
45
18.5
38
C 17 10.5
-0.003
18 +0.007
D
2
20 H7
11.5
18.5
35
60
d
60
G_NC01_en_00173
0.04 C 0.007 D
1)
Signal connection
1PM6 o
with axial fan 1)
c1 x3 Non-drive M16x1,5 x6
f1 s3 end shaft (M16x0.06)
extension
(1.38)
35
d
1
a
s1
o1
p9
G_NC01_EN_00175
p
p3
b1
p4
a2
l e
h
1
i2 k1 k2
k
1PM6 x
with radial fan o p2
M16x1,5
c1 (M16x0.06)
f1
s1
p
1
a
x3
e1
G_NC01_EN_00176
p9
p4
a2
b1
d
x6
(1.38)
l
35
s3
i2 1) o1 p1
k
1)
Signal connection
Shaft Type
height A B C C1 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 F H
1PH7 with two-speed gearbox, type IM B35, forced ventilation
100 1PH7101 55 184 12 18 100 100 188 190 215 80 208 108
(2.17) (7.24) (0.47) (0.71) (3.94) (3.94) (7.40) (7.48) (8.46) (3.15) (8.19) (4.25)
1PH7103
1PH7105
1PH7107
132 1PH7131 58 234 12 20 116 118 249 250 300 100 270 136
(2.28) (9.21) (0.47) (0.79) (4.57) (4.65) (9.80) (9.84) (11.81) (3.94) (10.63) (5.35)
1PH7133
1PH7135
1PH7137
160 1PH7163 58 290 17 20 140 130 249 250 350 100 326 164
(2.28) (11.42) (0.67) (0.79) (5.51) (5.12) (9.80) (9.84) (13.78) (3.94) (12.83) (6.46)
1PH7167
Shaft Type
height K1 L1 L2 P S S2 S3 Z W K
7 132
1PH7107
Z x S3 S2
G_DA65_EN_00166
E1 C1
D4 (Centering)
P
E2
D1
D2
D3
H
C
B S S L1
F W A L2
K1
K
1 9
2
2
3 3
7 7
8
4A 4B 4A
6A 5 6B 5 6A
$ )
7
Switching unit (lifting solenoid 24 V DC, 5 A). Oil drain bolt for type IM B35.
% Ventilation valve. 6A Oil inlet for clockwise rotation and circulating-oil lubrication.
& Oil filling bolt. 6B Oil inlet for counterclockwise rotation and circulating-oil lubrication.
4A Oil level inspection window or oil return for counterclockwise rotation + Oil inlet for type IM V15 (must be connected).
and circulating-oil lubrication. , Oil inlet for type IM V36.
4B Oil level inspection window or oil return for clockwise rotation - Connector, manufacture: Harting, type HAN 8 U.
and circulating-oil lubrication.
1PH4107
132 1PH4133 58 234 12 20 116 118 249 250 300 100 270 136
(2.28) (9.21) (0.47) (0.79) (4.57) (4.65) (9.80) (9.84) (11.81) (3.94) (10.63) (5.35)
1PH4135
1PH4137
1PH4138
160 1PH4163 58 290 17 20 140 130 249 250 350 110 326 164
(2.28) (11.42) (0.67) (0.79) (5.51) (5.12) (9.80) (9.84) (13.78) (4.33) (12.83) (6.46)
1PH4167
1PH4168
7 1PH4137
(34.45)
925
(36.42)
1PH4138 960
(37.80)
160 1PH4163 346.5 142.5 402 14 18 M 12 12 71 938
(13.64) (5.61) (15.83) (0.55) (0.71) (2.80) (36.93)
1PH4167 993
(39.09)
1PH4168 1038
(40.87)
Z x S3 S2
G_DA65_EN_00166
E1 C1
D4 (Centering)
P
E2
D1
D2
D3
H
C
B S S L1
F W A L2
K1
K
1 9
2
2
3 3
7 7
8
4A 4B 4A
6A 5 6B 5 6A
$ )
7
Switching unit (lifting solenoid 24 V DC, 5 A). Oil drain bolt for type IM B35.
% Ventilation valve. 6A Oil inlet for clockwise rotation and circulating-oil lubrication.
& Oil filling bolt. 6B Oil inlet for counterclockwise rotation and circulating-oil lubrication.
4A Oil level inspection window or oil return for counterclockwise rotation + Oil inlet for type IM V15 (must be connected).
and circulating-oil lubrication. , Oil inlet for type IM V36.
4B Oil level inspection window or oil return for clockwise rotation - Connector, manufacture: Harting, type HAN 8 U.
and circulating-oil lubrication.
/
'$
G
'
GL
G_NC01_XX_00018
Siemens NC 60 2006
Measuring systems SIMODRIVE sensor
Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
Introduction
Overview Application
A distinction is made between incremental and absolute measu-
ring procedures:
In the case of incremental encoders, the machine must travel
to a reference point after each power-off state, as the position
is not usually stored in the controller, and movements of the
machine while the power is off are not recorded.
Absolute encoders, on the other hand, also record these
movements while the power is off and return the actual
position with power On. Travel to a reference point is not
necessary.
Design
All encoders are available in synchronous flange and supported
flange joint versions. Encoders with a synchronous flange can
be attached to the machine with 3 clamp straps or mounted with
axial screws. The encoder is driven by means of a plug-in cou-
pling or a spring disk coupling. Alternatively, pulleys can also be
used.
The encoder supply voltage is 5 V DC or alternatively 10 V to
30 V DC. The 10 V to 30 V DC version supports longer cable
lengths. Most control systems apply the supply voltage directly
on the measuring circuit connector. With SINAMICS, the power
supply for the measuring systems is provided via the Sensor
Modules.
SIMODRIVE sensors are built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders
for the recording of paths, angles of rotation, or speeds of For rotary encoders with cables, the cable length including the
machines. They can be used in conjunction with numerical connector is 1 m (3.28 ft).
controllers, programmable logic controllers, drives and position The following bending radii for the cables at the encoder must
displays, e.g.: be complied with:
SINAMICS drive systems One-time bending: 20 mm (0.79 in)
SIMOTION Motion Control systems Continuous bending: 75 mm (2.95 in)
SINUMERIK CNCs
SIMATIC programmable logic controllers
SIMODRIVE and SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES drive systems
Function Function
Incremental encoders deliver a defined number of electrical Absolute encoders (absolute shaft encoders) are designed on
pulses per rotation, which represent the measurement of the the same scanning principle as incremental encoders, but have
traveled distance or angle. a greater number of tracks. For example, if there are 13 tracks,
then 213 = 8192 steps are coded in the case of single-turn enco-
Incremental encoders operate on the principle of optoelectronic ders. The code used is a one-step code (Gray code), which
scanning of dividing disks with the transmitted light principle. prevents any scanning errors from occurring.
The light source is a light emitting diode (LED). The light-dark
modulation generated as the encoder shaft rotates is picked up After switching on the machine, the position value is transmitted
by photoelectronic elements. With an appropriate arrangement immediately to the controller. There is no need to travel to a refe-
of the line pattern on the dividing disk connected to the shaft and rence point.
the fixed aperture, the photoelectronic elements provide two
trace signals A and B at 90 to one another, as well as a refe- SSI and EnDat absolute encoders are of advantage in time-
rence signal R. The encoder electronics amplify these signals critical applications.
and convert them into different output levels. In plants with a large number of encoders, PROFIBUS DP is
The following output levels are available: more of an advantage due to the reduced wiring overhead.
PROFIBUS DP encoders are programmable and support
RS 422 difference signals (TTL) isochronous mode with internode communication.
In the case of RS 422 encoders (TTL), the resolution can be
improved by a factor of four by means of edge evaluation. Single-turn encoders divide one rotation (360 degrees mechani-
cal) into a specific number of steps, e.g. 8192. A unique code
1 Vpp analog signals sin/cos word is assigned to each position. After 360 degrees the posi-
Even better resolution can be achieved for encoders with tion values are repeated.
sinusoidal signals by interpolating them in the higher-level
controller. Multiturn encoders also record the number of revolutions, in
8
HTL (High Voltage Transistor Logic) addition to the absolute position within one revolution. To do this,
Encoders with HTL interfaces are designed for applications further code discs which are coupled via gear steps with the en-
with digital inputs with 24 V levels. coder shaft are scanned. When evaluating 12 additional tracks,
this means that 212 = 4096 revolutions can be coded.
Technical specifications
Product name TTL (RS 422) incremental sin/cos 1 Vpp incremental HTL incremental encoder TTL (RS 422) double-track
encoder encoder incremental encoder
Operating voltage Up 5 V DC 10% or 5 V DC 10% 10 ... 30 V DC 5 V DC 5%
10 30 V DC
Limit frequency, typ. 180 kHz (-3 dB)
450 kHz (-6 dB)
Scanning frequency, max. 300 kHz 300 kHz Track 1: 160 kHz
Track 2: 1 MHz
No-load current 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA 150 mA per track
consumption, max.
Signal level TTL (RS 422) sinusoidal 1 Vpp VH 21 V at TTL (RS 422)
IH = 20 mA at 24 V
VL 2.8 V at IL = 20 mA
at 24 V
Outputs protected against Yes Yes Yes Yes
short-circuit to 0 V
Switching time (10 90%) Rise/fall time Rise/fall time Rise/fall time
(with 1 m (3.28 ft) cable and t+/t- 50 ns t+/t- 200 ns t+/t- 100 ns
recommended input circuit)
Phase angle, signal A to B 90 90 10el. 90 90
min. edge spacing
at 1 MHz 0.125 s (track 2)
at 300 KHz 0.45 s 0.45 s
at 160 KHz 0.8 s (track 1)
Cable length to electronic 100 m (328 ft) 150 m (492 ft) 100 m (328 ft) Up to 500 kHz: 100 m (328 ft)
circuitry 1), max. Up to 1 MHz: 50 m (164 ft)
LED failure monitoring High-resistance driver High-resistance driver
Resolution, max. 5000 S/R 2500 S/R 2500 S/R Track 1: 1024 S/R
Track 2: 9000 S/R
Accuracy 18 18 18 Track 1: 63
(in angular seconds) mech. x 3600/resolution z mech. x 3600/resolution z mech. x 3600/resolution z Track 2: 12
Electr. speed, permissible (18 106 rpm)/revolution (27 106 rpm)/revolution (18 106 rpm)/revolution Track 1: 9000 rpm
(at -6 dB) Track 2: 6500 rpm
Mech. speed, max. 12000 rpm 12000 rpm 12000 rpm 12000 rpm
Friction torque 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf)
(at 20 C (68 F))
Starting torque 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf)
(at 20 C (68 F))
Shaft loading capacity
n > 6000 rpm
- Axial 10 N (2.25 lbf) 10 N (2.25 lbf) 10 N (2.25 lbf)
- Radial at shaft extension 20 N (4.50 lbf) 20 N (4.50 lbf) 20 N (4.50 lbf)
n 6000 rpm
- Axial 40 N (8.99 lbf) 40 N (8.99 lbf) 40 N (8.99 lbf) 10 N (2.25 lbf)
1)
With recommended cable and input circuitry of the follow-up electronics, observe max. permissible cable length of module to be evaluated.
8
1024 S/R B02 2500 S/R C50
1250 S/R B25 TTL (RS 422) double-track
incremental encoder
1500 S/R B50
Synchronous flange and
2000 S/R C00 5 V DC supply voltage
2048 S/R C04 Connection:
2500 S/R C50 Cable 1 m (3.28 ft) with axial 6FX2001-2UK00
connector
3600 S/R D60 2 types of resolution:
5000 S/R F00 9000/1024 S/R
S/R = Signals/Revolution
1)
Universal integrated cable outlet for axial and radial outlet direction.
Technical specifications
Product name SSI absolute encoder EnDat absolute encoder PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder
(EN 50170)
Operating voltage Up 10 ... 30 V DC 5 V DC 5% 10 ... 30 V DC
Power consumption, approx.
Single-turn 160 mA 160 mA 300 ... 100 mA (2.5 W)
Multi-turn 200 mA 200 mA 300 ... 100 mA (2.5 W)
Clock input Differential cable receiver according Differential cable receiver according Differential cable receiver according
to EIA standard RS 485 to EIA standard RS 485 to EIA standard RS 485
Data output Differential cable driver according to Differential cable driver according to Differential cable driver according to
EIA standard RS 485 EIA standard RS 485 EIA standard RS 485
Short-circuit resistance Yes Yes Yes
Data transfer rate 100 kHz to 1 MHz 100 kHz to 2 MHz 12 Mbit/s
LED for bus diagnostics Yes (green/red)
Electr. speed, permissible
At 1 bit-accuracy 5000 rpm 5000 rpm 5800 rpm
At 100 bit-accuracy 10000 rpm 10000 rpm
Mech. speed, max.
Single-turn 12000 rpm 12000 rpm 12000 rpm
Multi-turn 10000 rpm 10000 rpm 6000 rpm
Cable length to electronic Up to 1 MHz-cycle: 50 m (164 ft) Up to 1 MHz-cycle: 50 m (164 ft) Up to 12 Mbit/s: 100 m (328 ft)
circuitry 1), max. Up to 300-kHz-cycle: 100 m (328 ft) Up to 300-kHz-cycle: 150 m (492 ft) Up to 1.5 Mbit/s: 200 m (656 ft)
Up to 100-kHz-cycle: 400 m (1312 ft) Up to 93.75 kbit/s: 1200 m (3937 ft)
Number of nodes 99
Connection Flange outlet, axial/radial Flange outlet, axial/radial Terminal block with address selector
switch and bus terminating resistor in
removable cover with 3 radial cable
glands
Cable diameter 6.5 ... 9 mm (0.26 in ... 0.35 in)
Removal of cover possible without
interrupting bus
Resolution
Single-turn 13 bits (8192 steps) 13 bits (8192 steps) 13 bits (8192 steps)
Multi-turn 25 bits (8192 4096 steps) 25 bits (8192 4096 steps) 27 bits (8192 16,384 steps)
Message frame length
Single-turn 13 bits, without parity According to EnDat specification
Multi-turn 25 bits, without parity According to EnDat specification
Incremental track 512 S/R, 1 V pp
Code type
Sampling Gray Gray Gray
Transfer Gray, fir tree format Binary Binary
Parameterization capability
Resolution per revolution Arbitrary 1 ... 8,192
8
Total resolution Arbitrary 1 ... 16,384
Preset Yes
Counting direction Yes Yes
Speed signal Yes
Limit switches Yes, 2 units
Isochronous mode and internode Yes
communication acc. to DP V2
Online parameterization Yes
Network load, approx. 20 s per encoder at 12 Mbit/s
Cycle time 667 s
Accuracy 60 angular seconds 60 angular seconds (incr. track) LSB
EMC Tested in accordance with EN 50081 Tested in accordance with EN 50081 Tested in accordance with EN 50081
and EN 50082 and EN 50082 and EN 50082
Friction torque at 20 C (68 F) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) at 20 C (68 F)
Starting torque at 20 C (68 F) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) 0.01 Nm (0.04 ozf) at 20 C (68 F)
Shaft loading capacity
n > 6000 rpm
- Axial 10 N (2.25 lbf) 10 N (2.25 lbf) 10 N (2.25 lbf)
- Radial at shaft extension 20 N (4.50 lbf) 20 N (4.50 lbf) 20 N (4.50 lbf)
n 6000 rpm
- Axial 40 N (8.99 lbf) 40 N (8.99 lbf) 40 N (8.99 lbf)
- Radial at shaft extension 60 N (13.49 lbf) 60 N (13.49 lbf) 110 N (24.73 lbf)
1)
Observe the maximum permissible cable length of the connected module.
8
8192 steps/revolution (13-bit)
Multi-turn 24
Multi-turn 24 8192 steps/revolution,
8192 steps/revolution, 16384 revolutions (27-bit)
4096 revolutions (25-bit)
User Manual 6SN1197-0AB10-0YP4
EnDat absolute encoder for start-up and parameterization
of PROFIBUS encoders
Synchronous flange and
(German/English)
5 V DC supply voltage
Connection:
Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-5HE 7 7 More information
Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-5FE 7 7 Designation Order No.
Supported flange joint and Decentralizing with ISBN3-89578-074-X
5 V DC supply voltage PROFIBUS DP
Connection:
Axial flange outlet 6FX2001-5SE 7 7
Radial flange outlet 6FX2001-5QE 7 7
Resolution
Single-turn 13
8192 steps/revolution (13-bit)
Multi-turn 25
8192 steps/revolution,
4096 revolutions (25-bit)
8 both ends or
d1 = 6 mm (0.24 in),
d2 = 5 mm (0.20 in)
ends or
10 mm (0.39 in)
both ends
Center offset of shafts, max. 0.4 mm (0.02 in) 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Axial offset 0.4 mm (0.02 in) 0.5 mm (0.02 in)
Angular displacement of 3 1
shafts, max.
Torsional rigidity 150 Nm/rad 31 Nm/rad
(539.51 ozf/rad) (111.5 ozf/rad)
Lateral spring stiffness 6 N/mm (1.35 lbf) 10 N/mm (2.25 lbf)
Moment of inertia 19 gcm2 20 gcm2
(168 x 10-7 lbf-in-s2) (177 x 10-7 lbf-in-s2)
Speed, max. 12000 rpm 12000 rpm
Operating temperature -40 ... +150 C -40 ... +80 C
(-40 ... +302 F) (-40 ... +176 F)
Weight, approx. 16 g (0.56 oz) 20 g (0.71 oz)
8
Da = 152.39 mm (6 in)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 1.5 (3.31) 1.0 (2.20)
Internal diameter 80H6 mm 6FX2001-6RB12-6JA0
Measuring wheel external diameter Da = 254.25 mm (10.01 in) (3.15H6 in)
Internal mm (in) 150H6 (5.91H6) Internal diameter 110H6 mm 6FX2001-6RB12-6MA0
diameter 1) (4.33H6 in)
Thickness mm (in) 15 (0.59) Measuring wheel
Number of 800 Da = 254.25 mm (10.01 in)
signals/revolution
Internal diameter 150H6 mm 6FX2001-6RB12-7SA0
Moment of kgm2 420 10-4 (3717.30 x 10-4) (5.91H6 in)
inertia, approx. (lbf-in-s2)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.9 (8.60) Connection kit for
insulation insert
Straight flange outlet 6FX2001-6FA12-0GA0
Angular flange outlet 6FX2001-6FA12-0WA0
Extraction tool for 6FX2001-6FK12-0AA0
insulation insert
of straight or angular flange outlet
1)
The measuring wheels can be re-worked (by increasing the inner diameter
or by drilling holes/tapping threads). See Configuring/Installation Guide.
Siemens NC 60 2006
Converter systems
SIMODRIVE 611
Introduction
Overview
Central drive systems with SIMODRIVE 611 Distributed drive systems with SIMODRIVE POSMO
&RQWURO Central
HJ6,180(5,.' PLC infeed
&HQWUDO
LQIHHG
*B1&B(1BD
6LJQDODQG SIMODRIVE
SRZHUFDEOHV POSMO SI
G_NC01_EN_00031a
Such modularity makes virtually any drive configuration possi-
ble, as a result allowing integrated configuring for everything
from compact machines to complex plants. SIMODRIVE
POSMO SI
Central drive systems with SIMODRIVE base line A
The SIMODRIVE base line A complete unit (infeed/closed-loop Distributed drives take drive technology out of the control
control/power section) can be used for applications with analog cabinet and put it right on the machine. The advantages of this
interface, primarily with SINUMERIK 802C base line. technology result from the type of construction and installation.
Control cabinet overhead costs are reduced, control systems
make machine installation easier, and installation overhead is
reduced thanks to simplified cable routing.
The benefits of distributed drive configurations are most appar-
ent when the machines and plants are large in size.
Note:
For satisfactory and reliable operation of the drive system,
original components of the SIMODRIVE system and the original
Siemens accessories (as described in this catalog and the
Planning Guide), in the functional descriptions or user manuals
should be used.
The user must observe the configuring instructions.
Combinations that differ from the configuring instructions (also in
conjunction with non-Siemens products) require a special
agreement.
9
If no original components are used, for example for repairs,
approvals such as UL, EN, Safety Integrated, etc. can become
invalid and thus the operation authorization for the machine with
the non-Siemens components installed becomes invalid.
Overview (continued)
System performance data of the SIMODRIVE converter system
System performance data SIMODRIVE 611 SIMODRIVE POSMO SIMODRIVE 611
base line A
digital universal HRS1) SI CD CA analog
universal E HRS
Rated power range Infeed
Direct system connection Yes Yes
Open-loop infeed 5 ... 28 kW 5 ... 28 kW 5 ... 28 kW 5 ... 28 kW 5 kW 5 kW
(6.5 ... 38 HP) (6.5 ... 38 HP) (6.5 ... 38 HP) (6.5 ... 38 HP) (integrated)
Closed-loop infeed 16 ... 120 kW 16 ... 120 kW 16 ... 120 kW 16 ... 120 kW
(22 ... 160 HP) (22 ... 160 HP) (22 ... 160 HP) (22 ... 160 HP)
Rated current range - Power modules for motor power inverter
Feed application with motor encoder: 3 ... 140 A 3 ... 140 A Servo drive with 9 ... 18 A 9A
incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp and integrated power
EnDat absolute encoder section
Feed application with motor encoder: 3 ... 140 A 2) 5 ... 9 A
resolver (2-pole resolver)
Main spindle application 24 ... 200 A 3 ... 200 A 9 ... 18 A 9A
closed-loop controlled
with motor encoder
Asynchronous motor application 3 ... 200 A 3 ... 200 A 9 ... 18 A 9A
closed-loop-controlled
without motor encoder
DC link voltage
Unregulated
at 3-phase AC 400 V 10% 490 ... 610 V DC 10% 490 ... 610 V DC
580 ... 740 V
at 3-phase AC 480 V -10/+6% 580 ... 710 V DC 580 ... 710 V DC
Regulated
at 3-phase AC 400 V 600 V 600 V 600 V 600 V
at 3-phase AC 415 V 625 V 625 V 625 V 625 V
Motor types
Synchronous motor as feed drive 1FK/ 2) 1FK7
with motor encoder: 1FT6 2)
resolver
Synchronous motor as feed drive 1FK/1FT6/ 1FK/1FT6/ 1FK with inte- 1FK/1FT6 1FK/1FT6
with motor encoder: 1FW6/1FN 1FW6/ grated single
incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp or 1FN 2) absolute encoder
absolute encoder EnDat
Asynchronous/synchronous motor as 1PH/1PM/1FE1/ 1PH/1PM/1FE1 1PH/1PM/1FE1 1PH/1PM/1FE1
main spindle drive 2SP1
Asynchronous low-voltage motors 1LA 1LA 1LA 1LA
1)
HRS: High Resolution Speed.
2)
Not SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS.
Overview (continued)
9
drives with digital setpoint interface
(HLA/ANA module)
Drive bus cable Required for drives with digital set-
point interface with
SINUMERIK 840D powerline
Special modules
Monitoring module Power supply
Pulsed resistor module 0.3 kW/25 kW (0.40/33.53 HP) with
internal resistor
1.5/25 kW (2.01/33.53 HP)with
external resistor
Design Integration
The SIMODRIVE 611 converter system consists of the following The SIMODRIVE 611 converter system is designed for operation
function modules: in industrial environments in grounded TN-S and TN-C systems
7 Line filter (VDE 0100, Part 300). For other network configurations, an up-
stream transformer with isolated windings must be used on the
7 HF/HFD reactors secondary side in a star connection with grounded neutral point
7 Infeed modules (Yn connection group). You can find transformer types matched
7 Power modules to the SIMODRIVE 611 infeed modules under "Line interfaces for
voltage matching".
7 Control units adapted to the respective application
technologies and motor types The line infeed modules contain a 6-pulse three-phase bridge
7 Special modules and other accessories
connection (B6). Ensure that compatibility is maintained for
operation on residual-current protective devices
The converter system is designed for installation in control cab- (EN 50178/VDE 0160 Section 5.2.11.2; Type B). The DC compo-
inets which conform with the relevant standards for machine tool nent of the residual current of the B6 circuit must not prevent the
applications, in particular EN 60204. residual current protective devices from tripping. Conventional
residual current operated circuit-breakers without integral over-
Various cooling methods are available for the power-dependent current protection cannot be used for this purpose as they are
line supply infeed and drive modules: rendered useless by DC fault currents. Compatibility can only
7 Internal heat dissipation be achieved by selective universal current-sensitive residual-
7 External heat dissipation current protective devices.
7 Hose cooling Where pulsed power converters are in operation, especially in
conjunction with EMC measures (such as shielded motor ca-
Modules bles), higher leakage currents may be generated. The line filters
Easy handling, simple assembly and wiring are among the main assigned to the 16 kW and 36 kW I/RF modules will restrict the
requirements to be fulfilled by the design of the converter mod- leakage currents to below 150 mA. This means that it is possible
ules. As a result of the consistent 50 mm (1.97 in) mounting grid to use universal selective current-sensitive residual-current
and the practice-oriented connection of power, signal and bus protective devices, e.g. 5SZ6468-0KG00 rated current 63 A with
cables, it is possible to implement customer-focused solutions rated residual currents of 300 mA for fire protection and operator
and cable routing is EMC-compatible. protection against indirect contact.
7 All modules are 50 mm (1.97 in) wide As an alternative, an isolating transformer with secondary-side
7 All modules are 480 mm (18.9 in) high 1) Yn must be used in conjunction with another protective measure
(n connected to housing) against hazardous leakage currents to
7 Referred to the mounting surface, the depth of the modules disconnect residual-current systems which do not achieve the
without connectors and optional mounted accessories is: compatibility required.
288 mm (11.34 in) with internal heat dissipation or hose
cooling
231 mm (9.09 in) with external heat dissipation 2) Technical specifications
The housings of the SIMODRIVE 611 converter system modules Product name SIMODRIVE 611 modules
are enclosed and EMC-compatible as specified in EN 60529 Vibration stress EN 60068-2-6 9.81 m/s2 (32.19 ft/s2)
(IEC 60529). (IEC 68-2-6), max.
Shock load EN 60068-2-27 Acceleration 49.05 m/s2
The electrical system is designed to conform to EN 50178 (IEC 68 Part 2-27) (160.93 ft/s2) for 11 ms
(VDE 0160) and EN 60204. CE Declarations of Conformity exist. Degree of protection IP20 3)
The requirements of the Planning Guide must always be ob- EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
served. Particular attention should be paid to the system char- Permissible ambient temperature
acteristics and short-circuit rating. Storage and transport -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F)
Operation 0 ... +55 C (+131 F)
Derating for power sections
required at +40 C (+104 F) and
9
above
Humidity rating EN 60721-3-3 Class 3K5 condensation and icing
excluded. Low air temperature 0 C
(+32 F).
Air and creepage distances Designed for pollution degree 2
EN 50178
Insulation test voltage 2.5 kV
Mounting position in operation Vertical
Installation altitude 2000 m (6562 ft) above sea level
(derating above 1000 m (3218 ft))
> 2000 m (6562 ft) with basic insu-
lation by isolating transformer
1) Including fixing lugs. The dimensions for ventilating air deflectors, shield
connection plates, mounted fans and hose cooling are not included.
2)
Without insertion depth of heat sink in the ventilation shaft.
3)
For power modules only with inserted control unit.
Line filter
TN network
3-phase AC 400 V
3-phase AC 415 V
TN network
3-phase AC 400 V
3-phase AC 415 V
3-phase AC 480 V
Unregulated Power module with
infeed module hose cooling
or
600 V DC
9 Monitoring module
3-phase AC 400 V
Matching isolating
transformer
Types graded from
3-phase AC 1)
200 ... 575 V for: Also available with external
IT networks cooling and hose cooling.
TT networks Design same as for power
FI residual-current Capacitor External External modules.
2)
protective devices module pulsed resistor 2) Pulsed resistor pulsed resistor For 28 kW OI module only.
Site altitude 0.3/25 kW module 1.5/25 kW
> 2000 m (6562 ft)
1FE1 2SP1
1FN1
1FN3
9
1FT6
1PM
Overview
The SIMODRIVE 611 converter system is designed for direct oper- Thus, within the pulsed transistor converter, the voltage loading
ation in TN networks with rated voltages of 400 V 3-phase AC, upon the leakage paths between the power circuits fed by the
415 V 3-phase AC, and 480 V 3-phase AC. Matching transform- line potential and the control and closed-loop circuits of the pro-
ers tailor-made for the system are available to adapt the system tective conductors complies with a rated voltage of 300 V in
for use with other network types, such as for operation in IT or TT accordance with EN 50178.
networks. The wide range covers the line voltages prevalent in
industrial regions worldwide. Upstream devices providing protection against hazardous leak-
age currents or for fire protection (such as residual-current pro-
TN networks are characterized by a low-resistance galvanic tective devices) must be universal current-sensitive in accor-
connection between the reference potentials to ground of the dance with the requirements of EN 50178. In the case of other
power source and the protective conductor potential of the elec- residual-current protective devices, a transformer must also be
trical equipment. If they are not satisfied as a matter of course, connected upstream of the converter for purposes of decou-
these connection conditions must be simulated by means of a pling.
transformer with separate windings whose secondary-side neu-
tral point is grounded on the protective conductor potential and If a TN network requires only a single voltage level adjustment,
connected to the converters protective conductor (TN island one of the transformers quoted can be used in an economy
network). circuit.
Technical specifications
Product name Matching transformers with separate windings for 50/60 Hz networks
Rated power kVA 8.2 15.7 47 21 70 104 155
Allocation kW 5 (OI) 10 (OI) 28 (OI)/ 16 (I/RF) 55 (I/RF) 80 (I/RF) 120 (I/RF)
to infeed module 36 (I/RF)
Output voltage V 3-phase AC 400
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60
Degree of protection to IP00/IP20/IP23
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating EN 60721-3-3 Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
Permissible ambient
temperature
Operation C (F) -25 ... +40 (-13 ... +104), up to +55 (+131) with derating
Transport/storage C (F) -25 ... +80 (-13 ... +176)
Power loss, max. W 540 710 1210 670 2020 2650 3060
Weight, approx.:
Degr. of prot. IP00 kg (lb) 55 (121.28) 70 (154.35) 200 (441) 120 (264.6) 300 (661.5) 425 (937.13) 600 (1323)
Degr. of prot. IP20/IP23 kg (lb) 65 (143.33) 95 (209.48) 216 (476.28) 131 (288.86) 364 (802.62) 536 (1181.88) 688 (1517.04)
Dimensions (L x W x H),
approx.
Degr. of prot. IP00 mm (inch) 360 x 268 x 420 x 262 x 480 x 267 x 480 x 209 x 630 x 330 x 780 x 350 x 780 x 391 x
320 370 420 420 585 665 665
(14.17 x (16.54 x 10.31 (18.9 x 8.23 x (18.9 x 8.23 x (24.8 x 12.99 x (30.71 x 13.78 (30.71 x 15.39
10.55 x 12.6) x 14.57) 16.54) 16.54) 23.03) x 26.18) x 26.18)
Degr. of prot. IP20/IP23 2) mm (inch) The dimensions of the housing are listed in the Planning Guide for the SIMODRIVE 611 converter.
Max. conductor cross mm2 6 16 35 16 70 FL 1) FL 3)
section on secondary side
Input voltage 3-phase AC 575/500/480 V 10%; 50 ... 60 Hz
Rated input current, max. A 10.4 20 57.5 25.8 87 127 189
Max. conductor cross mm2 6 6 35 16 50 70 FL 1)
section on primary side
1) FL = flat-type terminal for ring terminal end, CU 20 x 3; drilled hole 9 mm 3) FL = flat-type terminal for ring terminal end, CU 25 x 5; drilled hole
(0.35 in). 11 mm (0.43 in).
2) Degree of protection IP20 for 21 kVA and above; with degree of protection 4) FL = flat-type terminal for ring terminal end, CU 30 x 6; drilled hole
IP23, take a reduction of 10% power into account. 11 mm (0.43 in).
9
- 93.6 kVA 4BU5295-0AE42-8B
- 140 kVA 4BU5495-1AA12-8B
Technical specifications
For technical specifications see HF/HFD commutating reactor
and line filters.
Benefits
7 Limitation of line reactions and disturbances
7 For step-up converter operation of the infeed and regenerative
feedback modules, energy is stored for stepping up the voltage
Application
HF/HFD reactors can be used for 3-phase AC 400 V -10% to
3-phase AC 480 V +6%; 50/60 Hz 10%.
Technical specifications
Product name HF/HFD reactors, supply voltage 3-phase AC 400 V/480 V
Allocation to kW (HP) 28 (OI) 16 (I/RF) 36 (I/RF) 55 (I/RF) 80 (I/RF) 120 (I/RF)
infeed module
Rated AC A 65 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss W 70 170 250 350 450 590
Max. conductor cross section mm2 35 16 35 70 FL 1) FL 1)
on primary/secondary side
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 6 (13.23) 8.5 (18.74) 13 (28.67) 18 (39.69) 40 (88.2) 50 (110.25)
Dimensions (W x H x D),
approx.
HF reactors mm (inch) 190 x 200 x 100 330 x 125 x 150 330 x 230 x 150 330 x 280 x 150 380 x 250 x 170 380 x 290 x 170
(7.48 x 7.87 x (12.99 x 4.92 x (12.99 x 9.06 x (12.99 x 11.02 x (14.96 x 9.84 x (14.96 x 11.42 x
3.94) 5.91) 5.91) 5.91) 6.69) 6.69)
HFD reactors mm (inch) - 330 x 125 x 150 330 x 243 x 150 330 x 290 x 150 380 x 200 x 225 490 x 250 x 225
(12.99 x 4.92 x (12.99 x 9.57 x (12.99 x 11.42 x (14.96 x 11.14 x (19.29 x 9.84 x
5.91) 5.91) 5.91) 8.86) 8.86)
Supply voltage V 3-phase AC 400 -10% ... 3-phase AC 480 +6%
Frequency Hz 50/60 10%
Degree of protection EN 60529 IP00
(IEC 60529)
Humidity rating EN 60721-3-3 Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
Permissible ambient
temperature
Operation C (F) -25 ... +40 (-13 ... +104), up to +55 (+131) with derating
Transport/storage C (F) -25 ... +80 (-13 ... +176)
Product name HFD resistor 15R 800 W (for HFD reactors only)
Output W 800
9 Dimensions (W x H x D),
approx.
mm (inch) 270 x 75 x 555 (10.63 x 2.95 x 21.85)
Overview
In plants which have been specifically designed to ensure EMC, 7 Basic Line Filters for I/R modules are designed for use in
line filters work together with line reactors to restrict the con- machines in which the conducted interference in the radio
ducted interference emanating from the power modules to the frequency range from 150 kHz to 30 MHz is to be reduced in
limit values of Class A1 and effectively protect the converter sys- accordance with EMC regulations.
tem against line-side disturbances as defined in EN 55011 and
Category C2 as defined in EN 61800-3. Line filters are suited Note:
only for direct connection to TN-systems as defined in A machine manufacturer (OEM) cannot supply a machine or
EN 61000-2-4/IEC 61000-2-4. Optional line filter ranges that are plant within the EU until a CE-EMC declaration of conformity has
coordinated with the power range are available for the been obtained for the equipment in accordance with EMC stan-
SIMODRIVE 611 drive system: dards (product standard IEC/EN 61800-3; VDE 0160 T 100).
The line filter and line reactors are required to achieve this con-
7 Wideband Line Filters function in the frequency range from formity. The line filters for the I/RF modules may be used both in
2 kHz to 30 MHz. They therefore reduce low-frequency phase sinusoidal current mode and block current mode. The use of
effects on the system and reduce negative effects or damage other filters can lead to limit values being exceeded, resonance,
to other loads (e.g. electronic equipment) connected to the overvoltages and motor or device faults.
same line supply.
Overview Function
Other functions of the Wideband line filters in combination with
the I/RF modules in sinusoidal current mode are:
Provided the network short-circuit rating is adequate, the
low-frequency line harmonic voltages remain within the limits
stipulated by the VDEW requirements.
Damping of resonance circuits
(resonance circuits that are formed from the largely unknown
line impedances and impedances of the drive system)
Low leakage current design
For the use of universal current-sensitive residual-current
protection devices with rated fault currents 300 mA
(applies to line filter types 16 kW and 36 kW)
The damping characteristics of Wideband Line Filters for
SIMODRIVE 611 power supplies not only conform with the
requirements of EMC standards for the freqency range of
150 kHz to 30 MHz but also include low frequencies as of 2 kHz.
As a result, these line filters have an extended scope of func-
tions, which means that they can, to a certain extent be used
regardless of the machine installation location where the line
properties (e. g. line impedance) are usually unknown.
Provided the installation is configured in accordance with
the Planning Guide and the EMC installation guideline for
SIMODRIVE, SINUMERIK and SIROTEC, compliance with the
limit values stipulated by the EU EMC directive is ensured at the
Application
installation site. The prerequisite for compliance with this direc-
tive is that the customer complies with the specific EMC guide- 9
lines that are applicable at the installation site and performs a
The Wideband Line Filters and line filter packages for the I/RF subsequent test.
modules can be used both in sinusoidal current mode and block
current mode.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6SN1111-0AA01-1BA1 6SN1111-0AA01-1AA1 6SN1111-0AA01-1CA1
Product name Wideband Line Filter for unstabilized SIMODRIVE 611 power supplies
For SIMODRIVE 611 Type 6SN1146-1AB00-0BA. 6SN1145-1AA01-0AA. 6SN114.-1A.00-0CA.
OI module
Rated power kW 5 (6.71) 10 (13.41) 28 (37.55)
Rated current A 16 25 65
Power loss W 20 20 25
Supply voltage V 3-phase AC 400 V 10% ... 3-phase AC 480 V 10% (TN network) 1) 2)
Frequency Hz 50/60 10%
Connection L1, L2, L3/U, V, W Screw-type terminals 4 mm2 Screw-type terminals 10 mm2 Screw-type terminals 50 mm2
PE connection On housing with M6 studs On housing with M6 studs On housing with M10 studs
Degree of protection to IP20
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Humidity rating Class 3K5 condensation and icing excluded. Low air temperature 0 C (+32 F).
EN 60721-3-3
Ambient temperature
Transport/storage C (F) -25 ... +70 (-13 ... +158)
Operation C (F) 0 ... +40 (+32 ... +104), up to +55 (+131) with 0.6 x Prated of the Ol module
Installation altitude m (ft) 1000 (3280), with derating up to 2000 (6561) above sea level
Interference suppression Limit class A for conductive faults, for system configuration compatible to the planning guide
EN 55011 For limit class B for conducted faults, contact Epcos:
E-mail: emv.labor@epcos.com
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 3.8 (8.38) 5.7 (12.57) 12.5 (27.56)
Dimensions
Width mm (inch) 156 (6.14) 156 (6.14) 171 (6.73)
Height mm (inch) 193 (7.6) 281 (11.06) 261 (10.28)
Depth mm (inch) 81 (3.19) 91 (3.58) 141 (5.55)
1)
The line filters for the OI modules are only suitable for a line voltage
up to 415 V +10%.
2) The permissible supply voltage of the system depends on the infeed
module used.
Technical specifications
Order No.
6SL3000-0BE21-6AA0 6SL3000-0BE23-6AA0 6SL3000-0BE25-5AA0 6SL3000-0BE28-0AA0 6SL3000-0BE31-2AA0
Product name Wideband Line Filter for I/R modules
For SIMODRIVE 611 Type 6SN114.-1B.01-0BA. 6SN114.-1B.02-0CA. 6SN114.-1B.0.-0DA. 6SN114.-1BB00-0EA. 6SN114.-1BB00-0EA.
I/RF module
Rated power kW 16 36 55 80 120
Rated current A 30 67 103 150 225
Power loss kW 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.15 0.20
Supply voltage V 3-phase AC 400 V 10% ... 3-phase AC 480 V 10% (TN network) 1)
Overview
Basic Line Filters are designed for use on machines on which The use of Basic Line Filters is subject to the following general
conducted interference emissions in the frequency range be- conditions:
tween 150 kHz and 30 MHz need to be damped in accordance The machine/system must only be used in industrial power
with the requirements of CE EMC legislation. systems
No. of axes <12
Total cable length <150 m (492 ft)
The machine manufacturer (OEM ) must have the CE con-
formity of the machine/system confirmed by an accredited
EMC test laboratory (e.g. by EPCOS;
e-mail: emv.labor@epcos.com).
Technical specifications
Order No. 6SL3000-0BE21-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE23-6DA0 6SL3000-0BE25-6DA0
Product name Basic line filter Basic line filter Basic line filter
For I/RF modules SIMODRIVE 611 Type 6SN114.-1B.01-0BA. 6SN114.-1B.02-0CA. 6SN114.-1B.0.-0DA.
Rated power kW 16 36 55
Rated current A 36 65 105
Power loss kW 0.006 0.010 0.015
PE connection On housing with M6 On housing with M6 On housing with M8
studs studs studs
Line/power connection Screw-type terminals Screw-type terminals Screw-type terminals
L1, L2, L3/U, V, W 10 mm2 35 mm2 50 mm2
Degree of protection to IP20 IP20 IP20
EN 60529 (IEC 60529)
Weight, approx. kg (lb) 5 (11.03) 6.5 (14.33) 11.5 (25.36)
Dimensions
Width mm (inch) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95) 100 (3.94)
Height mm (inch) 420 (16.54) 420 (16.54) 420 (16.54)
Depth mm (inch) 226 (8.9) 226 (8.9) 226 (8.9)
Function
Integrated line infeed module functions
In the infeed and infeed/regenerative feedback modules, inte-
grated functions reduce the external circuitry required for the
drive systems:
Integral line contactor, can be activated through input terminal
The drive group is connected to the power supply network
through the infeed and infeed/regenerative feedback modules. Electrical isolation through line contactor
The infeed modules take the 3-phase AC 400 V 10% 50/60 Hz, The energy infeed to the line contactor coil can be interrupted
3-phase AC 415 V 10% 50/60 Hz or 3-phase AC 480 V by means of an external disabling input (hardware contact).
+6/ -10% 50/60 Hz supply voltage to form the direct voltage for Automatic DC link precharging on connection to the network
the DC link. In addition, the electronics voltages (24 V, 15 V,
+5 V, etc.) are made available centrally to the drive modules and to Maintenance of the electronics power supply from the DC link
the (grouped) SINUMERIK 840D powerline or SINUMERIK 810D energy is possible to bring the coupled drive axes to a con-
powerline via the device bus. trolled stop should the power fail (activation of this function
through appropriate external wiring). A pulsed resistor module
If the infeed modules are connected to a network other than one is required to ensure that braking is also possible in this oper-
in TN topology or a network with residual current operated circuit- ating state.
breakers that are not sensitive to DC, an additional transformer Central monitoring of the supply voltage, DC link voltage and
is required with separate windings (secondary connected in star electronics voltages 24 V, 15 V, +5 V
with an externally connectable neutral point in vector group Yn).
The HF/HFD commutation reactor is also required for the closed- Additional functions of the open-loop infeed modules
loop infeed/regenerative feedback module when there are up- Rectification of the supply voltage for excitation of the DC-link
stream transformers to increase the voltage. voltage
For 3-phase AC supply voltages of 200/220/240/440/500/575 V Pulsed resistor control can be selected via the coding switch;
10% 50/60 Hz, an appropriate transformer for voltage matching for dispersing excess braking energy through the pulsed resis-
must also be selected. tor(s)
The required heat dissipation components, such as separate fan and/or Further functions of closed-loop infeed/regenerative feed-
thermally conductive covers to carry air, are included in the standard back modules
packages for modules with a width of up to 200 mm (7.87 in) for both
the internally and externally cooled versions. Please observe the appro-
priate notes for the 300 mm (11.81 in) modules.
Coding switches can be used to select the various operating
functions for the I/RF modules: 9
open-loop operation with link voltage of 600 V DC or 625 V DC
Application with sinusoidal current loading on network with 0.97 (at
time of delivery)
Open-loop infeed modules closed-loop operation with DC link voltage of 600 V DC or
Drive groups with low dynamic requirements 625 V DC with block current loading on the network
Machines with few or short braking cycles, low braking energy Direct operation on 3-phase AC 480 V +6/-10% TN networks;
Operation on networks from SKline/Prated OI 30 50/60 Hz with unregulated link voltage of 680 V DC with regen-
SKline: Line short-circuit power erative feedback
Prated OI: Rated power of OI module
The open-loop infeed modules (OI modules) 5 kW and 10 kW
contain the commutating reactor and a pulsed resistor which
reduces the surplus braking energy of the drives. If the pulsed
resistor is used to capacity (>200 W), the thermally conductive
cover is required in order to keep the heat away from the com-
ponents located above.
The commutating reactor and the pulsed resistors must be
separately ordered for the 28 kW Ol module.
Technical specifications
Order No.
Internal heat 6SN1145- 1AA0.-0AA1 1AA0.-0CA0 1BA0.-0BA1 1BA0.-0CA1 1BA0.-0DA1 1BB0.-0EA1 7) 1BB0.-0FA1 7)
dissipation 6SN1146- 1AB0.-0AB1
External heat 6SN1145- 1AA0.-0AA1
dissipation 6SN1146- 1AB0.-0AB1 1AA0.-0CA0 1BB0.-0BA1 1BB0.-0CA1 1BB0.-0DA1 7) 1BB0.-0EA1 7) 1BB0.-0FA1 7)
Hose cooling 6SN1145- 1BB0.-0DA1 7) 1BB0.-0EA1 7) 1BB0.-0FA1 7)
Product name Infeed and infeed/regenerative feedback modules
Infeed
1)
Infeed type Open-loop Open-loop 1) Open-loop Closed-loop Closed-loop Closed-loop Closed-loop 2) Closed-loop 2)
Rated output (S1) kW 5 10 28 16 36 55 80 120
Infeed power kW 6.5 13 36 21 47 71 104 156
(S6 - 40)
Peak infeed power kW 10 25 50 35 70 91 131 175
Regenerative feedback
Continuous feedback kW 16 36 55 80 120
power
Peak feedback power kW 35 70 91 131 175
Continuous/peak kW 0.2/10 0.3/ 25 9)
performance of
integrated pulsed
resistor
Supply data
Voltage (output) V 3-phase AC 400 -10% / 3-phase AC 415 10% / 3-phase AC 480 +6% 2) 8)
Voltage (electronics) V 3-phase AC 400 -10% ... 3-phase AC 480 +6%
Power supply V At DC link with DC 600/625/680 or parallel infeed, AC and DC connection
Frequency Hz 50 ... 60 10%
Rated current A 9.4 18.2 48.8 27 60.5 92.5 134 202
(at 400 V)
Peak current A 19 39 87 59 117.5 153 220 294
Max. conductor mm2 6 16 50 16 50 95 95 150
cross section
DC link voltage V DC 0 ... 490 ... 680 depending on the supply DC 0 ... 600/625/680 8)
voltage level
Module width mm (inch) 50 (1.97) 100 (3.94) 200 (7.87) 100 (3.94) 200 (7.87) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81) 300 (11.81)
Cooling method
Internal heat Natural Universal Internal fan Internal fan Internal fan Internal fan Built-on fan 4) Built-on fan 4)
dissipation cooling cooling, inter-
nal/external
External heat Natural Universal Integrated fan Integrated fan Integrated fan Built-on fan and additional mounting frame
1)
dissipation cooling cooling, inter- with fan box required 4)
nal/external
Hose cooling Kit for hose cooling with fan
Losses
3)
Internal heat W 270 450 3) 250 3)
320 585 745 1280 1950
dissipation
3)/
External heat W 270 119/331 90/160 50/270 50/535 115/630 190/1090 290/1660
dissipation
Hose cooling, W 115/630 190/1090 290/1660
internal/external
Degree of efficiency 0.985 0.985 0.985 0.97 0.975 0.977 0.977 0.978
9 Weight, approx.
Internal heat
dissipation
kg (lb) 6.5 (14.33) 9.5 (20.95) 15.5 (34.18) 10.5 (23.15) 15.5 (34.18) 26 (57.33) 26 (57.33) 29 (63.95)
External heat kg (lb) 6.5 (14.33) 9.5 (20.95) 15.5 (34.18) 10.5 (23.15) 15.5 (34.18) 26 (57.33) 26 (57.33) 29 (63.95)
dissipation 5)
Hose cooling 6) kg (lb) 26 (57.33) 26 (57.33) 29 (63.95)
1) Housing suitable for drive groups with internal and external heat dissipation. 5) Without built-in components.
2) 6)
80/120 kW I/RF modules require an external control voltage of 2-phase Without hose cooling kit.
AC 360 ... 457 V at 50 Hz and 2-phase AC 400 ... 510 V at 60 Hz for the 7)
Data apply in conjunction with specified external built-on fan or
internal line contactor. A matching transformer (4AM4096-0EM50-0AA0) is hose cooling kit.
available for 50 Hz systems to allow adaptation to line voltages of 8)
230 V/380 V 10%. Another matching transformer (4AM4096-0EM70-0FA0) The line voltage 3-phase AC 400 V/415 V/480 V must be selected on the
is available for 60 Hz systems to allow adaptation to 415 V I/RF module by means of a coding switch.
(max. 2 contactors). 9) External pulsed resistors can be connected.
3) Including the internal pulsed resistor portion.
4)
Must be ordered separately: Built-on fan 6SN1162-0BA02-0AA2
and for external heat dissipation mounting frame with fan box
6SN1162-0BA04-0EA0.
1) For external heat dissipation, the fan box is part of the mounting frame
package for 300 mm (11.81 in) modules. The associated
6SN1162-0BA02-0AA2 built-on fan must be ordered separately.
2) The mounting frames can be omitted if the required openings for the mod-
ule heat sinks are made as specified in the Planning Guide in the cabinets
rear panel.
The 6SN1162-0BA04-0EA0 mounting frame must be used with the 300 mm
(11.81 in) modules.
3) For internal heat dissipation, the 300 mm (11.81 in) modules require the
6SN1162-0BA02-0AA2 built-on fan.
4) It is recommended that the 100 mm (3.94 in) thermally conductive cover is
used.
Overview Overview
9
Cooling method Natural cooling
Designation Order No. Weight, approx. 5 kg (11.03 lb)
Overvoltage limiter module 1) 6SN1111-0AB00-0AA0 Module width 50 mm (1.97 in)
for line infeed modules of 10 kW
and over for SIMODRIVE 611
Selection and Ordering Data
Designation Order No.
Monitoring module for 6SN1112-1AC01-0AA1
SIMODRIVE 611
complete with all connection and
coupling elements for internal
and external heat dissipation
Blanking cover 6SN1162-0BA04-0JA0
for fixing the module and for
closing the prepared cut-out in
drive versions with external heat
dissipation
Width: 50 mm (1.97 in)
Benefits
The pulsed resistor modules universal housing design can be
used in both internally cooled and externally cooled module
groups.
Function
The braking power of the overall system can be increased by us-
ing the external pulsed resistor Plus and several pulsed resistor
modules connected in parallel (max. number n = CDC/500 F).
If the electronic power supply is implemented with a 3-phase
system, rapid discharging of the DC-link is possible through the
pulsed resistor module. The energy is converted to heat loss in
a controlled manner in the resistor.
The external pulsed resistors are used to conduct the thermal Selection and Ordering Data
losses generated in the cabinet to the outside. Designation Order No.
Application
External pulsed resistor Plus 6SL3100-1BE22-5AA0
1.5/25 kW (15 )
incl. 5 m (16.41 ft) connecting
Open-loop 28 kW infeed module cable
External pulsed resistor 6SN1113-1AA00-0DA0
The external pulsed resistors are always required for the 28 kW
only for OI module 28 kW
OI module. 0.3/25 kW (15 )
Depending on the power requirements, up to two identical incl. 3 m (9.84 ft) connecting cable
pulsed resistors can be connected for the 28 kW OI module.
The protection function is parameterized via the connection ter-
minals.
HFD commutating reactor
The external pulsed resistor Plus must be used in combination
with the HFD commutating reactor for damping.
1)
In the SIMODRIVE 611 system.
Overview Application
Modules with 2.8 mF and 4.1 mF for dynamic energy storage
For dynamic functions, these modules are directly connected to
the DC link without a pre-charging input circuit. The charging
limits of the power supply modules must be observed. The
charging limits determine the maximum number of modules that
can be connected.
Modules with 20 mF for bridging power failures
These modules are charged through an internal pre-charging
resistor to reduce the loading on the central precharging circuit
and therefore need not be observed when calculating the charg-
ing limit. If the DC link voltage drops due to a power failure, a
diode links the capacitor battery to the DC link of the system,
providing a backup. The pre-charging resistor means that
dynamic energy storage is not possible in this case.
Capacitor modules 20 mF, max. permissible number
OI 5 kW 1
OI 10 kW/ I/RF 16 kW 3
OI 28 kW/36 kWI/RF 120 kW 5
Design
7 Central modules are suitable for internal and external heat
Centralized/distributed 4.1 mF capacitor module
dissipation. A display signals operational readiness above a
charging voltage of approx. 300 V.
The capacitor modules are used to increase the capacitance of 7 Distributed modules can be used at any position.
the DC link. It is therefore possible to store energy temporarily
that arises or to bridge a brief power failure.
Technical specifications
Order No. 6SN1112-1AB00-1AA0 6SN1112-1AB00-1BA0 6SN1112-1AB00-0BA0 6SN1112-1AB00-0CA0
Product name Capacitor modules
Distributed Central
Capacity of capacitor bank 2.8 mF 4.1 mF 4.1 mF 20 mF
Rated voltage VDC 350 ... 750 V
Storage capacity 504 Ws 738 Ws 738 Ws 3215 Ws
w = 1/2 x C x V 2 at 600 V
Charging time up to like system network 2 min
Discharging down to 60 V VDC up to 1) 30 min 40 min
Temperature range 0 ... +55 C (+32 ... +131 F)
Weight, approx. 5.3 kg (11.69 lb) 5.8 kg (12.79 lb) 7.5 kg (16.54 lb) 21.5 kg (47.08 lb)
Dimensions
Width 100 mm (3.94 in) 100 mm (3.94 in) 300 mm (11.81 in)
Height 334 mm (13.14 in) 480 mm (18.9 in) 480 mm (18.9 in)
Depth 231 mm (9.09 in) 211 mm (8.31 in) 211 mm (8.31 in)
Overview Overview
Drive bus
cable
G_NC01_EN_00027a
Closed-loop
control
plug-in unit,
digital
Power module
Internal cooling
External cooling Power module, internal heat dissipation, module width 100 mm (3.94 in)
Hose cooling
The power modules are designed to operate the following:
Structure of the drive modules 1FT6/1FK/1FN/1FW6/1FE1/2SP1 synchronous motors
(here power module with internal heat dissipation) 1PH/1PM/2SP1 asynchronous motors/asynchronous
Depending on the application, the drive modules of the low-voltage motors
SIMODRIVE 611 converter system can function as feed, main Non-Siemens motors, if suitable
spindle or induction motor drives, and are assembled from the
A wide range of single-axis or two-axis power modules is avail-
power module, control unit and drive bus cable components.
able. These modules are graded according to amperage and
Option modules can be added where applicable.
can be supplied with three different heat dissipation techniques.
A drive module, e.g. for feed or main spindle applications, is
The current-related data refer to the series-preset values. At
created by plugging the control unit into the power module.
higher clock frequencies, reductions must be taken into account
Depending on the heat dissipation method used, additional fan (see Planning Guide for SIMODRIVE 611 converter).
units and air guide components specially designed for the
Shield connection plates and a shield connection are available
system must also be selected.
to meet EMC requirements for wiring with screened power
The modular design of the drive modules allows a large number cables.
of user applications to be implemented using only a small num-
The unit bus cable (electronic power supply) is included as part
ber of individual components.
of the power module package. The drive bus cables must be
Note: ordered separately for the digital system with
For satisfactory and reliable operation of the drive system, origi- SINUMERIK 840D powerline.
nal components of the SIMODRIVE system and the original
Siemens accessories as described in this catalog and the Technical specifications (general)
9 Planning Guide, in the functional descriptions or user manuals
should be used. Product name SIMODRIVE power modules
Input voltage 600/625/680 V DC
The user must take the planning data into consideration.
Output voltage 3-phase AC 0 ... 430 V
Other combinations, also in conjunction with third-party pro- Output frequency, max. 1.4 kHz
ducts, require special agreement.
Degree of efficiency 0.98
When assembling the drive module, ensure
compliance with the regulations relating to
electrostatically sensitive devices (ESD)
(please refer to the Planning Guide).
Order No.
Internal heat dissipation 6SN1123-1AA0.- -0EA. -0FA. -0LA. -0JA. -0KA.
External heat dissipation 6SN1124-1AA0.- -0EA. -0FA. -0LA. -0JA. -0KA.
Hose cooling 6SN1123-1AA0.- -0FA. -0JA. -0KA.
Product name Power module in single-axis design (continued)
Cooling method Forced cooling Forced cooling Forced cooling Forced cooling Forced cooling
For operating 1FT6/1FK/1FN/1FW6 motors
Power loss W 645/25/620 730/90/640 460/25/435 1910/170/1130 1910/250/1660
total/internal/external
For operating 1PH/1FE1/2SP1/1PM motors and asynchronous low-voltage motors
Power loss W 685/30/655 850/100/750 460/19/441 1290/190/1100 2170/325/1845
total/internal/external 2)
Connectable cross-section, max. mm2 50 95 50 95 150
Weight, approx.
Internal heat dissipation kg (lb) 13 (28.67) 26 (57.33) 1) 13 (28.67) 21 (46.31) 1) 24 (52.92) 1)
External heat dissipation kg (lb) 13 (28.67) 26 (57.33) 1) 13 (28.67) 21 (46.31) 24 (52.92)
Order No.
Internal heat dissipation 6SN1123-1AB00- -0HA. -0AA. -0BA. -0CA.
External heat dissipation 6SN1124-1AB00- -0HA. -0AA. -0BA. -0CA.
Product name Power module in two-axis design
Cooling method Natural cooling Forced cooling Forced cooling Forced cooling
For operating 1FT6/1FK/1FN/1FW6 motors
Power loss W 70/27/43 100/38/62 180/69/111 380/130/250
total/internal/external 2)
For operating 1PH/1FE1/2SP1/1PM motors and asynchronous low-voltage motors
Power loss W 76/28/48 118/42/76 226/74/152 538/184/354
total/internal/external
Connectable cross-section, max. mm2 6 6 6 6
Weight, approx.
Internal heat dissipation kg (lb) 7 (15.44) 7 (15.44) 7 (15.44) 13.5 (29.77)
External heat dissipation kg (lb) 7 (15.44) 7 (15.44) 7 (15.44) 13.5 (29.77)
9
Hose cooling
Module Feed drives Main spindle drives Power module for Hose connection kit
width with motors with motors hose cooling
1FT6/1FK/ 1PH/1FE1/2SP1/
1FN/1FW 1PM/asynchronous
motors
Rated/peak Rated current/
current 3) current at S6-40%/
peak current 3)
IS1/ IS1/IS6-40%/
mm (inch) A A Order No. Order No.
Single-axis power modules
300 (11.81) 70/140 85/110/127 6SN1123-1AA02-0FA1 6SN1162-0BA03-0AA1
300 (11.81) 100/100 120/150/193 6SN1123-1AA00-0JA1 6SN1162-0BA03-0AA1
300 (11.81) 140/210 200/250/257 6SN1123-1AA00-0KA1 6SN1162-0BA03-0AA1
More information
9 If a power greater than 55 kW has to be transmitted through a
power module of 50 mm, 100 mm or 150 mm (1.97 in, 3.94 in
or 5.91 in) in width, strengthened DC link rails must be used
(see "Supplementary components").
Matching, pre-assembled power cables are available for
connecting the motors (see "MOTION CONNECT Cables and
Connections").
Function
Functions (per axis, selection):
2 analog inputs (14 bit)/outputs (8 bit) 10 V
4 digital inputs/outputs, programmable
Incremental shaft-angle encoder interface, switch-selectable:
- Output: incremental square wave or step signals,
simulation of the motor encoder through differential quadra-
ture signals A, B, R in accordance with RS 485, RS 422 (TTL).
With sin/cos 1 VPP encoder and absolute encoder with EnDat:
pulses = sin/cos for each revolution
Pulse number can be multiplied 2:1, 1:1, 1:2, 1:4, 1:8
With resolver: 1024 pulses/pole pair
Digital control unit with analog setpoint interface or Number of pulses for 12-bit setting can be multiplied 1:1, 1:2,
PROFIBUS DP SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS 1:4, 1:8, 1:16, 1:32
Number of pulses for 14-bit setting can be multiplied 4:1, 2:1,
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS 1) is a control unit with analog 1:1, 1:2, 1:4, 1:8
speed setpoint interface and optional PROFIBUS DP interface. - Input: incremental step setpoint Xsetp
A version with positioning functionality for motor frequencies up Quadrature signals, tracks A, B up to 2.5 MHz
to 1400 Hz is also available. They are suitable for: Plus/directional signal up to 5 MHz
Synchronous motors: 1FT6/1FK/1FN/1FW6/1FE1 Forward-reverse signal up to 5 MHz
Asynchronous motors: 1PH and 1LA with/without encoder Direct, second measuring system on dual-axis module for axis
Non-Siemens motors suitable for converter operation A can be interfaced via axis B (the module can then be oper-
ated as single-axis module only).
Both single-axis and dual-axis control units can be ordered with - Resolver, any number of poles
options, the dual-axis versions can also be used in the single- - Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp, 0 to 8388607 pulses
axis power modules. - Absolute-value encoder with EnDat interface
The following encoder evaluations are available for various con- RS 232/RS 485 interface for connecting PC/PG for commis-
trol units: sioning with the SimoCom U start-up tool
Resolver: Storing of up to 4 motor data records per axis, star/delta
Resolution switchable 14/12 bits changeover possible
1 to 6 pairs of poles, operating frequency fG max. up to Positioning for linear, modulo or rotary axis, jerk limitation;
108 Hz/432 Hz, commands: POSITION, ENDLESS POS/NEG, WAIT, SET/
internal pulse multiplication factor 4096/16348 x number of RESET, GOTO, LIMIT STOP, LINK,
pole pairs block advance with: END, CONTINUE ON-THE-FLY,
Incremental encoder with sin/cos 1 Vpp signals up to CONTINUE WITH HOLD, CONTINUE EXTERNAL
65535 pulses, fG max. up to 350 kHz,
internal pulse multiplication factor 2048 x pulses.
256 data records 2) per axis can be stored as parameters. All
records can be called up and edited via the PROFIBUS DP
option. Direct transfer of positioning data is possible into an
9
Absolute-value encoder with EnDat interface, same as en- executing record (HMI).
coder sin/cos 1 Vpp, plus absolute position via EnDat protocol.
The records can also be called BCD-coded using the option
TTL encoder for asynchronous motors up to 420 kHz module "Terminal extension".
(no shaft-angle encoder output)
*B1&B(1BH
PROFIBUS DP ; 8QLWEXV
Standard slave for up to 2 axes
(V1) for cyclic and acyclic data
exchange up to 12 Mbit/s 6FX.002-5.... )7).
89:
P IW 3RZHUFDEOH PRWRU
Option module1) 6SN1114-0NB01-0AA1
VHHPRWRUV
Motion Control
3&DFFHVVRU\
withPROFIBUS DP
Isochronous standard slave
(V1 and V2) for max. 2 axes for Connection overview for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS, resolver
cyclic and acyclic data exchange
up to 12 Mbit/s
Shield connection plates or the shield connection are required to
attach the power cable shields, as well as the electronics ca-
SimoCom U/611 universal 6SN1153-0NX20-0AG0 bles, e.g. incremental shaft-angle encoder.
toolbox
Parameterizing, start-up and test Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
tool in English, German, French, sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
Italian and Spanish on CD-ROM, system".
all software versions including
9 most recent
Start-up box 9AK1014-1AA00
Service tool for starting up with
switches, analog setpoint source
with potentiometers and digital
setpoint display
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE Pre-assembled cable 'LUHFWOLQHDU
611 universal DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
HRS $GDSWHUFDEOH (Q'DW
/&
sin/cos
1 Vpp /&
5RWDU\DEVROXWH
6FX.002-2CH00-.... HQFRGHU
P IW (Q'DW
);(
6FX.002-2CG00-....
P IW
6FX.002-2CA31-.... ,QFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SS
P IW );
$EVROXWHHQFRGHU
6FX.002-2EQ10-.... 6LQJOHDEVROXWH
P IW HQFRGHU(Q'DWLQ
;; )7).PRWRU 'LUHFWOLQHDU
LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SS
6FX.002-2CA31-.... 0RWRUHQFRGHU /6&
LQ3+PRWRURU $GDSWHUFDEOH /)&
P IW 6,0$*+ /%&
/6&/)&
6FX.002-2CA31-.... ,QFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SSLQ
P IW )7).PRWRU &RQQHFWRUER[
)1$$$$
6,0$7,&6
&38'3
352),%86'3
352),%86FDEOH &DEOHLQFOXGHG
; +DOOHIIHFWVHQVRU
)RU03,FDEOH LQ+DOOHIIHFW ER[RSWLRQ
VHH027,21&211(&7 6,180(5,.'
SRZHUOLQH'L VHQVRUER[
)0 SDFNDJHFRQWHQW
352),%86'3
'LUHFWOLQHDU
6FX8002-3AB01-.... LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
)0 $GDSWHUFDEOH VLQFRV9SS
P IW /6&
;; RU
6,180(5,.& /6&
6FX2002-3AD01-....
EDVHOLQH
P IW )0
VHWSRLQWV
SLQVXE'H[WHQVLRQ
; 3*3&
6HULDOLQWHUIDFH
;
3DUWRIVWDQGDUGSDFNDJH
6FX.002-5...
).)7PRWRU
8QLWEXV
9
3RZHUFDEOHVHHPRWRUV
6FX8008-... 6FX.008-... )(63PRWRUV\Q
930
PIW 3RZHUFDEOHVHH FKURQRXVWHFKQRORJ\
6FX.008-... 027,21&211(&7
89: 3+63PRWRUDV\Q PIW
3RZHUFDEOHVHH FKURQRXVWHFKQRORJ\
027,21&211(&7
*B1&B(1BJ
6FX700.-... )1):PRWRUZLWK
3RZHUFDEOHVHHPRWRUV WHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRU
6FX8008-1BD71-.... 7KHUPLVWRUPRWRU
SURWHFWLRQGHYLFH 3/&
6ROGE\WKHPHWHU 51
&DEOHFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
3&DFHVVRU\
7KHFDEOHVIRUWKHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUDUHUXQLQWKHSRZHUFDEOH);DQGPXVWEHFRXSOHGRXWEHIRUHWKHFRQYHUWHU
7KHFXVWRPHUPXVWPDNHWKHFRQQHFWLRQ
9ROWDJH3URWHFWLRQ0RGXOH930LVUHTXLUHGIRU)(63PRWRUVV\QFKURQRXVWHFKQRORJ\
Connection overview for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS, absolute value encoder/single absolute value encoder EnDat and incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 Vpp. Information about application, configuration and cable extensions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection system".
Overview Overview
The start-up box is a support device for starting up ROBOX CANopen interface for
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS controllers. SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
The start-up box can be connected to the control unit. An elec- ROBOX has developed an interface module, which allows the
tronic circuit within the device is used to convert the 24 V DC connection of the SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS (single or dou-
auxiliary power supply value of the converter into an analog ble axis version) to a CANbus fieldbus with CANopen protocol.
setpoint. The analog setpoint can be adjusted and is displayed
via a five-digit LCD. Properties:
Each CANopen module will interface the SIMODRIVE 611 uni-
Benefits versal HRS, according to the CANopen profile for "drive and
motion control device" (DSP402) and according to the specifi-
7 Analog setting of setpoints: cation for CANopen communication (DS301).
Coarse and fine setting via two potentiometers in the Depending on the SIMODRIVE configuration, the CANopen
ratio 1:10 interface module can drive one or two axes; each axis is
Polarity selector switch for normal and inverse setpoint considered as a slave node of the net.
polarity The board is housed inside the SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS
Potentiometer for analog offset value with autonomous in the slot reserved to the option module; it is recognized by the
On/Off switch SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS as a third-party module.
On/Off switch for setting analog setpoints Complete SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS parameters
7 The analog setpoint is completely decoupled and well- handling is available via SDO(Service Data Objects).
protected from polarity reversal within the operating voltage The master and the SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS working
range. frequencies are adapted to the PLL(Phase-Locked Loop)
technique.
7 The analog output signal of the control terminal strip is wired The SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS requires software
to the 2 mm test sockets in the start-up box. release 04.03 or 05.02.
7 6 Off switches for digital enable signals, with green LEDs
CANopen profiles handling is as follows:
7 4 red LEDs for displaying digital output signals
"Torque Mode" (allows torque setpoint from CANopen)
Overview Function
Functions (per axis, selection):
2 analog outputs, programmable
2 digital inputs/outputs, programmable
RS 232 interface for connecting a PC/PG in order to enable use
of the SimoCom U commissioning tool
Storing of up to 4 motor data records per axis, star/delta
changeover possible
Input for TTL incremental encoder for forwarding data via the
Motion Control with PROFIBUS DP (V2) to higher-level control-
lers SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line
Integration
2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE Pre-assembled cable 'LUHFWOLQHDU
611 universal DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
E HRS $GDSWHUFDEOH (Q'DW
/&
/&
5RWDU\
6FX.002-2CH00-.... DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
P IW (Q'DW
);(
6FX.002-2CG00-.... ,QFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SS
P IW );
;; $EVROXWHHQFRGHU
6FX.002-2EQ10-.... /LQHDULQFUHPHQWDO
6LQJOHDEVROXWH PHDVXULQJV\VWHP
PIW HQFRGHU(Q'DWLQ VLQFRV9SS
)7).PRWRU /6&
$GDSWHUFDEOH /)&
/%&
6FX.002-2CA31-.... 0RWRUHQFRGHU
/6&/)&
LQ3+PRWRU
PIW RU6,0$*+
6FX.002-2CA31-.... ,QFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
VLQFRV9SSLQ
PIW )7).PRWRU
352),%86FDEOH 6,180(5,.'
; 'EDVHOLQH
P IW 352),%86'3
SLQVXE'H[WHQVLRQ 56&
; LQWHUIDFH
6HULDOLQWHUIDFH 3*3&
,QFUHPHQWDO
6FX.002-2CA11-.... HQFRGHU
;
PIW 77/56
);
3DUWRISRZHUPRGXOHSDFNDJH
; 8QLWEXV
6FX.002-... ).PRWRU
)7PRWRU
9
PIW 3RZHUFDEOHVHHPRWRUV
89: 6FX.008-...
*B1&B(1BG
3+PRWRU
PIW 3RZHUFDEOH
VHH027,21&211(&7
6FX.008-... 6FX.008-...
930 )(PRWRU
P IW 3RZHUFDEOH P IW
VHH027,21&211(&7
&DQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
3&DFFHVVRU\
0RGXOH930LVUHTXLUHGIR)(PRWRUV
Connection overview for SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS, absolute encoder/single absolute encoder EnDat and incremental encoder
sin/cos 1 Vpp/TTL
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system".
These control units can be used flexibly in either feed drive or This software supports:
main spindle drive applications. They are used in combination Mixed operation with older modules in the same drive group.
with the SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline controls in Start-up of the modules using HMI or the start-up tool
conjunction with the 1FT6/1FK synchronous motors for feed or "SinuCom NC".
main spindle drives, 1FN linear motors for feed drives, 1FW6
torque motors, 1FE/2SP1 built-in spindles and 1PM/1PH asyn- Control unit with High standard High performance
chronous motors for main spindle drives. control control
Output frequency, max. 600 Hz 1400 Hz
Function Encoder limit frequencies
incremental encoder
200 kHz 350 kHz 1)
The control units evaluate encoders with sin/cos 1 Vpp and ab- sin/cos 1 Vpp
solute values with EnDat interface (pulse multiplication 128/2048). It Pulse multiplication factor 128 2048
is possible to parameterize the number of encoder pulses up to Max. cable length 50 m (164 ft) 50 m (164 ft)
65535. 1FT6/1FK feed motors 7 7
One version can be additionally equipped with a direct measur- 1FN linear motors 7
ing system (DMS) with the function "direct position sensing". The 1FW6 torque motors 7
DMS is required for the "SINUMERIK Safety Integrated" function. 1PM/1PH7 main spindle 7 7
motors
Some SSI encoders can be evaluated. An interference suppres-
sor filter is available for the encoder power supply (see "Supple- 1FE1/2SP1 built-in spindle 7 7
motors
mentary system components"). Restrictions apply with regard to
the EMC. Smooth running
Single-axis version 0.2 m 0.1 m
The drive software with the control algorithms is stored in the
Two-axis version 1.5 m 0.1 m
SINUMERIK 810D powerline/840D powerline. Each time the
control and drives are energized, the software is loaded into the
digital control units.
Applications Standard produc-
tion machine
Microfinishing and
dynamic high per-
formance machines
9
Two-axis modules can be used in a single-axis power circuit.
Functions (selection):
Encoder evaluation for incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp and
absolute encoder with EnDat for motor encoder and direct
measuring system
Dynamic measuring circuit switchover between motor encoder
measuring system and direct measuring system
Synchronous axes (gantry)
Travel to fixed stop for axis and spindle
Variable incremental weighting for 8 gear speeds
C-axis operation with one encoder
1)
420 kHz with boundary conditions (see Planning Guide).
1&8
WHUPLQDOEORFN
6FX2002-1CC00-.... 6,02'5,9(
GLJLWDOWLHU
PPP FRQILJXUDWLRQ
IWIWIW
ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU
6FX.008-...
930
P IW
6FX.008 -...
3RZHUFDEOHVHH
027,21&211(&7
9 89:
PIW
)(63PRWRU
V\QFKURQRXV
WHFKQRORJ\
*B1&B(1BF
6FX.008-... 3+3063
PRWRUDV\QFKUR
3RZHUFDEOHVHH QRXVWHFKQRORJ\
027,21&211(&7
PIW
7KH930LVRQO\RSHUDWLRQDOLQFRQMXQFWLRQZLWK
6,02'5,9(GLJLWDOXQLYHUVDODQG)(PRWRUV
7KHPD[LPXPFRQQHFWLRQOHQJWKRQWKHGULYHEXV
LVPIWLQ
Integration (continued)
2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE Pre-assembled cable
611 digital $EVROXWHHQFRGHU
6FX.002-2EQ10-.... P IW 6LQJOHDEVROXWH
HQFRGHU(Q'DW
LQ)7).PRWRU
;;
,QFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
FXUUHQWVLJQDOV
$GDSWHUFDEOH /6/6
6FX.002-2CA11-.... 6FX8002-2CA41-.... /6/%
69(
P IW P IW /6/)
PP IWIW
5RWDU\
6FX.002-2AD00-.... P IW DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
(Q'DW
);(
6FX8002-2CC80-.... $EVROXWHHQFRGHU
PIW ZLWK66,); 'LUHFWOLQHDU
DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
$GDSWHUFDEOH (Q'DW
/&
/&
6SN1161-1CA00-.... 6,180(5,.'
ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU LQFWHUPLQDWRU
6SN1161-1CA00-.... 6,02'5,9(
GLJLWDO
ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU 06')''
9
6FX2002-1CA01-.... 1&8 6FX2002-1CA01-.... 1&8
ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU WHUPLQDOEORFN PIW WHUPLQDOEORFN
;;
PIW PPPP
PPPPIWIWIWIW IWIWIWIW
6,02'5,9(
6FX2002-1CC00-.... PPP IWIWIW GLJLWDO
*B1&B(1BH
ZLWKRXWWHUPLQDWRU WLHUFRQILJXUDWLRQ
&DEOHFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
1RORQJHUXVHPHDVXULQJV\VWHPVZLWKFXUUHQWVLJQDOVIRUQHZDSSOLFDWLRQV9ROWDJHVLJQDOVSURYLGHLPSURYHGQRLVHLPPXQLW\DQGZLOOUHSODFH
WKHFXUUHQWVLJQDOV
/HVVWKHOHQJWKRIWKHDGDSWHUFDEOH
7KHPD[LPXPFRQQHFWLRQOHQJWKRQWKHGULYHEXVLVPIW
7KHSRZHUVXSSO\RIWKH66,HQFRGHUVPXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRWKH9VXSSO\YLDWKHILOWHU2UGHU1R61'$$$7KHILOWHUPXVWEH
PRXQWHGRQWKHSRZHUPRGXOHRIWKHDVVRFLDWHGFORVHGORRSFRQWUROPRGXOH2WKHUILOWHUVDUHQRWSHUPLVVLEOH
5HVWULFWLRQVGRDSSO\ZLWKUHJDUGWRWKH(0&
Integration (continued)
SIMODRIVE 2UGHU1R 'LUHFWOLQHDU
611 digital Pre-assembled cable LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
'ULYHPRGXOH $GDSWHUFDEOH VLQFRV933
ZLWKGLJLWDO /6&
VHWSRLQW /6&
LQWHUIDFH
6FX5002-2CA31-.... P &RQQHFWRU%R[
)1 &DEOHLQFOXGHG
6FX8002-2CA31-.... P $$$$ +DOOHIIHFWVHQVRUER[
LQVFRSHRIVXSSO\ RSWLRQDO
RIWKHKDOOHIIHFW
VHQVRUER[
'LUHFWOLQHDU
DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
$GDSWHUFDEOH (Q'DW
;
6FX5002-2CH00-.... P IW /&
6FX8002-2CH00-.... P IW /&
High
performance
control 'LUHFWOLQHDU
LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
$GDSWHUFDEOH VLQFRV933
6FX.002-2CG00-.... P IW /6&
/6&
/LQHDUPRWRU
6FX7002-5E...-.... P IW )1ZLWK
*B1&B(1BD
WHPSHUDWXUH
3RZHUFDEOH
VHQVRU
VHHPRWRUV
89: 2)
6FX8008-1BD71-.... 7KHUPLVWRUPRWRU
SURWHFWLRQGHYLFH 3/&
VROGE\WKHPHWHU 51
&DEOHFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
7KHFDEOHVIRUWKHWHPSHUDWXUHVHQVRUDUHUXQLQWKHSRZHUFDEOH);DQGPXVWEHFRXSOHGRXWEHIRUHWKHFRQYHUWHU7KHFXVWRPHUPXVWPDNH
WKHFRQQHFWLRQ
Integration (continued)
SIMODRIVE 1GLRUGLQD]LRQH
del cavo confezionato 7UDVGXWWRUHOLQHDUH
611 digital &DYRGL DVVROXWRGLUHWWR
0RGXOR DGDWWDPHQWR (Q'DW
D]LRQDPHQWR 6FX5002-2CH00-.... P /&
FRQLQWHUIDFFLD 6FX8002-2CH00-.... P /&
GLJLWDOHGHO
ULIHULPHQWR
; 7UDVGXWWRUHOLQHDUH
&DYRGL LQFUHPHQWDOHGLUHWWR
DGDWWDPHQWR VHQFRV933
6FX.002-2CG00-.... P /6&
/6&
Regolazione
High 6FX8008-1BD71-.... 3URWH]LRQHPRWRUH
performance DWHUPLVWRUL 6HJQDOD]LRQHGLHUURUH
2) DPHWUR 51
0RWRUHOLQHDUH)1
6FX7002-5LM.5-.... P (VHFX]LRQH
89: FDULFRGLSLFFR
&DYRGLSRWHQ]D
FRQVRQGDWHUPLFD
YHGLPRWRUL
*B1&B,7B
0RWRUHOLQHDUH)1
6FX7002-5E...-.... 6FX7002-5LM.0-.... (VHFX]LRQH
&DYRGLSRWHQ]D FDULFRGLSLFFRFRQ
YHGLPRWRUL VRQGDWHUPLFD
&DYRGDRUGLQDUHDOIRUQLWRUHGHOODULJDOLQHDUH
,FDYLSHUODVRQGDWHUPLFDYHQJRQRFRQGRWWLQHOFDYRGLSRWHQ]D);HGHYRQRYHQLUGLDVFFRSSLDWLDPRQWHGHOFRQYHUWLWRUH
&ROOHJDPHQWRDFDULFRGHOO
XWHQWH
Overview of connections High-Performance control for 1FN3 linear motors, peak load version
$
; 'LUHFWOLQHDU
LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
High $GDSWHUFDEOH VLQFRV9SS
performance /6&
control 6FX7002-2CA31-....
60( /6&
6FX7002-2SL10-....
9
&DEOHLQFOXGHG +DOOHIIHFW
LQVFRSHRI VHQVRUER[
VXSSO\RIWKH
KDOOHIIHFW
*B1&B(1B
VHQVRUER[
6FX7002-2SL10-.... 6FX7002-2SL0.-.... )1PRWRUVYHUVLRQ
$ IRUFRQWLQRXVORDG
6FX7002-5CA.1-.... 6FX7002-5LM.2-.... ZLWKWHPSHUDWXUH
89: VHQVRU
&DEOHDYDLODEOHIURPPHDVXULQJV\VWHPPDQXIDFWXUHU
Overview of connections High-Performance control for 1FN3 linear motors, continuous load version.
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system".
Integration (continued)
SIMODRIVE 2UGHU1R
Pre-assembled cable 'LUHFW
611 digital DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
&DEOHLQFOXGHG
'ULYHPRGXOH LQVFRSHRI (Q'DW
ZLWKGLJLWDO 6FX7002-2EQ10-.... VXSSO\ 5&1
VHWSRLQW 60(
LQWHUIDFH 5&1
; $
High 'LUHFW
performance &DEOHLQFOXGHG LQFUHPHQWDOHQFRGHU
control LQVFRSHRI VLQFRV933
6FX7002-2CA31-.... VXSSO\ 521
60(
(5$
6FX7002-2SL10-....
*B1&B(1B
&DEOHLQFOXGHG ):PRWRUV
6FX7002-2SL10-.... LQVFRSHRI
$ ZLWK
6FX7002-5CA.1-.... VXSSO\RIWKH WHPSHUDWXUH
89: VHQVRU
PRWRU
6LJQDOFRQQHFWRUDQGSRZHUFRQQHFWRUDUHQRWLQFOXGHGZLWKLQWKHVFRSHRIVXSSO\
Overview Function
Functions of the hydraulic linear axes (selection):
Matching of differing dynamic characteristics of the axes in
interpolating drive groups
Four manipulated variable filters can be parameterized as low-
pass or band-pass filters
Compensation of non-linear effects of the servo solenoid
valves and cylinders (static friction effects, surface adjustment
of cylinder)
Linearization of the flow characteristic for feed and rapid
traverse (valve characteristic)
Force limitations for
- Processing of force profiles in material reforming
- "Travel to fixed stop" function
Specification of the flowrate setpoint for the valve amplifier on
the basis of an analog 10 V interface
The digital drive bus is the control and communications
interface to the SINUMERIK 840D powerline
Same method of operation as for the digital electromotive axes
using menu-assisted drive parameterization, selection of stan-
dard data records for servo solenoid valves and input of linear
cylinder data in structured data screen forms
Evaluation of following encoders:
- Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
Control units with digital setpoint interface for hydraulic
- Absolute encoder EnDat
linear drives/analog drives (HLA/ANA)
- Absolute encoder SSI
The two-axis control unit contains the functions HLA and ANA An interference suppression filter (see "Supplementary sys-
that can be selected. A single control unit can also be used for tem components") is required for the encoder power supply
hybrid operation of one HLA axis and one ANA axis. (for the boundary conditions for SSI, see the configuring
instructions).
Hydraulic linear drive (HLA)
Interfaces for one shutoff valve and two pressure sensors per
The SIMODRIVE 611 HLA (hydraulic linear drive) digital control axis
unit has been designed for activation and control of electrohy- One BERO input per axis
draulic servo solenoid valves in hydraulic linear axes in conjunc-
tion with the SINUMERIK 840D powerline. Up to 2 hydraulic Monitoring functions for the external valve power supply,
axes can be operated. Plugged into the 50 mm (1.97 in) univer- hydraulic system pressure, valve spool encoder, etc.
sal empty housing, it forms the HLA module. The HLA module Functions of the analog axes (selection):
can be used repeatedly in the SIMODRIVE 611 digital drive
system. Using the ANA configuration, up to 2 analog axes per ANA
module can be operated on the digital drive bus with
The HLA control unit contains the control structures for an elec- SINUMERIK 840D powerline:
trohydraulic control loop with extremely dynamic characteristics. - Speed setpoint output 10 V (15 bits + sign)
The HLA control unit takes an external DC supply (e.g. SITOP
Evaluation of following encoders:
power, see "Planning Guide") with a rated voltage of 26.5 V to
- Incremental encoder sin/cos 1 Vpp
provide a power supply for the servo solenoid valves and shut-
- Absolute encoder EnDat
off valves.
The purely hydraulic components, designed for CNC operation, Selection and Ordering Data
9
must be supplied by the user.
Designation Order No.
Analog axis (ANA)
Control unit with digital 6SN1115-0BA11-0AA1
The HLA control unit can also be used as analog axis with a setpoint interface for hydraulic
speed setpoint interface of 10 V. To make this possible, the linear drives
relevant axis must be selected via the drive bus configuration Two-axis version 1)
with ANA. At the macrostructure level, the control unit serves as with one measuring system for
digital-analog converter for the setpoint and forwards position direct position sensing per axis;
input for sinusoidal and cosine
information from the encoder to the position controller in the voltage signals
SINUMERIK 840D powerline via the drive bus.
An analog axis can be used very much like a digital axis. It can
be programmed like a digital interpolating path axis or spindle.
The strictly digital functions of the SIMODRIVE 611 servo drive
control are of course not possible for those external drive units
connected by means of analog speed setpoint interfaces. These
are functions which are dependent on feedback within the axis
and communication by means of the drive bus, e.g. SINUMERIK
Safety Integrated. Separate EMC measures must be taken for
external drive units where applicable.
The HLA/ANA control unit is installed in the universal empty cas-
ing (see "Supplementary system components") and can there-
fore be integrated into the SIMODRIVE 611 drive group. 1) Also suitable for single-axis operation.
Integration
2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE 'LUHFWOLQHDU
Pre-assembled cables
611 digital DEVROXWHHQFRGHU
$GDSWHUFDEOH (Q'DW
/&
'ULYHPRGXOH
ZLWKGLJLWDO /&
VHWSRLQW
LQWHUIDFH
5RWDU\DEVROXWH
6FX.002-2AD00-.... P IW
HQFRGHU
(Q'DW
);(
;;
X101/X102
3UHVVXUHVHQVRU%
*B1&B(1BG
X121/X122
;;
6FX8002-2BA10-.... P IW &RQQHFWRUSLQ
+59VHUYRYDOYH
KLJKUHVSRQVH
&DEOHFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
7KHFDEOHVDUHPDWFKHGWRWKHVHUYRYDOYHVPDQXIDFWXUHGE\%RVFK
7KHSRZHUVXSSO\RIWKH66,HQFRGHUVPXVWEHFRQQHFWHGWRWKH9VXSSO\YLDWKHILOWHU2UGHU1R61'$$$7KHILOWHUPXVWEH
PRXQWHGRQWKHSRZHUPRGXOHRIWKHDVVRFLDWHGFORVHGORRSFRQWUROPRGXOH2WKHUILOWHUVDUHQRWSHUPLVVLEOH
5HVWULFWLRQVGRDSSO\ZLWKUHJDUGWRWKH(0&
Connection overview for HLA control with hydraulic servo solenoid valves, direct measuring systems and pressure sensors
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
Overview
Signal amplifier electronics Interference suppressor filter for external 24 V SSI encoder
supply
9
and corresponding female coding elements on the plug side
(socket). Warning labels to cover the standard German/English labels,
e.g. on the infeed module. The following languages are avail-
able: French/English, Spanish/English, Italian/English,
Swedish/English, Finnish/English, Danish/English,
Dutch/English, Portuguese/English, Greek/English,
Chinese/English, Korean/English, Japanese/English,
Czech/English, Russian/English, Polish/English,
Turkish/English
Overview (continued)
Heat dissipation components for 300 mm (11.81 in) modules Hose cooling packages
The following 300 mm (11.81 in) modules require a built-on fan
for internal heat dissipation: 6SN1145-1BB0-0EA1/-0FA1 and
6SN23-1AA0-0JA1/-0KA1.
For external heat dissipation, the fan box is part of the mounting
frame package for the 300 mm (11.81 in) modules. The associ-
ated built-on fan must be ordered separately.
A 2-tier configuration is permissible for the 55 kW (73.76 HP)
I/RF module in combination with the 85 A power section. The
hose cooling package (package 2) is available for this purpose.
Built-on fan
Radial fan with IP44 degree of protection for power modules for internal
and external heat dissipation.
9
*B1&B;;B
Two kits including fan, hose, flanges and filter mat are available
for hose cooling with power modules.
1)
Spare filter mats for filter type AFF0, see: www.pfannenberg.com
Overview
Adapter terminals Shield connection
9
More information
For further details, consult the "SINUMERIK, SIROTEC,
SIMODRIVE EMC installation guideline" Planning Guide.
For suitable cables, see "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system".
In order to meet the requirements of the IEC and EU Directives
on EMC, line filters are to be used, and the motor cables and
cables between the line filters, commutating reactors, and in-
feed module should be screened.
Shield connection plates matched to the modules are available
for contacting the shields of screened motor supply cables. The
shield connection plates are provided with prepared mounting
points for brake connection terminals.
24 V/48 V DC
TN network
3-phase AC 400 V
3-phase AC 415 V
Line filter
TN network
Infeed/regenerative feedback module
3-phase AC 400 V
Internal heat dissipation 1)
3-phase AC 415 V
3-phase AC 480 V
TN network
3-phase AC 400 V
3-phase AC 415 V
Line filter
HF commutating reactor
for 28 kW OI module
TN network
3-phase AC 400 V
3-phase AC 415 V
3-phase AC 480 V
Unregulated
9
infeed module
3-phase AC 400 V
Types graduated
from 3-phase AC
200 ... 575 V for:
IT networks
TT networks
Residual-current protective devices
Installation height > 2000 m (6562 ft)
1)
Alternatively, external
heat dissipation and
Matching isolating transformer hose cooling possible.
SIMODRIVE POSMO
SIMODRIVE
POSMO A
SIMODRIVE
POSMO SI
Motors
1FK7 1FT6
SIMODRIVE
POSMO CD
1FN3 1FN1
9
Induction motor,
e.g. 1LA
1PH7
1PH4
SIMODRIVE
POSMO CA
1PM
1PH2 1FE1
Overview Application
Positioning of formats, stops and tools
Re-setting of process variables (e.g. via valves)
Simple positioning tasks in the handling sector
Areas of application are found wherever simple positioning tasks
must be solved on a decentralized basis on the machine or in the
plant, without taking up additional space in the control cabinet
and having to accommodate for the associated power losses.
Flexible retrofitting of axes is possible without having to extend
the control cabinet.
Design
Compact design of converter power section, motor control,
position encoder, holding brake (300 W), positioning controller,
program memory, and communications interface at the motor.
The motor can be equipped with a modular gearbox with grad-
uated planetary gearing (one gearbox per motor) or worm
gearing (75 W).
The removable terminal cover with integrated PROFIBUS
address switch and terminating resistor makes it possible to
disconnect the motor without any interruption to communica-
tions or power supply of downstream stations.
All connections are made using standard cables
Intelligent positioning motor as distributed node on Local diagnostics by means of LED (fault/ready), plus two
PROFIBUS DP with the following features: diagnostic socket connectors (programmable analog outputs)
Power section and complete motion control in the motor for service purposes
Coupled using a communication and power bus PROFIBUS DP
Degree of protection IP65 (dust-proof and protected against The PROFIBUS DP makes high-speed cyclical data interchange
water jets from all directions) in variant SIPLUS POSMO A between the slave and higher-level PROFIBUS master possible,
e.g. a SIMATIC S7 central processing unit, a communications
Benefits processor with master capability such as the CP 5412, or a com-
munications module such as the CP 342-5, although standard
7 Simplification of the machine infrastructure by interfacing over
masters from other manufacturers can also be used.
the communication and power bus
7 Straightforward communication interface for incorporation into
any PROFIBUS environment. Uses the simple PROFIBUS 3/&
services exclusively
7 Two terminals (programmable as either inputs or outputs) for
monitoring or controlling external drive-related signals, such
as clamping and limit switches 3RZHUXQLW 3RZHUXQLW
7 User-friendly function blocks simplify configuring with STEP 7
in the SIMATIC world 9'& 9'&
7 Easy start-up with the clear, user-friendly start-up tool
SimoCom A which is available on the Internet
7 TIA-compatible through Drive ES. 3RZHUEXVIRU:GULYH
9 Thus common
- Communication
- Configuration SIMODRIVE
- Data management POSMO A
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
*B1&B(1BD
3RZHUEXVIRU:GULYH
http://www.siemens.com/posmo SIMODRIVE
POSMO A
Function Integration
Software functions:
2UGHU1R
Jerk limitation SIMODRIVE Pre-assembled cable
POSMO A 6FX5008-5FA00-1FA0
Block change on-the-fly '&300
;; 99
Actual-value setting 3RZHUFDEOHP
IWULQJ
Traversing to fixed stop 3* 6FX5008-5FA00-1FA0
Backlash compensation 0D[PP
LQ 3RZHUVXSSO\
Software limit switch 99
Retentive actual-value memory '&/RDGFXUUHQW
*B1&B(1BD
Additional links: &RPPHUFLDOJRRGVVROG 'LJLWDO
E\WKHPHWHU LQSXWVLJQDOV
Travel as soon as
; 9
a time condition or logical condition is satisfied &RQWUROFDEOHXSWRPP 2XWSXWVLJQDOV
Travel as long as 9$
a time condition or logical condition is satisfied
Travel and signal
a previously defined byte combination from a particular /HQJWKGHSHQGVRQSHUPLVVLEOHYROWDJHGURSDWPD[RSHUDWLQJFXUUHQW
position 5HTXLUHGZKHQHOHFWURQLFVKDYHVHSDUDWHSRZHUVXSSO\
Set floating actual value 7KHWRWDOFDEOHOHQJWKLQWKH'&OLQNRIDOOXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRDVXSSO\
new synchronization of the actual value system PXVWQRWH[FHHGPIW
(during movement of axis) to a fast input
Connection overview for SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Further functions:
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
Brake management for internal holding brake (300 W) sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
The integral retentive actual value memory provides character- system".
istics similar to those of an absolute encoder.
Technical specifications
Product name SIMODRIVE POSMO A
Type 75 Watt 300 Watt
Power supply 24 V DC 20% 48 V DC 20%
Rated power and voltage are reduced if the With power supply < 48 V:
power supply drops below 24 V. Lower speed
Smaller torque
Type of motor Permanent-magnet excited brushless servo motor (brushless DC: BLDC)
Degree of protection IP54, (IP65 optional for SIPLUS version) IP54, IP65 optional
in accordance with IEC 60035-5 Note:
IP40 at the motor shaft and planetary gearing
shaft. The shaft must not run in the oil bath.
Lubricate with grease if required.
Cooling Non-ventilated (natural convection)
Overload
S3-25%, 60 s 2 x rated torque for 15 s within 60 s 60 s within 4 min
Overload monitoring I 2t limitation in the converter
Position encoder (integrated) Incremental, resolution 816 incr./rev. Incremental, 4096 incr./rev.
Rated motor speed 3300 rpm (S1); 2000 rpm (S3) 3600 rpm (S1); 3000 rpm (S3)
Rated motor torque 0.18 Nm (1.59 lb-in) (S1), 0.36 Nm (3.19 lb-in) 0.48 Nm (4.25 lb-in) (S1), 0.95 Nm (8.41 lb-in) (S3)
(S3)
Rated motor current 4.5 A (S1); 9 A (S3) 5 A (S1), 10 A (S325%)
Motor efficiency 65% 75%
Motor moment of inertia 600 kgcm2 (1.422 lb-ft2) 630 kgcm2 (1.493 lb-ft2) (motor without brake)
670 kgcm2 (1.588 lb-ft2) (motor with brake)
Permissible ambient temperature
EN 60721,
Part 3-3 Cl. 3K5
Transport and storage -40 ... +70 C (-40 ... +158 F) (EN 60721, Parts 3-1 and 3-2, Classes 2K4 and 1K4)
Operation 0 ... +45 C (+32 ... +113 F) -20 ... +45 C (-4 ... +113 F)
Extended mode 0 ... +65 C (+32 ... +149 F) (with reduced con- -20 ... +65 C (-4 ... +149 F) (with reduced continuous
tinuous current) current)
Installation altitude 1000 m (3,281 ft) above sea level
1500 m (4,922.5 ft) derating factor 0.97
2000 m (6,562 ft) derating factor 0.94
3000 m (9,843 ft) derating factor 0.86
3500 m (11,483.5 ft) derating factor 0.82
4000 m (13,124 ft) derating factor 0.77
Vibration load during operation Frequency range 2 ... 9 Hz with constant excursion = 7 mm (0.28 in)
EN 60721, Parts 3-0 and 3-3, Class 3M6 Frequency range 9 ... 200 Hz with constant acceleration 20 m/s2
(IEC 68-2-6)
Impact load during operation
EN 60 721,
Parts 3-0 and 3-3, Class 3M6
Maximum acceleration 150 m/s2
Impact duration 6 ms
Vibration and impact load during transport EN 60 721, Part 3-3, Class 2M2
(data apply to components in original packaging)
Torque with Speed SIMODRIVE POSMO A Type of No. of Gear Gearbox Permanent Gearbox Moment of Weight,
continuous SIPLUS gearbox stages ratio efficiency gearbox overload inertia approx.
duty 75 Watt torque 1) torque 2)
IP65 degree of protection
Intelligent positioning motor
MS1 Order No. MS1 MS3-25%
Nm (lb-in) rpm Nm (lb-in) Nm (lb-in) 10-6 kgm2 kg (lb)
0.18 (1.59) 3300 6AG1132-0AA11-5BA1 Without gearbox, plain shaft 0.36 (3.19) 60 3.1 (6.84)
0.7 (6.2) 733 6AG1132-1BC11-5BA1 Planetary 1 4.5 0.85 1.2 (10.62) 1.4 (12.39) 60.9 3.5 (7.72)
1.2 (10.62) 413 6AG1132-1BF11-5BA1 gearing 1 8 0.85 1.2 (10.62) 2.4 (21.24) 60.9 3.5 (7.72)
Backlash 1
2.6 (23.01) 163 6AG1132-1CK11-5BA1 Planetary 2 20.25 0.72 8.0 (70.81) 5.2 (46.02) 60.9 3.7 (8.16)
4.7 (41.60) 92 6AG1132-1CR11-5BA1 gearing 2 36 0.72 8.0 (70.81) 9.3 (82.31) 60.9 3.7 (8.16)
Backlash 1
6.5 (57.53) 66 6AG1132-1CU11-5BA1 2 50 0.72 8.0 (70.81) 13.0 60.9 3.7 (8.16)
(115.06)
13.9 26 6AG1132-1DE11-5BA1 Planetary 3 126.56 0.61 24 (212.42) 27.8 60.9 3.9 (8.60)
(123.03) gearing (246.05)
17.8 20 6AG1132-1DH11-5BA1 Backlash 3 162 0.61 24 (212.42) 35.6 60.9 3.6 (7.94)
(157.54) 1.5 (315.09)
0.6 (5.31) 660 6AG1132-5KD11-5BA1 Worm 5 0.70 2.0 (17.70) 1.3 (11.51) 61.5 3.5 (7.72)
2.2 (19.47) 138 6AG1132-5KM11-5BA1 gearing 24 0.50 3.5 (30.98) 4.3 (38.06) 61.5 3.5 (7.72)
Backlash
3.4 (30.09) 44 6AG1132-5KW11-5BA1 <1 75 0.25 4.0 (35.40) 6.8 (60.19) 61.5 3.5 (7.72)
Note:
The shaft output features a fitted key on all SIMODRIVE POSMO
A with gearbox.
1) S3-6.3%: duty period 15 s, duty cycle time 4 min; S3-25%: duty period
60 s, duty cycle time 4 min.
Function
Feedback protection for the load power supply
In case of overvoltage, the PMM recognizes the braking
operation of the positioning motor and converts the recovered
energy from the motor into heat via an internal pulsed resistor.
An integrated I2t watchdog protects the pulsed resistor from
thermal overload and destruction.
Diagnostics message/display
- Contact assemblies (changeover contact) on the PMM serve
as signaling or monitoring contacts for the operating states
"Ready" and "Fault"
- The operating states are displayed via LED.
Technical specifications
Order No. 9AL2137-1AA00-1AA0 9AL2137-1BA00-1AA0 9AL2137-2BA00-1AA0
Product name DC power management module DC power management module DC power management module
extension (PMME)
For SIMODRIVE POSMO A type 75 Watt 300 Watt 300 Watt PMME 1)
Input voltage 24 V DC 48 V DC 48 V DC
Working voltage range 19.2 ... 28.8 V DC 38.4 ... 57.6 V DC 38.4 ... 57.6 V DC
Permanent energy consumption 10 Ws 15 Ws 30 Ws (total 45 Ws)
Peak energy consumption 40 Ws 40 Ws 80 Ws (total 120 Ws)
Max. continuous current through 25 A with 40 C (104 F) ambient temperature
PMM
Overload monitoring I 2t limit monitoring to protect the pulsed resistor
Relays Monostable with changeover contact
Max. relay operational voltage 150 V DC/125 V AC
Max. number of connectable Dependent on the current carrying capacity, the simultaneity factor of the regenerative feedback and the feedback
positioning motors energy 2)
Degree of protection EN 60529 IP20
(IEC 60529)
Permissible
ambient temperature
Transport/storage
Operation
-25 ... +85 C (-13 ... +185 F)
0 ... +55 C (+32 ... +131 F) 9
Weight, approx. 0.5 kg (1.10 lb)
Dimensions
Width 55 mm (2.17 in)
Height 125 mm (4.92 in)
Depth 120 mm (4.72 in)
Overview Application
Handling
Packaging machinery
Textile machinery
Woodworking machinery
Machine tools
Design
Power and information electronics is integrated in the motor with
the SIMODRIVE POSMO SI.
The SIMODRIVE POSMO SI is a complete function unit consist-
ing of:
- 1FK6 synchronous motor
- Power section
- Electronic control system
- Positioning control with program memory
- Motion Control with PROFIBUS DP interface
Power infeed, looping through and motor connection are im-
plemented with non-interchangeable safety locking devices
Connection is made using the plug-in PROFIBUS DP unit.
SIMODRIVE POSMO SI is a single-axis servo drive for a distrib- Pre-assembled cables with built-on flanges are offered for the
uted servo-drive system as direct node on the PROFIBUS DP. PROFIBUS DP unit.
This servo-drive system is a self-contained, fully functional M12 plug-in connectors are used for
mechatronic unit. Control and drive tasks can be solved directly - parameterizable digital inputs/outputs
on site using autonomous, modular function units. - parameterizable diagnostic signals
9 cables
7 High-speed diagnostics via
LED for Fault/Ready on the drive unit
PROFIBUS DP and SimoCom U
Power bus
7 Easy drive replacement for servicing because all start-up data
is stored on the memory card
G_NC01_EN_00031a
SIMODRIVE
POSMO SI
Function Integration
Positioning functionality with a freely programmable sequence
of motions for one axis 2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE Pre-assembled cable
Operation as PROFIBUS DP standard slave with high-speed POSMO SI
cyclic data interchange with higher-level master
Interpolating sequence of motions with other nodes through a
superior motion control system with Motion Control with 6FX1002-5DA55-.... 3XOVHHQDEOH
PROFIBUS DP P IW 9
6833/<,1
Integrated absolute measuring system SLQ
Fast commissioning of all PROFIBUS DP drives via 6FX1002-5DA65-.... /LQHLQIHHG
SimoCom U (under Windows 95/98/NT/2000/Me/XP) 1) P IW 30
SIMODRIVE POSMO SI drives with a "plain shaft extension"
are also available with a planetary gearing of the LP+ series 6FX1002-5DA05-....
n = nMot/10; n = nMot/5. P IW
RU
6FX1002-5DA15-....
6,02'5,9(
P IW
6833/<287 RU 326026,&'
SLQ 6FX1002-5DA25-.... 6833/<,1
SLQ
P IW
RU
6FX1002-5DA35-....
P IW
352),%86'3 352),%86FDEOH 352),%86'3
,1 P IW 0DVWHU
*B1&B(1BF
352),%86'3
352),%86'3 352),%86FDEOH ,1
287 P IW 6,02'5,9(
32602
6,&'&$
7KHWRWDOFDEOHOHQJWKLQWKH'&OLQNRIDOOXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRDVXSSO\
PXVWQRWH[FHHGPIW
7KHWRWDOFDEOHOHQJWKRIDOOXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH352),%86PXVW
QRWH[FHHGPIW
Connection overview for SIMODRIVE POSMO SI
Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
system".
Technical specifications
Product name SIMODRIVE POSMO SI distributed servo drive
Motor Permanent-magnet excited brushless 1FK6 synchronous motor
Type IM B5 (IM V1, IM V3)
Degree of protection IEC 60034-5 IP64 (fan IP54)/option IP65, with drive end flange IP67 (fan IP54)
Cooling
Ambient temperature
Forced ventilation
0 ... 45 C (32 ... 113 F) (up to 55 C/131 F with derating)
9
Supply/rated voltage 400 V ... 700 V DC/600 V DC
Rated speed 3000 rpm
Encoder system Single absolute encoder (sin/cos 1 Vpp; absolute multiturn with EnDat 32 S/R;
traversing range 4096 R)
Connection method; power Plug-in method
Connection method; electronics PROFIBUS DP with terminal connection; I/O signals with M12 plug-in connections
Shaft extension, tolerance N With fitted key and keyway/plain shaft
Holding brake Without/optional
Gearbox Optional with ratio of 5 or 10 (not for 6SN2500).
Plain shaft extension required
Communication Motion Control with PROFIBUS DP up to 12 Mbit/s
4 parameterizable I/O terminals (of which max. 3 inputs, max. 2 outputs)
Rotational accuracy, concentricity, and linear movement Tolerance N (normal)
DIN 42955 (IEC 60072-1)
Vibration severity Grade N (normal)
EN 60034-14 (IEC 60034-14)
Max. sound pressure level EN ISO 1680 6SN246.: 65 dB(A)/6SN248/6SN250.: 70 dB(A)
1)
See "Toolbox for SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS".
1) For each line of the pulse enable, one EMC filter must be placed at the
infeed location of the pulse enable. One EMC filter is included in the scope
of supply of each each SIMODRIVE POSMO SI.
Overview Benefits
7 Flexibility thanks to installation at machine level, for various
types of motors
7 Reduced control cabinet overhead by locating the drives
directly "on site" at the machine
7 Low installation overhead thanks to linking via the
communication bus and power bus
7 Direct linking of drive-related process signals via 4 terminals
programmable as either inputs or outputs
7 Reduced installation costs thanks to pre-assembled power
cables
7 High-speed diagnostics via
LED for Fault/Ready on the drive unit
PROFIBUS DP and SimoCom U
7 Easy drive replacement for servicing because all start-up data
is stored on the memory card
Application
SIMODRIVE POSMO CD Handling
SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA are complete converter and control Packaging machinery
units for a distributed single-axis drive system and are direct
Textile machinery
nodes on the PROFIBUS DP.
Woodworking machinery
They make it possible to solve control and drive tasks using
independent, modular functional units directly "on site" at the Machine tools
machine.
The system can be installed virtually anywhere close at machine
Design
level thanks to its high degree of protection IP65. The SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA is a complete functional unit
consisting of:
A line infeed module is usually required for generating the DC - Power section
supply voltage for the SIMODRIVE POSMO CD. The SIMODRIVE - Electronic control system
POSMO CA can be directly connected to the 3-phase AC TN - Positioning control with program memory
system. The 24 V DC electronics power supply is generated in - Motion Control with PROFIBUS DP interface
the device. For diagnostics, a 24 V DC electronics power supply
can also be fed in externally. Power infeed, looping through and motor connection are im-
plemented with non-interchangeable safety locking devices
Connection is made using the plug-in PROFIBUS DP unit or
via ECOFAST. Pre-assembled cables with built-on flanges are
offered for the PROFIBUS DP unit.
M12 plug-in connectors are used for
- parameterizable digital inputs/outputs
- parameterizable diagnostic signals
The measuring systems for recording the position and speed
are connected using plugs protected against reversed polarity.
These have a design identical to the power socket connectors.
PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP makes high-speed data interchange possible
with the higher-level master such as a SIMATIC S7. Synchro-
nized motion control with PROFIBUS DP V2 enables the inter-
9
polating operation of the SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA with a
higher-level control such as a SINUMERIK 802D/
SINUMERIK 840Di.
SIMODRIVE POSMO CA
6FX1002-5DA55-.... 3XOVHHQDEOH
P IW 9
6833/<,1
SLQ
6,02'5,9(
6FX1002-5DA65-.... /LQHLQIHHG
32602&'
P IW 30
6FX1002-5DA15-....
3RZHUEXV P IW
RU 6,02'5,9(
6833/<287 6FX1002-5DA25-.... 32602&'6,
SLQ P IW 6833/<,1
RU SLQ
6,02'5,9( 6FX1002-5DA35-....
32602&$
P IW
*B1&B(1BD
6FX1002-5DA02-....
P IW )7).
RU PRWRU
6FX1002-5DA85-....
0DLQV
02732:(5 P IW
SLQ 6FX1002-5CA32-....
Distributed drive technology, structure with SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA 7HUPLQDOER[
P IW
RU FRQQHFWLRQ
3+30/$
Function 6FX1002-5CA16-....
P IW
PRWRU
Flexible connection of different 1FK/1FT6/1FE1/1FN synchro-
nous motors and 1PH/1PM/1LA asynchronous motors 6FX1002-2AA60-.... 0RWRUPHDVXULQJ
V\VWHP
Operation as PROFIBUS DP standard slave with high-speed P IW LQFUHPHQWDO
cyclic data interchange with higher level master 027(1&2'5
SLQ
Interpolating sequence of motions with other nodes through a 6FX1002-2AA70-.... 0RWRUPHDVXULQJ
superior motion control system with PROFIBUS DP P IW V\VWHPDEVROXWH
(Q'DW
Fast and simple commissioning of all PROFIBUS DP drives via
SimoCom U (under Windows 95/98/NT/2000/Me/XP) 1) 352),%86'3
352),%86FDEOH 352),%86'3
,1 0DVWHU
P IW
*B1&B(1BH
352),%86'3
,1
352),%86'3 352),%86FDEOH
6,02'5,9(
287 P IW 32602
6,&'&$
7KHWRWDOFDEOHOHQJWKLQWKH'&OLQNRIDOOXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRDVXSSO\
9 PXVWQRWH[FHHGPIW
&DEOHFDQEHRUGHUHGIURPWKHPDQXIDFWXUHURIWKHOLQHDUVFDOH
7KHWRWDOFDEOHOHQJWKRIDOOXQLWVFRQQHFWHGWRWKH352),%86
PXVWQRWH[FHHGPIW
9
EMC filter
1)
For TT/IT systems, basic insulation must be provided by an isolating
transformer; the neutral point on the secondary side of the transformer
(connection group yn) has to be connected to the enclosure of the
SIMODRIVE POSMO CD/CA.
2)
Continuous braking power max. 150 W.
Overview Function
Single-axis or two-axis devices
For 1FK7 motors with multi-pole resolver
Analog interface with 10 V setpoint input
Integration
2UGHU1R
SIMODRIVE
Pre-assembled cable
base line A
0XOWLSROH
; 6FX.002-2CF02-.... UHVROYHU
; P IW LQ).PRWRU
6,180(5,.&
; 6FX.002-2CJ00-.... EDVHOLQH
; P IW )0
)0
'ULYHPRGXOH
ZLWKIHHG
FRQWUROIRU
).PRWRUV
*B1&B(1BD
PXOWLSROH
UHVROYHU
The SIMODRIVE base line A converter is designed for operation
with 1FK7 motors. It can only be used with 1FK7 motors with 6FX.002-5....
multi-pole resolvers. As the converters are preconfigured for 89: ).PRWRU
3RZHUFDEOH
these motors, rapid start-up is possible. The motors for the VHHPRWRUV
relevant amperages can be selected by means of DIP switches. P IW
This motor range includes only motors with speeds of 3000 rpm.
The rugged design offers an optimum combination of functional- Connection overview for SIMODRIVE base line A
ity and the necessary technology. SIMODRIVE base line A con- Information about application, configuration and cable exten-
verters are primarily intended for use on small turning and milling sions can be found under "MOTION-CONNECT connection
machines and for applications where cost-effectiveness is a key system".
consideration.
Benefits
7 Complete units
7 Preconfigured devices
7 Economical design
7 Reduced complexity
Design
The SIMODRIVE base line A converter is available as a single-
axis or two-axis unit and comprises the following components:
Open-loop infeed
Power section with 1 x 9 A or 2 x 5 A
9
Single-axis or two-axis closed-loop resolver control
The converter is designed exclusively for use with 1FK7 motors
with multi-pole resolvers.
9 9'&
VXSSO\
)LOWHU 0DLQVFRQQHFWLRQ
99$&
6FX2002-3AD02-.... 6,180(5,.6
*B1&B(1BG
6FX5008-1BB11-1FA0 6,0267(3
P IW )/
http://www.rscomponents.de
Siemens NC 60 2006
Connection system
MOTION-CONNECT
General
Overview Application
MOTION-CONNECT cables are suitable for use with many differ-
ent machine tools and production machines. The power cables
and signal cables can be ordered by the meter or pre-assem-
bled.
The following MOTION-CONNECT cable designs are available:
7 MOTION-CONNECT 500, the solution for mainly fixed routing.
7 MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS can be trailed, is mineral oil-
resistant (except biological oils and cutting oils), and is there-
fore particularly suitable for woodworking machines, printing
machines and machine tools.
The existing MOTION-CONNECT 500 signal cables already
fulfill the demands of MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS, so that
no new signal cable type is required. When cable lengths (basic cables and extensions) are deter-
mined for the systems and applications described in this
7 MOTION-CONNECT 700, the optimum accessory for linear catalog, the technically permissible maximum cable lengths
motors and for machines with high mechanical requirements. (e.g. 25 m (82 ft)) specified in the catalog must be observed.
7 MOTION-CONNECT 800 satisfies all demands for use in Malfunctions can occur if longer cables are used.
trailing configurations with tool and production machines.
Siemens AG assumes no liability for correct transmission of
signals or power in this case.
Benefits When the power and/or signal cables include more than one
The use of pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT cables will additional intermediate connection, the maximum permissible
ensure high quality and system-tested, problem-free operation. cable length is reduced by 2 m (6.56 ft) for each interruption
The cables can be supplied in exact meter lengths. Intermediate point.
lengths are also available in 10 cm (3.94 in) increments.
The cables are not suitable for outdoor use.
Power and signal cables can be lengthened or configured as
required. Degree of protection of pre-assembled power and signal cables
and their extensions when closed and inserted: IP67
Technical specifications
Signal cables DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ DRIVE-CLiQ
MOTION-CONNECT 500 MOTION-CONNECT 800
Type 6FX2...-1DC..-.... 6FX5...-.DC..-.... 6FX8...-.DC..-....
Certification
VDE 1) Yes Yes Yes
cUL or UL/CSA UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90 UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90 UL STYLE 2502/CSA-N.210.2-M90
UL-CSA File No. 2) Yes Yes Yes
Electrical data in accordance with DIN VDE 0472
Rated voltage 30 V 30 V 30 V
Test voltage (eff) 500 V 500 V 500 V
Operating temperature on the surface
Fixed installation -20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F) -20 ... +80 C (-4 ... +176 F) -50 ... +80 C (-58 ... +176 F)
Flexible installation 0 ... 60 C (+32 ... +140 F) -20 +60 C (-4 ... +140 F)
Mechanical data
Tensile load, max.
Fixed installation 45 N/mm2 (6526 lb/in2) 50 N/mm2 (7251 lb/in2) 50 N/mm2 (7251 lb/in2)
Flexible installation 20 N/mm2 (2900 lb/in2) 20 N/mm2 (2900 lb/in2)
Smallest bending radius
Fixed installation 50 mm (1.97 in) 35 mm (1.38 in) 60 mm (2.36 in)
Flexible installation 125 mm (4.92 in) 100 mm (3.94 in)
Torsional stress Absolute 30/m Absolute 30/m
Bending 100000 10 million
Traversing velocity 30 m/min (98.4 ft/min) 180 m/min (590.5 ft/min)
Acceleration 2 m/s2 (6.56 ft/s2) 5 m/s2 (16.41 ft/s2) (5 m (16.41 ft));
10 Chemical data
10 m/s2 (32.81 ft/s2) (2.5 m (8.2 ft))
10
RAL 2003 RAL 2003 RAL 2003 RAL 2003
Signal cables DESINA color green DESINA color green DESINA color green
RAL 6018 RAL 6018 RAL 6018
Flame-retardant IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1 IEC 60332.1
1)
The respective registration number is printed on the cable shield
(only valid for power cables).
2) The File Number is printed on the cable shield.
3) MOTION-CONNECT 500 cables must always be used for motors with a
rated voltage of 690 V.
Function
The cables must be removed from the drum without twisting, i.e., MOTION-CONNECT cables are tested in a cable carrier. A cable
the cables must be unwound and must never be lifted over the strain relief is attached to the moving ends of the cable carrier.
drum flange in loops. Strain relief is applied over a wide area of the sheath surface
without crimping the cable.
When routing the cables, always observe the installation instruc-
tions of the cable carrier manufacturer depending on the design
of the plant.
Notes:
If, for example, pre-assembled cables are installed in a cable
carrier in such a way that the connector would inhibit assembly,
pre-assembled cables without assembled connectors can also
be supplied (signal and power cables). In this case, the contacts
of the cables are crimped and the connector housing is supplied
separately. After routing the cables, the customer assembles the
connector housing.
To maximize the service life of the cable carrier and cables,
cables in the carrier made from different materials must be in- Cables must always be installed in accordance with the instruc-
stalled in the cable carrier with spacers. The spacers must be tions supplied by the cable carrier manufacturer.
filled evenly to ensure that the position of the cables does not MOTION-CONNECT cables are approved for a maximum hori-
change during operation. The cables should be distributed as zontal travel distance of 5 m (16.41 ft).
symmetrically as possible according to their weights and dimen-
sions. Cables with very different outer diameters should be In case of vibration load and with horizontal or vertical cable
separated by spacers. entries, we recommend that the cable is additionally fixed if
between the cable strain relief on the cable carrier and the ter-
When inserting pre-assembled cables into the cable carrier, do minal at the motor part of the cable is hanging loose or is not
not pull at the connector, as this may damage the strain relief or routed. To prevent machine vibrations being transmitted to the
cable clamping. connectors, the cable should be fixed at the moving part where
The cables must not be fixed in the cable carrier. They must be the motor is mounted.
freely movable. Representation in connection overviews
Symbol Explanation
Cable not included in scope of
supply
Connector with pin contacts
Connector with socket contacts
Open wire ends
10
The cables must be able to be moved without applying force in
particular in the bending radii of the carrier. The specified mini-
mum bending radii must be adhered to.
The cable fixings must be attached at both ends at an appro-
priate distance away from the end points of the moving parts in
a "dead" zone.
10
Overview
Synchronous and asynchronous motors are connected by
means of MOTION-CONNECT power cables.
The pre-assembled MOTION-CONNECT power cables offer
excellent quality and ensure safety and perfect functioning.
Depending on the design, the MOTION-CONNECT power
cables are either pre-assembled at one end or at both ends.
Note:
All power cables 6FX.002-5....-.... are also available as custom-
ized cables with crimped contacts and the connector housing
supplied separately.
Power cables with enclosed connector housing for the motor
side: 6FX.042-5....-.... (4 at the sixth position)
10 4 120 56
(2.20)
6FX 5 0 08-1BB12-...0 6.69
(4.495)
1010
(39.76)
4 150 63 6FX 5 0 08-1BB15-...0 8.21 1135
(2.48) (5.517) (44.69)
4 185 66.2 6FX 5 0 08-1BB18-...0 9.82 1195
(2.61) (6.599) (47.05)
5 0 MOTION-CONNECT 500 5 0
5 1 MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS 5 1
8 0 MOTION-CONNECT 800 8 0
1) 2)
Valid for routing in cable carrier. Power cables with cross-section of 4 mm2 or greater can be ordered in
exact meter lengths up to a length of 100 m (328 ft).
Power cables with cross-section of 1.5 mm2 and 2.5 mm2 are supplied in
coils or on disposable drums in lengths of 50 m (154 ft), 100 m (328 ft),
200 m (656 ft) and 500 m (1640 ft).
10
Note:
1PH7 motors generally have no brake and therefore do not require power cables with brake cores. If a brake is used, it must be
supplied through a separate cable via the terminal box. The MOTION-CONNECT 800 power cables with cross-sections 25 mm2 and
35 mm2 are only available with brake cores.
10
MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1FN3 linear motors, peak load version
for direct connection
No. of cores x Conduit Pre-assembled cable Dmax Cables sold by the meter 2) Weight Smallest perm.
cross-section thread for direct connection (without bending radius 1)
of 1FN3 motors connector)
peak load version
mm2 Order No. mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in)
4 2.5 + 4 0.5 PG16 6FX7002-5LM45-.... 15.2 (0.60) 6FX7008-1BC21-...0 0.32 (0.215) 110 (4.33)
4 2.5 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM65-.... 15.2 (0.60) 6FX7008-1BC21-...0 0.32 (0.215) 110 (4.33)
4 4 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM75-.... 16.6 (0.65) 6FX7008-1BC31-...0 0.41 (0.276) 120 (4.72)
4 10 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM35-.... 23.5 (0.93) 6FX7008-1BC51-...0 0.82 (0.551) 165 (6.50)
4 16 + 4 0.5 PG29 6FX7002-5LM05-.... 26.1 (1.03) 6FX7008-1BC61-...0 1.06 (0.712) 185 (7.28)
MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1FN3 linear motors, peak load version
connection via adapter cable
No. of cores x Con- Pre-assembled adapter Connec- Pre-assembled basic Dmax Cables sold Weight Smallest
cross-section duit cable for 1FN3 motors tor size cable to the converter by the meter 2) (without perm.
thread peak load version Inter- connector) bending
face radius 1)
mm2 Order No. Order No. mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in)
4 2.5 + 4 0.5 PG16 6FX7002-5LM40-.... 1 6FX7002-5EB11-.... 15.2 (0.60) 6FX7008-1BC21-...0 0.32 (0.215) 110 (4.33)
4 2.5 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM60-.... 1 6FX7002-5EB11-.... 15.2 (0.60) 6FX7008-1BC21-...0 0.32 (0.215) 110 (4.33)
4 4 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM70-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5EA41-.... 16.6 (0.65) 6FX7008-1BC31-...0 0.41 (0.276) 120 (4.72)
4 6 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM80-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5EA51-.... 18.3 (0.72) 6FX7008-1BC41-...0 0.52 (0.345) 130 (5.12)
4 10 + 4 0.5 PG21 6FX7002-5LM30-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5EA61-.... 23.5 (0.93) 6FX7008-1BC51-...0 0.82 (0.551) 165 (6.50)
4 16 + 4 0.5 PG29 6FX7002-5LM00-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5EA71-.... 26.1 (1.03) 6FX7008-1BC61-...0 1.06 (0.712) 185 (7.28)
MOTION-CONNECT power cables for 1FN3 linear motors, continuous load version
No. of cores Thread Pre-assembled adapter Connec- Pre-assembled basic Dmax Cables sold Weight Smallest
x cross- size cable for 1FN3 motors, tor size cable to the converter by the meter 2) (without perm.
section continuous load version Inter- connector) bending
face radius 1)
mm2 Order No. Order No. mm (in) Order No. kg/m (lb/ft) mm (in)
4 2.5 M20 6FX7002-5LM42-.... 1 6FX7002-5CA11-.... 12.4 (0.49) 6FX7008-1BB21-...0 0.33 (0.222) 90 (3.54)
4 2.5 M20 6FX7002-5LM62-.... 1 6FX7002-5CA11-.... 12.4 (0.49) 6FX7008-1BB21-...0 0.33 (0.222) 90 (3.54)
4 4 M32 6FX7002-5LM72-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5CA41-.... 13.8 (0.54) 6FX7008-1BB31-...0 0.43 (0.289) 100 (3.94)
4 10 M32 6FX7002-5LM32-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5CA61-.... 20.6 (0.81) 6FX7008-1BB51-...0 0.8 (0.538) 150 (5.91)
4 16 M40 6FX7002-5LM02-.... 1.5 6FX7002-5CA71-.... 24.4 (0.96) 6FX7008-1BB61-...0 1.1 (0.739) 170 (6.69)
10
4 1.5 + 2 1.5 1 6FX1002-5DA01-.... 12.9 0.25 125 (4.92) Connector angled Connector straight
(0.51) (0.168) with pin contacts with socket con-
tacts
4 2.5 + 2 1.5 1 6FX1002-5DA02-.... 14.2 0.31 140 (5.51)
(0.56) (0.208)
4 4 + 2 1.5 1.5 6FX1002-5DA03-.... 15.3 0.40 150 (5.91) Connector straight Connector straight
(0.60) (0.269) with pin contacts with socket con-
tacts
4 6 + 2 1.5 POSMO 6FX1002-5DA05-.... 17.8 0.53 195 (7.68)
connector (0.70) (0.356)
POSMO 6FX1002-5DA15-.... Connector angled Angled connector
connector with pin contacts with socket con-
tacts
4 6 Open core 6FX1002-5CA16-.... 16 0.42 170 (6.69)
ends (0.63) (0.282)
4 4 Open core 6FX1002-5CA23-.... 13.2 0.31 130 (5.12) Connector angled Open core ends
ends (0.52) (0.208) with pin contacts
4 6 +2 1.5 POSMO 6FX1002-5DA25-.... 17.8 0.53 195 (7.68)
connector (0.70) (0.356)
4 1.5 Open core 6FX1002-5CA31-.... 10.4 0.16 100 (3.94) Connector straight Connector angled
ends (0.41) (0.108) with pin contacts with socket con-
tacts
4 2.5 Open core 6FX1002-5CA32-.... 12.1 0.23 120 (4.72)
ends (0.48) (0.155)
4 6 + 2 1.5 POSMO 6FX1002-5DA35-.... 17.8 0.53 195 (7.68) Open Connector straight
connector (0.70) (0.356) wire ends with socket con-
tacts
POSMO 6FX1002-5DA45-....
connector
POSMO 6FX1002-5DA55-.... Open Angled connector
connector wire ends with socket con-
tacts
POSMO 6FX1002-5DA65-....
connector
POSMO 6FX1002-5DA75-....
connector
1.5 6FX1002-5DA85-....
MOTION-CONNECT 500 5 5
MOTION-CONNECT 700 1) 7 7
MOTION-CONNECT 800 8 8
Without brake cores C C
With brake cores D D
No. of cores x cross-section Basic cable Connector size Extension Connector size
mm2 Order No. Order No.
The combinations of power cable extensions shown are only provided by way of example.
10
1)
MOTION-CONNECT 700 only with brake cores.
10
Overview Overview
To permit correct "grounding" on the cable duct or cabinet wall,
a ground clamp can be ordered as an accessory together with
the flanges for large-area discharging of high-frequency interfer-
ences.
Dimensional drawings
Mounting holes Dimension
for flange drawing of flange
G_D212_EN_00078
a e
b
g
f
c h
d g
Control
Trailing possible 6FX8002-4EB00-....
Fixed routing 6FX2002-4EB00-....
Length l1: 1 m (3.28 ft) l2 l1
35 35 35
Length l2: variable
G_NC01_EN_00335
OFF ON
MCP PCU
Trailing possible 6FX8002-4EB10-....
Control
Fixed routing 6FX2002-4EB10-....
Length l1: 1 m (3.28 ft)
Length l2: variable 35 l2 35 l1
G_NC01_EN_00279
OFF ON
with 3 connectors PCU/
Control
MCP
Trailing possible 6FX8002-4EB20-....
l1
OFF ON
Length l1: 1 m (3.28 ft) PCU/
MCP
Length l2: variable
35 l2
G_NC01_EN_00280
OFF ON
OFF ON
with 3 connectors MCP PCU
Trailing possible 6FX8002-4EB30-....
Control
PCU
Control
35 l 35
G_NC01_EN_00282
10
OFF ON
MCP Machine Control Panel Terminating resistor can be
PP Pushbutton Panel switched off
1)
Connection socket for programming device or other devices.
Control
Fixed routing 6FX2002-4EB60-....
35 l 35
G_NC01_EN_00283
Control
Fixed routing 6FX2002-4EB70-....
l
G_NC01_EN_00337
PROFIBUS cables
G_NC02_de_00097
G_NC02_de_00096
More information
For further information about PROFIBUS cables, see Catalog
IK PI "Industrial Communication for Automation and Drives",
in the PROFIBUS section under "Electrical Networks". 10
OFF ON
MCP Machine Control Panel Terminating resistor can be
PP Pushbutton Panel switched off
1)
Connection socket for programming device or other devices.
Overview
Designation Type Designation Type
Pre-assembled cables Length code for power and
signal cables, sold by the meter1)
6FX....-.....- 7 7 7 7 50 m (164 ft) 6FX.008-.....-1FA0
6SX....-.....- 7 7 7 0 100 m (328 ft) 6FX.008-.....-2AA0
0 m (0 ft) 1 200 m (656 ft) 6FX.008-.....-3AA0
100 m (328 ft) 2 500 m (1640 ft) 6FX.008-.....-6AA0
200 m (656 ft) 3
Fixed lengths for signal cables 6FX.002-.....-1...
300 m (984 ft) 4
Order No. Length in m (ft)
0 m (0 ft) A
1 1.5 2 3 5 7 10
10 m (32.81 ft) B
20 m (65.62 ft) C (3.3) (5) (6.6) (9.8) (16) (23) (32.8)
30 m (98.43 ft) D 6FX2002-1CA01-1770 AB AC AF AH
40 m (131.24 ft) E 6FX2002-1CB01-1770 AB AC AF AH
50 m (164.05 ft) F
6FX2002-1CC00-1777 AB5 AC0 AF0
60 m (196.86 ft) G
6FX2002-4EA04-1770 AF BA
70 m (229.67 ft) H
6FX5002-1AA00-1770 AD AF BA
80 m (262.48 ft) J
90 m (295.29 ft) K 6FX8002-2CA41-1770 AF BA
10 m (0 ft) A
1 m (3.28 ft) B More information
2 m (6.56 ft) C
Length definition for pre-assembled cables
3 m (9.84 ft) D
4 m (13.12 ft) E
5 m (16.41 ft) F
6 m (19.69 ft) G
7 m (22.97 ft) H l
G_D211_XX_00142
8 m (26.25 ft) J
9 m (29.53 ft) K Signal cables
0 m (0 in) 0
0.1 m (3.94 in) 1
0.2 m (7.87 in) 2
0.3 m (11.81 in) 3 l
0.4 m (15.75 in) 4 G_D211_XX_00143
10
11/9 Retrofit
11/10 Solution Partner mz robolab GmbH
11/20 Training
11/23 Documentation
11/23 General Documentation
11/24 SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D
11/25 SINUMERIK 810D/840Di/840D/
SIMODRIVE
11/28 Motors
Siemens NC 60 2006
Services
Mechatronics Support
Overview
We combine mechanics, electronics and information
technology in one simulation environment.
This philosophy is implied by the name: Mechatronics is more
than just mechanics and electronics. Mechatronics is a holistic
approach to mechanics, electronics and information technology.
And this means:
This discipline covering all engineering sciences helps to quan-
tify the correlation between mechanical engineering, electrical
engineering and information technology. When a machine is as-
sessed mechatronically at the development stage, a simulation
of the machine is first modeled and analyzed. This allows all the
key performance characteristics of the new machine to be de-
termined and verified before the first (and then only) real proto-
type is built. This simulation process is an important source for
quality improvements and development cost cutting and a valu-
able tool which you should utilize.
We offer this service!
In this context, we do not consider ourselves as merely manuf-
acturers of products, systems and plants, but as solution provi-
ders as well. With our expertise, we can offer you this compre-
hensive products and solutions approach in combination with
the corresponding Mechatronics Support as a service.
Virtual Prototyping
Mechanical Electrical
Test Phase
Design Study Prototype Changes to Prototype Result
Components
Time, Overhead, Cost
Mechatronic Approach
G_PM10_en_00040
Mechanics Resulting Prototype Time-to-Market
Electronics Virtual is the
IT Machine
Security
Result
Mechatronics Support was previously only applied when the Complete implementation
prototypes of new machines were unable to achieve the prescri-
bed performance characteristics. However, it is far more effec- With our Mechatronics Support service, we offer the means of
tive to integrate a holistic mechatronic assessment at a very creating a simulation model which combines the mechanical
early stage of product development. machine components with the motors, converter systems, drive
control and CNC in such a way as to produce an intelligently
Using our Mechatronics Support, it is then possible to create a controlled virtual machine.
simulation model of the machine and obtain a virtual prototype
instead of producing a real prototype (or a series of prototype
models).
Computer-aided simulation tools are applied in a standardized
procedure to test and analyze the virtual prototype under pro-
11
duction conditions (in simulation mode).
Early on in the development phase, it is possible to identify any
weak points and rectify them cheaply and quickly.
Overview (continued)
Virtual Prototyping is the TOP feature of our Mechatronics Support service
G_PM10_EN_00072
Offer Initial Results and Final Result
Recommendations
Procedure
The scope of tasks to be performed is defined during the
consultation process during the machine design phase and
provides the basis for a simulation quotation. Simulation of the
machine with the FE model (finite element model) determines the
forms of natural vibration, includes simulation of the closed-loop
control drive systems and control technology and offers the
means of calculating variations. Machine optimization verifies
the results obtained from the simulation on the prototype or the
final machine design.
Mechatronics Support modules
The scope of services can be tailored to meet the customers in-
dividual requirements and special needs. Service modules are
provided for this purpose. These can be ordered individually or
as packages as in the case of Virtual Prototyping.
Whether you want to improve or upgrade an existing machine
and wish to discuss possible options with experts in an initial
technical consultation, or whether you would like a feasibility Example: FE model
assessment of new ideas at the development stage, our Mecha-
tronics Support service can provide you with the individual help
you need. Selection and Ordering Data
Designation Order No.
Benefits Consulting 6FC5088-1....
7 Quicker development reduces the time to market Technical consulting at the
customers
7 Increased development reliability
Machine optimization 6FC5088-2....
7 Creative concepts higher quality increased productivity Setting of the control and drives
on the customers machine
More information Machine analysis and 6FC5088-3....
optimization
For further information and individualized quotations, please Analysis of the machine and its
contact your Motion Control Partner at your local Siemens sales limits.
office or regional company. Recommendations for
manufacturer
Machine simulation 6FC5088-4....
Simulation of individual axes and
of the dynamic response on the
machine
Machine simulation with 6FC5088-5....
interpolating axes
11
Simulation of interpolating axes
Machine simulation with 6FC5088-6....
FE model
Generation of model of machine
using finite element method
Overview Benefits
The Virtual Production service is aimed at end customers and 7 Reduction of machining times
operators of NC machines and is designed to optimize produc- 7 Improvement of quality
tivity ratios. Virtual Production improves machining times and/or 7 Increased machine productivity
the quality of workpieces by testing and optimizing NC program
runs on simulation models. 7 An optimized workpiece, faster
7 Virtual machining instead of repeated testing on the machine
Virtual Production is individually tailored to each end customer
and their machining process. Optimization is achieved through selective identification of hid-
Virtual Production makes use of Mechatronic Support if the ma- den potential with respect to programming, scope of NC functio-
chine manufacturer has already developed their machine in con- nality and NC parameters as it applies to the typical parts spec-
junction with us. trum of the machine tool under investigation. With the Virtual
Production system, not every part program for a machine tool
With Virtual Production, NC program execution is broken down needs to be optimized, but the process needs to be performed
into several individual stages. The processing of an NC part pro- only once in relation to the customers parts spectrum.
gram in conjunction with the correct NC image, the controlled
drives and optionally, the characteristic machine dynamics are
perfectly simulated. The data output by the Virtual Production
Application
system include position, velocity and acceleration of the TCP, Mass production in the automotive industry
plus the orientation between the tool and workpiece at different Production of expensive workpieces in the aerospace industry
points in the production process. Clear and objective statements
Single-part production in tool and mold making
can thus be derived. No need for assumptions.
Virtual product
3URJUDPSURFHVVLQJ $FWXDOSURGXFW
&$' $FWXDO&1&PDFKLQH
&$0 EODFNER[
3URJUDPVLPXODWLRQ
9LUWXDO&1&PDFKLQH
9LUWXDOSURGXFW
11
*B1&B(1B
Overview Benefits
SINUMERIK MS combines savings in time and costs with enhan-
ced product quality for our customers in machine tool and pro-
duction machine building. SINUMERIK MS supports you in the
decisive phases of product development of a machine tool or
production machine - with development, start-up, test and ser-
vice.
The automation solution used including all the software modules
developed by the machine manufacturers can be tested with
SINUMERIK MS beforehand and in a reproducible manner ...
and all without having the real machine at hand.
A new machine can be tested without taking any risks since pro-
per functioning is checked in virtual reality. After the develop-
ment work on the new machine has been completed, the virtual
machine that has been generated can be used again for trai-
ning, pre-sales and after-sales purposes.
11
the case of complex machine models.
Field Service
Repairs
Optimization and
modernization
Support in configuring and
G_NC01_EN_00330
developing with customer-
In the face of harsh competition you need optimum conditions to oriented services from actual
keep ahead all the time: configuration to implementation
a strong starting position, a sophisticated strategy and team for of the automation project. 1)
the necessary support - in every phase.
Service & Support from Siemens provides this support with a
complete range of different services for automation and drives.
In every phase: from planning and start-up to maintenance and
upgrading.
Our specialists know when and where to act to keep the produc-
tivity and cost-effectiveness of your system running in top form. Service On Site
With Service On Site we offer
Online Support services for start-up and main-
tenance, essential for ensuring
The comprehensive information
system available round the system availability.
clock via Internet ranging from In Germany, call:
Product Support and Service & Phone: 0180 50 50 444 1)
Support services to Support
Tools in the Shop. In the United States, call
toll-free:
http://www.siemens.com/ Phone: +1 800 333 7421
automation/service&support
In Canada, call:
Phone: +1 888 303 3353
11 In Asia, call:
Phone: +86 10 6475 7575,
Fax: +86 10 6474 7474
E-Mail:
adsupport.asia@siemens.com
Overview
RSV description of performance Period of validity
In the context of the repair service contract (RSV), Siemens eli- The RSV commences on the date registered with us for com-
minates faults on the Siemens Automation & Drives components pletion of the second commissioning procedure at the end
specified in the contract (with the exception of complete motor customer site, and ends on expiry of the RSV period.
spindles) at the machine location on behalf of the machine tool
manufacturer and dealer. Contract periods
RSV services The RSV is offered for the limitation period (warranty period) that
our customers (manufacturers/dealers) provide to their end
Provision of servicing personnel customers. Various RSV periods permit you to satisfy different
Fault diagnostics on site market requirements. In the case of RSV periods exceeding the
Troubleshooting on site limitation period originally granted for Siemens A&D compon-
Proof of fault correction ents, the limitation period is extended with respect to claims for
Fault diagnostics refers to the components specified in the subsequent performance, with the exception of further rights
parts list of the final destination memo. Diagnostics is carried out and claims, in line with the extended RSV period. An existing
on the basis of a technical fault message clarified in advance by RSV can be extended once by six months or one year. The
the manufacturer or dealer with specification of the contract extension must be ordered during the period of the basic RSV.
number. Contract versions
Fault correction is carried out by repairing and/or replacing Two versions of the RSV are available:
faulty components. In the event of a machine standstill, fault
correction is carried out with the response time specified for the The master contract is for machine manufacturers who agree
country group. Within the agreed contract period, faulty compo- to order one RSV for all machines with Siemens equipment.
nents which were not older than 12 months at the beginning of The individual contract is for machine manufacturers who order
the RSC will be replaced free-of-charge. an RSV only for certain machines equipped by Siemens.
Siemens provides qualified personnel for fault diagnostics and Service exclusions
fault correction of our products. If mechanical work is also ne-
cessary, this must be provided or arranged by the manufactu- The contract shall not be deemed to have been performed in all
rer/dealer. Example: dismounting/mounting of motors or other cases of subclause VIII./7 quality defects of the "General condi-
mechanical components. tions of supply and delivery for the electrical industry" 4). In the
case of parts subject to wear (e.g., motor bearings and fans or
The services are provided during the usual working hours in the cables), replacements will be provided free-of-charge within
country of installation. 12 months of commencement of the RSV in the case of proper
Spare parts are provided either from our central spare parts use, irrespective of the actual duration of the RSV.
warehouse or from regional spare parts warehouses using our Export license
worldwide spare parts logistic infrastructure. Our central spare
parts warehouses contain all important spare parts. Regional Fulfillment of the service call may be subject to authorization due
spare parts warehouses are adapted to include the components to the application or the type of replacement parts, equipment
specified in the final destination memo 1). and documentation required. The service call is, therefore, sub-
ject to the granting of the necessary export licenses and the
The following components are not defined as spare parts: absence of any other obstacles relating to German or other
Motors 2) applicable export regulations.
Cables 3)
Special or customer-specific modules and components not
available from Siemens as spare parts.
Faulty components 4) are replaced free-of-charge within the
agreed contract period.
Contract prerequisites
Final destination memo
Data backup at the user
The manufacturer/dealer provides the final destination memo in
good time prior to commencement of the contract, and ensures
that all machine data is backed up and available for the user.
Particular data for the final destination memo are: machine num- 1) Since the export of standard versions (components/systems) is subject to
ber, machine type, processing technology, control system, drive time-intensive approval procedures by authorities, and since this also
system, number of measuring circuits, type of data storage, data applies to the delivery of components subject to approval in the context of
storage medium, data for OEM application, date of commissio- services and spare part deliveries, it is recommended to primarily use the
export versions. This applies in particular in cases where the control can
ning at end user, country of end user, parts list of components be exported without official approval after the machine manufacturer has
used. installed it in a machine tool. Please also observe the paragraph "Export
information" in Section "CNC Controls".
RSV certificate 2)
For selected motors, we stock components centrally in Germany and the
The RSV contract partner, the manufacturer or dealer is provided U.S.A. in order to achieve fast delivery. These motors can be manufactured
11
with a certificate once the final destination memo has been han- and delivered within a few working days. You can obtain the current list
from your Siemens partner.
ded over (prerequisite for provision of services at the end custo- 3)
mer site). This certificate contains the contract number and es- The delivery times known to you usually apply.
4) Examples of service exclusions:
sential contract data such as machine number, machine type,
contract start date, contract end date, and address for the pro- Non-compliance with the "Siemens project engineering and user
regulations"
vision of services. Contamination critical to function (e.g., oil, conducting materials, rust)
Mechanical damage
External electrical effects
Intentional damage
As a rule, the following response times apply when the RSV is Repair service contract (RSV)
for Siemens A&D components on
implemented in the case of a machine standstill: machine tools for countries in
Country groups country groups 1 to 3
CG 1 Next working day 1 year contract period 1) 6FC8506-17X0 7-0AA0
CG 2 Within two working days 2 year contract period 2) 6FC8506-2 7X0 7-0AA0
CG 3 Depending on country-specific
conditions Master contract R
CG 4 Depending on country-specific Individual contract E
conditions, only for customers with
master contract for the price of the 0 to 4 measurement circuits 4) 1
individual contract 5 to 6 measurement circuits 4) 2
We define the response time as the time from when your clarified 7 to 8 measurement circuits 4) 3
order is placed until our service engineer begins the journey to = 9 measurement circuits 4) 8
the site stated in the order, or until troubleshooting commences (basic RSV for = 9 measurement
using teleservice. The listed response times apply to "technically circuits)
clarified fault messages" within the usual working hours of the > 9 measurement circuits 4) 0
region (e.g., Monday to Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.), excluding public (measurement circuit supple-
holidays. ment for RSV)
> 9 measurement circuits 3)
Country list
Repair service contract
The repair service is offered for the following countries: Contract extension of
6 or 12 months
Continent Country/region for Siemens A&D components on
Country group 1 machine tools for countries in
America Brazil, Canada, Mexico, USA country groups 1 to 3
Asia China, India, Indonesia, Japan, Basic RSV for 1 year 6FC8506-0 7X0 7- 7AA1
Malaysia, Singapore, South Korea,
Taiwan, Thailand Basic RSV for 2 years 6FC8506-0 7X0 7- 7AA2
Australia Australia Master contract R
Europe Austria, Belgium, Czech Republic, Individual contract E
Denmark, Finland, France,
Germany, Great Britain, Italy, 0 to 4 measurement circuits 4) 1
Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, The
Netherlands, Poland, Portugal, 5 to 6 measurement circuits 4) 2
Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, 7 to 8 measurement circuits 4) 3
Switzerland, Turkey
= 9 measurement circuits 4) 8
Country group 2
(basic RSV for = 9 measurement
Africa South Africa circuits)
America Argentina
> 9 measurement circuits 4) 0
Australia New Zealand (measurement circuit supple-
Europe Andorra, Estonia, Hungary, Ireland, ment for RSV)
Latvia, Lithuania, Norway > 9 measurement circuits 3)
Country group 3 Contract extension
Africa Egypt, Morocco (possible once per RSV)
America Chile By 6 months 6
Asia Iran, Israel, Pakistan, Philippines, By 1 year 1
Saudi Arabia, Vietnam
Europe Belarus, Bulgaria, Croatia, Greece, OEM service levels
Romania, Russia, Ukraine Surcharge for repair service con-
tract for Siemens components on
Country group 4 machine tools with OEM applicati-
Remaining countries ons.
Measurement circuits 1 to n for
OEM service grades countries in country groups 1 to 4
To guarantee repair service for OEM applications, an assess- Surcharge for 6FC8506-3SX01-0AA0
OEM service level 1
ment is necessary based on the OEM service guideline. The
assessment grades the OEM application from 0 to 4. A sur- Surcharge for 6FC8506-3SX02-0AA0
charge will be levied for OEM service grades 1 to 4. OEM service level 2
Surcharge for 6FC8506-3SX03-0AA0
OEM service level 3
11
Surcharge for 6FC8506-3SX04-0AA0
OEM service level 4
1) Max. 24 months from the transfer of risk (delivery of components).
2) Max. 36 months from the transfer of risk (delivery of components).
3) Example for 17 measurement circuits: (basic RSV for = 9 measurement cir-
cuits) plus 8 x (measurement circuit supplement for RSV > 9 measurement
circuits).
4)
Physical axes and spindles count as measurement circuits.
Overview Application
The old systems are replaced by controllers and/or drives of the
latest generation in accordance with the task, starting with ma-
chine tools and production machinery, and right up to presses
and punching machinery. If mechanical updates are required,
these are offered as part of the overall package.
More information
The "Machine Modernization" retrofit overview provides a com-
prehensive description of services. It gives a clear and detailed
summary of all performance features and provides help in deci-
sion-making.
The extensive reference list, arranged alphabetically according
to machine manufacturer, also provides an outstanding overview
of all converted machine types.
Additional information is available in the Internet under:
11
Preconditions: The SinuTrain software must be adapted to the Single license 6FC5270-0AX70-0AG0
SINUMERIK on which the created program is to run. This adap- for current software version
tation must be carried out correctly by appropriately trained Service Pack (SP) 1) 6FC5270-7AX70-7AG3
personnel, e.g., by Siemens or authorized machine tool manu- for specific software version
facturers/dealers. Classroom license 6FC5270-0AX72-0AG0
Notes: Single license
for current software version
Specifications from Siemens and the machine tool manufactur-
ers must be taken into account when performing this adaptation. Classroom license 6FC5270-7AX72-7AG3
Service Pack (SP)
Function for specific software version
SinuTrain 810D/840Di/840D
With DNC, programs and tool data can be transferred from PC on CD-ROM for Windows XP
to PC or from PC to machine. The CAD-Reader program Single license
converts DXF files into contours or hole drilling templates for for current software version
SINUMERIK, ShopMill, ShopTurn, or ManualTurn. The contours
can be modified later in DIN-ISO format or contour calculator - Without CAD-Reader 6FC5270-0AX73-0AG0
format. You can print out part programs, subprograms and - With CAD-Reader 6FC5270-0AX74-0AG0
ShopMill/ShopTurn programs using the "Print" function. Classroom license 6FC5270-0AX75-0AG0
The single-user station Single license
for current software version
The scope of functions of the SinuTrain software takes into (without CAD-Reader)
account production and training requirements. The operator
interface identical to production together with the identical Classroom license 6FC5270-0AX76-0AG0
scope of programming functions make it easy for the trainer to Single license
pass on skills and knowledge for production use. A difference in for current software version
(with CAD-Reader)
the media or methods does not exist because identical control
software is used. SinuTrain 802D
on CD-ROM for Windows XP
The environment encountered by the programmer on the PC is
identical to the programming environment on the machine. Single license 6FC5270-0AX80-0AG0
for current software version
Convenience is, of course, much greater on the PC.
Classroom license 6FC5270-0AX82-0AG0
The classroom Single license
In order to allow the trainer to intervene in the training program for current software version
from his desk whenever necessary, recognize problems imme- SinuTrain ShopMill
diately and control learning processes in a purposeful manner, on CD-ROM for Windows XP
SinuTrain allows trainee workstations and trainer workstations to
be linked over a didactic network. The trainers PC then beco- Single license
mes the "directors chair" for CNC training. The trainer sees on for current software version
his computer what the trainees are seeing on theirs, or can put - Without CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0FA40-0AG0
the same content on all screens. He can also fully operate and - With CAD-Reader 6FC5463-0FA41-0AG0
control trainee PC workstations.
Classroom license 6FC5463-0FA42-0AG0
The trainee and trainer workstations are linked over a network. Single license
The NC programs created during training can be transferred to for current software version
a training machine directly via the network using DNC, if (without CAD-Reader)
SinuTrain has been configured for this machine (with the excep- Classroom license 6FC5463-0FA43-0AG0
tion of ShopMill/ShopTurn). Single license
for current software version
The training center (with CAD-Reader)
The last step in the integrated training concept is complete when
the training programs developed by the students are transferred
to the CNC machines. DNC also transfers programs from PC to Example of a "specific software version", e.g. 6.3:
machine via the existing network, thus allowing execution of the 6FC5270-6AX70-3AG3.
programs, manual modification and program development right
on the machine itself.
We also provide an appropriate infrastructure, such as furniture
and media as well as installation, commissioning and services
11
for hardware and software. We support machine tool manufac-
turers in their efforts to implement their own or external CNC
training centers.
http://www.sitrain.com
http://www.siemens.com/sinutrain
http://www.siemens.com/jobshop
11
11 English/Italian
English/Spanish
C
E
1)
English/Simplified Chinese available soon.
2) Additional languages on request.
More information
On the Internet, further information is available
11
Application Application
The SINUMERIK 802D training case is used to practice start-up The SINUMERIK 802 training cases are used for practicing
and servicing on the SINUMERIK 802D control. operation of the SINUMERIK 802S/802C/802D controls and for
demonstration purposes. The training cases can also be used
A SIMODRIVE 611 universal is additionally required for drive as models for trade fairs or as test controllers.
training, e.g. the SIMODRIVE 611 universal training case.
Design Design
Aluminum case Hard-top case
SINUMERIK 802D SINUMERIK 802S base line or
Machine control panel SINUMERIK 802C base line or
24 digital inputs and 16 digital outputs SINUMERIK 802D/SINUMERIK 802D base line
Simulator for interface signals 2 PCMCIA cards for changing between turning and milling
1 electronic handwheel (SINUMERIK 802D/802D base line only)
24 V DC (110 V/230 V AC) power supply
The SINUMERIK 802D training case is completely ready for
training, with the PLC program preinstalled. The controller is The SINUMERIK 802D training cases are complete, with the PLC
fitted in a case suitable for transport as air freight. program preinstalled. The SINUMERIK controller is fitted in a
case suitable for transport as air freight.
11
Design
Aluminum case
Sloping front plate with integral machine control panel and
removable rear panel
24 V DC power supply/10 A and SIMATIC subrack
Interface module with circuit-breaker, socket
SINUMERIK OP 012 operator panel front
SINUMERIK 840Di with PCU 50 incl. Windows NT 4.0 US
operating system and Universal system software
Note: The standard user interface for machine tools
HMI-Advanced is not included in the scope of supply.
MCI board
Machine control panel
AT keyboard with USB interface
Disk drive, 3.5"
All signal cables
3 cover front plates for the option modules
Digital input/output with 16 key/latch switches and 16 LEDs
mounted on the front panel, including S7 module rack and
ET 200M
Word processing with four-digit digital output and four coding
switches mounted on a front plate, including S7 subrack and
ET 200M.
Electronic handwheel with PCU interface module and signal
cable mounted on the front plate.
The SINUMERIK 840Di training case is completely ready for
11
training exercises and the adaptation program is preinstalled.
The SINUMERIK controller is fitted in a case suitable for trans-
port as air freight.
Design
Simulation panel including SIMATIC S7 input, output and
IM modules
230 V AC/24 V DC power supply, 10 A
Connection module with 5-way socket
OP 012 with PCU 50, Pentium II, 333 MHz, 64 MB RAM
Machine control panel
Disk drive, 3.5"
SINUMERIK 840D powerline with an NCU or SINUMERIK 810D
powerline with CCU box
SIMODRIVE 611 digital
- Open-loop infeed module 10/25 kW,
- Main spindle power module 24 A,
- 2-axis feedrate module 2 x 9/18 A,
- 2 x synchronous motor 1FT6062-3AC
- 1 x asynchronous motor 1PH7 3.7 kW
Wiring for Safety Integrated capability is prepared.
The SINUMERIK 810D powerline and SINUMERIK 840D
powerline training stands are fully equipped and carry the
CE mark; the adaptation programs are preinstalled.
Customer-specific adaptations can be made.
11
11
Overview
Training is decisive for your success Close to our customers
SITRAIN the Siemens Training for Automation and Industrial Were not far away! We have approx. 60 Training Centers in
Solutions provides you with comprehensive support when Germany, and worldwide in 62 countries. Youd prefer to have in-
solving your tasks. dividual training instead of one of our 300 courses? No problem:
we will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal re-
Training by the market leader in automation, plant installation quirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
and support permits you to make your decisions with certainty or at your company.
and full command; especially where the optimum and efficient
use of products and plants are concerned. You can eliminate de- The right mixture: blended learning
ficiencies in existing plants, and exclude expensive faulty plan-
ning right from the beginning. Blended learning is understood to be the combination of various
training media and sequences. For example, a local attendance
All in all, this represents an enormous gain for your company: course at a Training Center can be optimally supplemented by a
shortened start-up times, optimized plant components, faster teach-yourself program as preparation or follow-up. Further-
troubleshooting, reduced down times. In other words, increased more, SITRAIN utilizes supported online training for live instruc-
profits and lower costs. tion on the Internet at agreed times.
The right mixture is the solution. Therefore blended learning can
convey complex topics well, and train networked thinking. Addi-
tional effect: reduced travelling costs and periods of absence
through training sequences independent of location and time.
The international training portal www.siemens.com/sitrain
All training facilities at a glance: search through the worldwide
range of courses at leisure, access all course dates online,
utilize the daily updated display of vacant course spaces and
register directly.
Contact
Visit us on the Internet at:
http://www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
Course office, Infoline Germany:
Tel.: 01805 / 23 56 11 (0.12 /min)
Top trainers Fax: 01805 / 23 56 12
Our trainers know their topics in practice, and possess compre-
hensive didactic experience. Course developers have a direct
connection to product development, and directly pass on their
knowledge to the trainers.
Practical experience
The practical experience of our trainers makes it possible for
them to pass on theoretical knowledge in a plausible manner.
But since it is known that all theory is drab, we attach great im-
portance to practical exercises which can comprise up to half of
the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your
new knowledge in to practice. We train you on state-of-the-art
methodically/didactically designed training equipment, which
gives you absolute confidence.
Wide variety
With a total of approx. 300 local attendance courses, we train the
complete range of A&D products presented on the Web and a
large portion of the system solutions from I&S. Telecourses,
teach-yourself software and internet seminars supplement our
classical range of courses.
11
Overview
Production
Complete equipment is manufactured at a high industrial level.
7 Examining consistency of the job documentation
7 Checking for adherence to current regulations
7 Inspection and shipment free of faults
Standard
series solutions 7 Documentation
customer-specific 7 Declaration of conformity regarding the Low-Voltage Directive
Consulting modifications Planning and manufacturers declaration on machinery directive
Liability of product nonconformance
Customer
require- Of course we accept the same liability of defects for our com-
plete equipment as for our SINUMERIK, SIMODRIVE and
ments SINAMICS products.
Customer- Customer-
specific specific
engineering Furthermore, you can use our worldwide repair service any-
integration where and at any time.
solutions
Your benefits
G_NC01_EN_00156
One partner, one quotation, one order, one delivery, one invoice,
Engineering and one contact partner for liability of defects.
Superior logistics
Everything from a single source means:
7 Cost savings in
- Procurement
- Storage
- Financing
7 Reduction in throughput times
7 Just-in-time
11
Overview
Customer-specific logistics services
Modular range of services
Tailored to your own logistics
Flexible and reliable fulfillment of demands
Customer-specific configuration
Provision of complete equipment packages
Customizing
Production-based delivery
Machine-based set generation
Oriented according to your assembly sequence
Low packaging overhead thanks to reusable container
Global network for uniform logistics
Utilization of Siemens transport network
Tracking and tracing throughout the complete transport route
Flexible, integrated, successful Competence with regard to export and customs processes
With this motto we offer powerful logistics for our products indi- Optimized customer connections
vidually tailored to your requirements, and integrated from order
Delivery on exact date according to schedule
to delivery.
Directly to assembly location using "Ship-to-line"
We optimize the complete logistics process between Siemens
A&D Motion Control and you.
This enables you to establish your own processes in a simpler,
faster and more cost-effective way.
Many of our customers have already decided in favor of these
services with various combinations.
11
11
1)
Available soon.
Milling Operating/Programming
SINUMERIK 802D Milling
Short Guide SINUMERIK 802S base line/
802C base line
German 6FC5298-1AA40-0AP0
German 6FC5598-4AA11-0AP0
English 6FC5298-1AA40-0BP0
English 6FC5598-4AA11-0BP0
Milling
SINUMERIK 802D Installation & Start-Up Guide
Operating/Programming SINUMERIK 802C base line
11
11
11 German
English
6FC5297-6AD80-0AP3
6FC5297-6AD80-0BP3
English 6FC5297-3AB60-0BP0
11 Configuration Manual
ECS Motor Spindle for Main
Spindle Drives
German 6SN1197-0AD04-0AP2
English 6SN1197-0AD04-0BP2
12/11 Indexes
12/11 Subject index
12/17 Order No. index
Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Approvals
Many of the products in this Catalog comply with UL, CSA or FM Order No. Test symbol
requirements and are labeled with the corresponding approval 6FC5603-0AA0.-.... cULus
designation.
6FC5603-0AC11-1... cULus
UL: Underwriters Laboratories 6FC5603-0AC12-1... cULus
(independent public testing institution in North America)
6FC5603-0AC13-1... cULus
Test designation:
6FC5610-0BA1.-.... cULus
UL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with
the UL standard 6FC5611-0CA01-0AA0 cULus
cUL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with
the CSA standard SINUMERIK 810D powerline
cULus for end products, tested by UL in accordance with Order No. Test symbol
the UL and CSA standards
UR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in 6FC5410-.....-.... cULus
accordance with the UL standard 6FC5411-0AA00-.... cULus
cUR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with the CSA standard 6FC5412-0FA10-... cULus
cURus for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in 6FC5447-0AA00-.... cULus
accordance with the UL and CSA standards
6FC5447-0AA01-.... cULus
Test standards:
SIMODRIVE: Standard UL 508C SINUMERIK 840Di
SINUMERIK: Standard UL 508 Order No. Test symbol
Motors: Standard UL 547
6FC5220-0AA00-1... cULus
Product category/file No.:
6FC5222-0AA0.-0... cULus
SIMODRIVE: NMMS2/E192450
SINUMERIK: NRAQ2/E164110 6FC5222-0AA00-1... cULus
Motors: PRGY27/E93429 6FC5222-0AA01-1 cULus
TUV: TUV Rheinland of North America Inc. 6FC5222-0AB00-0AA. cULus
Independent non-profit-making organization in
North America SINUMERIK 840D powerline
National recognized testing laboratory (NRTL) Order No. Test symbol
Test designation: 6FC5203-0AB00-.... cULus
cTUVus Tested by TUV in accordance with the UL and 6FC5203-0AB1.-A... cULus
CSA standards
6FC5203-0AB2.-.... cULus
Test standards:
6FC5203-0AC..-0... cULus
SIMODRIVE: NRTL Listing according to standard UL 508C
6FC5203-0AC0.-1... cULus
Product category/file No.:
6FC5203-0AD1.-0AA0 cULus
SIMODRIVE: TUV.COM/4335304002
6FC5203-0AD1.-1AA0 cULus
CSA: Canadian Standard Association 6FC5203-0AE..-.... cULus
independent public testing institution in Canada
6FC5203-0AE0.-0AA0 cULus
Test designation:
6FC5203-0AF00-.... cULus
CSA Tested by CSA in accordance with the CSA standard
6FC5203-0AF01-.... cULus
Test standard:
6FC5203-0AF02-.... cULus
Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 0-M91/No. 14-95/
No. 142-M1987 6FC5203-0AF03-.... cULus
6FC5203-0AF04-.... cULus
File No.:
SINUMERIK FM ... : LR 102527 6FC5203-0AF22-1AA0 cULus
6FC5203-0AF50-2AA0 cULus
FMRC: Factory Mutual Research Corporation
Independent public testing institution in North America 6FC5203-0AF50-3AA0 cULus
12
12/2 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Approvals
12
6SN2480-....-.... cULus
2) No separate marking necessary.
Cables for SINUMERIK and SIMODRIVE Matching transformers in economy circuit for SIMODRIVE
Order No. Test symbol Order No. Test symbol
6FX4008-1BA..-.... UR 4BU4395-0SA70-0C cURus
6FX4008-1BB..-.... UR 4BU4395-0SA80-0C cURus
6FX5..8-..-. UR/CSA 4BU4395-0SB00-0C cURus
6FX5..2-5.-. UR/CSA 4BU4795-0SC30-0C cURus
1)
6FX5247-0AA28-0AA0 4BU4795-0SC40-0C cURus
6FX5247-0AA35-0AA0 1) 4BU4795-0SC50-0C cURus
6FX7..2-5.-. 2)
4BU5595-0SA40-0C cURus
6FX7..8-..-. UR/CSA 4BU5595-0SA50-0C cURus
2)
6FX8..2-5.-. 4BU5595-0SA60-0C cURus
6FX8..8-..-. UR/CSA/cURus 4BU5895-0SA60-0C cURus
6SN1161-1CA00-0.A0 1) 4BU5895-0SA70-0C cURus
1)
6SN1161-1CA00-0.A1 4BU5895-0SA80-0C cURus
6SN1161-1CA00-1.A1 1)
4BU6095-0SA60-0C cURus
4BU6095-0SA70-0C cURus
HF reactors for SIMODRIVE
4BU6095-0SA80-0C cURus
Order No. Test symbol
6SN1111-0AA00-0BB1 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0BA1 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0CB0 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0CA1 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0DB0 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0DA1 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0EB0 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-1EA0 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-0FB1 cURus
6SN1111-0AA00-1FA0 cURus
6SN1111-1AA00-0CA0 cURus Connectors for SINUMERIK and SIMODRIVE
Order No. Test symbol
Line filters for SIMODRIVE
6FX2003-0CA10 cURus
Order No. Test symbol
6FX2003-0CB00 cURus
6SN1111-0AA01-1BA0 UR
6FX2003-0CB10 cURus
6SN1111-0AA01-1AA0 UR
6FX2003-0CB20 cURus
6SN1111-0AA01-1CA0 UR
6FX2003-0CC11 cURus
6SL3000-0BE21-6AA0 UR
6FX2003-0CC21 cURus
6SL3000-0BE23-6AA0 UR
6FX2003-0CG10 cURus
6SL3000-0BE25-5AA0 UR
6FX2003-0CG20 cURus
6SL3000-0BE28-0AA0 UR
6FX2003-1AX00 cURus
6SL3000-0BE31-2AA0 UR
6FX2003-1AX10 cURus
Matching transformers in economy circuit for SIMODRIVE 6FX2003-1CA10 cURus
Order No. Test symbol 6FX2003-1CB00 cURus
4AU3995-0SA42-0CN2 cURus
4AU3995-0SA50-0CN2 cURus
4AU3995-0SA52-0CN2 cURus
1)
Product is declared in file as "shown for reference only". It has no UL or UR
marking.
2)
No separate marking necessary.
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/5
Appendix
Siemens Contacts Worldwide
Overview
At
http://www.siemens.com/automation/partner
you can find details of Siemens contact partners worldwide
responsible for particular technologies.
You can obtain in most cases a contact partner for
Technical Support,
Spare parts/repairs,
Service,
Training,
Sales or
Consultation/engineering.
You start by selecting a
Country,
Product or
Sector.
By further specifying the remaining criteria you will find exactly
the right contact partner with his/her respective expertise.
12
12/6 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
A&D Online Services
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/7
Appendix
Customer Support
12
12/8 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Notes of software
Software Licenses
Overview
Software types Factory license
Software requiring a license is categorized into types. With the Factory License the user has the right to install and use
The following software types have been defined: the software at one permanent establishment only. The perma-
Engineering software nent establishment is defined by one address only.The number
of hardware devices on which the software may be installed
Runtime software results from the order data or the Certificate of License (CoL).
Engineering software Certificate of license
This includes all software products for creating (engineering) The Certificate of License (CoL) is the licensee's proof that the
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameteriz- use of the software has been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is
ing, testing, commissioning or servicing. required for every type of use and must be kept in a safe place.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by third- Downgrading
parties free-of-charge. The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier ver-
sion/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
Runtime software such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expan- Delivery versions
sions, drivers, etc. Software is constantly being updated.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable pro- The following delivery versions
grams created with the runtime software for your own use or for PowerPack
use by third-parties is subject to a charge. Upgrade
You can find information about license fees according to use in can be used to access updates.
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance, Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc. PowerPack
Information about extended rights of use for parameteriza- PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
tion/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with (Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
the relevant product(s). with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new soft-
License types ware is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
Siemens Automation & Drives offers various types of software license of the software to be replaced.
license:
Floating license Upgrade
Single license An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
Rental license is already held.
Trial license The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
Floating license product, proves that the new version is licensed.
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed. of the software to be upgraded.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started. ServicePack
A license is required for each concurrent user. ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
Single license ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed accord-
ing to the number of existing original licenses.
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software. License key
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and Siemens Automation & Drives supplies software products with
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for and without license keys.
example per device, per axis, per channel, etc. The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
One single license is required for each type of use defined. is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
Rental license
The complete installation of software products requiring license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software license key (which represents the license).
can be used for a specific number of hours (the operating hours
do not have to be consecutive).
Detailed explanations concerning license conditions can be
One license is required for each installation of the software. found in the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AG or under
http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Trial license
(A&D Mall Online-Help System)
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a non-
productive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/9
Appendix
Notes of software
Usage and copy rights
Overview
The "General License Conditions for Software Products for Auto- Order
mation & Drives" shall apply for the supply of software products To order the Software Update Service, an order number must be
by Automation & Drives. specified. The Software Update Service can be ordered when
the software products are ordered or at a later date. Subsequent
Legal notes during setup for new software products orders require that the ordering party is in posession at least of
All software products feature a uniform reference to the license a single license.
conditions. The license conditions are enclosed either with the Note:
documentation or in the software pack. When software is down- It is recommended that the Software Update Service is ordered
loaded from the Internet, the license contract is displayed before as early as possible. If a new software version of a software pro-
the ordering procedure and must be accepted by the user be- duct is released for delivery by Siemens, only those customers
fore downloading can continue. will receive it automatically who are entered in the appropriate
Notice: delivery list at Siemens at this time. Previous software versions,
This software is protected by German and/or US copyright laws or the current software version are not supplied when the Soft-
and the regulations of international agreements. Unauthorized ware Update Service is ordered. The Software Update Service
reproduction or sale of this software or parts of it is a criminal of- requires that the software product is up-to-date at the time of
fense. This will lead to criminal and civil prosecution, and may re- completion of the contract for the Software Update Service.
sult in significant fines and/or claims for damages. Prior to Delivery
installing and using the software, please read the applicable li- When a Software Update Service is ordered, you will be sent the
cense conditions for this software. You will find these in the do- contractual conditions of this service and the price is due for pa-
cumentation or packaging. yment. At the same time, you will be included in a delivery list for
If you have received this software on a CD that is marked "Trial the software product to be updated. If Siemens releases a new
version", or accompanying software that is licensed for your use, software version for the corresponding software product for ge-
the software is only permitted to be used for test and validation neral sale (function version or product version), it will be deliver-
purposes in accordance with the accompanying conditions for ed automatically to the goods recipient specified in the delivery
the trail license. To this end, it is necessary for programs, soft- address within the contract period.
ware libraries, etc. are installed on your computer. We therefore You can also find information about the A&D license manager
urgently recommend that installation is performed on a single- on the Internet at:
user computer or on a computer that is not used in the produc-
tion process or for storing important data, since it cannot be
completely excluded that existing files will be modified or over-
written. We accept no liability whatsoever for damage and/or
data losses that result from this installation or the non-obser-
vance of this warning. Every other type of use of this software is
only permitted if you are in possession of a valid license from http://www.siemens.com/automation/license
Siemens is obtained.
If you are not in possession of a valid license that can be proven
by presenting an appropriate Certificate of License/software
product certificate, please abort installation immediately and
contact a Siemens office without delay to avoid claims for
damages.
12
12/10 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
Numerisch B
1FE1 built-in motors 6/72 Basic Line Filters 9/16
1FK7 Compact motors 6/25 Basic Package Retrofit with ADI 4 5/11
1FK7 Compact synchronous motor 6/26 Batter module 5/49
1FK7 High Dynamic motors 6/25 Battery 5/23, 5/29
1FK7 High Dynamic synchronous motor 6/28 Battery compartment 5/29
1FK7-DYA compact geared motors 6/45 Bearing version 7/20
1FN1 linear motors 6/52 Blanking cover 9/20, 9/21
1FN1/1FN3 linear motors 6/50 Brake 7/20
1FN3 linear motors - version for continuous load 6/58 Built-on fan 9/42, 9/43
1FN3 linear motors - version for peak load 6/54 Built-on optoelectronic rotary encoders 8/2
1FT6 motors 6/5
C
1FW6 built-in torque motors 6/64
1FW6 motors 6/64 Cable carrier 10/4
1PH2 built-in motors 7/27 Cable distributor 5/18, 5/24, 5/29
1PH4 motors 7/18 Cable lengths 10/2
1PH7 motors 7/4 Cable set 3/40, 3/42, 3/43, 3/49, 5/9, 5/12, 5/38
1PM4 motors 7/22 Cable set for external SIMODRIVE 611 control 5/19
1PM6 motors 7/23 CAD CREATOR 1/14
2nd machining channel and maximum memory configuration 2/6 CAD generator 1/14
2SP1 ECS motor spindles 6/84 CAD Reader for PC 4/12
3.5" floppy disk drive 3/59 Capacitor modules 9/23
3.5" floppy disk drive, USB 1.1 3/60 Caps 3/5, 3/6, 3/7, 3/8, 3/10, 3/11, 3/12, 3/13, 3/14
3-axis PARACOP transformation for parallel kinematics 2/18 CardWare 4/16
3D simulation 4/8, 4/9 CCU 3.4 module 5/18
3D tool radius compensation 2/34 CCU Box 5/18
3D workpiece measurement 4/70 CCU system software 5/18
4 machining channels and 13 axes 2/6 Central drive systems 9/2
A Certificate of license 12/9
CGM compact geared motors 6/44
Absolute encoder 8/3 Clamp strap 8/8
Actuating element 3/39, 3/40, 3/42, 3/43, 3/44, 5/5, 5/7 Clearance control 2/22
Adapter block 5/5, 5/7 Closed-loop infeed/regenerative feedback modules 9/17
Adapter set 3/48, 9/11 CNC functionality: Axis functions 2/10
Adapter terminals 9/44 CNC functionality: Couplings 2/14
Adapter terminals for DC-link connection 9/43 CNC functionality: Interpolations 2/14
Additional axis/spindle + channel 2/4 CNC functionality: Measuring 2/18
Additional languages 4/2, 4/3, 4/7 CNC functionality: Motion-synchronous actions 2/20
ADDM - Data Management 4/54 CNC functionality: Program functions 2/10
Add-on modules 5/48 CNC functionality: Spindle functions 2/12
Adhesive label 9/41, 9/43 CNC functionality: Technologies 2/20
ADI 4 5/36 CNC functionality: Transformations 2/18
Advanced Position Control APC 2/12 CNC program generator 4/69
Advanced Processing 1 2/14 CNC programming, positioning modules 2/57
Advanced Processing 2 2/14 CNC programming: Cycles 2/26
Analog axis (ANA) 9/39 CNC programming: Language 2/24
Analog Drive Interface for 4 axes 5/36 CNC programming: Program support 2/28
Analog input modules 5/41 CNC user memory 2/4, 5/29
Analog output modules 5/41 Coding elements 9/41
Application cycles 4/69 Coding slider 9/43
Approvals 12/2 Coding spring 9/43
Automatic residual material detection and machining 4/7, 4/9 Combi adapter 6/61
Automation Value Card 12/8 Combi distributor 6/61
AutoTurn 4/4 Combi end piece 6/61
Axes/spindles 2/6 Communication 2/38
Axial coupling in the machine coordinate system Communication, positioning modules 2/58
(MCS coupling) 2/16 Communications module 5/41
Axial data output via PROFIBUS (ADAS) 2/50 CompactFlash Card 3/17, 3/23, 3/57
Axis container 2/12 Compensations 2/46
Axis expansion plug-in unit 5/19 Compensations and reference points, positioning modules 2/59
Axis monitoring functions 2/44 Compile cycles 5/30
Axis monitoring functions, positioning modules 2/59 Conditions of Sale and Delivery 12/30
Connecting cable 5/33, 5/40, 9/41
B
Connection box 3/35
Backup battery 5/18, 5/40 Connection kit 3/37
Backup module 5/48 Connection kit for insulation insert 8/10
Balancing and process monitoring system 4/76 Connection modul 3/35
Balancing software 4/73 Connection overviews 10/4
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/11
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
C E
Connector box 6/62 EasyTrans 4/17
Contact block 3/39, 3/40, 3/42, 3/43, 5/5, 5/7 EditFM 5/43, 5/44, 5/46
Contact partners 12/6 EFP single I/O module 5/33
Continue machining at the contour (retrace support) 2/14 Electronic gear unit (EG) 2/16
Contour handwheel 2/20 Electronic handwheel 3/48
Contour monitoring with tunnel function 2/44 Electronic transfer (CP) 2/20
Control structure/configuration 2/4 Electronic weight counterbalance 2/46
Control unit management for each PCU 2/40 EMC filter 9/60
Cooler types 6/64 Emergency stop button 5/5, 5/7
Cooling connection adapter 6/69 Enabling of internal drive control of 6th axis for
Cooling principle 7/30 interpolation tasks 2/6
Cooling unit manufacturers 6/63, 7/30 Enabling of internal drive control of 6th axis for
Cover for floppy disk drive 3/59, 3/60 positioning tasks 2/6
CP Basic 2/16 Encoder connection boxes
CP Comfort 2/16 SME91/SME92/SME93/SME94 6/70
CP Expert 2/16 EnDat absolute encoder 8/7
Cross mode actions 2/22 Engineering software 12/9
Current carrying capacity 10/5 ePS Network Services 1/8, 2/38, 4/55
Cycle storage separate from CNC main memory 2/26 ePS Value Account 1000Cr 4/55
Cycloid gearbox 6/43 Evaluation of internal drive variables 2/22
Evaluation software 4/72
D
Expansion card 3/44, 3/47
Data Management 2/40, 4/54 Expansion of CNC main memory 2/4
DC power management module 9/53 Expansion of the PLC user memory 2/48
DC UPS module 5/49 Expansion panel 3/47
DC-link busbars 9/41, 9/43 Export control information 2/2
Decentralizing with PROFIBUS DP 8/7 Export control versions 2/2
Degree of protection 6/88, 7/33 Export regulations 12/30
Delivery versions 12/9 Extended stop and retract (ESR) 2/50
Derating factors 10/5 Extension cable 3/36
Device bus cable 5/19, 9/43 Extension set separate version 9/52
Diagnostic functions 2/52 Extensions 10/11, 10/12
Diagnostic functions, positioning modules 2/60 External pulsed resistor 9/22
Digital input modules 5/40 External pulsed resistor Plus 9/22
Digital output modules 5/41 Extraction tool for insulation insert 8/10
Dimension sheet generator 1/14
F
Direct key module 3/8, 3/9, 3/11, 3/13, 3/15
Direct key module mounting kit 3/9, 3/11, 3/13, 3/15 Factory license 12/9
Direct keys/handwheel connection 3/40, 3/42 Fast interpolation link 2/12
Distributed drive systems 9/2 Feedforward control, acceleration-dependent 2/46
Distributor box 3/33, 3/36 Filter 9/63
DMP compact 5/34 Fixing screws 3/43, 3/55
DNC - Direct Numeric Control 4/19 Flange 10/13
DNC Cell 4/21 Floating license 12/9
DNC Compare 4/25 FM 353 2/56, 5/43
DNC HMI 4/27 FM 354 2/56, 5/44
DNC IFC Dialog 4/24 FM 357-2 5/45
DNC IFC Filesystem 4/24 FM 357-2H 2/56, 5/45
DNC IFC Serial 4/23 FM 357-2L 2/56, 5/45
DNC IFC SINUMERIK 4/23 FM 357-2LX 2/56, 5/45
DNC Machine 4/20 FM STEPDRIVE 9/62
DNC Plant 4/26 Forced ventilation 6/19, 6/21
Downgrading 12/9 Free contour input 4/5
Drive bus cable 5/29 Front connector 5/40, 5/43, 5/44
Drive bus cable for SIMODRIVE 611 digital 9/43 Front screw connector 5/46
Drive ES 9/64 Full CNC keyboard, horizontal format 5/9, 5/12
Drive modules 9/24 Full CNC keyboard, vertical format 5/9, 5/12
Drives 2/4 Functional restrictions for export versions 2/3
DU box connector 5/18, 5/24, 5/29 Functionality, positioning modules 2/56
Dyna Systems full CNC keyboard 3/56
G
E
Gearboxes 6/30, 7/31
Each additional interpolation axis/spindle 2/6 Generator operation 2/50
Each additional positioning axis 2/6 Generic couplings (CP) 2/16
EasyMask 4/17 Graphic programming package 4/67
EasyMon 4/18
12
12/12 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
H L
Hall-effect sensor box 6/62 Line interfaces 9/8
Handheld terminal 3/32, 3/34 Linear measuring systems for 1FN linear motors 6/51
Handheld unit type B-MPI 3/36 Link axis 2/12
Handling transformation package 2/18 Link module 5/29
Handwheel connection module 3/49 Liquid cooling 6/63, 7/30
Hard disk 3/20, 3/23, 3/26, 5/23 Load power supply 5/40
Heat dissipation 9/5, 9/19, 9/26, 9/42
M
Heat dissipation components 9/42
Heatsink profile 6/61 M12 connector 9/60
HEXAPOD transformation 6 axes 2/18 Machine control panel MCP 5/13
HF (high-frequency) clamp 10/13 Machine control panels 3/3
HF line filter package 9/11 Machine I/O 5/39
HF reactors 9/12 Machining channels 2/4
HFD line filter package 9/11 Machining package 5 axes 2/18
HFD reactors 9/12 Machining package milling 2/18
HFD resistor 9/12 Maintenance 1/11, 4/47
High-performance control 9/33 ManualTurn 4/5
High-Speed series, 4-pole 6/78 Master value coupling and curve table interpolation
High-standard control 9/33 (LEAD) 2/16
High-Torque series, 6-pole 6/74 Master-slave for drives 2/16
High-Torque series, 8-pole 6/76 Matching transformers 9/8
HMI Lite CE 4/13 MCI board extension slot version 5/24
HMI PRO CS 4/13 MCI2 board 5/23
HMI PRO RT 4/13 MCIS 1/12, 2/38, 4/19
HMI-Advanced 4/3 MDA - Machine Data Acquisition 4/40
HMI-Embedded 4/2 MDA Cell 4/41
Holder 3/36 MDA IFC 4/43
Hollow-shaft measuring system 8/9 MDA Machine 4/44
Hose cooling packages 9/42, 9/43 Measuring and balancing technology 4/68
HotWin 4/18 Measuring cycles 4/11
Housing systems 3/3, 3/61, 3/62 Measuring functions 4/11
HT 6 system software 3/33 Measuring stage 2 2/18
HTL incremental encoder 8/5 Measuring systems that can be connected 2/8
Hydraulic linear drive (HLA) 9/39 Measuring systems that can be connected,
positioning modules 2/56
I
Measuring wheel 8/10
I/O interfacing via PROFIBUS DP 2/38, 5/29 Measuring, balancing and acoustic monitoring 4/71
Inclined axis 2/18 Memory Card 5/40
Incremental encoder 8/3 Memory expansion 3/20, 3/23, 3/26
Infeed modules 9/17 Metal surcharges 12/28
Intelligent feedrate control 4/67 Milling Simulation 4/2
Interface module 5/40 Mini handheld unit 3/37
Interface MPI 3/50 Minimum quantity lubrication 4/76
Interference suppression filter 5/41 Mobile data memories MDS 4/58
Interference suppressor filter 9/41, 9/43 MOBY E tool identification system 4/56
Interrupt routines with fast retraction from the contour 2/22 MOBY I identification system 4/57
Involute interpolation 2/14 Mode groups (MGs) 2/4
Mold-making 1/6
K
Monitoring functions 2/50
KBPC CG US standard PC keyboard 3/52 Monitoring module 9/20
Key set 3/39, 3/40, 3/42 Monitoring of tool life and workpiece count 2/36
Keyboard tray 3/52 Motion Control Information System MCIS 1/12, 2/38, 4/19
Keyboards 3/3 MOTION-CONNECT 500 10/2
Keyswitch 3/40, 3/42 MOTION-CONNECT 500 PLUS 10/2
Knowledge Base 12/8 MOTION-CONNECT 700 10/2
MOTION-CONNECT 800 10/2
L
Mounting accessories 8/8
Laser inscription 3/51 Mounting adapter 5/40
Laser switching signal, high-speed 2/22 Mounting bracket 3/20, 3/23, 3/26, 3/28, 3/31, 5/23
Laser tool inspection 4/71 Mounting location number labels 5/40
Length codes 10/16 Mounting position 7/33
Length definition 10/16 MPI bus cables, pre-assembled 10/14
License Conditions 12/10 Multi-axis interpolation (> 4 interpolating axes) 2/14
License key 12/9 Multi-channel step sequence programming 2/28, 4/3
License types 12/9 Multiple clamping of different workpieces 4/7
LIMANDA 3/62 Multiturn encoders 8/3
Line filters 9/13
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/13
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
N P
NCK OA package 5/30 PROFIBUS cable for SIMODRIVE POSMO 10/15
NCSD configurator 1/13 PROFIBUS cables 10/15
NCU 561.5 5/28 PROFIBUS connectors 5/38
NCU 571.5 5/28 PROFIBUS DP absolute encoder 8/7
NCU 572.5 5/28 PROFIBUS tool and process monitoring 2/50
NCU 573.5 5/28 Program preprocessing 2/10
NCU box 5/29 PROSIN drill breakage monitoring 4/75
NCU system software 5/29 Pulsed resistor module 9/21
NCU terminal block 5/34 Punching/nibbling functions 2/20
Network/disk drive management 3/17, 4/7, 4/9 Pushbutton panel 3/44, 3/46
Non-contact tool inspection 4/75
Q
O
Quadrant error compensation, automatic
Online ISO dialect interpreter 2/26 (neural network) 2/46
Online Services 12/7
R
Open Architecture 2/22, 4/14
Operating modes 2/30 Raised buttons 3/44
Operating modes and machine functions, RCS - Remote Control System 4/48
positioning modules 2/58 RCS Host 4/50
Operation 2/40 RCS Host Embedded 4/51
Operation with tool management 2/36 RCS Viewer 4/50
Operation, positioning modules 2/58 RCS Viewer Embedded 4/51
Operator control and programming 4/2 RCS@Event 4/49
Operator panels 3/2 Real-time feedrate optimization 4/74
Option module 9/28, 9/31 Redundancy module 5/48
Optipanel 3/61 Re-export approval 2/2
Oscillation functions 2/20 Reinforced DC-link busbars 9/41, 9/43
Override 3/39, 3/40, 3/42, 3/44, 3/49 Remote diagnosis host 4/53
Override rotary switch 3/43 Remote diagnosis viewer 4/53
Overview of options 2/54 Rental license 12/9
Overvoltage limiter module 9/20 Replacement connector 8/8
Replacement connectors with external thread
P
for encoders 8/8
Pair of synchronized axes (gantry axes) 2/16 Residual material identification and machining
Parameters 2/28 for free stock removal 4/5
Path length evaluation 2/44 RFID system 4/60
Path switch signals/cam controller 2/10 ROBOX 9/30
Path velocity-dependent analog output Rotor without sleeve 6/72
(laser power control) 2/20 RPC SINUMERIK 4/46
PC card 5/9, 5/12, 5/18, 5/29 Runtime software 12/9
PCI interface card 3/23
S
PCMCIA card 5/9, 5/12
PCU basic software Thin Client 3/28 Safety functions 2/50, 5/31
Planetary gearbox 7/31 Safety Integrated 5/31
Planetary gearbox 2-stage 6/33, 6/34, 6/38, 6/39, 6/40 Sag compensation, multi-dimensional 2/46
Planetary gearbox Series LP+ 6/41 Scanning head, incremental 8/10
Planetary gearbox Series SP+ 6/30, 6/35 Secondary section cover 6/60
Planetary gearbox single-stage 6/31, 6/32, 6/36, 6/37, 6/42 Selection aid 1/13
PLC area 2/46 ServicePack 12/9
PLC area, positioning modules 2/60 Set of clamps 3/4, 3/5, 3/6, 3/7, 3/8, 3/9, 3/10, 3/11, 3/12,
PLC module D I/O 5/5, 5/7 3/13, 3/14, 3/39, 3/40, 3/42, 3/53, 3/54
PLC remote diagnostics 2/52, 5/12 Setpoint exchange 2/10
PLC user memory 5/29 Setpoint linkage for multiple NCUs 2/12
Plug-in coupling 8/8 Shaft and flange accuracy 7/20
Polynomial interpolation 2/14 Shaft extension 7/20
Positioning module FM 353 5/43 Shaft seal 7/20
Positioning module FM 354 5/44 Shield connection 9/44
Positioning module FM 357-2 5/45 Shield connection element 5/40
Power cables 10/6 Shield connection plates 9/44
Power modules 9/24 Shield connection terminals 5/40
Power supplies 5/47 Shopfloor manufacturing 1/7
PowerPack 12/9 Shopfloor-oriented cutting applications 4/68
Powertrain 1/8 ShopMill 1/7, 4/6
PP 72/48 I/O module 5/38 ShopMill machining step programming 4/7
Precision cooler 6/60 ShopTurn 1/7, 4/8
Process Monitor System PROMOS 4/74 ShopTurn machining step programming 4/9
12
12/14 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
S S
SI axis/spindle 2/50, 5/32 SINUMERIK HMI programming package 4/14, 4/15
SI axis/spindle package 2/50, 5/32 SINUMERIK HMI WinCC flexible configuring package 4/15
SI Basic 2/50, 5/32 SINUMERIK HT 6 3/32
SI Comfort 2/50, 5/32 SINUMERIK HT 8 3/34
Signal cables 10/12 SINUMERIK KB 310C 3/54
Signaling module 5/48 SINUMERIK KB 483C 3/53
SIGNUM 3SB3 3/51 SINUMERIK MCP 310 3/41
SIMAG H2 8/9 SINUMERIK MCP 483 3/39
SIMATIC PC USB-FlashDrive 3/58 SINUMERIK MCP 483C 3/38
SIMATIC RF300 4/60 SINUMERIK MPP 483 3/45
SIMATIC RF320T 4/61 SINUMERIK NCK Runtime OA 2/22
SIMATIC RF340T 4/61 SINUMERIK OP 010 3/5
SIMATIC STEP 7 for SINUMERIK hardware 4/61 SINUMERIK OP 010C 3/7
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Advanced 4/16 SINUMERIK OP 010S 3/6
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Compact 4/16 SINUMERIK OP 012 3/8
SIMATIC WinCC flexible Standard 4/16 SINUMERIK OP 012T 3/9
SimoCom U/611 universal toolbox 9/28 SINUMERIK OP 015 3/10
SIMODRIVE 611 9/5 SINUMERIK OP 015A 3/11
SIMODRIVE 611 converter system 9/5 SINUMERIK OP 015AT 3/12
SIMODRIVE 611 universal E HRS 2/4, 9/31 SINUMERIK OP 032S full CNC keyboard 3/55
SIMODRIVE 611 universal HRS 2/4, 2/56, 9/27 SINUMERIK OP 032S machine control panel 3/42
SIMODRIVE base line A 9/61 SINUMERIK OP 08T 3/4
SIMODRIVE line filter 9/62 SINUMERIK PCU 20 3/16
SIMODRIVE POSMO A 9/48, 9/51 SINUMERIK PCU 50 3/18
SIMODRIVE POSMO A SIPLUS 9/51 SINUMERIK PCU 50.3 3/21
SIMODRIVE POSMO CA 9/57 SINUMERIK PCU 70 3/24
SIMODRIVE POSMO CD 9/57 SINUMERIK Safety Integrated 2/50, 5/31
SIMODRIVE POSMO SI 9/54 SINUMERIK Service Pack 3/20, 3/23, 3/26
SIMODRIVE sensor 8/2 SINUMERIK Solution Partner 4/65
SIMOSTEP 1FL3 6/48 SINUMERIK TP 015A 3/13
SIMOSTEP stepper motors 6/48 SINUMERIK TP 015AT 3/14
Simulation 2/30 SITOP 5/47
Simulation/simultaneous recording and Slide-in labels 3/4, 3/5, 3/8, 3/11, 3/12, 3/14, 3/40, 3/42
user interface in color 5/9 Slim Line Commander 3/62
Simultaneous recording 2/30, 4/7, 4/9, 5/9 Software types 12/9
sin/cos 1 Vpp incremental encoder 8/5 Software Update Service 12/10
Single license 12/9 Solution Partner 9/30
Single-axis power modules 9/26 Spare key for CPU 5/40
Single-turn encoders 8/3 Speed 7/20, 7/25
SinuCom ARC 4/63 Spline interpolation for 3-axis machining 2/14
SinuCom CFS 4/63 Spline interpolation for 3-axis machining 2/14
SinuCom FFS 4/63 Spring disk coupling 8/8
SinuCom NC 4/62 Square key cover 3/7, 3/39, 3/43, 3/55
SinuCom NC SI 4/63 SSI absolute encoder 8/7
SinuCom NC Trace 4/63 Standard control versions 2/2
SinuCom PCIN 4/63 Startup 2/50
SinuCom startup/service tools 4/63 Start-up box 9/28, 9/30
SinuCom Update Agent 4/64 Startup software for SINAMICS S120/
SINUMERIK 802C base line 5/6 SIMODRIVE 611 digital 4/63
SINUMERIK 802D 5/10 Startup/parameterization, positioning modules 2/60
SINUMERIK 802D base line 5/8 Storage devices 3/3
SINUMERIK 802D base line Toolbox 5/9 Structure/application, positioning modules 2/56
SINUMERIK 802D Basis-Paket 1 5/11 Sub D connector 9/63
SINUMERIK 802D Basis-Paket 2 5/11 Suggestions for improvement 12/24
SINUMERIK 802D Basis-Paket 3 5/11 Support Tools 12/8
SINUMERIK 802D Toolbox 5/12 SVE signal amplifier electronics 9/41, 9/43
SINUMERIK 802S base line 5/4 Synchronized action stage 2 2/20
SINUMERIK 810D powerline 5/14 Synchronous spindle 4/9
SINUMERIK 840D powerline 5/25 Synchronous spindle/multi-edge turning (COUP) 2/14
SINUMERIK 840Di 5/20 System firmware 5/46
SINUMERIK direct key module 3/9, 3/11, 3/15 System software Basic 5/22
SINUMERIK HMI add-in package 4/14, 4/15 System software Plus 5/23
SINUMERIK HMI configuring package 4/14 System software Universal 5/22
SINUMERIK HMI copy license CE 4/15
SINUMERIK HMI copy license OA 4/2, 4/3, 4/15
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/15
Appendix
Indexes
Subject index
T U
Tangential control 2/10 Universal empty casing 9/41, 9/43
TDI - Tool Data Information 4/28 Upgrade 12/9
TDI Cell 4/35 USB FlashDrive 3/23
TDI Ident Connection 4/39 USB mouse 3/11, 3/12, 3/13, 3/14
TDI IFC 4/34 User interface in color 5/9, 5/12
TDI Machine 4/37 User Manual 8/7
TDI Overview 4/30
V
TDI Planning 4/32
TDI Plant 4/36 Vibration severity 7/20
TDI Statistic 4/33 Video link 3/29
TDI Toolhandling 4/31 Video link cable 3/31
TDI Toolplan Generation 4/38 Video link receiver 3/31
Teach In 2/32 Video link transmitter 3/31
Technical Support 12/8 VIP 6000 3/61
Technology cycles 4/10 Virtual prototyping 1/10
Teleservice with video 4/70 Voltage Protection Module 6/83
Temperature compensation 2/46
W
Terminal box location 7/20
Terminal strip converter 5/9, 5/12, 5/33, 5/38 Wall holder 3/35
Terminating resistor connector for drive bus 5/19, 5/29, 5/35, 9/53 Wideband Line Filter 9/13
Thermally conductive plate 9/21 Write/read devices SLG 4/59
Thin Client Unit (TCU) 3/27
Tool and process monitoring 4/66, 4/72
Tool Data Management 4/28
Tool identification system 2/40
Tool life and quantity monitoring 5/12
Tool monitoring 4/66, 4/73
Toolbox 5/9, 5/18, 5/29
Tool-making 1/6
Tools 2/52, 4/61
Tools 2/32
TPM - Total Productive Maintenance 4/47
TPM Cell for Windows-based PC 4/48
TPM demo version 4/48
TPM HMI for Windowsbased PC 4/48
TPM IFC for SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 4/48
TPM Machine for SINUMERIK PCU 50/PCU 70 4/48
Transformation Dynamic Swivel Tripod (DST) 2/18
Transformation TRICEPT 5 axes 2/18
TRANSLINE 1/8
TRANSLINE HMI 4/13
Transmit and peripheral surface transformation 5/12
Transmit/peripheral surface transformation 2/18, 4/9
Travel to fixed stop 2/10, 4/9, 5/12
Travel to fixed stop (without Force Control) 2/10
Traverse dial 3/39
Trial license 12/9
TTL (RS 422) double-track incremental encoder 8/5
TTL (RS 422) incremental encoder 8/5
Turning 2/30
Two-axis power modules 9/26
Two-speed gearboxes 7/31
Type/mounting position 6/88, 7/33
12
12/16 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/17
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
12/18 Siemens NC 60 2006
12/18
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/19
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
12/20 Siemens NC 60 2006
12/20
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
12/22 Siemens NC 60 2006
12/22
Appendix
Indexes
Order No. index
Type Page Type Page Type Page
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/23
Appendix
Suggestions for improvement to the catalog
Fax form
To Your address
ZIP, town
Tel./Fax No.
For the following points, please enter your personal assessment with values from 1 (= good) to 6 (= bad):
Do the contents meet your requirements? Do the technical details satisfy your requirements?
Is it easy to find the information you need? How do you assess the quality of the graphics and
diagrams?
Do you have any suggestions for improvement? Have you found any printing errors?
12
12/24 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Conversion Tables
Length (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table) Force (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B inches feet cm yd mm m B lb oz gm dyne N
A A
inches 1 0.0833 2.54 0.028 25.4 0.0254 lb 1 16 453.6 4.448 105 4.4482
feet 12 1 30.48 0.333 304.8 0.3048 oz 0.0625 1 28.35 2.780 104 0.27801
cm 0.3937 0.03281 1 1.09 102 10 0.01 gm 2.205 103 0.03527 1 1.02 103 N.A.
yd 36 3 91.44 1 914.4 0.914 dyne 2.248 106 3.59 105 980.7 1 0.00001
mm 0.03937 0.00328 0.1 1.09 103 1 0.001 N 0.22481 3.5967 N.A. 100000 1
m 39.37 3.281 100 1.09 1000 1
Mass (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
Power (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table) B lb oz gm kg slug
A
B HP Watts
A lb 1 16 453.6 0.4536 0.0311
HP (English) 1 745.7 oz 6.25 102 1 28.35 0.02835 1.93 103
(lb-in) (deg./sec) 2.645 106 1.972 103 gm 2.205 103 3.527 102 1 103 6.852 105
(lb-in) (rpm) 1.587 105 1.183 102 kg 2.205 35.27 103 1 6.852 102
(lb-ft) (deg./sec) 3.173 105 2.366 102 slug 32.17 514.8 1.459 104 14.59 1
(lb-ft) (rpm) 1.904 104 0.1420
Watts 1.341 103 1 Rotation (to convert from A to B, multiply by entry in table)
B rpm rad/sec. degrees/sec.
A
rpm 1 0.105 6.0
rad/sec. 9.55 1 57.30
degrees/ 0.167 1.745 102 1
sec.
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/25
Appendix
Conversion Tables
12 1)
The table shows approximate SWG/AWG sizes nearest to standard metric sizes; the cross-sections do not match exactly.
Notes
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/27
Appendix
Metal surcharges
The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for No surcharge for lead
the respective metal. If no surcharge is added, a "-" is used. No surcharge for gold
1st digit List or customer net price using the percentage method
N A 6
2nd digit for silver (AG)
3rd digit for copper (CU) Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price
4th digit for aluminum (AL) No surcharge for silver
5th digit for lead (PB) Copper: basis 150 , step range 50 , 0.1%
6th digit for gold (AU) Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
No basis necessary
No surcharge for silver
Copper acc. to weight, basic official price150
No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
A&D/MZ_1/En 05.09.06
12
12/28 Siemens NC 60 2006
Appendix
Metal surcharges
12
Siemens NC 60 2006 12/29
Appendix
Conditions of Sale and Delivery
Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery Comprehensive Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery are
available free of charge from your local Siemens business office
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software under the following Order Nos.:
products described therein from the Siemens AG subject to the 6ZB5310-0KR30-0BA0
following terms. Please note! The scope, the quality and the con- (for customers based in the Federal Republic of Germany)
ditions for supplies and services, including software products,
by any Siemens entity having a registered office outside of Ger- 6ZB5310-0KS53-0BA0
many, shall be subject exclusively to the General Terms and (for customers based outside of the Federal Republic of
Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. Germany)
or download them from the Internet:
For customers with a seat or registered office in the http://www.siemens.com/automation/mall
Federal Republic of Germany (Germany: A&D Mall Online-Help System)
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Condi-
tions for the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical
and Electronics Industry shall apply.
Export regulations
The products listed in this catalog / price list may be subject to
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- European / German and/or US export regulations.
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office in Germany shall apply. Therefore, any export requiring a license is subject to approval
by the competent authorities.
For customers with a seat or registered office outside of According to current provisions, the following export regulations
Germany must be observed with respect to the products featured in this
The General Terms of Payment as well as the General Condi- catalog / price list:
tions for Supplies of Siemens, Automation and Drives for Cus-
tomers with a Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall AL Number of the German Export List.
apply.
Products marked other than N require an export
For software products, the General License Conditions for Soft- license.
ware Products for Automation and Drives for Customers with a
Seat or registered Office outside of Germany shall apply. In the case of software products, the export des-
ignations of the relevant data medium must also
General be generally adhered to.
The prices are in (Euro) ex works, exclusive packaging. Goods labeled with an AL not equal to N are
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. subject to a European or German export authori-
It shall be debited separately at the respective rate according to zation when being exported out of the EU.
the applicable legal regulations. ECCN Export Control Classification Number.
In addition to the prices of products which include silver, plump, Products marked other than N are subject to a
aluminum and/or copper, surcharges may be calculated if the reexport license to specific countries.
respective limits of the notes are exceeded. The respective note
(e.g. source: German newspaper Handesblatt in category In the case of software products, the export
deutsche Edelmetalle and Metallverarbeiter) for silver (ver- designations of the relevant data medium must
arbeitetes Silber), plump (Blei in Kabeln), aluminum (Alumin- also be generally adhered to.
ium in Kabeln) and copper (Elektrolytkupfer, DEL-Notiz) re- Goods labeled with an ECCN not equal to N are
spectively, of the day the order or rather the on call order is subject to a US re-export authorization.
received, is decisive for the calculation of the surcharges.
Surcharges of copper shall be calculated for Drives at a note Even without a label or with an AL: N or ECCN: N, authoriza-
(DEL-Notiz) above EUR 225.00 / 100 kg and for chokes / trans- tion may be required due to the final destination and purpose for
formers above EUR 150.00 / 100 kg. which the goods are to be used.
Surcharges shall be charged based on the quantities of the ma- The deciding factors are the AL or ECCN export authorization
terials which are contained in the relevant products. indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will debit Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
The dimensions are in mm. Illustrations are not binding. A&D/VuL/En 17.03.05
12
12/30 Siemens NC 60 2006
Catalogs of the
Automation and Drives Group (A&D)
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed
in the appendix or at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Automation and Drives Catalog Industrial Communication for Catalog
Interactive catalog on CD-ROM and on DVD Automation and Drives IK PI
The Offline Mall of Automation and Drives CA 01
Low-Voltage
Automation Systems for Machine Tools Controls and Distribution LV 1
SINUMERIK & SIMODRIVE NC 60 SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
SINUMERIK & SINAMICS NC 61 Controls and Distribution LV 1 T
Technical Information
SIRIUS, SENTRON, SIVACON
Drive Systems
SIDAC Reactors and Filters LV 60
Variable-Speed Drives
SIVENT Fans LV 65
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units, D 11
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems LV 70
SINAMICS G110 Inverter Chassis Units D 11.1
Motion Control System SIMOTION PM 10
SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150 D 12
Medium-Voltage Converter 0.6 MVA to 28 MVA
SINAMICS S120 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.1 Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Field Instruments for Process Automation FI 01
SINAMICS S150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units D 21.3 Measuring Instruments for Pressure,
Asynchronous Motors Standardline D 86.1 Differential Pressure, Flow, Level and Temperature,
DC Motors DA 12 Positioners and Liquid Meters
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis DA 21.1 PDF: Indicators for panel mounting MP 12
Converters SIREC Recorders and Accessories MP 20
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters DA 21.2 SIPART, Controllers and Software MP 31
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital Converter DA 22 SIWAREX Weighing Systems WT 01
Cabinet Units Continuous Weighing and Process Protection WT 02
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems DA 45 Process Analytical Instruments PA 01
SIEMOSYN Motors DA 48 PDF: Process Analytics, PA 11
MICROMASTER 410/420/430/440 Inverters DA 51.2 Components for the System Integration
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411 DA 51.3
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Vector Control DA 65.10 SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Motion Control DA 65.11 SIMATIC PCS Process Control System ST 45
Synchronous and asynchronous servomotors for DA 65.3 Products for Totally Integrated Automation and ST 70
SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES Micro Automation
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO DA 65.4 SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System ST PCS 7
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.1
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
Process Control System
Squirrel-Cage Motors, Totally Enclosed, Fan-Cooled M 11
Migration solutions with the SIMATIC PCS 7 ST PCS 7.2
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SIMODRIVE NC 60 Process Control System
Main Spindle/Feed Motors pc-based Automation ST PC
Converter Systems SIMODRIVE 611/POSMO SIMATIC Control Systems ST DA
Automation Systems for Machine Tools SINAMICS NC 61
Main Spindle/Feed Motors SIMATIC Sensors FS 10
Drive System SINAMICS S120
Drive and Control Components for Hoisting Equipment HE 1 SIPOS Electric Actuators
Electric Rotary, Linear and Part-turn Actuators MP 35
Electrical Installation Technology Electric Rotary Actuators for Nuclear Plants MP 35.1/.2
ALPHA Small Distribution Boards and ET A1
Distribution Boards Systems Engineering
PDF: ALPHA 8HP Molded-Plastic Distribution System ET A3 Power supplies SITOP power KT 10.1
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks ET A5 System cabling SIMATIC TOP connect KT 10.2
BETA Modular Installation Devices ET B1
DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets ET D1 System Solutions
GAMMA Building Management Systems ET G1 Applications and Products for Industry are part of the
interactive catalog CA 01
Human Machine Interface Systems SIMATIC HMI ST 80
TELEPERM M Process Control System
PDF: AS 488/TM automation systems PLT 112
A&D/3U/En 22.09.06
Subject to change without prior notice | Dispo 09400 | KG 1006 15. BD 584 En / 622181 | Printed in Germany | Siemens AG 2006
www.siemens.com/sinumerik